FLUME RIDE

Use and maintenance manual

Serial n° G33020162

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S. p. A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina,
Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

HEADQUARTER

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.P.A

VIA M.TE GRAPPA 15/17
36077 ALTAVILLA VICENTINA, ITALY
PHONE: +39 0444 998400
E-MAIL: ZAMPERLA@ZAMPERLA.IT

WORLD OFFICES AND PLANTS

ZAMPERLA INC.
49 FANNY ROAD, BOONTON, NJ 07005
PHONE: +1 973 334 8133
FAX: +10 973 334 6880
EMAIL: ZAMPERLA@ZAMPERLAUSA.COM
WEB: WWW.ZAMPERLA.COM

ZAMPERLA MIDDLE EAST

AL-MOOSA TOWER 2 SHK. ZAYED ROAD 317 P.O. DUBAIW
PHONE: +971 4 3315507
FAX: +971 4 3315508
EMAIL: ZAMPERLAME@ZAMPERLA.COM
WEB: WWW.ZAMPERLA.AE

ZAMPERLA RUSSIA
115114 KOZHEVNICHESKAYA ST. 7/2 MOSCOW, RUSSIA
PHONE: +7 (8) 495-5444262
FAX: +7 (8) 495-5444263
EMAIL: ZAMPERLA@ZAMPERLA.RU
WEB: WWW.ZAMPERLA.RU

ZAMPERLA AMUSEMENT RIDES

#10 HUOJUROAD, SUZHOU NEW DISTRICT,
JIANGSUP.R.CHINA 215000
PHONE: +86 512 68786080
EMAIL: ZAMPERLA@ZAMPERLA.CN
WEB: WWW.ZAMPERLA.CN

ZAMPERLA ASIA PACIFIC

C-1 BLDG. GRANVILLE IND’I COMPLEX BANCAL,
CARMONA, CAVITE 4116 PHILIPPINES
PHONE: +63 46 4302025
FAX: +63 46 4303352
EMAIL: ZAMPERLA@ZAMPERLA.PH
WEB: WWW.ZAMPERLA.PH

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 2
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

1. INTRODUZIONE����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 11
1.1 GLOSSARIO������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������12
1.1.1 TERMINI RELATIVI ALLA SICUREZZA��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������12
1.1.2 PRINCIPALI TERMINI RELATIVI ALL’ATTRAZIONE������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������13
1.2 MANUALE��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������14
1.2.1 GUIDA ALLA LETTURA DELLE ISTRUZIONI PER L’ATTRAZIONE��������������������������������������������������������������������������15
1.2.2 CONSERVAZIONE DEL MANUALE�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������17
1.2.3 AGGIORNAMENTO DEL MANUALE����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������18
1.3 DESTINATARI DEL MANUALE��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������19
1.3.1 OPERATORI ADDETTI���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������20
1.3.2 MANUTENTORI ORDINARI �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������22
1.3.3 PUBBLICO ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������23
1.4 GARANZIA �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������24
1.4.1 LIMITI DELLA GARANZIA���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������24
1.4.2 TERMINI E CONDIZIONI����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������24
1.5 COLLAUDO DELL’ATTRAZIONE �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������25
1.5.1 COLLAUDI INTERNI �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������25
2. DESCRIZIONE DELL’ATTRAZIONE�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 26
2.1 DESCRIZIONE GENERALE DELL’ATTRAZIONE������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������27
2.2 DESCRIZIONE PULSANTIERA��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������28
2.3 TARGA IDENTIFICAZIONE MACCHINA�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������30
2.4 POSIZIONAMENTO NUMERO DI SERIE���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������30
2.4.1 DIMENSIONI DELL'ATTRAZIONE��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������31
2.4.2 CONDIZIONI TECNICHE DI UTILIZZO��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������32
2.4.3 LIMITI DI IMPIEGO E CRITERI DI SELEZIONE DEI PASSEGGERI��������������������������������������������������������������������������32
2.4.4 LIMITI DI IMPIEGO E CRITERI DI SELEZIONE DEI PASSEGGERI DIVERSAMENTE ABILI �����������������������������������33
2.4.5 USO SCORRETTO���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������35
2.4.6 CRITERI DI SELEZIONE DEGLI UTILIZZATORI�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������35
2.5 VIBRAZIONI �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������36
2.6 ILLUMINAZIONE ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������36
2.7 EMISSIONI�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������37
3. SICUREZZA������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 38
3.1 AVVERTENZE GENERALI DI SICUREZZA���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������39
3.2 ADDESTRAMENTO DEGLI OPERATORI ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������40
3.2.1 ATTITUDINI E CONOSCENZE ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������40
3.2.2 OBIETTIVI DELL’ADDESTRAMENTO ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������41
3.2.3 PROCEDURA DELL’ADDESTRAMENTO �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������41
3.2.4 CONTENUTO DELL’ADDESTRAMENTO ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������42
3.2.5 METODI SICURI DI LAVORO ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������45
3.3 INFORMAZIONI ED AVVERTENZE GENERALI �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������46
3.3.1 PRECAUZIONI PER LA SICUREZZA �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������46
3.3.2 PRECAUZIONI GENERALI �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������48
3.3.3 PRECAUZIONI GENERALI PER LA SICUREZZA NELLE FASI DI UTILIZZO DELL’ATTRAZIONE �����������������������������50

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 3
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

3.4 ALLACCIAMENTI ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������51

3.4.1 ALLACCIAMENTO ALLA RETE DI DISTRIBUZIONE ELETTRICA ���������������������������������������������������������������������������51
3.4.2 ALLACCIAMENTO ALLA RETE DI DISTRIBUZIONE PNEUMATICA/OLEODINAMICA������������������������������������������51
3.5 SICUREZZA PER IL PUBBLICO ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������52
3.6 ASSISTENZA ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������53
3.7 RIPARAZIONE ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������53
3.8 CONDIZIONI ATMOSFERICHE LIMITANTI IL FUNZIONAMENTO �����������������������������������������������������������������������������54
3.8.1 TEMPERATURA D'ESERCIZIO��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������54
3.9 RICONOSCERE LA VELOCITÀ DEL VENTO������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������55
3.9.1 SCALA BEAUFORT DELLA FORZA DEL VENTO������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������55
3.10 INDICAZIONI ED ISTRUZIONI COLLOCATE SULL’ATTRAZIONE ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������56
3.10.1 INDICAZIONI ED ISTRUZIONI PER GLI OPERATORI ��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������57
3.10.2 INDICAZIONI ED ISTRUZIONI PER IL PUBBLICO �������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������57
3.11 RISCHI RESIDUI �����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������58
3.11.1 PRECAUZIONI PER LE PERSONE���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������58
3.11.2 PRECAUZIONI ANTINCENDIO ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������60
4. TRASPORTO E INSTALLAZIONE����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 66
4.1 VERIFICA DEI REQUISITI E CONDIZIONI PER L’INSTALLAZIONE������������������������������������������������������������������������������68
4.1.1 COLLOCAZIONE ED INSTALLAZIONE DELL’ATTRAZIONE�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������69
4.1.2 CARATTERISTICHE DEL TERRENO������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������70
4.2 AVVERTENZE DI SICUREZZA PER GLI ADDETTI AL MONTAGGIO ����������������������������������������������������������������������������74
4.3 PROVA DI COLLAUDO�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������75
4.4 PRIMA PULIZIA������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������76
4.4.1 PRECAUZIONI GENERALI��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������76
4.4.2 PULIZIA�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������76
5. STOCCAGGIO��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 77
5.1 SCHEDA TECNICA ANTIOSSIDANTE���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������78
6. DEMOLIZIONE������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 79
7. USO DELL’ATTRAZIONE����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 80
7.1 DESTINAZIONE D’USO������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������81
7.1.1 COMPORTAMENTO DEL PUBBLICO E DEI PASSEGGERI��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������81
7.2 CONTROLLI E PROVE CHE DEVONO PRECEDERE L’OPERAZIONE DI AVVIAMENTO�����������������������������������������������82
7.3 CARICO-SCARICO PASSEGGERI����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������83
7.3.1 BILANCIAMENTO DELLA GIOSTRA DURANTE IL FUNZIONAMENTO�����������������������������������������������������������������84
7.4 CRITERI DI AMMISSIBILITÀ PER L’ACCESSO DELLE PERSONE DEL PUBBLICO��������������������������������������������������������85
7.4.1 COMPORTAMENTO DEL PUBBLICO E DEI PASSEGGERI��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������86
7.4.2 ISTRUZIONI ED AVVISI AI PASSEGGERI����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������86
7.4.3 FUNZIONAMENTO DURANTE IL GIRO�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������86
7.4.4 TURNI DI LAVORO DI OPERATORI ED ASSISTENTI����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������86
7.5 ARRESTI������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������87
7.5.1 ARRESTO NORMALE VOLONTARIO (DI SERVIZIO)����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������87
7.5.2 ARRESTO DI EMERGENZA (MANUALE E VOLONTARIO)�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������87
7.5.3 ARRESTO AUTOMATICO (PROVOCATO DALL’ATTRAZIONE)�������������������������������������������������������������������������������88

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 4
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

7.6 SITUAZIONI ANOMALE E/O DI EMERGENZA������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������89

7.6.1 PRECAUZIONI GENERALI��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������89
7.6.2 INCENDIO���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������90
7.7 THEORY OF OPERATION MANUAL “FLUME RIDE”���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������91
7.7.1 ELECTRICAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������91
7.7.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE RIDE������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������92
7.8 RIDE OPERATION AND ZONES������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������93
7.8.1 STATION ZONE�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������93
7.8.2 UPWARD LIFT & RAMPS 01-02�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������94
7.8.3 FLUME RIDE WATER CIRCUIT�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������95
7.9 SAFETY RELATED PARTS OF CONTROL SYSTEM (SRP-CS)�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������96
7.10 OPERATOR INTERFACE������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������97
7.10.1 OCC COMPONENT LAYOUT�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������97
7.10.2 MCC DOOR COMPONENT LAYOUT����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������98
7.10.3 OPERATOR INTERFACE COMPONENTS����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������99
7.11 OPERATION PROCEDURE�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������100
7.11.1 START PERMISSIVE����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������101
7.11.2 PUMP PERMISSIVE����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������102
7.11.3 RIDE START PROCEDURE (STATION CONVEYOR BELT)��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������103
7.11.4 MANUAL RIDE STOP PROCEDURE (STATION CONVEYOR BELT)�����������������������������������������������������������������������103
7.11.5 MANUAL RIVER STOP MOVEMENT ACTIVATION (VIA HMI)����������������������������������������������������������������������������104
7.11.6 MANUAL EMERGENCY STOP ACTIVATION (E-STOP & RIDE CONTROL SYSTEM)��������������������������������������������105
7.11.7 AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY STOP ACTIVATION���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������106
7.11.8 RESET PROCEDURE����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������106
7.11.9 END OF THE DAY PROCEDURE����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������107
8. MANUTENZIONE������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 108
8.1 INDICAZIONI TECNICHE PER UNA BUONA MANUTENZIONE��������������������������������������������������������������������������������110
8.2 LINEE GUIDA GENERALI SULLA MANUTENZIONE��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������111
8.2.1 CONTROLLO A CAMPIONE����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������111
8.2.2 CONSIDERAZIONI GENERALI SULLE STRUTTURE D’ACCIAIO���������������������������������������������������������������������������112
8.2.3 GIUNTI E PERNI���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������113
8.3 RIEPILOGO MANUTENZIONE ORDINARIA PROGRAMMATA���������������������������������������������������������������������������������116
8.3.1 NOTA PER IL SERRAGGIO DELLE VITI�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������117
8.4 ESEMPIO REGISTRAZIONE MANUTENZIONE����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������120
8.4.1 STRUTTURE����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������121
8.5 TABELLA MANUTENZIONE MECCANICA�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������127
8.6 MANUTENZIONE GIORNALIERA ����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������128
8.6.1 GRUPPO UNITÀ PASSEGGERI������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������128
8.6.2 ISPEZIONE DEI SEDILI������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������128
8.6.3 GIORNALMENTE CONTROLLARE EVENTUALI PERDITE DI ARIA SU TUTTO IL CIRCUITO. �����������������������������129
8.7 MANUTENZIONE SETTIMANALE���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������130
8.7.1 SETTIMANALMENTE VERIFICARE IL TENSIONAMENTO DEI TAPPETO������������������������������������������������������130
8.8 MANUTENZIONE MENSILE������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������131

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 5
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

8.8.1 VERIFICARE MENSILMENTE VISIVAMENTE LO STATO DI USURA DELLE RUOTE.�������������������������������������������131

8.8.2 CONTROLLO FOTOCELLULE��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������132
8.9 MANUTENZIONE SEMESTRALE�����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������133
8.9.1 SEMESTRALMENTE CONTROLLARE CHE NON CI SIANO VISTOSE PERDITE D'OLIO DAL RIDUTTORE. NEL CASO
DI PERDITE D'OLIO PROCEDERE CON RABBOCCO ������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������133
8.9.2 SEMESTRALMENTE CONTROLLARE IL FISSAGGIO DEI BULLONI DELLA LA BASE������������������������������������������133
8.10 AVVERTENZE DI SICUREZZA PER LA GESTIONE DELL'IMPIANTO ELETTRICO������������������������������������������������������134
8.11 MANUTENZIONE DELL’EQUIPAGGIAMENTO ELETTRICO��������������������������������������������������������������������������������135
8.12 MANUTENZIONE STRAORDINARIA�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������136
9. RIPARAZIONI-MODIFICHE LIMITAZIONI-DIVIETI ���������������������������������������������������������������� 137
9.1 RIPARAZIONI�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������137
9.2 MODIFICHE����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������138
9.3 MODIFICA CRITICA PER LA SICUREZZA�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������139
10. RICAMBI�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 140
10.1 COME RICHIEDERE I RICAMBI ���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������140
10.2 CATALOGO RICAMBI�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������140
11. ELENCO ALLEGATI����������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� 142
11.1 SCHEMA ELETTRICO�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������143

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 6
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

1. INTRODUCTION........................................................................................................................ 11
1.1 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS...........................................................................................................................................12
1.1.1 MAIN SAFETY-RELATED TERMS.............................................................................................................................12
1.1.2 MAIN TERMS RELATED TO THE AMUSEMENT.....................................................................................................13
1.2 MANUAL.......................................................................................................................................................................14
1.2.1 GUIDE FOR ATTRACTION INSTRUCTIONS READING............................................................................................15
1.2.2 HOW TO PRESERVE THE MANUAL .......................................................................................................................17
1.2.3 UPDATING OF THE MANUAL.................................................................................................................................18
1.3 ADDRESSEES OF THE MANUAL...................................................................................................................................19
1.3.1 OPERATORS IN CHARGE.........................................................................................................................................20
1.3.2 MAINTENANCE TECHNICIANS...............................................................................................................................22
1.3.3 PUBLIC.....................................................................................................................................................................23
1.4 WARRANTY...................................................................................................................................................................24
1.4.1 LIMITATIONS OF THE WARRANTY ........................................................................................................................24
1.4.2 TERMS AND CONDITIONS .....................................................................................................................................24
1.5 TESTING OF ATTRACTION ...........................................................................................................................................25
1.5.1 INTERNAL TESTS ....................................................................................................................................................25
2. DESCRIPTION OF THE RIDE...................................................................................................... 26
2.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE RIDE........................................................................................................................27
2.2 DESCRIPTION OF CONTROL PANEL.............................................................................................................................28
2.3 IDENTIFICATION PLATE OF THE RIDE.........................................................................................................................30
2.4 PRINTED SERIAL NUMBER..........................................................................................................................................30
2.4.1 RIDE DIMENSIONS..................................................................................................................................................31
2.4.2 TECHNICAL CONDITIONS OF USE.........................................................................................................................32
2.4.3 LIMITATIONS IN USE AND SELECTION CRITERIA FOR PASSENGERS..................................................................32
2.4.4 LIMITATIONS IN USE AND SELECTION CRITERIA FOR GUESTS WITH DISABILITIES..........................................33
2.4.5 MISUSE ...................................................................................................................................................................35
2.4.6 SELECTION CRITERIA OF THE USERS....................................................................................................................35
2.5 VIBRATIONS .................................................................................................................................................................36
2.6 LIGHTING .....................................................................................................................................................................36
2.7 EMISSIONS....................................................................................................................................................................37
3. SAFETY...................................................................................................................................... 38
3.1 GENERAL SAFETY ........................................................................................................................................................39
3.2 TRAINING OF THE OPERATORS ..................................................................................................................................40
3.2.1 ATTITUDES AND KNOWLEDGE .............................................................................................................................40
3.2.2 AIMS OF THE TRAINING.........................................................................................................................................41
3.2.3 TRAINING PROCEDURE .........................................................................................................................................41
3.2.4 CONTENT OF THE TRAINING ................................................................................................................................42
3.2.5 METHODS OF SAFE WORKING .............................................................................................................................45
3.3 INFORMATION AND GENERAL WARNINGS................................................................................................................46
3.3.1 PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFETY ..................................................................................................................................46
3.3.2 GENERAL PRECAUTIONS........................................................................................................................................48
3.3.3 GENERAL PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFETY STAGES OF USE OF ATTRACTION ..........................................................50

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 7
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

3.4 CONNECTIONS ............................................................................................................................................................51

3.4.1 CONNECTING TO ELECTRIC DISTRIBUTION .........................................................................................................51
3.4.2 CONNECTION TO THE PNEUMATIC/HYDRAULIC GRID........................................................................................51
3.5 SECURITY FOR THE PUBLIC ........................................................................................................................................52
3.6 SUPPORT ......................................................................................................................................................................53
3.7 REPAIR ..........................................................................................................................................................................53
3.8 ATMOSPHERIC CONDITIONS LIMITING THE OPERATION ........................................................................................54
3.8.1 OPERATING TEMPERATURE...................................................................................................................................54
3.9 HOW TO KNOW THE WIND SPEED.............................................................................................................................55
3.9.1 BEAUFORT WIND FORCE SCALE............................................................................................................................55
3.10 INDICATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS PLACE ON ATTRACTION....................................................................................56
3.10.1 INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR OPERATORS ......................................................................................57
3.10.2 INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PUBLIC .......................................................................................57
3.11 RESIDUAL RISKS ...........................................................................................................................................................58
3.11.1 PRECAUTIONS FOR PEOPLE...................................................................................................................................59
3.11.2 FIRE PRECAUTIONS ...............................................................................................................................................60
4. TRANSPORT AND INSTALLATION ........................................................................................... 66
4.1 VERIFICATION OF REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS FOR INSTALLATION...........................................................68
4.1.1 SITING AND INSTALLATION OF THE ATTRACTION...............................................................................................69
4.1.2 CHARACTERISTICS OF THE GROUND....................................................................................................................70
4.2 SAFETY WARNINGS FOR THE INSTALLATION PERSONNEL ......................................................................................74
4.3 TESTING........................................................................................................................................................................75
4.4 FIRST CLEANING...........................................................................................................................................................76
4.4.1 GENERAL PRECAUTIONS:.......................................................................................................................................76
4.4.2 FIRST CLEANING.....................................................................................................................................................76
5. STORAGE.................................................................................................................................. 77
5.1 DATASHEET ANTIOXIDANT..........................................................................................................................................78
6. DEMOLITION............................................................................................................................ 79
7. USE OF THE RIDE ..................................................................................................................... 80
7.1 DESIGNATION OF USE..................................................................................................................................................81
7.1.1 BEHAVIOUR OF PUBLIC AND PASSENGERS..........................................................................................................81
7.2 CHECKS AND TESTS TO BE CARRIED OUT BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH STARTUP..................................................82
7.3 PASSENGERS LOADING-UNLOADING.........................................................................................................................83
7.3.1 BILANCING THE RIDE DURING OPERATION.........................................................................................................84
7.4 ACCEPTABILITY CRITERIA FOR THE LOADING OF THE PEOPLE AMONG THE PUBLIC............................................85
7.4.1 BEHAVIOUR OF THE PUBLIC AND PASSENGERS..................................................................................................86
7.4.2 INSTRUCTIONS AND WARNINGS FOR PASSENGERS...........................................................................................86
7.4.3 OPERATION DURING THE RIDE.............................................................................................................................86
7.4.4 WORK SHIFTS FOROPERATORS AND ASSISTANTS...............................................................................................86
7.5 STOPS............................................................................................................................................................................87
7.5.1 NORMAL VOLUNTARY STOP (SERVICE).................................................................................................................87
7.5.2 EMERGENCY STOP (MANUAL AND VOLUNTARY)................................................................................................87
7.5.3 AUTOMATIC STOP (CAUSED BY THE RIDE)...........................................................................................................88

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 8
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

7.6 ANOMALOUS AND/OR EMERGENCY SITUATIONS....................................................................................................89

7.6.1 GENERAL PRECAUTIONS........................................................................................................................................89
7.6.2 FIRE..........................................................................................................................................................................90
7.7 MANUAL DE OPERACIÓN “FLUME RIDE”...................................................................................................................91
7.7.1 INFORMACIÓN TÉCNICA ELÉCTRICA....................................................................................................................91
7.7.2 DESCRIPCIÓN GENERAL DE LA ATRACCIÓN.........................................................................................................92
7.8 OPERACIÓN DE LA ATRACCIÓN Y ZONAS...................................................................................................................93
7.8.1 ZONA DE LA ESTACIÓN...........................................................................................................................................93
7.8.2 UPWARD LIFT & RAMPAS 01-02............................................................................................................................94
7.8.3 EL CIRCUITO DEL AGUA DEL FLUME RIDE............................................................................................................95
7.9 LAS PARTES DE SEGURIDAD DEL SISTEMA DE CONTROL (SRP-CS)..........................................................................96
7.10 INTERFAZ DEL OPERADOR...........................................................................................................................................97
7.10.1 PLANO DE LOS COMPONENTS DEL OCC ..............................................................................................................97
7.10.2 PLANO COMPONENTES MCC................................................................................................................................98
7.10.3 COMPONENTES DE LA INTERFAZ DEL OPERADOR..............................................................................................99
7.11 PROCEDIMIENTO DE OPERACIÓN............................................................................................................................100
7.11.1 PUESTA EN MARCHA............................................................................................................................................101
7.11.2 BOMBAS................................................................................................................................................................102
7.11.3 PROCEDIMIENTO DE PUESTA EN MARCHA DE LA ATRACCIÓN (CINTA TRANSPORTADORA DE LA ESTACIÓN)..
103
7.11.4 PROCEDIMIENTO MANUAL DE PARADA DE LA ATRACCIÓN (CINTA TRANSPORTADORA DE LA ESTACIÓN)......
103
7.11.5 ACTIVACIÓN DE PARADA DE MANUAL (E-STOP & SISTEMA DE CONTROL).....................................................104
7.11.6 ACTIVACIÓN DE PARADA DE EMERGECIA AUTOMÁTICA..................................................................................105
7.11.7 ACTIVACIÓN AUTOMÁTICA DE LA PARADA DE EMERGENCIA .........................................................................106
7.11.8 PROCEDIMIENTO DE REINICIO............................................................................................................................106
7.11.9 PROCEDIMIENTO AL FINALIZAR EL DÍA..............................................................................................................107
8. MAINTENANCE....................................................................................................................... 108
8.1 TECHNICAL DIRECTIONS FOR GOOD MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................110
8.2 MAINTENANCE GENERAL GUIDELINES....................................................................................................................111
8.2.1 CHECK BY SAMPLING...........................................................................................................................................111
8.2.2 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS ONTO THE STEEL STRUCTURES..........................................................................112
8.2.3 JUNCTIONS AND PIVOTS.....................................................................................................................................113
8.3 RECAP OF THE PROGRAMMED ORDINARY MAINTENANCE...................................................................................116
8.3.1 NOTE FOR TORQUING OF HARDWARE...............................................................................................................117
8.4 SAMPLE OF MAINTENANCE RECORDING................................................................................................................120
8.4.1 STRUCTURES.........................................................................................................................................................121
8.5 TABLE OF THE MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE..........................................................................................................127
8.6 DAILY MAINTENANCE.......................................................................................................................................128
8.6.1 PASSENGER UNIT .................................................................................................................................................128
8.6.2 INSPECTION OF THE SEATS..................................................................................................................................128
8.6.3 DAILY CHECK THE ENTIRE CIRCUIT TO ASSURE THERE ARE NO AIR LOSSES...................................................129
8.7 WEEKLY MAINTENANCE...................................................................................................................................130
8.7.1 WEEKLY CHECK THE BELT TENSION.............................................................................................................130

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 9
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

8.8 MONTHLY MAINTENANCE................................................................................................................................131

8.8.1 MONTHLY, CHECK THE WEAR’S WHEELS ...........................................................................................................131
8.8.2 PHOTOCELLS.........................................................................................................................................................132
8.9 SIX MONTHS MAINTENANCE...........................................................................................................................133
8.9.1 EVERY 6 MONTHS CHECK THAT THERE IS NOT SERIOUS OIL LEAKAGE FROM GEARBOX. ONLY IN CASE OF
SERIOUS LEAKAGE REFILL THE GEARBOX..........................................................................................................133
8.9.2 EVERY SIX MONTHS CHECK THE FASTENING ANCHORED BASE.......................................................................133
8.10 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE USE OF THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.....................................................................134
8.11 MAINTENANCE OF ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT.......................................................................................................135
8.12 EXTRAORDINARY MAINTENANCE............................................................................................................................136
9. REPAIRS-MODIFICATIONS-LIMITATIONS-PROHIBITIONS..................................................... 137
9.1 REPAIRS.......................................................................................................................................................................137
9.2 MODIFICATIONS.........................................................................................................................................................138
9.3 SAFETY CRITICAL MODIFICATION.............................................................................................................................139
10. SPARE PARTS ......................................................................................................................... 140
10.1 HOW TO REQUEST SPARE PARTS .............................................................................................................................140
10.2 PARTS CATALOG .........................................................................................................................................................140
11. LIST OF ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS........................................................................................... 142
11.1 ELETTRICAL DIAGRAMS.............................................................................................................................................143

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 10
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

1. INTRODUZIONE 1. INTRODUCTION

Attenzione! Warning!

PRIMA DI OPERARE SULL’ATTRAZIONE GLI OPERATORI BEFORE OPERATING ON THE ATTRACTION THE
ADDETTI DEVONO AVER LETTO E COMPRESO, IN OGNI STAFF HAS TO KNOW THE OPERATIVE AND SECURITY
SUA PARTE, TUTTE LE ISTRUZIONI E LE INFORMAZIONI INSTRUCTIONS OF THIS MANUAL AND OF THE
CONTENUTE NEL PRESENTE MANUALE. ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS.
NESSUNA PARTE DI QUESTO MANUALE PUÒ ESSERE NO PART OF THIS MANUAL CAN BE REPRODUCED
RIPRODOTTA E/O DIVULGATA, CON QUALSIASI AND/OR SPREAD BY ANY MEANS OR IN ANY FORM,
MEZZO ED IN QUALSIASI FORMA, SENZA PREVENTIVA MODIFIED OR INTEGRATED WITHOUT PREVIOUS
AUTORIZZAZIONE SCRITTA DALLA DIREZIONE DI WRITTEN AUTHORISATION BY THE MANUFACTURER.
ZAMPERLA S.P.A. THE MANUFACTURER RESERVES TO DEFEND HIS
LA ZAMPERLA S.P.A. SI RISERVA DI TUTELARE I PROPRI RIGHTS AND INTERESTS IN CASE OF UNAUTHORISED
DIRITTI ED INTERESSI IN CASO DI RIPRODUZIONE O REPRODUCTION OR SPREADING.
DIVULGAZIONE NON AUTORIZZATA. NO MODIFICATIONS OR INTEGRATION OF THIS MANUAL
NESSUNA MODIFICA O INTEGRAZIONE DEL MANUALE CAN BE CARRIED OUT WITHOUT AUTHORISATION OF
PUÒ ESSERE EFFETTUATA SENZA AUTORIZZAZIONE THE MANUFACTURER.
DELLA ZAMPERLA S.P.A.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 11
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
1.1 GLOSSARIO
1.1.1 TERMINI RELATIVI ALLA SICUREZZA
ZONA PERICOLOSA
Zona, all’interno e/o in prossimità dell’attrazione, in cui la
presenza di una persona esposta costituisce un rischio per la
sicurezza e la salute della persona stessa.
PERSONA ESPOSTA
Persona che si trova interamente o in parte in una zona
pericolosa.
QUALIFICA DELL’OPERATORE
Livello minimo delle competenze che deve possedere
l’operatore per svolgere l’operazione descritta.
NUMERO DI OPERATORI
Numero di operatori adeguato per svolgere in modo ottimale
l’operazione descritta. L’utilizzazione di un numero diverso
di addetti potrebbe impedire di ottenere il risultato atteso
o potrebbe mettere in pericolo la sicurezza del personale
stesso o del pubblico.
STATO DELL’ATTRAZIONE
Indica la modalità di funzionamento: in automatico, in
manuale,con comando ad azione mantenuta (JOG), arresto,
ecc. la condizione delle sicurezze presenti sull’attrazione:
protettori inclusi, protettori esclusi, arresto di emergenza
premuto, tipo di isolamento delle fonti di energia, ecc.
RISCHIO RESIDUO
Malgrado siano state adottate le misure di protezione
integrate nella progettazione dell’attrazione e malgrado
tutte le protezioni e le misure di protezione complementari
adottate, permangono dei rischi: nel manuale sono indicati
per permettere agli operatori addetti ed al pubblico di usare
in sicurezza l’attrazione.
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
1.1 TERMS AND DEFINITIONS
1.1.1 MAIN SAFETY-RELATED TERMS
DANGEROUS AREA
Area inside or next to the ride where the presence of an
exposed person is a risk for the safety and health of this
person.
EXPOSED PERSON
A person standing completely or partially in a dangerous
area.
OPERATOR’S QUALIFICATION
The minimum expertise level an operator shall own in order
to be able to carry out the operation
described.
NUMBER OF OPERATORS
The number of operators required to carry out the operation
described in the best way possible. The use of a different
number of operators could prevent the achievement of the
expected result and could affect the safety of the staff and
of the public.
CONDITION OF THE RIDE
It means the operation mode: automatic, manual, shutdown,
... the condition of the safety devices to be found on the
amusement device: protection devices on, protection
devices off, emergency stop pressed, type of isolation of the
sources of energy, and so on… .
RESIDUAL RISK
Any risk which could not be removed or sufficiently
minimised by the design and/or procedures against which
the protection devices are not (or not completely) effective.
The manual provides information about their existence, and
instructions and warnings to prevent their occurrence
12
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

1.1.2 PRINCIPALI TERMINI RELATIVI ALL’ATTRAZIONE 1.1.2 MAIN TERMS RELATED TO THE AMUSEMENT

CARTER DEVICE COVER

Vocabolo usato nella pratica di officina per indicare un riparo.
D.P.I.
Dispositivi di protezione individuale (guanti, maschere,
occhiali, scarpe, ecc.).
PROTEZIONI
Misure di sicurezza che consistono nell’impiego di mezzi
tecnici specifici chiamati protezioni (ripari, dispositivi di
sicurezza) per proteggere le persone dai pericoli che non
possono essere ragionevolmente eliminati o sufficientemente
limitati attraverso la progettazione.
RIPARO
Elemento dell’attrazione usato in modo specifico per fornire
protezione mediante una barriera fisica. In funzione della
sua costruzione, un riparo può essere chiamato: cuffia,
coperchio, schermo, porta, recinzione, ecc.
GIORNATA DI LAVORO
Si intende il tempo totale di lavoro dell’attrazione nell’arco
della giornata, tra il primo avviamento e l’ultimo arresto,
compresi i vari "turni" degli operatori ed i vari "giri" con il
pubblico.
TURNO
Si intende il tempo massimo di lavoro continuo per operatori
ed assistenti, prima di ricevere il cambio.
Quando le condizioni e la durata del lavoro lo richiedono,
sono previsti diversi turni con diversi operatori.
GIRO
Si intende il tempo compreso tra inizio e fine di un utilizzo da
parte del pubblico.
Workshop term meaning a guard.
P.P.E.
Personal protective equipment (gloves, masks, glasses,
shoes, and so on).
PROTECTION DEVICES
Safety measures concerning the use of specific technical
means called protection devices (guards, shelters, safety
devices) protecting people against the dangers, which cannot
be reasonably removed or sufficiently minimised by design.
GUARD
Part of the amusement device specifically used to provide
a protection by means of a physical barrier. Depending on
its construction a guard can be called: casing, cover, screen,
door, enclosing guard, etc.
WORKING (OR SERVICE) DAY
It means the total working time of the ride within a 24 hour
period, between the first starting and the last shutdown,
included the various "shifts" of the operators and the various
"runs" with the public.
SHIFT
It is meant the maximum continuous working time for
operators and attendants before being relieved.
Different shifts with different operators are to be planned
when the conditions and the duration of the work require it.
CYCLE
This means the time between the beginning and the end of
a turn by the public.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 13
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

1.2 MANUALE 1.2 MANUAL

In questo manuale vengono esposte le modalità operative In this manual, Zamperla Spa specifies the operation and
e le istruzioni riguardanti l’attrazione e le prescrizioni da instructions concerning the ride and the regulations to be
osservare per svolgere tutte le operazioni relative all’uso ed followed to develop all the operations concerning the use
alla manutenzione dell’attrazione in condizioni di sicurezza. and maintenance of the ride in the safe way.

Attenzione! Warning!

IL PRESENTE MANUALE CONTIENE NORME DI SICUREZZA THIS MANUAL CONTAINS SAFETY REGULATIONS FOR
PER L’USO E MANUTENZIONE DELL’ATTRAZIONE. TALI THE USE AND MAINTENANCE OF THE RIDE. THESE
NORME NON ANNULLANO NE SOSTITUISCONO QUELLE NORMS DO NOT ANNUL OR SUBSTITUTE THE ONE
IN VIGORE NEL PAESE DI UTILIZZO DELL’ATTRAZIONE. IN VIGOUR IN THE COUNTRY IN WHICH THE RIDE IS
IL PRESENTE MANUALE NON È L’UNICO DOCUMENTO A INSTALLED.
CORREDO DELL’ATTRAZIONE. THIS MANUAL IS NOT THE ONLY DOCUMENT PROVIDED
PROVIDED WITH THE RIDE
In caso di modifiche, riparazioni, ispezioni approfondite, ecc.,
è necessario consultare e fare riferimento ad altri documenti In case of modifications, repairs, thorough inspections,
come: and so on, it is necessary to consult and to refer to other
• CALCOLI DI PROGETTO; documents such as:
• METODI DI COSTRUZIONE; • DESIGN CALCULATIONS;
• RELAZIONI E DISEGNI DI STRUTTURE ED IMPIANTI; • CONSTRUCTION METHODS;
• ISPEZIONI ED APPROVAZIONI. • REPORTS AND DRAWINGS OF STRUCTURES AND SYSTEMS;
Il Costruttore si riserva il diritto di comunicare in ogni • INSPECTIONS AND APPROVALS.
momento tutte le informazioni ritenute utili, necessarie o The Manufacturer reserves the right to communicate at any
rese obbligatorie riguardanti l’attrazione. Tali informazioni, time all information considered useful, necessary or that has
sotto forma di modifiche, aggiornamenti od aggiunte become compulsory, which can concern the attraction.
verranno considerate, a tutti gli effetti, parte integrante del Such information in the form of modification, updating or
presente manuale. addition will be considered in all respects as an integral part
Il Costruttore si riserva il diritto di apportare, anche senza of this manual.
preavviso, tutte le modifiche che riterrà opportune, sia The Manufacturer reserves the right to introduce, without
di carattere tecnico - nessuna esclusa - , sia riguardanti le notice, all those modifications that he considers as suitable
istruzioni contenute nel presente manuale. to improve the ride or the associated manual.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 14
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

1.2.1 GUIDA ALLA LETTURA DELLE ISTRUZIONI 1.2.1 GUIDE FOR ATTRACTION INSTRUCTIONS
PER L’ATTRAZIONE READING

Il manuale di istruzione per uso e manutenzione correda
l’attrazione e ne costituisce parte integrante.
Il Costruttore, nelle varie fasi di progettazione e costruzione,
ha adottato tutte le prescrizioni, le protezioni e le avvertenze
per garantire la sicurezza delle persone, dell’ambiente e delle
cose.
Le istruzioni contenute nel seguente manuale contribuiscono
a garantire la sicurezza dell’attrazione, mettendo gli
operatori addetti in condizioni di eseguire correttamente ed
in sicurezza i compiti assegnati.
Un uso scorretto dell’attrazione, una sua cattiva
manutenzione, possono pregiudicare il raggiungimento
dello scopo principale dell’utilizzo dell’attrazione, ovvero “IL
DIVERTIMENTO IN SICUREZZA”.
Operating and maintenance instruction manuals are part of
the ride and passangers units.
The Manufacturer, in the various design and manufacturing
stages, took all measures, precautions and followed all
directions to guarantee the safety of people, environment
and things.
The instructions of the following manual contribute to
guarantee the safety of the amusement device, so that the
operators are able to carry out safely and correctly the task
they were entrusted with.
The misuse of the amusement device, or its poor maintenance
will prevent the main purpose of the use of the amusement
device, which is “SAFE FUN”.

I destinatari delle istruzioni sono : The addressees of the instructions are:

- Controllore - Controller
- Operatore - Operator
- Assistente - Attendant
- Manutentori - Maintenance
- Tecnici specializzati. - Workers and Engineers
Nel paragrafo 1.3.1 saranno definite le caratteristiche e le Paragraph 1.3.1 provides the characteristics and the tasks of
mansioni di ciascun destinatario. every staff member.
Sono previsti due sistemi di lettura del manuale: Two reading levels of the manual are foreseen:
Lettura approfondita dei capitoli che trattano direttamente Thorough reading of the chapters dealing directly with the
le mansioni specifiche del destinatario, indicati con il simbolo specific tasks of the addressee, indicated by the symbol :

Lettura informativa degli altri capitoli, che non riguardano Informative reading of the chapters that do not deal
direttamente le mansioni del destinatario in oggetto, ma directly with the tasks of the interested addressees, but the
la cui conoscenza è utile per la comprensione globale knowledge of which is useful to understand the amusement
dell’attrazione, indicati con il simbolo device as a whole, indicated by the symbol

Attenzione! Warning!

IL PRESENTE MANUALE È CONSIDERATO PARTE THE INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE AND MAINTENANCE
INTEGRANTE DELL’ATTRAZIONE PERCHÉ CONTIENE ARE SAFETY MEASURES. THE MANUAL CONTAINING
ISTRUZIONI RELATIVE ALL’USO E MANUTENZIONE IN THEM IS AN INTEGRAL PART OF THE ATTRACTION FOR
SICUREZZA DELLA STESSA. SAFETY’S SAKE.
È OBBLIGATORIO CONSERVARE IL PRESENTE MANUALE THEREFORE IT IS COMPULSORY TO KEEP THIS MANUAL
ED I SUOI ALLEGATI IN UN LUOGO ASCIUTTO. TALE AND ALL ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS IN A PLACE WITHIN
LUOGO DEVE ESSERE FACILMENTE ACCESSIBILE E EASY REACH OF THE RIDE AND KNOWN BY ALL
NOTO A TUTTI GLI OPERATORI ADDETTI. OPERATORS AND BY THE MAINTENANCE STAFF.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 15
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

La tabella seguente indica, per ciascun destinatario, quali The following table shows for every staff member the
capitoli devono essere oggetto di lettura approfondita. chapters that shall be thoroughly read.

Controllore Operatore Assistente Manutentore Manutentore Tecnico

meccanico elettrico specializzato
Mechanical Electrical
Specialized
Controller Operator Attendant maintenance maintenance
technician
people people

Chapter 1
Introduzione
Introduction
Chapter 2
Descrizione dell'attrazione
Description of the ride
Chapter 3
Sicurezza
Safety
Chapter 4
Trasporto e installazione
Transport and installation
Chapter 5
Stoccaggio
Storage
Chapter 6
Demolizione
Demolition
Chapter 7
Uso dell'attrazione
Use of the ride
Chapter 8
Manutenzione
Maintenance
Chapter 9
Riparazioni-modifiche-limitazioni-
divieti
Repairs-modifications-limitations-
prohibitions
Chapter 10
Ricambi
Spare parts
Chapter 11
Elenco allegati
List of enclosed documents

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 16
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

1.2.2 CONSERVAZIONE DEL MANUALE 1.2.2 HOW TO PRESERVE THE MANUAL

Gli operatori addetti devono poter consultare rapidamente e
in qualsiasi situazione il manuale che deve:
• Essere conservato con cura, integro, in ambiente protetto
da umidità e calore eccessivi;
• Accompagnare l’attrazione in tutti i suoi passaggi fino
alla demolizione (anche in caso di spostamenti, vendita o
cessione a terzi a qualsiasi titolo, come prestito, noleggio,
affitto, ecc.);
• Essere sempre aggiornato
• Riportare eventuali modifiche eseguite all’attrazione.
The operators need to quickly consult the manual in each
situation and so:
• it shall be kept carefully, complete (in all its parts), in a
place protected against excessive humidity and heat;
• it shall follow the attraction in all its changes up to the end
of it's life up (even in case of shift, sale or transfer to third
party by any way, such as loan, hire, rent, and so on…),
• it shall be updated;
• they shall report the eventual modifications introduced to
the ride.

Attenzione! Warning!

IL MANUALE DEV’ESSERE MANEGGIATO CON CURA, HANDLE THE MANUAL WITH CARE, WITH CLEAN
CON LE MANI PULITE ED EVITANDO DI APPOGGIARLO HANDS AND AVOID PUTTING IT ON DIRTY SURFACES.
SU SUPERFICI SPORCHE. PER NESSUNA RAGIONE DO NOT TEAR, REMOVE OR MODIFY ANY PART OF THE
DEVE ESSERE STRAPPATA, MODIFICATA O ASPORTATA MANUAL FOR ANY REASON.
ALCUNA PARTE DEL MANUALE.
The Manufacturer, on the Customer’s request, can supply
Il Costruttore, su richiesta del cliente, può fornire ulteriori further copies of the manual.
copie del manuale. In case of wear and tear or loss of the manual, it is compulsory
In caso di deterioramento o smarrimento del manuale to ask for a new copy referring to the serial number of the
è obbligatorio richiederne una copia, comunicando al amusement device .
costruttore il numero di serie .

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 17
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

1.2.3 AGGIORNAMENTO DEL MANUALE 1.2.3 UPDATING OF THE MANUAL

Attenzione! Warning!

TUTTE LE MODIFICHE DEVONO ESSERE ESPRESSAMENTE ANY MODIFICATION MUST BE AUTHORIZED BY THE
AUTORIZZATE DAL COSTRUTTORE. MANUFACTURER.

1.2.3.1 AGGIORNAMENTO DEL MANUALE DA PARTE DI 1.2.3.1 UPDATING OF THE MANUAL BY PEOPLE NOT
PERSONE DIVERSE DAL COSTRUTTORE INSIDE THE MANUFACTURING COMPANY

In caso di modifiche all’attrazione è indispensabile aggiornare
il manuale, che ne costituisce parte integrante ai fini della
sicurezza.
Il soggetto, autorizzato dal Costruttore ad eseguire la
modifica dell’attrazione e/o del manuale, compila una
"scheda di modifica" che riporta:
• Le operazioni eseguite;
• La data di esecuzione;
• Il nome e la firma di chi ha eseguito la modifica;
• Inserisce la scheda tra gli allegati del manuale;
• Nelle parti del manuale, interessate dalla modifica,
inserisce una nota di rinvio alla scheda;
• Invia al Costruttore copia della scheda di modifica;
• Aggiorna il log-book dell’attrazione.
In case of modifications to the ride, it is mandatory to update
the manual for safety reasons.
The people authorised by the Manufacturer to modify the
ride and/or the manual must fill out a "modification sheet"
which includes:
• The operations realized;
• The date in which the modification has been made;
• Name and sign of the people who realized the modification;
• Include the sheet among the attachments of the manual;
• Include a note to the sheet in the parts of the manual
which has been interested by the modifications;
• Sending of the sheet to the Manufacturer;
• Updatings of the log-book of the ride.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 18
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

1.3 DESTINATARI DEL MANUALE 1.3 ADDRESSEES OF THE MANUAL

Attenzione! Warning!

TUTTI COLORO CHE SONO INCARICATI DI OPERARE ALL THE PEOPLE AUTHORISED TO WORK ON THE RIDE
SULL’ATTRAZIONE DEVONO ESSERE IN POSSESSO DELLE MUST HAVE ALL THE AUTHORIZATIONS AND PREMISES
NECESSARIE AUTORIZZAZIONI E PERMESSI, ANCHE (EVEN ADMINISTRATIVE IF REQUIRED).
AMMINISTRATIVI (SE RICHIESTI).
To improve the comprehension and avoid mistakes of
Per migliorare la comprensione ed evitare errori di interpretation, please see here below all the people entitled
interpretazione, si precisano di seguito i soggetti destinati to enter in connection (with different roles) with the ride and
ad entrare in relazione, a vario titolo, con l’attrazione e le the operations they are entitled to do.
mansioni che sono autorizzati a svolgere. The operations referred to each addressee and the
Le mansioni riferite a ciascun destinatario delle istruzioni instructions (controller, operator, assistant, ordinary
(controllore, operatore, assistente, manutentori ordinari) maintenance people) can be performed by a strict number
possono essere svolte da un numero più ristretto di persone, of people unless they have the professional skills to perform
purché esse abbiano la competenza professionale per le them.
operazioni da eseguire.

SYMBOL DESCRIPTION
SIMBOLO DESCRIZIONE
Controller
Controllore

Operator
Operatore

Attendant
Assistente
Mechanical maintenance
people
Manutentore meccanico
Electrical maintenance
people
Manutentore elettrico

Specialized technician
Tecnico specializzato

To make the consulting of the manual easier, the group

Per facilitare la lettura del manuale, il gruppo di destinatari of the addresses listed in the table above will be named
elencati nella tabella sovrastante sarà denominato "OPERATORS IN CHARGE" .
"OPERATORI ADDETTI" .

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 19
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

1.3.1 OPERATORI ADDETTI 1.3.1 OPERATORS IN CHARGE

Per poter svolgere al meglio, ed in totale sicurezza, il proprio To develop the job in the best and safe way possible, the
lavoro, gli operatori addetti devono essere adeguatamente operators must be properly trained and satisfy the minimum
addestrati e soddisfare i requisiti minimi indicati al par. 3.2. qualifications indicated at para. 3.2.

Attenzione! Warning!

SI RICORDA CHE TUTTI COLORO CHE SONO INCARICATI WE REMIND THAT ALL THOSE WHO ARE APPOINTED
DI OPERARE SULL’ATTRAZIONE DEVONO ESSERE IN TO WORK ON THE ATTRACTION SHALL HAVE THE
POSSESSO DELLE NECESSARIE AUTORIZZAZIONI E NECESSARY AUTHORISATIONS AND PERMITS, EVEN
PERMESSI, ANCHE AMMINISTRATIVI (SE RICHIESTI). THE ADMINISTRATIVE ONES (IF NEEDED).

1.3.1.1 CONTROLLORE 1.3.1.1 CONTROLLER

E' la persona che si incarica di eseguire, sotto la sua diretta The CONTROLLER is the person who takes upon himself to
responsabilità, la direzione, la supervisione e il controllo carry out in his immediate charge the direction, supervision
delle seguenti operazioni: and the control of the following operations:
- trasporto; - transport;
- montaggio e smontaggio; - assembly and dismantling ;
- azionamento e funzionamento con o senza pubblico; - operation and functioning with or without public;
- manutenzione; - maintenance;
- controlli periodici ed ispezioni; - periodical checks and inspections;
- riparazioni ed interventi sull’attrazione (solo quelli - repairs and interventions on the attraction (only those
previsti e consentiti in base al presente manuale). planned and allowed according to this manual).

Il CONTROLLORE è il responsabile della gestione The CONTROLLER is responsible for the management of the
dell’attrazione, e deve essere munito delle necessarie attraction and he shall own the necessary administrative
autorizzazioni amministrative che gli consentano l’esercizio authorisations allowing him to exercise his duties.
della propria attività. He has to observe and to enforce all instructions and
Egli è tenuto a rispettare e a far rispettare tutte le istruzioni e directions of this manual.
le indicazioni contenute nel presente manuale.
The CONTROLLER can also be identified as OPERATOR when
Il CONTROLLORE può essere identificato anche come he carries out some of the operations in the following
OPERATORE nel momento in cui si trova a svolgere talune definition.
delle operazioni di cui alla definizione seguente.
Warning!
Attenzione!
THE ASSIGNMENT OF THE DUTIES AND THE JOBS
L’ASSEGNAZIONE DEI COMPITI E DELLE COMPETENZE TO THE OPERATORS, TO THE ATTENDANTS AND TO
AGLI OPERATORI, AGLI ASSISTENTI ED AI MANUTENTORI THE MAINTENANCE STAFF, SHALL BE CONDUCTED
DEVE ESSERE FATTA SOLO DAL CONTROLLORE. EXCLUSIVELY BY THE CONTROLLER.

Il CONTROLLORE deve: The CONTROLLER shall:

- assicurarsi che tutte le istruzioni (testo ed illustrazioni)
contenute nel presente manuale e quelle da lui impartite
in esecuzione di esse, vengano comprese con chiarezza
dagli operatori ed assistenti incaricati di operare
sull’attrazione;
- assicurare un adeguato addestramento pratico ed
- make sure that all instructions (text and pictures) of this
manual and all the ones he gives are clearly understood
by the operators and the attendants appointed to the
operation of the attraction.
- provide a practical training and ensure, also by means
of testing, that the operators can use the attraction

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 20
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

accertarsi, anche tramite prove, che gli operatori
siano in grado di utilizzare in modo corretto e sicuro
l’attrazione, sia in situazioni di funzionamento normale
che in situazioni di emergenza;
- verificare che i manutentori siano in grado di effettuare i
loro interventi in modo corretto e sicuro, e che conoscano
le modalità per richiedere le autorizzazioni previste
dalle procedure di lavoro interne all'organizzazione del
CONTROLLORE.
A tale scopo egli deve accertarsi che essi abbiano almeno le
seguenti caratteristiche:
- cultura generale e tecnica di livello sufficiente per
comprendere il contenuto del manuale nelle parti che
li riguardano e per interpretare correttamente disegni e
schemi, simboli e pittogrammi e messaggi a video;
- conoscenza delle principali norme igieniche,
antinfortunistiche e tecnologiche;
- conoscenza complessiva dell’attrazione e delle
collocazioni delle vie di fuga, dei sistemi di sicurezza,
ecc. ...;
- esperienza specifica nella gestione delle attrazioni e dei
parchi di divertimento;
- capacità di attivarsi in caso di emergenza, di reperire i
mezzi di protezione individuale, i mezzi antincendio e di
usarli correttamente
correctly and safely both in situations of normal
functioning and in emergency situations.
- verify that the maintenance staff can carry out their
operations correctly and safely and that they know how
to ask for the authorisations required by the working
procedures of the CONTROLLER’s organisation.
For this purpose he shall ensure that they have at least the
following characteristics:
- sufficient standard of general and technical culture to
be able to understand the contents of the manual in
the parts related to them and to comprehend correctly
drawings and plans, symbols and pictograms;
- knowledge of the main health, accident-prevention and
technological rules;
- overall knowledge of the attraction and disposal of the
escape routes, of the safety-related systems, and so on;
- specific experience in the management of attractions
and amusement parks;
- knowledge of the actions to take in case of emergency,
capability to find the personal protection equipment
(p.p.e.) and the fire-fighting equipment, and to use them
correctly.

1.3.1.2 OPERATORE 1.3.1.2 OPERATOR

L’OPERATORE è la persona incaricata di eseguire The OPERATOR is the person, whose job it is to carry out the
materialmente le seguenti operazioni riguardanti l’attrazione: following operations related to the amusement device:
• trasporto; • transport;
• montaggio e smontaggio; • assembly and dismantling;
• **azionamento e funzionamento con o senza pubblico; • operation, with or without public;
• alcuni interventi di manutenzione ordinaria espressamente • some operations of ordinary maintenance explicitly
previsti nel manuale; foreseen in the manual;
• pulizia. • cleaning.
• Tali funzioni devono essere svolte con la supervisione ed il • These works shall be carried out under the immediate
controllo diretto del CONTROLLORE (se si tratta di soggetti supervision and control of the CONTROLLER (if they are
diversi). two different persons).
1.3.1.3 ASSISTENTE 1.3.1.3 ATTENDANT

L’ASSISTENTE è la persona incaricata di svolgere determinate The ATTENDANT is the person, whose job it is to carry out
mansioni quando l’attrazione è aperta al pubblico. certain works when the attraction is open to the public.
Egli è tenuto ad eseguire puntualmente tutte le istruzioni che He has to carry out all instructions that the CONTROLLER and
gli vengono impartite dal CONTROLLORE e dall’OPERATORE. the OPERATOR give him.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 21
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

1.3.2 MANUTENTORI ORDINARI 1.3.2 MAINTENANCE TECHNICIANS

I MANUTENTORI ORDINARI sono operatori (tecnici) esperti,
istruiti ed autorizzati alla manutenzione ordinaria, ciascuno
per le sue competenze (meccaniche o elettriche).
Eseguono le operazioni di manutenzione, richieste
dall’operatore, seguendo le istruzioni fornite dal presente
manuale e dall’operatore.
The operators are ORDINARY MAINTENANCE (technical)
experts, trained and authorized to maintenance, each for his
skills (mechanical or electrical).
They Perform maintenance tasks, required by the operator,
following the instructions provided in this manual and by the
operator.

1.3.2.1 MANUTENTORE MECCANICO 1.3.2.1 MECHANICAL TECHNICIANS

Sono operatori esperti, istruiti ed autorizzati per la They are skilled operators, trained and authorized by the
manutenzione delle parti meccaniche, impianti pneumatici maintenance of mechanical parts, pneumatic systems and
e oleodinamici. hydraulic.

1.3.2.2 MANUTENTORE ELETTRICO 1.3.2.2 ELECTRICAL TECHNICIAN

Sono operatori esperti, istruiti ed autorizzati per la They are skilled operators, trained and authorized for the
manutenzione di parti ed impianti elettrici e/o elettronici. maintenance of parts and electrical and / or electronic plants.

1.3.2.3 TECNICO SPECIALIZZATO 1.3.2.3 TRAINED SERVICE TECHNICIAN

È la persona specializzata, professionalmente idonea,
addestrata ed autorizzata ad effettuare interventi di
manutenzione straordinaria, riparazioni, sostituzioni,
revisioni, che richiedono una particolare conoscenza delle
tecniche e delle modalità di intervento.
Opera in base alle direttive del Costruttore o del centro di
assistenza autorizzato.
Oltre a tutti gli interventi tipici dell’operatore e dei
manutentori ordinari, egli è autorizzato ad eseguire:
• Interventi di riparazione di guasti elettrici e/o meccanici;
• Sostituzione di parti rotte o deteriorate;
• Sostituzione di componenti di sicurezza;
• Eventuali interventi sulla parte elettrica (necessari solo in
caso di avaria)
He is the specialist, professionally appropriate, trained and
authorized to carry out operations of maintenance, repairs,
replacements, revisions, which require a special knowledge
of techniques and methods of intervention.
He operates under the guidelines of the manufacturer or the
center of authorized service.
In addition to all the typical operator intervention and
ordinary maintenance, he is authorized to perform:
• Repairs to electrical faults and / or mechanical;
• Replacement of broken parts or damaged;
• Replace safety components;
• Any work on the electrical system (required only in case
of failure).

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 22
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
1.3.3 PUBBLICO
Sebbene non sia un destinatario “diretto” del manuale, di
seguito sono indicate le prescrizioni riguardanti il pubblico,
essendo considerato “persona esposta” ad eventuali
rischi dell’attrazione. Non potendo accedere alle istruzioni
descritte nel presente manuale, è obbligo dell’operatore
assicurarsi che l’attrazione possa essere usata in sicurezza.
Il pubblico viene suddiviso in due categorie:
• SPETTATORI: sono le persone che si trovano, rispetto
all’attrazione, nella posizione e condizione di assistere al
funzionamento dell’attrazione stessa, o che sono in attesa
di usare l’attrazione in qualità di utilizzatori.
• PASSEGGERI: sono le persone che usano l’attrazione
collocandosi nell’apposito spazio, a scopo di divertimento,
emozione o gioco.
• Le indicazioni e le prescrizioni per il pubblico vengono date
tramite:
• Gli operatori;
• Gli avvisi e/o segnalazioni a bordo dell’attrazione.
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
1.3.3 PUBLIC
Even if the public is not a direct addressee of the manual,
here below you can find the instructions concerning the
public, since it is considered as an “exposed group” to
possible risks given by the ride.
Given that it cannot have access to the manual, it is duty of
the operator to be sure that the ride can be safely used.
The public is divided in 2 categories:
• VIEWERS: people who are, in respect of the ride, in the
position and condition to attend the functioning of the
ride, or which are in the queue line waiting for their turn.
• PASSENGERS: the people who use the ride putting
themselves in the right space, to have fun.
• The indications and the rules for the public are given by:
• operators;
• The warnings must be on board of the ride.
23
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

1.4 GARANZIA 1.4 WARRANTY

Per la garanzia dell’attrazione , si prega di fare riferimento a For the warranty of the ride, please refer to what stated in
quanto riportato nel contratto di vendita. the contract of sale.

1.4.1 LIMITI DELLA GARANZIA 1.4.1 LIMITATIONS OF THE WARRANTY

Sono esclusi dalla garanzia i difetti riguardanti: The defects excluded from warranty are the ones related to:
• I particolari elettrici; • The electrical parts;
• Vetri; • Glass;
• Gomma; • Rubber;
• Impianti sonori; • Sound systems;
• Effetti speciali richiesti dal compratore. • Special Effects requested by the buyer.
La garanzia è operante solo se l’attrazione è stata utilizzata The warranty is valid only if the attraction was used in the
nel rispetto più assoluto delle disposizioni ed indicazioni most absolute respect of the provisions and directions
contenute nel presente manuale. contained in this manual.
La garanzia non è operante per eventuali modifiche, The guarantee is not valid for any modifications, replacement,
sostituzioni, riparazioni o manomissioni eseguite repair or attempted repairs made by the purchaser or third
dall’acquirente o da terzi. parties.

1.4.2 TERMINI E CONDIZIONI 1.4.2 TERMS AND CONDITIONS

I vizi e le eventuali difformità dagli ordini dovranno, a pena
di decadenza, essere comunicati al Costruttore entro otto
giorni dalla scoperta, mediante comunicazione da inviarsi
con lettera raccomandata con avviso di ricevimento alla sede
del Costruttore.
Il Costruttore potrà, a proprio insindacabile giudizio,
sostituire o riparare il componente risultato difettoso.
Saranno comunque a carico dell’acquirente le spese
eventualmente sostenute per trasferte di personale del
Costruttore.
LE PARTI SOSTITUITE RESTERANNO DI PROPRIETÀ DEL
COSTRUTTORE.
The vices and any deviations from the orders must, under
penalty of forfeiture, be reported to the manufacturer within
eight days of the discovery, by giving notice to registered
letter with acknowledgment of receipt to the Manufacturer’s
premises.
The manufacturer may, at his sole discretion, replace or
repair the defective component.
The costs incurred for travel expenses for the staff of
Manufacturer will be at the Buyer’s charge.
THE REPLACED PARTS WILL BECOME PROPERTY OF THE
MANUFACTURER.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 24
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
1.5 COLLAUDO DELL’ATTRAZIONE
Le componenti dell’attrazione vengono fornite già collaudate,
in base al progetto del Costruttore.
Qualora, per esigenze del compratore, o per eventuali
modifiche strutturali, tecniche, di impianti e/o di allestimenti
e rifiniture, richieste dall’acquirente, sia possibile procedere
al primo collaudo solo presso la sede del compratore, o in
altra località dallo stesso indicata, quest’ultimo deve essere
presente alle operazioni di collaudo.
Restano comunque vincolanti e prevalenti le condizioni
riguardanti il collaudo, indicate nel contratto di acquisto.
1.5.1 COLLAUDI INTERNI
L’attrazione normalmente è sottoposta a collaudo in fabbrica,
presso il Costruttore, prima della spedizione.
Un secondo collaudo può essere eseguito, su richiesta del
cliente, dopo l’installazione e la messa a punto da parte di
personale qualificato del Costruttore, secondo le modalità
specificate nel contratto.
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
1.5 TESTING OF ATTRACTION
The components of attraction are supplied tested, according
to the project of the manufacturer.
If for buyer’s needs, or for any structural, technical, facilities
and / or equipment and finishing modifications, required by
the buyer, it is possible to proceed to the first test only at the
headquarters of the buyer, or in other location indicated by
the same, the Buyer must attend the testing operations.
In any case, the conditions specified in the contract as
concern the testing are mandatory.
1.5.1 INTERNAL TESTS
The attraction is usually subjected to testing in factory at the
manufacturer before shipment.
A second test may be conducted, at the request of customer,
after installation and tuning by Manufacturer of qualified
personnel in accordance with rules specified in the contract.
25
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

2. DESCRIZIONE DELL’ATTRAZIONE 2. DESCRIPTION OF THE RIDE

I destinatari del capitolo sono: The addresses of the chapter are:

Attenzione! Warning!

PER FACILITARE LA COMPRENSIONE DELLE ISTRUZIONI, TO MAKE THE COMPREHENSION OF THE INSTRUCTIONS
ALCUNE ILLUSTRAZIONI RAPPRESENTANO PARTI EASIER, SOME PICTURES SHOWS PARTS OF THE
DELL’ATTRAZIONE SENZA LE PROTEZIONI O CON RIPARI RIDE WITHOUT THE PROTECTION OF WITH COVERS
SMONTATI. DISMANTLED.
È ASSOLUTAMENTE VIETATO FAR FUNZIONARE IT IS FORBIDDEN TO USE THE RIDE WITHOUT
L’ATTRAZIONE SENZA RIPARI E/O PROTEZIONI, PROTECTIONS OR COVERS OR NOT ASSEMBLED PARTS.
OPPURE CON PARTI DI MACCHINA NON ASSEMBLATE OVERLOOKING THIS PROHIBITION MAY CAUSE BIG
CORRETTAMENTE O CON LE PROTEZIONI DISATTIVATE. DAMAGES TO THE ADDRESSES OF THE RIDE.
IGNORARE QUESTO DIVIETO PUÒ CAUSARE GRAVI
DANNI AI DESTINATARI DELL’ATTRAZIONE. In this chapter you will read the information and instructions
for:
In questo capitolo sono riportate le informazioni e le • knowing the ride;
istruzioni per: • recognize the different parts which will be recalled in the
• Conoscere l’attrazione nel suo complesso; instructions;
• Riconoscere le varie parti che verranno richiamate nelle • knowing their position;
istruzioni; • knowing the terms and names with which they will be
• Conoscere la loro collocazione; recalled.
• Conoscere i termini e le denominazioni con cui verranno
richiamate.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 26
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
2.1 DESCRIZIONE GENERALE DELL’ATTRAZIONE
The Flume Ride’s attraction is a Family carousel consisting
of boats that navigate in a canal. It’s made by concrete with
different section. The total length of the canal is 350m of
which 230m is not navigable and so controlled by the system.
Four zones can be distinguished in the non-navigable part:
Station, Lift 1 which height is 8m, Lift 2 that is 12m, Upper
Trough. Each zone has composed by belts moved with the use
of motorized pulleys (controlled in turn by drive units). The
maximum number of boats that can be present in the canal
is 20 and each boat can accommodate 6 people. Regarding
the navigable part, the flow rate of the water is guarantee by
4 pumps that generate a water speed of 1,2 m/s. Other two
pumps are in the drops section and generates the waterfall
effect; their use is just aesthetic.
The attraction is located at Coney Island Park, in America.
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
2.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE RIDE
The Flume Ride’s attraction is a Family carousel consisting
of boats that navigate in a canal. It’s made by concrete with
different section. The total length of the canal is 350m of
which 230m is not navigable and so controlled by the system.
Four zones can be distinguished in the non-navigable part:
Station, Lift 1 which height is 8m, Lift 2 that is 12m, Upper
Trough. Each zone has composed by belts moved with the use
of motorized pulleys (controlled in turn by drive units). The
maximum number of boats that can be present in the canal
is 20 and each boat can accommodate 6 people. Regarding
the navigable part, the flow rate of the water is guarantee by
4 pumps that generate a water speed of 1,2 m/s. Other two
pumps are in the drops section and generates the waterfall
effect; their use is just aesthetic.
The attraction is located at Coney Island Park, in America.
27
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

2.2 DESCRIZIONE PULSANTIERA 2.2 DESCRIPTION OF CONTROL PANEL

EMERGENCY
STOP

P24902A -S25001F
CONSOLE
ALARM
ENABLE FAULT LAMP
BUZZER
OFF ON

S25405D P25107F P25107G

HORN RESET

S25306C S25102E

RIVER PUMPS
OFF-0-ON

S25603E

STATION CYCLE STOP STATION

ENABLE KEY START

S25202F S25302E 39

Main OCC includes the following: Main OCC includes the following:

• E-STOP: red push/pull mushroom button not illuminated.
Activation of this device generates a Manual Emergency
Stop (MES) and shuts down the entire ride except
the control system. All motors stop immediately. This
switch must be released, and the control system reset in
Maintenance Mode before the ride can be restarted. It is
located upper right on Main OCC.
• CONSOLE OFF/ON: two positions, maintained key
selector switch (key removal: both). This key turns on the
functionality of others console pushbutton/selector (Start,
Enable, etc.). If turned off while ride running, an Auto
Emergency Stop (AES) will be initiated. All motors stop
immediately.
• RESET: blue, illuminated, momentary contact push button.
Activation of this device resets the control system after
an alarm, providing the cause of the alarm has been
corrected and silence the audible alarm (including MES)
indicating that the operator has acknowledge the alarm.
When flashing, indicates that is possible to push the
button to reset the faults. When off, indicates that no
alarm condition exists.
• ENABLE: green, not illuminated, momentary contact push
• E-STOP: red push/pull mushroom button not illuminated.
Activation of this device generates a Manual Emergency
Stop (MES) and shuts down the entire ride except
the control system. All motors stop immediately. This
switch must be released, and the control system reset in
Maintenance Mode before the ride can be restarted. It is
located upper right on Main OCC.
• CONSOLE OFF/ON: two positions, maintained key
selector switch (key removal: both). This key turns on the
functionality of others console pushbutton/selector (Start,
Enable, etc.). If turned off while ride running, an Auto
Emergency Stop (AES) will be initiated. All motors stop
immediately.
• RESET: blue, illuminated, momentary contact push button.
Activation of this device resets the control system after
an alarm, providing the cause of the alarm has been
corrected and silence the audible alarm (including MES)
indicating that the operator has acknowledge the alarm.
When flashing, indicates that is possible to push the
button to reset the faults. When off, indicates that no
alarm condition exists.
• ENABLE: green, not illuminated, momentary contact push

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 28
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
button. It must be follwed by Start pushbutton to start an
automatic cycle.
• STATION START: green, illuminated, momentary contact
push button. It must be pushed together with Enable
pushbutton to start an automatic cycle. Start Indicator
flashes when it’s possible to push it. Indicator remain
steady to indicate that ride has been started.
• CYCLE STOP: black, not illuminated, momentary contact
push button. Activation of this device will bring the
equipment to a convenience stop or “park” position.
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
button. It must be follwed by Start pushbutton to start an
automatic cycle.
• STATION START: green, illuminated, momentary contact
push button. It must be pushed together with Enable
pushbutton to start an automatic cycle. Start Indicator
flashes when it’s possible to push it. Indicator remain
steady to indicate that ride has been started.
• CYCLE STOP: black, not illuminated, momentary contact
push button. Activation of this device will bring the
equipment to a convenience stop or “park” position.
29
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

2.3 TARGA IDENTIFICAZIONE MACCHINA 2.3 IDENTIFICATION PLATE OF THE RIDE

Su tutte le attrazioni Zamperla S.p.A., la targhetta con i dati On all Zamperla S.p.A. production, the plate with tecnical
tecnici è situata sul fianco del quadro elettrico. data is affixed on the control board’s side.
Essa riporta il nome della giostra, il numero di serie, la It reports the ride name, the serial number, the capacity and
capacità e le caratteristiche elettriche. the electric characteristic.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A.
Via Monte Grappa, 15/17
36077 Altavilla Vicentina (Vi) – ITALY
Tel. ++39 0444 998400
http://www.zamperla.it
e-mail: zamperla@zamperla.it

RIDE NAME (1) AIR RACE 12 S (6.2) PARK MODEL

SERIAL n° (1) G53817116 MONTH/YEAR OF MANUFACTURING 10/2017
PASSENGER CAPACITY PER VEHICLE (1) 2 passengers
TOTAL PASSENGER CAPACITY (1) 12 passengers
MAX LOADING WEIGHT PER VEHICLE (1) 150 kg 330.5 lb
TOTAL LOADING WEIGHT (1) 900 kg 1983 lb
HEIGHT RESTRICTION (2) 120 cm minimum 48 in minimum
MAX RIDE SPEED (1) 8 rpm CLOCKWISE X ANTICLOCKWISE

MECHANICAL POWER (3) 63 kW (1) 380 Volt +/-10% 50 Hz 3 Phases + N

LIGHT POWER (3) 1.5 kW 24 Volt +/-10% / /
FULL-LOAD CURRENT (3) 70 A SHORT-CIRCUIT INTERRUPTING (3) 50 kA
MAXIMUM OPERATING WIND (4) 54 km/h 33.6 mph

Via Monte Grappa, 15/17

36077 Altavilla Vicentina (Vi) – ITALY
Tel. ++39 0444 998400
http://www.zamperla.it
e-mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
RIDE NAME (1) FLUME RIDE PARK MODEL
SERIAL n° (1) G33020162 MONTH/YEAR OF MANUFACTURING 12/2020
PASSENGER CAPACITY PER VEHICLE (1) 4 passengers (max 4 adults)
TOTAL PASSENGER CAPACITY (1) 52 passengers (max 52 adults)
MAX LOADING WEIGHT PER VEHICLE (1) 300 kg 660 lb
TOTAL LOADING WEIGHT (1) 3900 kg 8580 lb
HEIGHT RESTRICTION (2) 120 cm 48 in IF NOT ACCOMPANIED
MAX RIDE SPEED (1) - CLOCKWISE ANTICLOCKWISE X
MECHANICAL POWER (3)
101.2 kW (1) 480 Volt +/-10% 60 Hz 3 Phases
LIGHT POWER (3) / / / /
FULL-LOAD CURRENT (3) 210 A SHORT-CIRCUIT INTERRUPTING (3) 10 kA
MAXIMUM OPERATING WIND (4) 54 km/h 33.6 mph

2.4 POSIZIONAMENTO NUMERO DI SERIE 2.4 PRINTED SERIAL NUMBER

Il numero di serie citato nella targa di identificazione The serial number that appears on identification plate is also
macchina viene stampigliato sul telaio della giostra nel punto printed on the ride frame in the point shown in figure below.
indicato nel disegno sottostante.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 30
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

2.4.1 DIMENSIONI DELL'ATTRAZIONE 2.4.1 RIDE DIMENSIONS

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 31
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

2.4.2 CONDIZIONI TECNICHE DI UTILIZZO 2.4.2 TECHNICAL CONDITIONS OF USE

L’altezza minima riportata in targa identificazione macchina The minimum passenger’s height in the identification plate
(v. par. 2.3) è il requisito richiesto per accedere all’attrazione. (see par. 2.3) is the minimum requested to access the ride.

2.4.3 LIMITI DI IMPIEGO E CRITERI DI SELEZIONE 2.4.3 LIMITATIONS IN USE AND SELECTION
DEI PASSEGGERI CRITERIA FOR PASSENGERS
Questa attrazione non è adatta ad un pubblico avente le This attraction is NOT suitable for a public with the following
seguenti caratteristiche: characteristics:

• persone visibilmente ubriache o sotto l’effetto di • Persons under the influence of alcohol or drugs.
stupefacenti. • Pregnant women.
• donne incinte. • Persons with heart problems, recent surgery, back and neck
• persone sofferenti di malattie cardiache oppure con problems or other conditions which could be aggravated
intervento chirurgico effettuato di recente oppure by riding.
problemi alla schiene/collo.

• E' vietato salire con bambini in braccio. • Riders cannot carry children in their laps.
• E' vietato consumare cibo bevande e fumare durante • No eating, drinking or smoking.
l'utilizzo dell'attrazione. • Arms and legs must remain inside the vehicle at all times.
• E' vietato tenere braccia e gambe fuori dall'attrazione • No hanging out of the ride at any time.
• E' vietato sporgersi dall'attrazione

• Per le condizioni di utilizzo per le persone diversamente • For individuals with disabilities see (see par. 2.4.4)
abili vedi (v. par. 2.4.4)

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 32
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

2.4.4 LIMITI DI IMPIEGO E CRITERI DI SELEZIONE 2.4.4 LIMITATIONS IN USE AND SELECTION
DEI PASSEGGERI DIVERSAMENTE ABILI CRITERIA FOR GUESTS WITH DISABILITIES

In questo caso appositi cartelli devono vietare l’utilizzo In these cases suitable notices shall prohibit the use of the
dell’attrazione a: attraction:

• persone con disabilita fisiche e psichiche tali per cui non
possano essere utilizzati correttamente i dispositivi di
sicurezza;
• Persone con dimensioni corporee tali da non consentire
l’applicazione delle misure di sicurezza adottate (cintura
di sicurezza), per esempio persone con mancanza di arti,
e persone che non possono tenere una seduta normale
causata dalla propria altezza.
• Persons with such physical and/or mental disability that
they cannot use the safety devices properly.
• persons unable to be retained by the safety belts due to
impairments (such as persons with a missing extremity)
and persons unable to remain in a normally seated position
because of their height.

La tabella indica le varie possibilità di accesso e di restrizione The table below specifies the different possibilities of access
all'attrazione. to and restrictions of the ride.

Non abile a rimanere seduto in posizione eretta. Inability to remain seated in an upright position
Un piede mancante R or L foot missing
Parte inferiore di una gamba mancante R or L shin missing
Una gamba mancante R or L leg missing
Entrambi i piedi mancanti both R & L feet missing
Entrambe le gambe con la parte inferiore mancante both R & L shins missing
Entrambe le gambe mancanti both R & L legs missing
Una mano mancante R or L hand missing
Un avambraccio mancante R or L forearm missing
Un braccio mancante R or L arm missing
Entrambe le mani mancanti both R & L hands missing
Entrambi gli avambracci mancanti both R & L forearms missing
Entrambe le braccia mancanti both R & L arms missing
Protesi ad un piede R or L prosthetic foot
Protesi della parte inferiore di una gamba R or L prosthetic shin
Protesi ad una gamba R or L prosthetic leg
Protesi ad una mano R or L prosthetic hand
Protesi ad un avambraccio R or L prosthetic forearm
Protesi ad un braccio R or L prosthetic arm
Protesi ad entrambi i piedi both R & L prosthetic feet
Protesi ad entrambe le parti inferiori delle gambe both R & L prosthetic shins
Protesi ad entrambe le gambe both R & L prosthetic legs
Protesi ad entrambe le mani both R & L proshetic hands
Protesi ad entrambi gli avambracci both R & L prosthetic forearms
Protesi ad entrambe le braccia both R & L Prosthetic arms
Cecità o sordità Vision or Hearing
Cecità e sordità Vision and Hearing

= il passeggero può accedere = il passeggero non può accedere L = sinistra - left R = destra - right

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 33
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

Abilità fisiche necessarie: Necessary physical ability:

• Agilità e destrezza: non indispensabili se accompagnato
da persona fisicamente abile ed in grado di intervenire in
situazioni di emergenza.
• Movimento: ammesso anche parziale se accompagnato
da persona fisicamente abile ed in grado di intervenire in
situazioni di emergenza ed evacuazione.
• Forza: minima necessaria per aggrapparsi al maniglione.
• Collo e Busto: in grado di reagire alle forze derivanti dal
movimento dell’attrazione e dalle accelerazioni.
• Agility and dexterity: not needed if the individual with
disabilities is accompanied by a person, physically able,
who can act promptly in emergency situations.
• Movement: admitted if the individual with disabilities
is accompanied by a person physically able, who can act
promptly in emergency situations.
• Force: the minimum to be able to grab on to the restraint.
• Neck and body: able to react to the forces deriving from
the movement of the ride and its accelerations.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 34
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

2.4.5 USO SCORRETTO 2.4.5 MISUSE

L’utilizzo dell’attrazione e delle sue unità superando i limiti
di funzionamento prescritti, ed al di fuori del rispetto delle
prescrizioni del presente manuale, viene considerato "USO
IMPROPRIO".
Si ricorda che l’uso improprio dell’attrazione comporta la
decadenza della garanzia prevista dal Costruttore
"ILLEGITIMATE USE" is the use of the attraction and of its
units outside the prescribed operation limits and without
observing the directions in this manual.
Remember that the illegitimate use of the attraction implies
the loss of the warranty provided by the Manufacturer.

2.4.6 CRITERI DI SELEZIONE DEGLI UTILIZZATORI 2.4.6 SELECTION CRITERIA OF THE USERS

Attenzione! Warning!

L’OPERATORE DOVRÀ VIGILARE SULL’UTILIZZO THE OPERATOR MUST MONITOR THE USE OF
DELL’ATTRAZIONE E, PER EVITARE DANNI A PERSONE ATTRACTION AND PREVENT DAMAGE TO PERSONS
E/O COSE, ALLONTANARE CHI, SECONDO IL SUO PARERE, AND / OR PROPERTY, ASK WHOEVER, ACCORDING TO
NON SIA IN GRADO DI UTILIZZARE L’ATTRAZIONE IN HIS OPINION, IS NOT CAPABLE OF USING
TOTALE SICUREZZA. THE RIDE IN COMPLETE SAFETY TO LEAVE.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 35
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
2.5 VIBRAZIONI
L’attrazione, in condizioni di funzionamento normale, non
trasmette vibrazioni che possono pregiudicarne la stabilità,
danneggiare i piani di appoggio e compromettere la
precisione di eventuali apparecchiature poste nelle vicinanze.
Vengono comunque adottati accorgimenti per lo
smorzamento delle vibrazioni.
Eventuali vibrazioni anomale rivelano problemi meccanici
(come allentamento di flange, di catene, di cinghie, ecc.): per
risolvere il problema fare riferimento al cap. 8.
Se il problema persiste, contattare tempestivamente il
Costruttore o un centro di assistenza autorizzato.
2.6 ILLUMINAZIONE
ILLUMINAZIONE AMBIENTE
L’attrazione deve essere installata in modo da disporre di
sufficiente luce naturale durante le ore diurne, ed essere
dotata di dispositivi che consentano un’illuminazione
artificiale adeguata per salvaguardare la sicurezza e la salute.
L’illuminazione deve essere conforme alle leggi vigenti nel
paese di installazione ed utilizzo dell’attrazione e deve:
• Essere uniforme e garantire una buona visibilità in ogni
punto dell’attrazione,
• Non creare riflessi pericolosi, zone d’ombra, abbagliamenti,
ecc. .. ,
• Consentire la chiara lettura dei pannelli di comando e
l’individuazione dei pulsanti di emergenza.
L’illuminazione deve consentire l’esecuzione in sicurezza
delle operazioni di manutenzione previste nel manuale.
L’illuminazione, se rispetta quanto prescritto nelle istruzioni
di installazione dell’attrazione, è sufficiente per eseguire in
sicurezza tutte le operazioni previste nelle varie fasi.
Per gli interventi in zone particolari (come interventi di
manutenzione nelle zone interne dell’attrazione o all’interno
di quadri elettrici) può essere necessario l’utilizzo di
dispositivi di illuminazione locali.
I dispositivi di illuminazione locale non devono costituire
fonte di rischio.
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
2.5 VIBRATIONS
The attraction, in normal operating conditions, does not
transmit vibrations which may affect its stability, damaging
the shelves and compromise the accuracy of any electrical
devices nearby.
There are, however, measures and equipment for the
damping of vibrations.
Possible abnormal vibration are warnings of mechanical
problems (as loosening of flanges, chains, belts, etc..): to
solve the problem, refer to chap. 8.
If the problem persists, contact promptly Manufacturer or an
authorized service center.
2.6 LIGHTING
LIGHTING ENVIRONMENT
The attraction must be installed in order to have sufficient
natural light during daily hours, and be equipped with
devices that allow artificial illumination adequate to protect
the safety and health.
The lighting must comply with the laws in force in the country
of installation and use of attraction and must:
• Be consistent and ensure good visibility in all point of
attraction,
• Do not create hazardous reflections, shadows, glare,
etc.. ..,
• Allow the clear reading of the control panels and the
identification of the emergency buttons.
The lighting must allow safe maintenance operations
provided in the manual.
The lighting, if it meets the requirements in the instructions
installation of the attraction, is sufficient to perform in safety
all the operations provided at various stages.
For interventions in particular areas (such as interventions
maintenance in the inland areas of attraction or inside
electrical panels) may be necessary to use lighting devices
local.
The local lighting devices must not be source of risk.
36
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

2.7 EMISSIONI 2.7 EMISSIONS

RUMORE NOISE
L’attrazione è stata progettata e realizzata in modo da ridurre The attraction has been designed and manufactured in order
il più possibile ed entro i limiti consentiti il livello di pressione to reduce as much as possible and within the permissible
acustica. limits the level of acoustic pressure.
Valore riscontrato nella cassa operatore pari a 65 dB(A) . Checked value in the operator cabinet : 65 db
Si ricorda che se il livello di esposizione personale (LEP) Remember that if the personal exposure level (PEL)
supera gli 80 dB(A) gli operatori devono adottare: exceeds 80 dB(A) the operators shall put on :
• mezzi di protezione individuale (quali cuffie o tappi); • personal protection equipment (such as ear plugs or
• eventuali schermi insonorizzanti. similar);
• or sound-proof screens.

Eventuali rumori anomali rivelano la presenza di problemi
meccanici (come allentamento di cinghie o catene, ecc...).
In tal caso è necessario intervenire seguendo le istruzioni di
manutenzione (vedi capitolo"Manutenzione").
Se i fenomeni persistono, interpellare il Costruttore od il
centro assistenza autorizzato.
Il valore del livello di rumorosità è riferito all’emissione
della sola attrazione e non all’esposizione dei vari operatori.
Quest’ultima dipende da vari fattori ad esempio: il tempo di
esposizione, l’uso o meno di DPI, le caratteristiche ambientali,
la presenza di altre attrazioni, le modalità e le condizioni di
uso dell’attrazione, la posizione dei ripari, ecc.
Any anomalous noises can show the onset of mechanical or
electrical problems (such as chain or belt loosening...).
In this case it is necessary to operate according to the
maintenance instructions (see chapter "Maintenance").
If the phenomenon continues, ask the Manufacturer or the
authorised service centre for advice.
The value of the noise level is useful as a reference for the
Controller as it allows to assess the risk connected to the use
of the attraction and the consequent necessity of taking or
not precautions to minimise the staff’s exposure to noise.

Attenzione! Warning!

NELLE VALUTAZIONI DEL RUMORE NON SI È TENUTO IN THE ASSESSMENT OF NOISE WE DO NOT CONSIDER
CONTO DEL LIVELLO DI ESPOSIZIONE ALLE EMISSIONI THE LEVEL OF EXPOSURE TO SOUND EMISSIONS DUE
SONORE DOVUTO AGLI IMPIANTI DI SONORIZZAZIONE TO SOUND SYSTEMS AND LOUDSPEAKERS (AMPLIFIERS,
ED ALTOPARLANTI (AMPLIFICATORI, HI-FI, HI-FI SYSTEMS, SETTINGS, ETC..).
SCENOGRAFIE, ECC. ...).

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 37
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

3. SICUREZZA 3. SAFETY
In questo capitolo troverete le informazioni e le istruzioni In this chapter you will find information and instructions for:
per: • The safety of persons involved in the installation, operation
• La sicurezza delle persone addette all’installazione, and maintenance;
conduzione e manutenzione; • The safety and efficiency of the attraction;
• La sicurezza e l’efficienza dell’attrazione; • The safety of the public.
• La sicurezza del pubblico. • Ensuring security at the highest level possible;
• Garantire la sicurezza al massimo livello consentito; • The training of operators.
• La formazione degli operatori addetti.

I destinatari del capitolo sono: Recipients of the chapter are:

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 38
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

3.1 AVVERTENZE GENERALI DI SICUREZZA 3.1 GENERAL SAFETY

La sicurezza di un’attrazione può essere ottenuta tramite: The safety of an attraction can be obtained by:
• La comprensione delle proprie mansioni e responsabilità • An understanding of the duties and general responsibilities;
generali ; • Performing periodic inspections;
• L’esecuzione di controlli periodici ; • A safe operation;
• Un sicuro funzionamento ; • Adequate supervision.
• Un’adeguata sorveglianza.
Warning!
Attenzione!
BEFORE MAKING ANY OPERATION ON THE RIDE,
PRIMA DI EFFETTUARE QUALSIASI OPERAZIONE THE OPERATORS MUST READ THE INSTRUCTIONS
SULL’ATTRAZIONE GLI OPERATORI ADDETTI DEVONO CONTAINED IN THE MANUAL AND UNDERSTAND THEM.
LEGGERE E COMPRENDERE LE ISTRUZIONI CONTENUTE WHILE OPERATING THE RIDE, THE OPERATORS MUST
NEL MANUALE. FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS REPORTED HEREIN.
DURANTE LE OPERAZIONI SULL’ATTRAZIONE, GLI
OPERATORI ADDETTI DEVO SEGUIRE LE ISTRUZIONI They contain important information for:
RIPORTATE NEL SEGUENTE MANUALE. • The safety of persons engaged in the transport, packaging,
installation, assembly and disassembly, operation, use and
Esse contengono informazioni importanti per: maintenance;
• La sicurezza delle persone addette al trasporto, • The safety and efficiency of the attraction;
all’imballaggio, all’installazione, al montaggio ed • The safety of the public.
allo smontaggio, al funzionamento, all’uso ed alla
manutenzione; Warning!
• La sicurezza e l’efficienza dell’attrazione;
• La sicurezza del pubblico.
IF THE OPERATOR, EVEN HE IS HAS READ THE MANUAL,
FINDS IT DIFFICULT TO PERFORM A TASK ON THE
Attenzione! ATTRACTION, HE MUST CONTACT THE MANUFACTURER
OR AN AUTHORIZED SERVICE CENTER IMMEDIATELYTO
SE UN OPERATORE ADDETTO, PUR AVENDO LETTO IL GET MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE PROBLEM
MANUALE, RISCONTRASSE DELLE DIFFICOLTÀ NELLO IDENTIFIED.
SVOLGIMENTO DI UN’OPERAZIONE SULL’ATTRAZIONE,
DOVRÀ CONTATTARE TEMPESTIVAMENTE IL
COSTRUTTORE O IL CENTRO ASSISTENZA AUTORIZZATO
PER OTTENERE ULTERIORI INFORMAZIONI IN MERITO
AL PROBLEMA INDIVIDUATO.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 39
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
3.2 ADDESTRAMENTO DEGLI OPERATORI
Le informazioni contenute in questo paragrafo sono un
ausilio per i responsabili dell’attrazione che hanno il compito
di addestrare il personale addetto.
L’addestramento specifico sulla singola attrazione viene
concordato con il Costruttore.
La conduzione delle attrazioni deve tenere conto della
sicurezza delle persone e dei beni situati nel loro campo di
azione.
Le attrazioni sono spesso macchine di considerevole valore
ed occupano una posizione chiave nei parchi di divertimento.
Gli operatori devono perciò essere attentamente selezionati
e devono ricevere un addestramento di base di esperti
specializzati.
È anche essenziale che le persone che fanno parte
della squadra di montaggio ricevano un appropriato
addestramento.
È consigliato tenere una registrazione di tutto l’addestramento
impartito e di tutti i test svolti per accertare la comprensione
degli operatori addetti all’attrazione.
Il personale dovrà seguire regolarmente corsi di
addestramento e di aggiornamento, specialmente dopo
cambiamenti causati da una modifica connessa con la
sicurezza, od un cambiamento del modo con cui viene gestito
il pubblico. Se viene cambiato l’impianto di illuminazione,
si introduce del fumo o si modificano i punti di accesso ad
un dispositivo, sarà necessario valutare questi effetti e se le
procedure debbano essere cambiate.
3.2.1 ATTITUDINI E CONOSCENZE
Gli operatori devono avere l’età minima prevista dalla
legislazione vigente nel Paese di utilizzazione dell’attrazione.
Devono essere riconosciuti idonei dal punto di vista medico
a esercitare la professione.
Si deve inoltre tenere conto dei seguenti aspetti:
• Fisico:
- Vista e udito;
- Mancanza di vertigini quando si opera ad una certa
altezza;
- Assenza di disturbi ed infermità inabilitanti per le
mansioni previste;
- Assenza di disturbi dovuti a droga od alcool.
• Psicologico:
- Comportamento adeguato anche sotto stati di tensione;
- Equilibrio mentale;
- Senso di responsabilità.
Possono essere eseguite delle prove per determinare
l’attitudine degli operatori (abilità manuale, attenzione, buon
senso, autocontrollo, calma, accuratezza, coordinamento dei
movimenti e riflessi).
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
3.2 TRAINING OF THE OPERATORS
The information contained in this section are a help for
people who have the task of managing the ride and training
personnel.
The specific training on the single attraction is agreed with
the manufacturer.
The usage of the ride must take account of safety of persons
and property within their field of action.
The rides are often of considerable value and has a key
position in amusement parks.
Operators should therefore be carefully selected and should
receive basic training by experts specialized.
It is also essential that the people who are part of the
assembly team receive appropriate training.
It is recommended to keep a record of all the training provided
and all the tests carried out to verify the understanding of
the operators of the ride.
The staff will regularly follow training and refresher courses,
especially after changes caused by a modification connected
with the safety, or with the way to handle the public. If the
lighting system is changed, if there is smoke or the access
points to a device are changed, it will be necessary to
evaluate these effects, and whether the procedures need to
be changed.
3.2.1 ATTITUDES AND KNOWLEDGE
Operators must have the minimum age required by the
legislation of the country of use of the attraction.
They must be officially approved by a medical point of view
to perform the job on the ride.
The following aspects must also take into account
• Body:
- Vision and hearing;
- Lack of dizzy when you work at a certain height;
- Lack of disorders and illness incapacitating the planned
tasks;
- Lack of interference due to drugs or alcohol.
• Psychological:
- adequate behaviour even in states of tension;
- Spiritual harmony;
- Sense of responsibility.
Tests can be performed to determine the attitude of the
operators (manual skills, attention, good sense, self-control,
calm, accuracy, coordination of movements and reflexes).
40
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
Gli operatori devono essere in grado di capire e leggere
la lingua nella quale sono scritti i documenti e le targhe di
informazione delle attrazioni e delle unità passeggeri.
Se gli operatori devono movimentare l’attrazione su strada,
devono conoscere la relativa legislazione ed avere la
documentazione necessaria e possedere l’autorizzazione alla
guida se richiesta dalla legislazione locale.
3.2.2 OBIETTIVI DELL’ADDESTRAMENTO
Gli obiettivi dell’addestramento sono:
• Fornire la completa conoscenza delle regole applicabili
alle attrazioni ed al loro ambiente, per metterle in servizio,
fuori servizio ed utilizzarle in tutta sicurezza;
• Fornire la conoscenza dei segnali gestuali, comunicazioni
radio, attrezzature e tecnica per movimentazione carichi e
montaggio, sufficiente affinché l’operatore:
- esegua le operazioni efficacemente e senza pericolo per
sé e per gli altri;
- sia in grado di effettuare operazioni normali e di
emergenza;
• Fornire la conoscenza tecnica delle attrazioni, delle unità
passeggeri, delle loro caratteristiche, dell’utilizzo, dei
meccanismi e dei dispositivi di sicurezza, sufficienti per:
- condurre diverse attrazioni dello stesso tipo;
- fare uso ottimale delle loro caratteristiche;
- identificare i difetti;
- compiere controlli ed ispezioni;
- sapere come utilizzare la documentazione a corredo;
• L’acquisizione dell’abilità di conduzione ed utilizzo relativa
a:
- modalità di funzionamento;
- valutazione e selezione dei passeggeri;
- uso ottimale dei dispositivi di comando e della
strumentazione in dotazione all’attrazione;
• fornire la conoscenza degli interventi di primo soccorso da
prestare ai passeggeri ed al pubblico in caso di malori e/o
incidenti.
3.2.3 PROCEDURA DELL’ADDESTRAMENTO
La durata ed il contenuto dell’addestramento dovranno
essere sufficienti per il raggiungimento degli obiettivi.
L’addestramento deve essenzialmente essere diretto verso
l’aspetto pratico delle prove (almeno 75% del tempo di
addestramento), e la conoscenza teorica dovrà essere
controllata attraverso le attitudini operative.
Per l’addestramento pratico, la fase sviluppata con l’attrazione
deve essere svolta con istruttore.
L’addestramento deve essere intervallato con prove pratiche
e teoriche predisposte per controllare se gli obiettivi sono
stati raggiunti.
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
Operators must be able to understand and read the language
in which documents, license plates of the ride are written.
If operators need to move the attraction on the road, he
must be familiar with the relevant legislation and has the
necessary documentation and driving authorization required
by the local law.
3.2.2 AIMS OF THE TRAINING
The aims of the training are:
• Providing the complete knowledge of the rules applicable
to the rides and to the environment, to put them into
service, out of service and use them safely;
• Provide knowledge of hand signals, radio communications
technique and equipment for cargo handling and assembly,
enough so that the operator:
- Performs operations safely and effectively for himself
and for others;
- Is able to perform normal and emergency operations;
• Provide technical knowledge of the ride, the passenger
units their characteristics, use, the mechanisms and safety
devices, sufficient to:
- Carry out the various rides of the same type;
- Make best use of their characteristics;
- Identify defects;
- Carry out checks and inspections;
- Know how to use the accompanying documentation;
• The acquisition of the ability to operate it and:
- Mode of operation;
- Evaluation and selection of the passengers;
- Optimal use of control devices and instrumentation
supplied attraction;
• Provide the knowledge of first aid measures to be provided
to passengers and the public in the event of illness
and / or accidents.
3.2.3 TRAINING PROCEDURE
The duration and content of the training must be sufficient
to achieve the aims.
The training should primarily be directed towards the
practical aspect of the tests (at least 75% of the training
time), and the theoretical knowledge must be controlled
through operational aptitudes.
For practical training, the phase developed with the ride
must be carried out with an instructor.
The training should be interspersed with practical and
theoretical tests prepared to check whether the objectives
have been reached.
41
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

3.2.4 CONTENUTO DELL’ADDESTRAMENTO 3.2.4 CONTENT OF THE TRAINING

Il contenuto del programma di addestramento è il fattore The content of the training program is the essential factor to
essenziale per raggiungere gli obiettivi. achieve the objectives.
Deve comprendere, oltre al programma, i requisiti It must include, in addition to the program, the requirements
d’accertamento. of assessment.
I requisiti di accertamento, per ciascun soggetto, devono The requirements of assessment for each subject, must
definire quanto segue: define the following:
• Il livello di conoscenza che l’operatore/assistente deve • The level of knowledge that the operator / assistant must
raggiungere; catch up;
• Metodi, mezzi, supporti di insegnamento e mezzi di • Methods, media, media education and recommended
informazione raccomandati. media information.
Trattandosi di indicazioni generali, questi argomenti non Since these are general guidelines, these arguments do not
sono stati sviluppati nel presente manuale. have been developed in this manual.
3.2.4.1 PROGRAMMA TEORICO 3.2.4.1 THEORETICAL PROGRAM
Il programma è l’elenco di quanto deve essere insegnato. Esso The program is a list of what needs to be taught. It is given
è dato qui di seguito per argomenti e non cronologicamente. below for topics and not chronologically.
• L’operatore: • Operator:
- le sue attitudini e responsabilità; - His attitudes and responsibilities;
- il suo ruolo e le sue mansioni nelle varie fasi di vita - His role and his responsibilities at various stages of life of
dell’attrazione (montaggio, uso, ispezione, ecc. ...). attraction (installation, use, inspection, etc.. ...).
• Tecnologia delle attrezzature per parchi di divertimento: • Technology equipment for amusement parks:
- terminologia e caratteristiche; - Terminology and characteristics;
- tipologie di attrazioni; - Types of attractions;
- motori (principi operativi); - Motors (operating principles);
- meccanismi (catena cinematica, principio operativo e - Mechanisms (kinematic chain, operating principle and
comando appropriato); appropriate command);
- freni, limitatori di spostamento e velocità (principi - Brakes, surge displacement and velocity (principles
operativi e prove); operating and testing);
- apparecchiature elettriche per comando a distanza - Electrical equipment for remote control (principle
(principio operativo, funzioni di sicurezza: prove e operational security functions: testing and assembly);
montaggio); - Hydraulic and pneumatic control devices (operational
- apparecchi di comando idraulici e pneumatici (principio principle security functions: testing and assembly);
operativo, funzioni di sicurezza: prove e montaggio); - Safety devices (operating principle: evidence and
- dispositivi di sicurezza (principio operativo: prove e assembly).
montaggio). • Putting into service and out of service:
• Messa in servizio e fuori servizio: - Connection and supports on the ground (stabilizer,
- collegamento ed appoggi a terra (stabilizzatori, sistemi anchoring systems);
di ancoraggio); - Specific installation (with erecting lifting devices);
- montaggio specifico (con dispositivi di sollevamento - Auxiliary equipment for assembly and accessories
automontanti); (generator groups, etc.. ...);
- attrezzature ausiliarie per il montaggio ed accessori - Electricity (Hazards, protection systems);
(gruppi generatori, ecc. ...); - Hydraulic and pneumatic systems, fuel (dangers
- energia elettrica (pericoli, sistemi di protezione); precautions);
- sistemi idraulici e pneumatici, carburanti (pericoli e - Installation, commissioning, testing, disassembly,
precauzioni); maintenance operations;
- montaggio, messa in servizio, prove, smontaggio, - Transfer of attraction in a square and on the road.
operazioni di manutenzione;
- trasferimento dell’attrazione in piazza e su strada.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 42
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

• Movimentazione parti dell’attrazione durante il montaggio: • Moving of parts of the attraction during the assembly:
- attrezzatura di imbracatura (regole per l’uso); - Slinging equipment (rules for use);
- attrezzature per il sollevamento di carico (regole per - Equipment for the lifting of the load (rules for use);
l’uso); - Instructions for moving loads by hand;
- istruzioni per movimentare i carichi a mano; - Loads (evaluation, center of gravity, balance, influence
- carichi (valutazione, centro di gravità, equilibrio, of the wind);
influenza del vento); - Normal operations of movement (preparation of a load);
- operazioni normali di movimento (preparazione di un - movement of a load with a unit of push ups;
carico); - Transportation of personnel.
- -movimentazione di un carico con un apparecchio di • Use of the sights and safety rules:
sollevamento; - Available to passengers, loading and unloading (choice
- trasporto del personale. of procedures for optimal use);
• Uso delle attrazioni e regole di sicurezza: - Activation and control of the safety devices and
- disposizione dei passeggeri, carico e scarico (scelta di passenger restraint;
procedure per uso ottimale); - Indications and limitations for the public;
- attivazione e controllo dei dispositivi di sicurezza e di - Stability of the attraction;
ritenuta dei passeggeri; - Influence of atmospheric and environmental conditions
- indicazioni e limitazioni per il pubblico; - Zones of the ride and restrictions (power lines, other
- stabilità dell’attrazione; lines, dangerous or prohibited areas, other rides, radio
- influenza delle condizioni atmosferiche ed ambientali transmitters, air traffic, limit of noise or pollution);
- zone dell’attrazione e relative restrizioni (linee di - Procedures for start-up and shutdown;
tensione, altre linee, aree proibite o pericolose, altre - Forbidden or dangerous operations;
attrazioni, trasmettitori radio, traffico aereo, limite di Z - Limits on the use of the attraction;
o inquinamento); - Specific instructions concerning the ride or the place of
- procedure di messa in funzione ed arresto; use;
- operazioni proibite o pericolose; - Remedies (in normal conditions and emergency).
- limiti all’uso dell’attrazione; • Operation:
- istruzioni specifiche relative all’attrazione od al luogo di - Operator’s cab (access, security features and that
utilizzo; contribute to the comfort of the operator);
- procedure di intervento (in condizioni normali e di - Switchgear and control equipment;
emergenza). - Aid for the run (indicators and warnings);
• Funzionamento: - Appropriate use of movements and combinations
- cabina dell’operatore (accesso, sicurezza e caratteristiche thereof;
che contribuiscono alla comodità dell’operatore); - Appropriate operation of the various mechanisms for
- apparecchi di comando ed equipaggiamenti di controllo; the proper and safe operation.
- aiuti per la conduzione (indicatori e segnalazioni); • • Communication:
- uso appropriato dei movimenti e loro combinazioni; - Hand signals (direct reporting or relay);
- appropriata operatività dei vari meccanismi per il - Radio communications;
funzionamento corretto e sicuro. - Command-assisted circuit television.
• Comunicazione: • Inspection and maintenance:
- segnali a mano (segnalazione diretta o a relè); - Use of the documentation;
- comunicazioni via radio; - Regular inspections and inspections prior to use;
- comando assistito da circuito televisivo. - Reports on malfunctioning;
• Ispezione, manutenzione: - Interventions in the event of malfunction or failure of
- uso della documentazione; energy for operation.
- ispezioni regolari ed ispezioni prima dell’uso;
- rapporti sul cattivo funzionamento;
- interventi in caso di cattivo funzionamento o mancanza
di energia per il funzionamento.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 43
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

3.2.4.2 PROGRAMMA PRATICO 3.2.4.2 PRACTICAL PROGRAM

Oltre a quanto segue, il programma pratico comprende In addition to the following, the practical program includes
la visualizzazione dei componenti, dei dispositivi e delle the visualization of components, devices and equipment
attrezzature menzionate nel programma teorico. mentioned in the theoretical program.
• Esercizi operativi: • Operational exercises:
- uso dei comandi, aiuti operativi e strumenti di controllo; - Use of controls, operating aid and control instruments;
- funzionamento senza passeggeri e con zavorre; - Operation without passengers and with ballast;
- funzionamento automatico e manuale; - Automatic and manual operation;
- preparazione dell’attrazione per il trasferimento su - Preparation of attraction for the transfer on road.
strada. • Exercises of assembly / disassembly:
• Esercizi di montaggio / smontaggio: - Cargo handling – handling of parts of the ride;
- movimentazione di carichi -movimentazione di parti - Handling of loads with large horizontal surface;
dell’attrazione; - Handling of loads with large vertical surface;
- movimentazione di carichi con grande superficie - Moving of auto-erecting parts;
orizzontale; - Exercises of sling load and driving;
- movimentazione di carichi con grande superficie - Communication exercises by means of hand signals and
verticale; via radio.
- movimentazione di parti automontanti; • Exercises in the use, testing, and maintenance emergency
- esercizi di imbracatura di carico e guida; situations:
- esercizi di comunicazione per messo di segnali a mano - Stabilization and support of the attraction;
e via radio. - Procedure for starting and stopping;
• Esercizi nell’uso, prove, manutenzione e situazioni di - Regular inspections (brakes, safety devices, etc.. ...);
emergenza: - Lubricants and level control;
- stabilizzazione e appoggi dell’attrazione; - Emergency procedures.
- procedura di avviamento ed arresto;
- ispezioni regolari (freni, dispositivi di sicurezza, ecc. ...); Warning!
- controllo lubrificazioni e livello;
- procedure di emergenza.
CONTINUATION OF EDUCATION:
THE TRAINING DESCRIBED ABOVE IS INTENDED ONLY
Attenzione! TO PROVIDE THE OPERATOR WITH THE KNOWLEDGE
AND SKILLS NECESSARY FOR A PROPER AND SAFE USE
CONTINUAZIONE DELL’ISTRUZIONE: OF THE ATTRACTIONS. THE ABILITY OF THE OPERATOR
L’ADDESTRAMENTO DESCRITTO È INTESO SOLO A CAN BE DEVELOPED ONLY WITH EXPERIENCE
DARE ALL’OPERATORE LA CONOSCENZA E L’ABILITÀ OBTAINED BY WORKING IN REAL CONDITIONS AND
NECESSARIE PER UN APPROPRIATO E SICURO USO UNDERADEQUATE SUPERVISION. FOR THESE REASONS,
DELLE ATTRAZIONI. LA CAPACITÀ DELL’OPERATORE IT CAN BE USEFUL TO CHRONOLOGICALLY RECORD ON
PUÒ ESSERE SVILUPPATA SOLO CON L’ESPERIENZA A SHEET OF TRAINING ALL THE EXPERIENCES ACQUIRED
OTTENUTA LAVORANDO IN CONDIZIONI REALI E SOTTO ON DIFFERENT TYPES OF RIDES.
ADEGUATA SORVEGLIANZA. PER QUESTE RAGIONI, PUÒ YOU ALSO NEED TO SCHEDULE SESSIONS FOR UPDATING
ESSERE UTILE REGISTRARE CRONOLOGICAMENTE SU THE KNOWLEDGE OF THE OPERATOR IN ORDER TO RE-
UN FOGLIO D’ADDESTRAMENTO TUTTE LE ESPERIENZE EDUCATE THOSE WHO HAVE TEMPORARILY CEASED
ACQUISITE SU DIVERSI TIPI DI ATTRAZIONI. OPERATIONS AND GIVE OPERATORS TRAINING
È ANCHE NECESSARIO PIANIFICARE SESSIONI PER UPDATED FUNCTION OF CHANGES AND TECHNICAL
AGGIORNARE LA CONOSCENZA DELL’OPERATORE IMPROVEMENTS OCCURRED.
ALLO SCOPO DI RIEDUCARE COLORO CHE HANNO
TEMPORANEAMENTE CESSATO L’ATTIVITÀ E DARE AGLI
OPERATORI UN ADDESTRAMENTO AGGIORNATO IN
FUNZIONE DEI CAMBIAMENTI E DEI MIGLIORAMENTI
TECNICI AVVENUTI.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 44
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

3.2.5 METODI SICURI DI LAVORO 3.2.5 METHODS OF SAFE WORKING

Sulle attrazioni dovranno lavorare solo persone competenti
in quanto debitamente addestrate, istruite o dotate di
esperienza.
Questo richiederà che esse abbiano un’adeguata conoscenza
del tipo di lavoro da svolgere ed adeguata comprensione
degli impianti su cui si trovano a lavorare, inclusi i pericoli
associati, e la capacità di riconoscere se il lavoro può essere
continuato in condizioni di sicurezza.
Queste precauzioni includono l’impiego di adeguate
apparecchiature di protezione e di collaudo, e di utensili
adatti.
Per poter mantenere l’attrazione sicura per il pubblico è
consigliato eseguire sempre la manutenzione dell’attrazione.
3.2.5.1 MANSIONI IN FASE DI USO
Di seguito sono riportate le azioni principali che garantiscono
la sicurezza nell’uso dell’attrazione:
• ripristino delle normali condizioni d’uso dopo un arresto
per avaria od emergenza, ecc.;
• controllo del funzionamento;
• esecuzione delle operazioni tipiche dell’operatore addetto
al funzionamento ed uso.
3.2.5.2 MANSIONI PREVISTE IN FASE DI MANUTENZIONE
Di seguito sono riportate le azioni principali che garantiscono
il mantenimento della sicurezza dell’attrazione:
• controllo dei particolari soggetti ad usura, elencati nella
manutenzione ordinaria, e loro eventuale sostituzione;
• regolazioni e registrazioni;
• rifornimenti dei fluidi esauriti;
• lubrificazione e pulizia.
Tali funzioni devono essere svolte con la supervisione ed
il controllo diretto dell’operatore (se si tratta di soggetti
diversi). Per le tempistiche di controllo fare riferimento al
capitolo manutenzione.
On the the ride, there will have to work only competent
people as duly trained or skilled.
This will require that they have adequate knowledge of the
type of work to be carried out and adequate understanding
of the plants on which they are working, including the
dangers associated, and the ability to recognize whether the
job can be continued in safety conditions.
These precautions include the use of appropriate protection
and testing equipment, and of suitable tools.
In order to maintain this attraction is safe for the public
always recommended to perform the maintenance of ride
3.2.5.1 DUTIES IN USAGE PHASE
The following are the main actions that ensure the safe use
of the attraction:
• restoration of normal conditions of use after a stop for
failure or emergency, etc. .;
• control of the operation;
• performance of typical operations of the machine operator
• for the operation and use.
3.2.5.2 DUTIES DURING MAINTENANCE
The following are the main actions that ensure maintaining
the security of the ride:
• control of parts subject to wear, listed in ordinary
maintenance, and eventual replacement;
• regulations and adjustments;
• supplies of fluids;
• lubrication and cleaning.
These functions must be carried out under the supervision
and the direct control of the operator (if it is subject different).
For the control timing refer to the chapter maintenance.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 45
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

3.3 INFORMAZIONI ED AVVERTENZE GENERALI 3.3 INFORMATION AND GENERAL WARNINGS

3.3.1 PRECAUZIONI PER LA SICUREZZA
Il pubblico che utilizza l’attrazione ha ragione di attendersi un
elevato livello di sicurezza, in particolare quando le possibili
situazioni di rischio sono al di fuori del proprio controllo
(come ad esempio, quelli derivanti dal macchinario, dalle
componenti elettriche, ecc. ...).
È quindi necessario garantire il mantenimento di tale livello
di sicurezza, osservando scrupolosamente le istruzioni del
presente manuale, e facendole osservare ai loro destinatari:
la sicurezza, infatti, non si realizza da sola, ma richiede
l’impegno di tutti, del personale ed anche, per quanto gli può
competere, del pubblico.
Nel presente capitolo vengono fornite indicazioni di
carattere generale, allo scopo di informare il controllore,
l’operatore e gli assistenti sulle precauzioni, le cautele e
le attenzioni particolari da adottare nell’utilizzo (in senso
ampio) dell’attrazione.
Vengono inoltre indicate le precauzioni particolari da
osservare e da far rispettare al pubblico, al fine di evitare
l’insorgere di situazioni di pericolo, o per eliminare e
neutralizzare rischi particolari.
3.3.1 PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFETY
The audience using the attraction wants a high level of safety,
particularly when the possible risk situations are outside of
control (as for example, those arising from the machinery,
from electrical components, etc.. ...).
It is therefore necessary to ensure the maintenance of this
safety level, carefully following the instructions of the this
manual, and making them be observed by the addresses:
safety, in fact, is not realized by itself, but requires the
commitment of all staff and also, as far as it can compete,
the public.
This chapter provides the general guidance, in order to
inform the controller, the operator and assistants on
precautions, cautions and the special care to be taken in the
use (in general) of the ride.
It also explains the special precautions to be observed and
enforced by the public, in order to avoid the occurrence
of dangerous situations, or to eliminate and neutralize
particular risks.

Attenzione! Warning!

ALCUNE ILLUSTRAZIONI DEL MANUALE SOME PICTURES OF THE MANUAL REPRESENT THE
RAPPRESENTANO L’ATTRAZIONE, O PARTI DI ESSA, RIDE, OR PARTS OF IT, WITHOUT SAFETY LOCKING
SENZA FERMI DI SICUREZZA O CON LE DOTAZIONI DEVICES OR WITH THE AMENITIES SAFETY NOT
DI SICUREZZA NON INDICATE, RIMOSSE O SENZA INDICATED OR REMOVED WITHOUT DEVICES FOR THE
DISPOSITIVI DI PROTEZIONE, BARRIERE, RIPARI, PROTECTION, FENCES, SERVICE, SUPPORTS ETC. ....
SOSTEGNI, ECC. ... . CIÒ È FATTO UNICAMENTE PER THIS IS MADE ONLY FOR THE NEEDS OF EXPLANATION
ESIGENZE DI ILLUSTRAZIONE O SPIEGAZIONE CIRCA ABOUT OPERATIONS WHICH CAN REFER TO THE SINGLE
OPERAZIONI CHE POSSONO RIGUARDARE IL SINGOLO COMPONENT.
COMPONENTE. IT IS ALWAYS PROHIBITED TO USE THE RIDE WITHOUT
È SEMPRE VIETATO UTILIZZARE L’ATTRAZIONE SENZA SAFETY, PROTECTIONS AND SAFETY DEVICES
FERMI, SICUREZZE, PROTEZIONI E DISPOSITIVI DI PROTECTIONS AND GENERAL SAFETY DEVICES, WHICH
SICUREZZA IN GENERE, CHE SONO RIPORTATI NEL ARE SET FORTH THIS MANUAL AND DOCUMENTATION,
PRESENTE MANUALE E NELLA DOCUMENTAZIONE CALCULATION AND MANAGEMENT OF ATTRACTION.
PROGETTUALE, DI CALCOLO E DI GESTIONE
DELL’ATTRAZIONE.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 46
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
Il presente manuale contiene prescrizioni di sicurezza per
l’uso e la manutenzione dell’attrazione. Nel caso di vendita
e/o utilizzo dell’attrazione al di fuori del territorio della
Repubblica Italiana, dovranno osservarsi le disposizioni in
materia di antinfortunistica , sicurezza, igiene del lavoro,
antincendio, sicurezza degli spettacoli, e di pubblica
sicurezza in genere, in vigore nel paese in cui l’attrazione
viene utilizzata.
In Italia tali prescrizioni devono essere attuate nel rispetto
delle norme di sicurezza contro gli infortuni sul lavoro
previste dal D.Lgs 81/2008 (Testo unico in materia di salute e
sicurezza dei luoghi di lavoro).
A titolo indicativo, si ricorda che nei paese dell’Unione
Europea tali prescrizioni devono essere attuate nel rispetto
delle seguenti Direttive e norme:
• 89/391/CEE “Misure volte a promuovere il miglioramento
della sicurezza e della salute dei lavoratori durante il
lavoro”;
• Direttive particolari ai sensi del art. 16 par. 1 della Direttiva
89/391/CEE.
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
This manual contains safety requirements for the use and
maintenance of the ride. In case of sale and / or use of
the ride outside Italy, all the provisions in matter of safety,
cleanliness of the work, fire safety, safety of the shows, and
public safety in general, in force in the country where the
attraction is used must be observed.
In Italy, these requirements must be implemented in
compliance with the standards of safety against accidents at
work provided for by Legislative Decree n. 81/2008.
By way of illustration, it should be noted that in the EU
country these requirements must be implemented in
compliance with of the following directives and standards:
• 89/391 / EEC “Measures to encourage improvements the
safety and health of workers at work “;
• Individual Directives within the meaning of art. 16 par. 1 of
Directive 89/391 / CEE.
47
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
3.3.2 PRECAUZIONI GENERALI
Gli operatori addetti dovranno attenersi alle disposizioni del
presente manuale nonché alle normative sopra citate, in
vigore nel paese di installazione ed utilizzo dell’attrazione.
Essi sono tenuti, in ogni caso, ad osservare i seguenti obblighi:
• Conoscere le caratteristiche dell’attrazione, soprattutto in
relazione alle proprie mansioni;
• Utilizzare l’attrazione solo per lo scopo per cui è destinata
e nel rispetto delle disposizioni contenute nel presente
manuale;
• Conoscere perfettamente la posizione ed il funzionamento
di tutti i comandi dell’attrazione, nessuno escluso;
• Non rimuovere né disattivare carter di protezione,
dispositivi di sicurezza, fermi, protezioni meccaniche,
elettriche o di altro tipo, se non alle condizioni previste nel
manuale;
• Non lubrificare, riparare, registrare organi in moto;
• Non introdurre parti del corpo attraverso feritoie od
aperture dell’attrazione;
• Prestare attenzione agli avvisi di sicurezza riportati in vari
punti del manuale e sull’attrazione;
• Conoscere e seguire le procedure di utilizzo in presenza di
pubblico (spettatori e utilizzatori);
• Esigere dal pubblico il rispetto delle indicazioni di sicurezza
e gli avvisi esistenti sull’attrazione, e le norme di normale
prudenza;
• Conoscere e seguire le procedure di emergenza;
• Astenersi dallo svolgere operazioni delle quali non
dovessero essere perfettamente a conoscenza;
• Tenere un comportamento tale da non mettere in pericolo
la propria e l’altrui incolumità.
Le spiegazioni che riguardano i sistemi di sicurezza devono
essere perfettamente comprese in quanto:
• Identificano i rischi e le cause degli stessi;
• Evidenziano le conseguenze per le persone e/o le cose;
• Spiegano i comportamenti corretti per eliminare o
neutralizzare i pericoli e/o i rischi individuati;
• Illustrano i comportamenti da tenersi per la sicurezza, i
dispositivi di sicurezza e l’uso corretto degli stessi.
Attenzione!
QUALSIASI INTERVENTO SULLE PARTI ELETTRICHE O
MECCANICHE DEVE ESSERE ESEGUITO DA PERSONALE
TECNICO SPECIALIZZATO E A CONOSCENZA DEGLI
IMPIANTI ADOTTATI SULL’ATTRAZIONE.
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
3.3.2 GENERAL PRECAUTIONS
The operators must comply with the provisions of this
manual and the regulations mentioned above, in force in the
country of installation and use of the attraction.
They are required, however, to observe the following
obligations:
• Know the characteristics of the attraction, especially in
relation to his duties;
• Use the attraction only for the purpose for which it is
intendedand in accordance with the provisions contained
in this manual;
• Know the location and function perfectly of all the
commands of the attraction, without exception;
• Do not remove or disable protective casing, safety devices,
fasteners, mechanical protection, electrical or otherwise,
except under the conditions laid down in the manual;
• Do not lubricate, repair, record organs in motion;
• Do not introduce parts of the body through slits or
openings of attraction;
• Pay attention to the safety notices in various points in the
manual and on the attraction;
• Know and follow procedures for use in the presence of
audience (viewers and users);
• Require the public observance of the safety instructions
and existing alerts on attraction, and the rules of normal
prudence;
• Know and follow emergency procedures;
• Refrain from carrying out operations they are not
thoroughly familiar with;
• Behave in a manner that does not endanger their and
others’ safety.
The explanations concerning the safety systems must be
fully understood as:
• Identify the risks and causes of the same;
• In contrast the consequences for people and / or things;
• explain the correct behaviour to eliminate or neutralize
the dangers and / or risks identified;
• illustrate the behaviours to be held for security, safety and
the proper use of the same.
Warning!
ANY WORK ON ELECTRICAL PARTS OR MECHANICAL
MUST BE DONE BY A SKILLED TECHNICIAN WHO HAS
KNOWLEDGE OF A PLANTS USED ON THE RIDE
48
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

Nel caso in cui, durante una qualsiasi fase d’impiego
dell’attrazione (trasporto, montaggio, smontaggio, uso,
manutenzione, ecc. ...), per un qualunque motivo, vi sia anche
solo il semplice sospetto di funzionamento non corretto o
non sicuro dell’attrazione, chiunque si trovi ad operare, deve
immediatamente sospendere qualsiasi attività, facendo in
modo che ciò non pregiudichi la sicurezza di alcuno, fino al
completo ripristino delle condizioni di sicurezza.
If, during any stage of use of the ride (transport, assembly,
disassembly, use, maintenance, etc.. ...), for any reason, there
is even only a suspicion of an incorrect or unsafe operation of
the ride, whoever is operating it must immediately suspend
any activity, making sure that this does not affect the safety
of anyone, until the complete restoration of conditions of
security.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 49
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
3.3.3 PRECAUZIONI GENERALI PER LA SICUREZZA
NELLE FASI DI UTILIZZO DELL’ATTRAZIONE
Prima mettere in funzione l’attrazione accertarsi che non
vi siano persone nelle zone pericolose e/o che stiano
eseguendo operazioni di pulizia o manutenzione.
3.3.3.1 MONTAGGIO E SMONTAGGIO DELL’ATTRAZIONE
• Seguire sempre le istruzioni fornite dal costruttore nel
presente manuale e nel corso di addestramento degli
operatori addetti;
• Seguire un sistema di lavoro sicuro come stabilito dalla
legislazione vigente nel paese d’uso dell’attrazione;
• Prestare molta attenzione nella movimentazione
dell’attrazione e delle sue componenti nel luogo destinato
all’installazione. In particolare prestare attenzione nel caso
sia presente il pubblico;
• Durante i lavori di movimentazione e manutenzione non
è ammessa la presenza di estranei ai lavori, se dovesse
rendersi necessario installare barriere e cartelli di avviso;
• Accertarsi che il terreno sia libero da ostacoli, sia solido e
che nessun piede, o appoggio a terra, si trovi su tombini,
condotte interrate, cavi elettrici, o terreno non idoneo per
le caratteristiche dell’attrazione;
• Il terreno deve consentire un adeguato drenaggio
dell’acqua;
• Non lavorare mai sotto carichi sospesi e non installare
l’attrazione nelle vicinanze di essi;
• Il personale deve porre attenzione alle parti mobili durante
la loro movimentazione;
• Prima di ogni movimentazione, controllare che nessuno
sia all’interno dell’area destinata a tali manovre;
• Adottare tutte le precauzioni per prevenire i pericoli che
una linea elettrica sopraelevata può causare a personale
o pubblico.
• L’attrazione deve essere montata in modo tale da:
- rispettare le distanze di sicurezza fra le varie attrazioni
e/o padiglioni;
- permettere l’intervento dei mezzi di soccorso.
• Controllare a fine montaggio che non siano stati dimenticati
attrezzi che potrebbero essere causa di incidenti e/o
rotture;
• L’illuminazione deve essere sufficiente ed adatta alle
operazioni di montaggio e smontaggio perché possano
essere eseguite in modo sicuro e corretto.
• Durante tutte le operazioni devono essere usati utensili ed
attrezzi idonei, in particolare quelli per il sollevamento dei
carichi.
• Rispettare le norme antinfortunistiche, in vigore nei paesi
di destinazione, ed utilizzare i dispositivi di protezione
individuale (cinture di sicurezza, elmetto ecc. ...).
• Le attrezzature di emergenza devono essere messe in
evidenza da segnali speciali.
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
3.3.3 GENERAL PRECAUTIONS FOR SAFETY
STAGES OF USE OF ATTRACTION
Before attempting to operate the attraction make sure that
there are no persons in the dangerous area and / or no one
is performing cleaning or maintenance.
3.3.3.1 ASSEMBLY AND DISMANTLING OF THE RIDE
• Always follow the manufacturer’s instructions in this
manual and the ones the manufacturer gave in the training
course of operators;
• Follow a safe system of work as established by the
legislation in force in the country of use of the attraction;
• Use caution when handling the attraction and its
components in the place for installation. In particular pay
attention if there is the public;
• During the work of handling and maintenance the presence
of strangers in the work is not allowed, if it is necessary,
please install barriers and warning signs;
• Make sure that the ground is free of obstacles, is solid and
that no foot, or resting on the ground, is on manhole covers,
underground pipes, electric cables, or land unsuitable for
the characteristics of the attraction;
• The soil must permit adequate drainage water;
• Do not work under suspended loads and do not install
attraction near them;
• Staff should pay attention to moving parts during handling;
• Before handling, check that nobody is inside the designated
area used for such operations;
• Take all precautions to prevent the dangers that a elevated
power line can cause to the personnel or the public.
• The attraction must be mounted in such a way that:
- Complies with the safety distances between the various
attractions and / or halls;
- Permits the operation of emergency vehicles.
• Checks at the end of assembly that have not been forgotten
tools that could be due to accidents and / or cracks;
• Lighting should be sufficient and appropriate to assembly
and disassembly so that they can be performed safely and
correctly.
• During all operations must be used utensils and suitable
tools, in particular those for the lifting of loads.
• Observe the accident prevention regulations in force in
the country of destination, and use the protection devices
(safety belt, helmet and so on. ...).
• The emergency equipment must be highlighted by special
signals.
50

3.4 ALLACCIAMENTI
3.4.1 ALLACCIAMENTO ALLA
DISTRIBUZIONE ELETTRICA
• I lavori di installazione relativi ai collegamenti elettrici
devono essere fatti da personale competente ed
adeguatamente istruito;
• Utilizzare utensili protetti da rischi di scossa elettrica
(folgorazione);
• Prima di eseguire qualsiasi intervento di manutenzione,
pulizia, regolazione sul quadro elettrico è necessario
controllare che l’attrazione sia spenta e scollegata dalla
rete elettrica;
• Gli accessori di illuminazione ed eventuali riscaldatori
devono essere collocati nel rispetto delle disposizioni e
delle normative antincendio;
• Le centraline ed i dispositivi elettrici devono essere aperti
da personale qualificato (manutentore elettrico).
• Se i cavi dell’alimentazione elettrica sono posti sul terreno,
devono essere collocate apposite barriere o altri mezzi tali
da evitare pericoli agli operatori addetti, al pubblico o a
chiunque transiti nelle vicinanze dell’attrazione;
• Se i cavi dell’alimentazione sono sotterranei bisogna fare
attenzione che non vengano colpiti da pali o picchetti o da
lavori di scavo.
• Prestare particolare attenzione alla messa a terra
dell’attrazione. La resistenza verso terra ed i dispersori
devono essere di dimensioni adeguate e rispondenti
alla legislazione vigente nel paese di installazione
dell’attrazione stessa.
3.4.2 ALLACCIAMENTO ALLA
DISTRIBUZIONE
OLEODINAMICA
Prima di intervenire su qualsiasi elemento pneumatico
e/o oleodinamico occorre isolare il circuito dalla fonte di
alimentazione (vedere procedura per la “messa in stato di
manutenzione” al capitolo 6) e scaricare completamente la
pressione dal circuito e dai vari componenti dell’impianto
pneumatico e/o oleodinamico.
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
3.4 CONNECTIONS
RETE DI 3.4.1 CONNECTING TO ELECTRIC DISTRIBUTION
• Installation work related to electrical connections must be
made by qualified personnel and properly trained;
• Use tools protected from the risk of electric shock
(electrocution);
• Before performing any maintenance, cleaning, adjusting
the electrical panel is required check that the attraction is
turned off and disconnected from the electrical network;
• The lighting accessories and any heaters must be placed
in accordance with the provisions and of fire regulations;
• The control and electrical devices must be opened by
qualified personnel (electrical maintenance).
• If the power supply cables are placed on the ground, must
be placed special barriers or other means such to prevent
hazards to operators, the general public or anyone transits
in the vicinity of the attraction;
• If the power cables are underground needs to be done
attention that they are not affected by poles or stakes or
excavation.
• Pay special attention to grounding of attraction. The
resistance to ground and sinks must be of adequate size
and respondents the legislation in force in the country of
installation of the attraction.
RETE DI 3.4.2 CONNECTION TO THE PNEUMATIC/
PNEUMATICA/ HYDRAULIC GRID
Before operating on any pneumatic element it is necessary
to isolate the circuit from the supply source (see procedure
for “putting the ride in maintenance condition” at Chapter 6)
and to completely release the pressure from the circuit and
from the various components of the pneumatic/hydraulic
system.
51
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
3.5 SICUREZZA PER IL PUBBLICO
• Evitare la presenza del pubblico nelle zone in cui si sta
montando o smontando l’attrazione, od operando su di
essa: se necessario l’operatore dovrà utilizzare ogni mezzo
per prevenire l’ingresso del pubblico;
• Tenere libere, asciutte, pulite ed in ordine le parti
dell’attrazione utilizzate dal pubblico al fine di limitare i
rischi da caduta;
• Dotare l’attrazione di estintori antincendio secondo la
legislazione del paese in cui l’attrazione è utilizzata.
• Le presenti disposizioni contenute nel manuale si
intendono valide anche per gli operatori addetti qualora,
per qualsiasi motivo, usino posizioni normalmente
destinate al pubblico;
• Se, per motivi di salute e/o sicurezza, l’operatore proibisse
l’uso dell’attrazione ad una persona non sarà considerato
come un atto di discriminazione;
• Gli utilizzatori dell’attrazione devono mantenere un
comportamento tale da non mettere in pericolo la propria
e l’altrui incolumità;
• L’abbigliamento non deve costituire fonte di pericolo
per il pubblico. In particolare si devono evitare sciarpe,
foulard, ecc., che possono impigliarsi in parti fisse o mobili.
Indumenti non indossati non possono essere portati
sull’attrazione.
• Evitare parti di abbigliamento ed oggetti personali che
possano essere perse durante il funzionamento;
• Addestrare, istruire e richiedere che gli operatori
addetti prendano ragionevoli misure, incluso l’arresto
dell’attrazione se necessario, per evitare che gli utilizzatori:
- abusino intenzionalmente delle apparecchiature di
sicurezza (es.: estintori);
- si comportino in maniera imprudente;
- ignorino deliberatamente le istruzioni dell’operatore.
• Tali prescrizioni devono essere fatte rispettare dagli
operatori addetti anche mediante apposita segnaletica
chiaramente visibile. Quando, per la presenza di
minoranze etniche o di flussi turistici, è presumibile che
vi siano passeggeri non in grado di comprendere la lingua
nazionale, si raccomanda vivamente l’utilizzo di segnaletica
plurilingua;
• Salvo accordi particolari, la segnaletica per il pubblico è
a carico del proprietario dell’attrazione. La segnaletica
utilizzata dovrà tenere in conto la legislazione e/o le
prescrizioni delle autorità del paese in cui l’attrazione verrà
utilizzata.
• I turni di lavoro non devono essere estenuanti, tenendo
in conto il tipo di attrazione e le funzioni che gli
operatori addetti sono chiamati a svolgere. Un eccessivo
affaticamento può ridurre la concentrazione e creare
situazioni di pericolo dovuto ad una maggiore facilità
di errore. Può essere necessario suddividere i periodi di
maggior affollamento in più turni lavorativi;
• Assicurarsi che tutto il personale dell’attrazione sia
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
3.5 SECURITY FOR THE PUBLIC
• Avoid the presence of the public in the areas where you
are mounting or dismounting the attraction, or working
on it: if necessary, the operator must use every means to
prevent the entry of the public;
• Keep clear, dry, clean and tidy parties of attraction used by
the public in order to limit the risks from falling;
• Provide the attraction of fire extinguishers in accordance
with the legislation of the country where the attraction is
used.
• These provisions are contained in the manual and shall
also be valid for the operators if, for whatever reason, they
use positions normally to the public;
• If, for reasons of health and / or safety, the operator
forbids the use of the attraction to a person, this shall not
be considered as an act of discrimination;
• Users of the attraction must maintain a behaviour such as
not to impair their and the safety of others;
• Clothing shall not create a danger for the public. In
particular, scarves, or head accessories, that can get
entangled in moving parts shall not be allowed. Loose or
unworn clothing may not taken on ride.
• Avoid pieces of clothing and personal items that may be
lost during operation;
• Train, educate and require that operators employees to
take reasonable steps, including stopping of attraction if
necessary, to avoid that users:
- Intentional abuse of equipment safety (eg fire
extinguishers .:);
- Behave in a reckless manner;
- Deliberately ignored the instructions of the operator.
• These requirements should be enforced by operators
including by appropriate signs clearly visible. When, for
the presence of ethnic minorities or tourist flows, it is
likely that there are passengers not able to understand
the national language, we strongly recommend the use of
Multilingual signs;
• Unless otherwise agreed, the signage for the public is borne
by the owner of the attraction. the signage used must take
into account the legislation and / or requirements of the
authorities of the country where the attraction will be
used.
• The shifts should not be exhausting, taking into account
the type of attraction and the functions operators are
called upon to perform. Excessive fatigue can reduce the
concentration and create situations of danger due to a
greater ease of error. It may be necessary to divide the
periods of most overcrowding in several shifts;
• Ensure that all staff of the attraction is easily identifiable,
wearing clothes easily recognizable (example: hats,
uniforms, armbands, etc.. ...).
52
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
facilmente identificabile, indossando indumenti facilmente
riconoscibili (ad esempio : cappelli, uniformi, fasce al
braccio, ecc. ...).
• Il Costruttore dell’attrazione non ha gli elementi per
fissare, in questo manuale, la durata dei turni di lavoro
per ciascuna situazione possibile. Spetta agli operatori
addetti valutare, caso per caso, le condizioni reali di lavoro
e stabilire durata ed avvicendamento dei turni.
• Si ritiene tuttavia utile indicare alcuni criteri di valutazione
(a titolo di esempio non esaustivo):
- affluenza ed affollamento del pubblico;
- tipo di pubblico (più o meno disciplinato);
- parte della giornata (mattina, pomeriggio o sera);
- condizioni climatiche;
- limiti e regole imposte dalla legislazione vigente;
- condizioni di salute personali di operatori ed assistenti.
• Non permettere che fumo, effetti di illuminazione o di
altro tipo impediscano o riducano la visibilità.
• Sull’attrazione i passeggeri non possono consumare cibi
e/o bevande, fumare, portare animali, ombrelli, bastoni,
oggetti ingombranti e appuntiti o che in ogni caso possano
diventare corpi contundenti e costituenti un pericolo.
• I passeggeri devono tenere in ogni caso un
comportamento tale da non mettere in pericolo la propria
e l’altrui incolumità, per esempio creando assembramenti,
sporgendosi, alzandosi dai sedili, eludendo i dispositivi di
sicurezza , ecc. ... .
3.6 ASSISTENZA
• Gli intervalli di assistenza raccomandati dal costruttore
non devono mai essere superati.
• Se risulta necessario usare parti di ricambio diverse da
quelle specificate dal Costruttore, questi cambiamenti
sono da considerarsi come modifiche e necessitano
dell’autorizzazione scritta del Costruttore e dell’Autorità
preposta ai controlli periodici.
3.7 RIPARAZIONE
La riparazione di parti danneggiate deve essere effettuata con
cautela, poiché questo potrebbe portare ad allontanarsi dai
documenti del progetto originale. Ad esempio l’irrigidimento
o rafforzamento di un componente può produrre tensioni
maggiori nei componenti vicini, che poi a turno si guastano.
Cambiamenti di questo tipo devono essere considerati
modifiche pertanto necessitano dell’autorizzazione scritta
del Costruttore e dell’Autorità preposta ai controlli periodici.
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
• The manufacturer of attraction does not have the elements
to fix, in this manual, the duration of work shifts for each
possible situation. It is the responsibility employees to
assess, on a case by case basis, the actual conditions of
work and to establish lasting and rotation of shifts.
• It is however considered useful to provide some assessment
criteria (by way of example not exhaustive):
- Attendance and crowding of the public;
- Type of audience (more or less regulated);
- Part of the day (morning, afternoon or evening);
- Climatic conditions;
- Limits and rules imposed by legislation;
- Health workers and personal assistants.
• Do not allow smoking, lighting or other effects prevent or
reduce the visibility.
• on the ride passengers cannot eat, drink, smoke, bring
animals, umbrellas, sticks, big and pointed objects or
which can be blunt objects and be dangerous
• Passengers must have a behaviour which does not create
danger for themselves or other passengers. They cannot
create crowds, stick out, stand up, avoid the safety devices
etc.
3.6 SUPPORT
• Service intervals recommended by the manufacturer
should never be exceeded.
• If you need to use replacement parts other than those
specified by the manufacturer, these changes have to be
considered as modifications and need the written consent
of the manufacturer and the Authority responsible for
periodic inspections.
3.7 REPAIR
The repair of damaged parts must be carried out with
caution, as this could lead to recede the documents in the
original project. for example stiffening or strengthening of
a component can produce higher voltages in neighbouring
components, which then turn fail.
Changes of this type must be considered as modifications,
therefore require the prior written authorization by the
manufacturer and the Authority responsible for periodic
inspections.
53
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

3.8 CONDIZIONI ATMOSFERICHE LIMITANTI IL 3.8 ATMOSPHERIC CONDITIONS LIMITING THE

FUNZIONAMENTO
• Si raccomanda di usare particolare cautela in caso di vento
forte;
• Non montare o smontare l’attrazione in caso di vento;
• Non utilizzare l’attrazione in caso di condizioni atmosferiche
avverse;
• L’attrazione non è stata calcolata per carico da neve,
si rende quindi necessario rimuovere la neve appena
possibile.
• L’attrazione non deve funzionare quando si verificano le
seguenti condizioni atmosferiche:
- neve, grandine o nebbia;
- temporali con pericolo di fulmini;
- vento con velocità superiore a 54 Km/h;
- pioggia intensa o torrenziale.
• A causa di precipitazioni atmosferiche può variare la
portanza del terreno: dopo piogge o nevicate si raccomanda
di tenere sotto controllo il livellamento dell’attrazione e lo
stato degli appoggi;
• In caso di ambienti umidi (nebbie, ecc. ...) o precipitazioni
atmosferiche, alcune parti dell’attrazione possono
diventare sdrucciolevoli: provvedere quindi alla rimozione
dei depositi di acqua ed effettuare frequenti asciugature
delle aree interessate.
OPERATION
• It is recommended to use special caution in the case of
strong wind;
• Do not assemble or dismantle the attraction in the case
of wind;
• Do not use the attraction in the case of adverse weather
conditions;
• The attraction was not calculated for snow load, it is
therefore necessary to remove the snow as soon as
possible.
• The attraction must not work when you are experiencing
the the following atmospheric conditions:
- Snow, hail or fog;
- Thunders with possible lightning storms;
- Wind speed higher than 54 km / h;
- Heavy or torrential rain.
• Due to atmospheric precipitation the bearing capacity
of the soil can vary: after rain or snow is recommended
to control the levelling of attraction and the state of the
supports;
• In the case of wet environments (fog, etc.. ...) or weather
precipitation, some parts of the attraction may become
slippery: therefore proceed with the removal of the
deposits of water and take frequent drying the affected
areas.

3.8.1 TEMPERATURA D'ESERCIZIO 3.8.1 OPERATING TEMPERATURE

L'attrazione può operare con le seguenti temperature: The ride can operate with the following temperatures:
• Temperatura min. = 0° • Min. temperature = 0°
• Temperatura max.=40° • Max. temperature = 40°
• Umidità : no restrizioni • Humidity: no restrictions
• Altezza s.l.m. = 0-1000 m • Height on the sea level: 0-1000m

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 54
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

3.9 RICONOSCERE LA VELOCITÀ DEL VENTO 3.9 HOW TO KNOW THE WIND SPEED
E’ importante saper riconoscere la velocità e la direzione del It is important to be able to know the speed and the direction
vento e gli effetti che esso produce sulle strutture. of wind and the effects it can have on the structures.
In mancanza di appositi strumenti di misura (ad esempio If you don’t have the special measuring instruments (for
anemometri) che forniscono indicazioni numeriche precise, example wind gauge) giving precise numerical indications,
esiste un metodo visivo che consente una stima di massima there is a visual method allowing a broad assessment of
della velocità. speed.
La tabella riportata in questo paragrafo fornisce questa The table in this paragraph provides this guideline.
guida. It is recommended to use it with caution as it is a subjective
Si raccomanda un uso estremamente prudente, trattandosi assessment that the appointed operators shall apply in case
di valutazioni soggettive che gli operatori addetti devono of wind along with their own experience.
fare in presenza di vento, basandosi principalmente sulla
propria esperienza.
3.9.1 SCALA BEAUFORT DELLA FORZA DEL VENTO 3.9.1 BEAUFORT WIND FORCE SCALE
Velocità media del Average speed of
Valore Value
Termine vento the wind
scala Effetti sulla terra Beaufort Description Effects on the ground
descrittivo
Beaufort m/s Km/h scale m/s Km/h

Calma; Calm.
0 Calma 0-0.2 <1 0 Calm 0-0.2 <1
il fumo sale verticalmente. Smoke rises vertically

La direzione del vento è segnalata Smoke drift indicates wind

Bava di dal movimento 1 Light air 0.3-1.5 1-5 direction. Leaves and wind vanes
1 0.3-1.5 1-5
vento del fumo, are stationary
ma non dalle maniche a vento.
Si sente il vento sul viso Wind felt on exposed skin. Leaves
Brezza 2 Light breeze 1.6-3.3 6-11
2 1.6-3.3 6-11 e le foglie frusciano; rustle. Wind vanes begin to move
leggera
le maniche a vento si muovono.

Le foglie e i ramoscelli piu piccoli Gentle breeze - Leaves and small

Gentle
sono in costante movimento; il 3 3.4-5.4 12-19 twigs constantly moving, light
3 Brezza tesa 3.4-5.4 12-19 breeze
vento fa sventolare le bandiere di flags extended
piccole dimensioni

Si sollevano polvere Moderate Dust and loose paper raised.

Vento 4 5.5-7.9 20-28
4 5.5-7.9 20-28 e pezzi di carta; si muovono i rami breeze Small branches begin to move
moderato
piccoli degli alberi.
Branches of a moderate size
Gli arb usti con foglie iniziano Fresh
5 8-10.7 29-38 move. Small trees in leaf begin
5 Vento teso 8-10.7 29-38 a ondeggiare; le acque interne breeze
to sway
s'increspano
Strong Large branches in motion.
Vento Si muovono anche i rami grossi; gli 6 10.8-13.8 39-49
6 10.8-13.8 39-49 breeze Umbrella use becomes difficult.
fresco ombrelli si usano con difficoltà.

Gli alberi iniziano a ondeggiare; Whole trees in motion. Effort

7 Near gale 13.9-17.1 50-61
7 Vento forte 13.9-17.1 50-61 si cammina con difficoltà contro needed to walk against the wind
vento.
Si staccano rami dagli alberi; Some twigs broken from trees.
Burrasca 8 Gale 17.2-20.7 62-74
8 17.2-20.7 62-74 generalmente è impossibile Cars veer on road.
moderata
camminare contro vento.
Some branches break off trees,
Possono verificarsi leggeri danni Strong and some small trees blow over.
Burrasca 9 20.8-24.4 75-88
9 20.8-24.4 75-88 strutturali agli edifici (caduta di severe gale Construction/temporary signs
forte
tegole o di coperchi dei camini). and barricades blow over.
(Raro nell'entroterra)
Burrasca Trees are broken off or uprooted,
10 24.5-28.4 89-102 Alberi sradicati e considerevoli 10 Storm 24.5-28.4 89-102
fortissima structural damage likely.
danni agli abitati.

(Rarissimo nell'entroterra) Violent Widespread vegetation and

11 Fortunale 28.5-32.6 103-117 11 28.5-32.6 103-117
Vasti danni strutturali. storm structural damage likely.

Danni ingenti ed estesi alle Hurricane Severe widespread damage to

12 Uragano >32.7 >118 12 >32.7 >118
strutture force vegetation and structures.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 55
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

3.10 INDICAZIONI ED ISTRUZIONI COLLOCATE 3.10 INDICATIONS AND INSTRUCTIONS PLACE

SULL’ATTRAZIONE
L’attrazione viene consegnata completa di targhette metalliche
e/o etichette autoadesive che riportano indicazioni ritenute
importanti per il montaggio e smontaggio, il funzionamento,
i sistemi di sicurezza, le avvertenze per gli operatori e per il
pubblico.
Tali indicazioni non sostituiscono le prescrizioni contenute
nella documentazione a corredo dell’attrazione che viene
fornita dal Costruttore.
Esse, pertanto, non potranno essere considerate come le
sole prescrizioni da osservare, ma devono intendersi come
integrazione delle avvertenze contenute nel presente
manuale.
ON ATTRACTION
The attraction is delivered complete with metal plates and
/ or self-adhesive plates that show information deemed
important for the assembly and disassembly, operation,
safety systems, the warnings for the operators and the public.
The information does not supersede the requirements
contained in the documentation accompanying the attraction
that is supplied by the Manufacturer.
They, therefore, can not be considered as the only
requirements to be complied with, but shall be construed as
integration of the warnings contained in this manual.

Attenzione! Warning!

TUTTE LE TARGHETTE POSTE SULL’ATTRAZIONE ALL LABELS LOCATED ON THE RIDE MUST BE ALWAYS
DEVONO ESSERE SEMPRE LEGGIBILI E NON POSSONO READABLE AND CAN NOT BE REMOVED FOR ANY
ESSERE RIMOSSE PER ALCUN MOTIVO. È OBBLIGO REASON. THE OPERATOR MUSTKEEP CLEAN, TIDY AND
DELL’OPERATORE TENERE PULITE, IN ORDINE E VISIBLE ALL LABELS FOR THE DURATION OF
VISIBILI TUTTE LE TARGHETTE PER TUTTA LA DURATA ATTRACTION.
DELL’ATTRAZIONE.
IF A PLATE HAS TO BE REMOVED OR, DUE TO THE
SE UNA TARGHETTA DOVESSE ESSERE RIMOSSA DETERIORATION, IS UNREADABLE, IT IS MANDATORY
O, A CAUSA DEL DETERIORAMENTO, DIVENTASSE TO ASK A COPY TO THE MANUFACTURER AND REPLACE
ILLEGGIBILE, È OBBLIGATORIO RICHIEDERE AL IT WITH THAT DETERIORATED OR MISSING.
COSTRUTTORE UNA COPIA E SOSTITUIRLA A QUELLA
THE OPERATOR IS OBLIGED TO LET OPERATORS AND
DETERIORATA O MANCANTE.
PUBLIC RESPECT, ALL WARNINGS INCLUDED IN THE
L’OPERATORE È TENUTO A FAR RISPETTARE, SIA AGLI PLATES ON ATTRACTION.
OPERATORI ADDETTI CHE AL PUBBLICO, TUTTE LE
THE MULTILINGUAL INFORMATION AND / OR REPORTS
AVVERTENZE RIPORTATE NELLE TARGHETTE AFFISSE
ARENOT SUPPLIED WITH THE ATTRACTION SINCE
SULL’ATTRAZIONE.
THEY NEED TO BE CUSTOMIZED ACCORDING TO THE
LE INDICAZIONI E/O SEGNALAZIONI PLURILINGUA NON COUNTRY OF DESTINATION AND THE ENVIRONMENT
VENGONO FORNITE CON L’ATTRAZIONE IN QUANTO IN WHICH THE ATTRACTION IS INSTALLED.
DEVONO ESSERE PERSONALIZZATE IN FUNZIONE DEL
PAESE DI DESTINAZIONE E DELL’AMBIENTE IN CUI
L’ATTRAZIONE VIENE INSERITA.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 56
 Use and maintenance manual
3.10.1 INDICAZIONI ED ISTRUZIONI
OPERATORI
Nelle componenti accessibili per le operazioni di azionamento
e di manutenzione vengono segnalate le prescrizioni
di sicurezza e le cautele che devono essere osservate
scrupolosamente dal personale addetto e da chiunque
intenda accedere a detti componenti per qualunque motivo.
3.10.2 INDICAZIONI ED ISTRUZIONI
PUBBLICO
Gli avvisi evidenziano le categorie di persone alle quali viene
proibito l’uso dell’attrazione (v. par. 2.4.2).
Attenzione!
IN NESSUN CASO POTRANNO ESSERE APPORTATE
VARIAZIONI O MODIFICHE AGLI AVVISI AL PUBBLICO
RIGUARDANTI IL COMPORTAMENTO DA TENERE PER
NON METTERE IN PERICOLO SE STESSI O GLI ALTRI.
ALTRE INDICAZIONI PER IL PUBBLICO SONO A CARICO
DEI GESTORI O DEI RESPONSABILI DELL’ATTRAZIONE.
È VIETATO RIMUOVERE,
MODIFICARE O ALTERARE,
I DISPOSITIVI DI SICUREZZA
INSTALLATI SULL’ATTRAZIONE.
Qualsiasi manomissione o modifica dell’apparecchiatura
(elettrica, meccanica o altro) senza autorizzazione scritta
dal costruttore, è da considerarsi abusiva e solleva il
costruttore da ogni responsabilità per danni derivanti
. The removal of or tampering with the safety devices
La rimozione o manomissione dei dispositivi di
sicurezza comporta una violazione delle Norme sulla
sicurezza.
Il Costruttore declina ogni responsabilità per eventuali
danni derivanti da manomissioni o modifiche all’attrazione.
Il fabbricante non si assume alcuna responsabilità per danni
diretti o indiretti a persone , conseguenti alla mancata
osservanza delle norme di sicurezza ed alle indicazioni
contenute nella presente documentazione.
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
Flume ride
PER GLI 3.10.1 INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR
OPERATORS
In components accessible for the operations of operation
and maintenance there are signalled safety requirements
and the precautions that must be strictly observed by staff
and by anyone who wishes to access these components any
reason whatsoever.
PER IL 3.10.2 INFORMATION AND INSTRUCTIONS FOR
THE PUBLIC
The warnings indicate the categories of persons to whom it is
prohibited the use of attraction (see par. 2.4.2).
Warning!
IN NO EVENT SHALL BE MADECHANGES OR
MODIFICATIONS TO THE NOTICES TO THE PUBLIC
REGARDING THE BEHAVIOUR TO BE TAKEN NOT TO
ENDANGER THEMSELVES OR OTHERS.
OTHER INDICATIONS FOR THE PUBLIC SHALL BE BORNE
BYMANAGERS OR RESPONSIBLE IN CHARGE OF THE
ATTRACTION.
IT IS FORBIDDEN TO REMOVE,
MODIFY OR ALTER
THE SAFETY DEVICES
INSTALLED ON THE RIDE.
Any tampering with or modification to the devices (electrical,
mechanical, etc.) that is not authorized in writing by the buyer,
is illegal and the buyer disclaims all responsability for
possible damages.
creates a violation of the Safety standards. The buyer
disclaims
all responsibility for possible damages caused by
modifications to and/or tampering with the ride.
The Buyer is not responsible for any direct and indirect
damages to people due to non-observance of the safety
standards and the recommendations included in this
document.
57
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

3.11 RISCHI RESIDUI 3.11 RESIDUAL RISKS

Per rischi residui si intendono i rischi che non possono essere For residual risks we mean those risks that can not be totally
totalmente eliminati. In questo paragrafo sono riportate: eliminated. In this section, you can find:
• avvertenze relative a questi rischi; • warnings about these risks;
• modalità per ridurli; • how to reduce them;
• eventuali protezioni da adottare. • any protections to be used.

3.11.1 PRECAUZIONI PER LE PERSONE

SCHIACCIAMENTO 1 PRECAUZIONI PRATICHE
L'operatore dovrà accertarsi che:
Con attrazione in movimento, presenza di una
• Prima di avviare l'attrazione
o più persone all'interno dell'area delimitata
• Durante il funzionamento dell'attrazione
dalle transenne
nessuna persona sia all'interno o entri nell'area delimitata dalle transenne.

Attenzione!

QUANDO LA MACCHINA È IN MOVIMENTO, NESSUNA PERSONA DEVE ENTRARE IN QUALSIASI MODO NELL'AREA
DELIMITATA DALLE TRANSENNE.

SCHIACCIAMENTO 2 PRECAUZIONI PRATICHE

L'operatore dovrà:
• Verificare che i passeggeri siano alloggiati correttamente nel sedile.
• Verificare che ciascun maniglione di sicurezza sia bloccato, tirando la sbarra
posteriore nella direzione di apertura. Qualora si riscontri che il maniglione
Movimento del soggetto non è bloccato, il passeggero dovrà scendere e il sedile malfunzionante non
potrà essere utilizzato fino alla risoluzione del problema.
• Comunicare a tutti i passeggeri di tenersi saldamente alla maniglia di
sicurezza posta sul soggetto.
• Avvisare i passeggeri di non allungare le gambe fuori dalla pedana.

Attenzione!

L'OPERATORE DEVE SEMPRE VERIFICARE CHE IL MANIGLIONE DI SICUREZZA SIA LEGGERMENTE APPOGGIATO AL
PASSEGGIERO.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 58
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

3.11.1 PRECAUTIONS FOR PEOPLE

SQUASHING 1 PRACTICAL PRECAUTIONS
The operator must make sure that no-one is present in or enters the area
the presence of one or more people inside
marked off by the safety fencing:
the area marked off by the safety fencing
• before starting the ride
when the ride is moving.
• while the ride is operating.

Warning!

NO-ONE MUST ENTER THE AREA MARKED OFF BY THE SAFETY FENCING FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER WHILE THE
MACHINE IS MOVING.

SQUASHING 2 PRACTICAL PRECAUTIONS

The operator must:
• Check that the passengers are correctly seated in their seats.
• Check that each back restrain is perfectly locked pulling it backward. If it
isn’t locked, the passenger has to move and the seat can’t be used until the
Movement of the subject
problem has been solved.
• Recommend passengers to hold tightly to the handle placed on the front of
seat.
• Advice the passangers not to lengthen the legs out of the board.

Warning!

THE OPERATOR SHALL ALWAYS VERIFY THAT THE BAR IS AT LEAST LIGHTLY TOUCHING THE GUEST.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 59
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

3.11.2 PRECAUZIONI ANTINCENDIO 3.11.2 FIRE PRECAUTIONS

Attenzione! Warning!

QUESTE NOTE GUIDA SI RIFERISCONO SIA THESE GUIDANCE NOTES REFERS BOTH TO THE PARK
ALLE ATTRAZIONI FISSE CHE A QUELLE MOBILI. AND TRAILER RIDES. THEY CONTAIN PRACTICAL
CONTENGONO SUGGERIMENTI PRATICI SULLA RECOMMENDATIONS ON THE FIRE SAFETY BUT DO
SICUREZZA ANTINCENDIO MA NON FORNISCONO NOT PROVIDE AN AUTHORITATIVE INTERPRETATION
UN’INTERPRETAZIONE AUTOREVOLE SULLE NORME ON RULES AND SAFETY LAWS BY THE CONTROLLED
E SULLE LEGGI PER LA SICUREZZA DA INCENDI. PER BURNING. FOR MORE INFORMATION ON HOW FOLLOW
ULTERIORI INFORMAZIONI SU COME OTTEMPERARE THE LEGAL REQUIREMENTS, IT IS NECESSARY THAT THE
AI REQUISITI LEGALI È NECESSARIO CHE I GESTORI MANAGERS CONTACT THE COMPETENT AUTHORITIES.
CONTATTINO LE AUTORITÀ COMPETENTI. THIS PARAGRAPH IS NOT EXHAUSTIVE BUT HELPS
QUESTO PARAGRAFO NON È ESAURIENTE MA AIUTA IDENTIFY THE MAIN DANGERS AND THE RELATIVE
AD IDENTIFICARE I PRINCIPALI PERICOLI E LE RELATIVE PRECAUTIONS TO TAKE. IT IS OBLIGATORY TO MAKE
PRECAUZIONI DA PRENDERE. È OBBLIGATORIO AGREEMENTS ABOUT POSSIBLE PRECAUTIONS (E.G.
CONCORDARE CON I VIGILI DEL FUOCO E/O I STORING FLAMMABLE MATERIAL) WITH FIREFIGHTERS
RESPONSABILI DELLA SICUREZZA, PRESENTI NEL AND/OR SAFETY MANAGERS WHO ARE PRESENT IN
LUOGO DI UTILIZZO DELL’ATTRAZIONE, EVENTUALI THE PLACE WHERE THE RIDE IS BEING USED.
PRECAUZIONI (ES. STOCCAGGIO MATERIALE
INFIAMMABILE). Fire fighting procedures vary according to the the laws in
force in the country of installation and use of attraction
Le procedure antincendio variano in funzione delle and must be agreed with the fire service or with the fire
legislazioni in vigore nel paese di installazione ed utilizzo department.
dell’attrazione e vanno concordate col servizio antincendio The operators must be trained about the fire-fighting
o con i vigili del fuoco. procedures.
Gli operatori addetti devono essere istruiti circa i A sign on the fire procedures must be exposed in the position
procedimenti antincendio. agreed with the service fire protection. Such sign shall also
Un cartello riguardante le procedure antincendio deve essere contain the number and the means that must be used to call
esposto in posizione concordata col servizio antincendio. thefire fighting service.
Tale cartello deve riportare anche il numero e i mezzi che Fire extinguishers shall be placed in locations where they
devono essere utilizzati per chiamare il servizio antincendio are immediately visible and easily accessible. They must
stesso. be marked by signs in accordance with the rules in force in
Gli estintori devono essere collocati in luoghi in cui siano country of use of the attraction.
subito visibili e facilmente accessibili. Devono essere Please agree with the Fire Service or local authorities the
contrassegnati da cartelli conformi alle norme in vigore nel number and location of fire extinguishers. In areas with
paese di utilizzo dell’attrazione. electrical cabinets, or with electrical hazards you should use
Concordare con il servizio antincendio o le autorità locali il appropriate fire extinguishers and signage highlighting the
numero e la collocazione degli estintori. In zone con quadri electric danger.
elettrici o comunque con pericoli elettrici vanno utilizzati
appositi estintori ed una segnaletica che evidenzi il pericolo
elettrico.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 60
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
Gli operatori addetti devono essere istruiti sulle procedure
antincendio, facendo riferimento alla legislazione in vigore
nel paese di installazione e uso dell'attrazione.
Un cartello riguardante le procedure antincendio deve essere
esposto in posizione concordata col servizio antincendio.
Tale cartello deve riportare anche il numero e i mezzi che
devono essere utilizzati per chiamare il servizio antincendio
stesso.
Gli estintori devono essere collocati in luoghi in cui siano
visibili e facilmente accessibili. Devono essere contrassegnati
da cartelli conformi alle norme in vigore nel paese di utilizzo
dell’attrazione.
Concordare con il servizio antincendio o le autorità locali il
numero e la collocazione degli estintori. In zone con quadri
elettrici o comunque con pericoli elettrici vanno utilizzati
appositi estintori ed una segnaletica che evidenzi il pericolo
elettrico.
Nelle tabelle seguenti sono riportate le cause e i rimedi per
le situazioni più comuni che possono provocare un incendio:
è consigliato, comunque, coordinarsi con vigili del fuoco o
responsabili della sicurezza della area/zona in cui si utilizza
l'attrazione.
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
Gli operatori addetti devono essere istruiti sulle procedure
antincendio, facendo riferimento alla legislazione in vigore
nel paese di installazione e uso dell'attrazione.
A sign on the fire procedures must be exposed in the position
agreed with the service fire protection. Such sign shall also
contain the number and the means that must be used to call
thefire fighting service.
Fire extinguishers shall be placed in locations where they
are immediately visible and easily accessible. They must
be marked by signs in accordance with the rules in force in
country of use of the attraction.
Please agree with the Fire Service or local authorities the
number and location of fire extinguishers. In areas with
electrical cabinets, or with electrical hazards you should use
appropriate fire extinguishers and signage highlighting the
electric danger.
The following tables give the most common causes and
solutions that can cause a fire to break out: we advise you, in
any case, to make agreements with the firefighters or safety
managers in the area where the ride is being used.
61

PERICOLO DI INCENDIO 1
Presenza di materiali combustibili.
Arredamenti.
Combustibili, inclusi i liquidi infiammabili
ed il GPL.
ESEMPI
Spazzatura.
Vegetazione.
PERICOLO DI INCENDIO 2
Fumare od abuso di materiali per il fumo (ad
esempio fiammiferi).
PERICOLO DI INCENDIO 3
Abuso di apparecchiature che utilizzano
combustibili solidi, liquidi o gassosi.
Mancanza di manutenzione.
Posti pericolosi.
ESEMPI
Ostruzione della ventilazione.
Rifornimento.
Riaccensione
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
PRECAUZIONI PRATICHE
Ridurre al minimo i materiali combustibili nelle vicinanze dell'attrazione e, se
possibile, tenerli al sicuro.
Assicurarsi che gli arredamenti siano dotati di appropriata resistenza al fuoco.
• Non tenere immagazzinato più combustibile di quanto necessario o
consentito.
• Tenere i liquidi infiammabili, come la benzina, in adatti contenitori chiusi e
contrassegnati chiaramente per indicarne il contenuto.
• Tenere i contenitori in maniera sicura e tale da prevenirne l’accesso a
persone non autorizzate. Evitare di collocarli sotto gli autocarri, vicino a cavi
o ad altre apparecchiature elettriche.
• Prevedere contenitori per la spazzatura resistenti al fuoco e vuotarli
regolarmente.
• Predisporre la regolare raccolta della spazzatura lasciata sul terreno.
• Se non è possibile disfarsi immediatamente della spazzatura, tenerla lontana
dalle fonti di accensione, dagli altri materiali
• infiammabili, ecc. ..., e tenerla sicura.
• Tenere l’erba corta ed i depositi di GPL liberi da erbacce.
• Predisporsi ad inumidire la vegetazione nella stagione secca.
PRECAUZIONI PRATICHE
• Proibire il fumo nelle aree pericolose, particolarmente vicino ai combustibili
e nelle strutture a tenda, gonfiabili o simili.
• Fornire portaceneri, ecc. ..., dove è consentito fumare.
PRECAUZIONI PRATICHE
Controllare regolarmente le condizioni e l’uso delle apparecchiature.
Assicurarsi che vengano sottoposte a manutenzione secondo le istruzioni del
Costruttore. Può essere necessario affidarsi ad una persona competente per
controllare ed effettuare la manutenzione.
• Non usare fiamme libere vicino ai materiali combustibili.
• Non usare fiamme libere all’interno delle strutture ed in presenza di
pubblico. Se vengono usate in altri momenti, tenere le apparecchiature
sotto costante controllo e portarle in un luogo sicuro con la fiamma spenta
prima di ammettere il pubblico.
Controllare che ci sia un’adeguata ventilazione per:
• permettere una corretta combustione ed una sicura fuoriuscita dei prodotti
di combustione;
• evitare il surriscaldamento delle apparecchiature.
Rifornire i serbatoio del combustibile, o cambiare le bombole del gas, all’aria
aperta od in un’area ben ventilata lontano da fonti di accensione. Non effettuare
mai il rifornimento quando il motore o il generatore sono in funzione.
Non tentare mai di riaccendere un riscaldatore ad olio di scarto mentre il
riscaldatore è ancora caldo.
62
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

FIRE HAZARD 1 PRACTICAL PRECAUTIONS

Reduce the amount of combustible material near the attraction to a minimum
Presence of combustible materials.
and keep it safe if possible.
Furnishings. Make sure that furnishings have appropriate fire resistance.
• Do not store more fuel than You need or are allowed to.
• Keep flammable liquids, e.g. petrol, in suitable closed containers, clearly
Fuels, including flammable liquids and
marked to show the contents.
LPG.
• Store the containers safely and secured against unauthorised access. Do not
EXAMPLES

store them under lorries or near cables or other electrical equipment.

• Provide fire-resistant rubbish containers and empty them regularly.
• Arrange regular collection of rubbish left on the ground.
Rubbish.
• If you cannot dispose of rubbish immediately, store it away fromsources of
ignition, other flammable materials, etc and keep it secure.
• 1. Keep grass short and LPG stores free of weeds.
Vegetation.
• 2. Be prepared to damp down vegetation in dry weather.

FIRE HAZARD 2 PRACTICAL PRECAUTIONS

• Prohibit smoking in hazardous areas, particularly near fuels and in tented,
Smoking and misuse of smoking material, for
inflatable or similar structures.
example matches.
• Provide ashtrays, etc where smoking is permitted.

FIRE HAZARD 3 PRACTICAL PRECAUTIONS

Misuse of equipment using solid, liquid or gas
Check regularly the condition and use of equipment.
fuels.
Make sure that it is maintained according to the Manufacturer’s instructions. A
Lack of maintenance.
competent person may need to be brought in to check and maintain it.
Do not use naked flames near combustible materials.
Do not use naked flames in structures when public are present. If used at other
Dangerous location.
times, keep the appliance under constant supervision and remove it to a safe
place with the flame extinguished before admitting the public.
EXAMPLES

Check that there is adequate ventilation to :

Obstructed ventilation. a) allow fuels to burn properly and combustion products to escape safely;
b) prevent overheating of equipment .
Only refill tanks or change gas cylinders in the open air or in a wellventilated
Refuelling. area away from sources of ignition. Never refuel when an engine or a generator
is running.
Never attempt to reignite a Salamander-type waste oil heater while the heater
Reigniting.
is hot.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 63
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

PERICOLO DI INCENDIO 4 PRECAUZIONI PRATICHE

Controlli regolari visivi con controllo e collaudo da parte di una persona
Abuso di apparecchiature elettriche.
competente.
Inadeguata installazione, cavi fatti
passare in zone inadatte, ecc. ... • Far eseguire eventuali riparazioni e controlli solo a tecnici qualificati.
Riparazioni non autorizzate e • Non modificare l'impianto elettrico originale dell'attrazione senza il consenso
temporanee, connettori incorretti, cavi e di Zamperla S.p.A.
ESEMPI

fusibili maldimensionati, ecc. ...

Mancanza di manutenzione.
Sovraccarico.
Apparecchiature lasciate accese quando
non sono usate.
Eseguire con la cadenza consigliata il controllo delle apparecchiature elettriche.
Non eseguire collegamenti con apparecchiature non fornite con l'attrazione
Ad ogni fine turno o quando lìattrazione non viene utilizzata, verificare di
aver spento completamente la macchina e tutte le apparecchiature ad essa
connesse.

PERICOLO DI INCENDIO 5 PRECAUZIONI PRATICHE

Comportamento degli appaltatori e degli • Spiegare chiaramente quello che possono e che non possono fare.
operai di manutenzione: • Metterli al corrente di ogni particolare rischio d’incendio e della propria
• getti di saldatura; politica di sicurezza e delle relative precauzioni.
• metallo caldo. • Controllare regolarmente il loro lavoro.

PERICOLO DI INCENDIO 6 PRECAUZIONI PRATICHE

Accesso non autorizzato/incendio doloso.
• Rendere tutto il personale consapevole dell’importanza della protezione
degli impianti.
• Tenere al minimo i materiali infiammabili ed in maniera quanto più protetta
possibile.
• Effettuare regolari controlli del luogo di installazione dell’attrazione.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 64
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

FIRE HAZARD 4 PRACTICAL PRECAUTIONS

Regular visual checks with inspection and testing by a competent person as
Misuse of electrical equipment.
appropriate.
Inadequate installation, poorly routed
• Only allow qualified technicians to repair and inspect the machine.
cables, etc.
• Do not modify the original electrical system without having received
Unauthorised and temporary repairs,
permission from Zamperla S.p.A.
EXAMPLES

wrong cables, connectors, fuses, etc.. ...

Lack of maintenance. Inspect the electrical equipment at the recommended intervals.
Overloading. Non eseguire collegamenti con apparecchiature non fornite con l'attrazione
Ad ogni fine turno o quando lìattrazione non viene utilizzata, verificare di
Equipment left on when not in use. aver spento completamente la macchina e tutte le apparecchiature ad essa
connesse.

FIRE HAZARD 5 PRACTICAL PRECAUTIONS

Actions of contractors and maintenance • Make clear what they should and should not do.
workers: • Make them aware of any particular fire risks and your fire safety policy and
• welding spools ; precautions.
• hot metal. • Monitor their work regularly.

FIRE HAZARD 6 PRACTICAL PRECAUTIONS

• Make all staff aware of the importance of protection of the systems.
Unauthorised access/arson • Keep flammable materials to a minimum and as secure as possible.
• Make regular checks of the site.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 65
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

4. TRASPORTO E INSTALLAZIONE 4. TRANSPORT AND INSTALLATION

I destinatari del capitolo sono: Recipients of the chapter are:

Attenzione! Warning!

LE ISTRUZIONI DI MONTAGGIO DEVONO ESSERE INTESE THE INSTRUCTIONS FOR ASSEMBLY MUST BE MEANT
COME GUIDA GENERALE AS GENERAL GUIDE
LE OPERAZIONI POSSONO CAMBIARE IN BASE A THE STEPS CAN BE CHANGED DEPENDING TO THE
MOLTEPLICI FATTORI, COME LA CONFORMAZIONE PLACE OF INSTALLATION, THE FREE SPACE AND THE
DEL POSTO IN CUI VIENE INSTALLATA LA GIOSTRA, LO EQUIPMENT AVAILABLE.
SPAZIO E L'ATTREZZATURA CHE SI HA A DISPOSIZIONE. FOR THIS REASON WE RECOMMEND TO VALUE ALL THE
PER QUESTO SI CONSIGLIA DI VALUTARE TUTTI I FATTORI FACTORS THAT CAN BE INFLUENCE THE INSTALLATION.
CHE POTREBBERO INFLUENZARE LA PROCEDURA DI WE RECOMMEND TO STUDY AN INSTALLATION
MONTAGGIO E STUDIARE IN PRECEDENZA UN PIANO PROCEDURE BEFORE TO START.
DI INSTALLAZIONE.

Lifting, moving and transporting the attraction and its

Le operazioni di sollevamento, movimentazione, trasporto
dell’attrazione e dei suoi componenti devono essere affidate
esclusivamente a personale che sia esperto in tale tipo di
operazioni.
Durante le operazioni il personale deve indossare mezzi di
protezione individuale previsti dalla legislazione vigente nel
paese di installazione ed utilizzo dell’attrazione (ad esempio:
elmetti, guanti, scarpe antinfortunistiche, tute da lavoro,
ecc... ).
components are tasks to be carried out exclusively by staff
expert in these types of operation.
During these operations the staff has to wear the personal
protection equipment foreseen by the laws in force in the
Country where the attraction is used and installed (for
example: hard hats, gloves, protection shoes, overalls, etc.).

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 66
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

Il personale deve rispettare, tra le altre, le seguenti regole The staff shall also observe the following rules:
generali: - move back from the loads before lifting and lowering ;
- allontanarsi dai carichi prima del sollevamento ed - do not stand under suspended loads ;
abbassamento ; - keep unauthorized persons away.
- non sostare sotto i carichi sospesi ;
- tenere lontane le persone estranee ai lavori.

Se occorre guidare il carico durante il sollevamento, servirsi If it is necessary to drive the load during lifting, use proper
di attrezzi idonei per mantenere comunque le distanze di means in order to keep the safety distances from the lifted
sicurezza dalla parte o componente sollevato. part or component.
Se l’ingombro del carico da sollevare non consente una If the operator has a poor visibility due to the overall
sufficiente visibilità al manovratore è necessaria la presenza dimensions of the load to be lifted, the presence of an
di un assistente. attendant is needed.

Per informazioni sulla codifica dei segnali e degli attrezzi
utilizzati dall’assistente al suolo durante la fase di
movimentazione occorre fare riferimento alla normativa
vigente in materia.
Trascurare queste precauzioni può causare danni alle
persone ed alle cose.
Anche il trasporto deve essere effettuato da personale
qualificato istruito ed autorizzato.
Sui mezzi di trasporto (cassoni di autocarri o vagoni ferroviari
o container) l’attrazione o le sue parti devono essere fissate
con fasce o altri mezzi idonei ad impedirne il ribaltamento.
Se i manuali vengono inseriti negli imballi, occorre
consegnare agli operatori addetti al trasporto un estratto con
le informazioni di questo capitolo che li riguardano.
L'estratto può essere allegato all'imballo in una busta
accessibile dall'esterno o consegnato insieme ai documenti
di viaggio.
In questo capitolo troverete le informazioni e le istruzioni
per:
• il posizionamento dell’attrazione;
• il montaggio delle parti dell’attrazione;
• le procedure di collegamento elettrico
Refer to the laws in force regarding the signal codes and the
equipment used by the attendant on the ground during the
motion phase.
Neglecting these precautions can cause damage or injury.
Qualified trained and authorized staff shall carry out the
transport.
The attraction or its parts shall be fixed on the means of
transport, (lorry beds, wagons or containers by means of
slings, strops or other means suitable for preventing its
overturning.
If the manuals are put into the packages it is necessary to
give to the operators in charge of the transport a summary of
the information of this chapter related to their task.
The summary can be attached to the package in an envelope
accessible from the outside or supplied together with the
travel documents.
In this chapter you will find information and instructions for:
• The positioning of the attraction;
• assembly of the parts of the attraction;
• procedures for electrical connection

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 67
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

4.1 VERIFICA DEI REQUISITI E CONDIZIONI PER
L’INSTALLAZIONE
Le verifiche da effettuare sono dei seguenti tipi:
• semplici ispezioni per rilevare ad esempio: stato e
livellamento del terreno, deflusso acqua piovana, ecc. ... ;
• semplici ispezioni documentali (con mappe) per rilevare
ad esempio: fognature, cavi, ecc. ...;
• ricerche strumentali (per tubi, ecc. ...).
4.1 VERIFICATION OF REQUIREMENTS AND
CONDITIONS FOR INSTALLATION
The following kinds of verification shall be carried out:
• simple inspections to detect for example: condition and
levelling of the ground, discharge of rainwater, etc. … .
• simple documentary inspections (with maps) in order to
detect for example: sewers, cables, etc...;
• instrumental researches (for pipes, etc.).

Luoghi oggetto delle verifiche: Places subject to verifications:

• suolo (tombini, asperità, consistenza, ecc. ... );
• sottosuolo (cavi, canali, fognature, ecc. ...);
• soprassuolo (ostacoli per l’attrazione o per il pubblico,
condutture aeree, ecc. ...);
• adiacenze (edifici, depositi di materiali particolari o
pericolosi).
• ground (manholes, irregularities, consistency, etc.. ... );
• underground (cables, ducts, sewers, etc. ...);
• topsoil (obstacles for the ride or for the public, aerial
conduits, etc.. ...);
• surroundings (buildings, stores of particular or dangerous
materials).

Operatori e competenze: Operators and tasks:

Le verifiche devono essere effettuate dal controllore The verifications shall be carried out by the controller of the
dell’attrazione. attraction.

Operazioni di verifica: Verifications:

• Pericoli meccanici (cedimenti, sprofondamenti, urti,
collisioni, ecc. ...).
• Pericoli elettrici (linee elettriche aeree, ecc. ...).
• Pericoli da emissioni (rumore, vibrazioni, fumi, vapori,
disturbi elettromagnetici dovuti a linee dell’alta tensione).
Verificare le caratteristiche del terreno, per accertare la
conformità alle nome vigenti nel paese di installazione ed
alle istruzioni del Costruttore.
Verificare le condizioni particolari del terreno e degli
appoggi, con riferimento alle norme per il collocamento
dell’attrazione.
Verificare le condizioni e la collocazione di altre attrazioni
e/o strutture od oggetti fissi, spazi liberi necessari, accesso
dei mezzi di soccorso, ecc. ... .
Verificare la presenza e la dislocazione dei mezzi antincendio
e la loro facile accessibilità rispetto all’installazione
dell’attrazione.
• Mechanical dangers (sinking, subsidence, crashes,
collisions, etc.. ...).
• Electrical dangers (electrical aerial lines, etc. ...).
• Dangers from emissions (noise, vibrations, fumes, vapours,
electromagnetic disturbances due to high-tension lines).
Verify the characteristics of the ground in order to ascertain
the compliance with the rules in force on site and with the
instructions of the Manufacturer.
Verify the particular conditions of the ground and of the
packing units, referring to the standards for the siting of the
attraction.
Verify the conditions and the siting of other attractions and/
or structures or fixed objects, necessary clearances, access
routes for emergency vehicles, etc. ... .
Verify the presence and location of the fire-fighting
equipment and their easy access as to the installation of the
ride.

Attenzione! Warning!

PRESTARE MOLTA ATTENZIONE ALLE LINEE DI PAY GREAT ATTENTION TO OVERHEAD SUPPLY LINES.
ALIMENTAZIONE SOPRAELEVATE. VERIFICARE SE VERIFY THAT THERE ARE SUITABLE CLEARANCES TO
VI SONO GLI SPAZI SUFFICIENTI PER OPERARE IN WORK IN COMPLETE SAFETY. IF THERE ARE HIGH
COMPLETA SICUREZZA. IN PRESENZA DI CAVI PER ALTA TENSION CABLES , THERE IS THE HAZARD OF ELECTRIC
TENSIONE ESISTE IL PERICOLO DI ARCHI VOLTAICI, ARCS, ESPECIALLY IN PARTICULAR ATMOSPHERIC
SOPRATTUTTO IN CONDIZIONI ATMOSFERICHE CONDITIONS (FOG, ETC..).
PARTICOLARI (NEBBIA ECC. ...).

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 68

Attenzione!
LE ZONE INTORNO ALL’ATTRAZIONE IN CUI È
VIETATO IL TRANSITO DI PERSONE E/O MEZZI DI
MOVIMENTAZIONE, DEVONO ESSERE IDENTIFICATE E
DELIMITATE CON SISTEMI COME:
- TRANSENNE;
- CATENE;
- ALTRI MEZZI PREVISTI DALLA LEGISLAZIONE VIGENTE
NEL PAESE DI INSTALLAZIONE..
4.1.1 COLLOCAZIONE ED
DELL’ATTRAZIONE
L’installazione dell'attrazione deve essere sempre effettuata
in un’area sgombra da ostacoli, tale da permettere le normali
operazioni di uso e di manutenzione in sicurezza.
Scegliere la posizione e l’orientamento dell’attrazione
verificando in particolare:
• la posizione relativa delle altre attrazioni già presenti
nell’area del parco divertimenti;
• che non si creino sollevamenti pericolosi causati dalla forza
del vento (effetto imbuto);
• che il pubblico possa accedere in modo sicuro ai punti di
entrata ed uscita dell’attrazione;
• che siano agevoli e praticabili gli accessi e le vie di fuga in
caso d’emergenza;
• che vi siano spazi sufficientemente ampi per permettere
le operazioni di soccorso da parte di ambulanze, vigili del
fuoco ed altri mezzi di soccorso;
• che la collocazione degli idranti fissi e/o mobili e degli altri
mezzi antincendio ne consenta una buona visibilità ed un
facile accesso in caso di emergenza;
• che esistano spazi idonei per le postazioni di lavoro e di
comando;
• la possibilità di realizzare gli allacciamenti alle reti di
alimentazione (elettrica, idrica, ecc. ...);
• i requisiti del sottosuolo e quindi la possibilità di costruire
fondazioni, pavimenti, linee interrate, ecc. ...;
• la possibilità di apertura di porte, protettori, coperchi, ecc.
... .
• che il luogo prescelto per l’installazione non sia vicino a
depositi di solventi, né a locali con lavorazioni che possono
creare atmosfere infiammabili o esplosive;
• che il deflusso delle acque piovane sia tale da non
provocare ristagni nei punti di appoggio dell'attrazione,
riducendo la portanza del terreno.
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
Warning!
THE AREAS AROUND THE ATTRACTION WHERE ACCESS
TO PERSONS AND/OR VEHICLES SHALL BE PREVENTED,
SHALL BE IDENTIFIED AND BOUNDED BY DEVICES SUCH
AS:
-BARRIERS;
-CHAINS;
-OTHER MEANS FORESEEN BY THE LAW IN FORCE ON
SITE..
INSTALLAZIONE 4.1.1 SITING AND INSTALLATION OF THE
ATTRACTION
The installation shall always be carried out in an area without
obstacles, so that it is possible to carry out the normal use
and maintenance operations.
Choose the siting and the orientation of the attraction
verifying particularly:
• the siting of the other rides in the area of the amusement
park;
• that there is no dangerous uplift present which may be
caused by the action of wind forces (funnel effect);
• that the public can safely reach access and egress points;
• that the access and escape routes are easy and practicable
in case of emergency;
• that there are sufficient clearances to allow the emergency
operations of ambulances, fire brigade and other rescue
vehicles ;
• that the location of fixed and mobile fire hydrants and of
other fire-fighting equipment allows their good visibility
and easy access in case of emergency;
• the availability of suitable work and control positions;
• the possibility to connect to the supply mains (electrical
network, water supply, etc..) ;
• the characteristics of the subsoil to assess the possibility
of building foundations, floors, underground lines, etc. ...;
• the clearance for the opening of doors, protection devices,
covers, etc.. ... .
• that the area for the siting is not next to solvent depots
or buildings for other such works that could create
inflammable or explosive atmospheres;
• that the discharge of rainwater does not cause stagnation
at the bearing points of the ride, thus reducing the load-
bearing capacity of the ground.
69
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
4.1.2 CARATTERISTICHE DEL TERRENO
Il controllo deve essere ripetuto periodicamente per
verificare che non vi sia deterioramento nella sua capacità
di portare il carico, in particolar modo quando vi sono cattive
condizioni atmosferiche.
E' utile conoscere la storicità del terreno e della zona
destinata ad ospitare l'attrazione.
Il terreno non deve presentare pendenze od irregolarità
tali da compromettere il montaggio ed il funzionamento
dell’attrazione in sicurezza.
Il deflusso e drenaggio delle acque piovane e/o di scarico
deve essere tale da non provocare ristagni che riducano la
portanza del terreno.
Prima di installare l’attrazione occorre verificare che non
esistano servizi sopraelevati o sotterranei che possano
presentare pericoli. Se necessario richiedere alle varie
autorità competenti (presenti nel luogo di installazione ed
utilizzo dell’attrazione) tutte le informazioni necessarie per
adottare le precauzioni idonee a prevenire incidenti od
interferenze con il funzionamento sicuro dell’attrazione.
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
4.1.2 CHARACTERISTICS OF THE GROUND
Check the ground regularly to verify that its load-bearing
capacity has not deteriorated, particularly in case of adverse
weather conditions.
It is useful to know the history of the ground and of the site
where the attraction is going to be installed.
The ground shall not have such slopes or unevenness that
could endanger the safe assembly and operation of the
attraction.
The flow and drainage of rainwater and/or waste water shall
not cause stagnation which could reduce the load bearing
capacity of the ground.
Before erecting the attraction verify that no underground
or overhead service can cause dangerous situations. If
necessary ask the various competent authorities (present
on site) for all information necessary to take suitable steps
in order to prevent accidents without affecting the safe
operation of the attraction.
70
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

Attenzione! Warning!

PRESTARE MOLTA ATTENZIONE ALLE LINEE ELETTRICHE BE VERY CAREFUL OF THE OVERHEAD POWER CABLES.
AEREE. VERIFICARE SE VI SONO GLI SPAZI SUFFICIENTI VERIFY THAT THERE ARE SAFE WORKING CLEARANCES.
PER OPERARE IN COMPLETA SICUREZZA. THE FIGURE SHOWS THE MINIMUM DISTANCES FROM
IN FIGURA SONO INDICATE LE DISTANZE MINIME DALLE OVERHEAD POWER LINES.
LINEE ELETTRICHE AEREE.

Danger zone

2m
Sag

2m 2m
Personal
protection
barriers

FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW

Distribution lines on poles

Danger zone

Sag

Sag

Sag

6m 6m
Personal
protection
barriers

FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW

Distance 6 m unless designated otherwise by electricity supply authority

Transmission lines on towers

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 71
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

Attenzione! Warning!

I COMPONENTI VANNO IMBRAGATI CON CINGHIE THE COMPONENTS MUST BE SLUNG WITH FLAT BELT,
PIATTE E NON CON CORDE E CATENE AL FINE DI NON DO NOT DO IT WITH CORDS OR CHAINS, BECAUSE YOU
DANNEGGIARE LE STRUTTURE. COULD DAMAGE THE STRUCTURES.
PER IL MONTAGGIO DELLA MACCHINA SEGUIRE LA TO INSTALL THE RIDE, PLEASE FOLLOW THE PROCEDURE
SEQUENZA SOTTODESCRITTA BELOW

I dadi vanno serrati dopo aver correttamente posizionato,
orientato e livellato ogni componente.
Applicare la coppia di serraggio nominale a montaggio
ultimato utilizzando chiave dinamometrica e con riferimento
alla tabella 1, valida per viti non lubrificate. (coefficiente di
attrito= 0.14)
Nuts must be tightened after having placed, slewed and
flushed each component. Apply the rated tightening torque
when the mounting will be completed using the torque
wrench accordingly to the attached table 1 which is valid for
not lubricated screws. (friction coefficient= 0.14)

CHIAVE
VITE 6.8 8.8 10.9
KEY
BOLT
Nm lbf·ft Nm lbf·ft Nm lbf·ft mm
M8 21 15 25 18 35 25 13
M 10 41 30 49 36 69 51 17
M 12 70 52 84 62 120 88 19
(M 14) 115 85 135 100 190 140 22
M 16 176 130 206 152 350 258 24
(M 18) 240 177 290 214 410 302 27
M 20 338 249 402 297 600 442 30
(M 22) 456 336 539 398 900 664 32
M 24 588 434 696 514 1100 811 36
M 27 873 644 1030 760 1650 1217 41
M 30 1177 869 1422 1049 2200 1623 46
(M 33) 1688 1231 1977 1459 2784 2054 50
M 36 2134 1575 2524 1863 3340 2464 55
Table 1

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 72
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

Attenzione! Warning!

LE ISTRUZIONI DI INSTALLAZIONE DEVONO ESSERE THESE INSTRUCTIONS CONCERNING INSTALLATION

INTESE COME GUIDA GENERALE. HAVE TO BE USED ONLY AS GENERAL GUIDE REFERENCE
LE OPERAZIONI POSSONO CAMBIARE IN BASE A THE STEPS CAN BE CHANGED DEPENDING
MOLTEPLICI FATTORI, COME LA CONFORMAZIONE DEL TO THE PLACE OF INSTALLATION, THE FREE
POSTO IN CUI VIENE INSTALLATA LA GIOSTRA, LO SPAZIO SPACE AND THE EQUIPMENT AVAILABLE.
E L’ATTREZZATURA CHE SI HA A DISPOSIZIONE. PER FOR THIS REASON WE RECOMMEND TO VALUE ALL THE
QUESTO SI CONSIGLIA DI VALUTARE TUTTI I FATTORI FACTORS THAT CAN BE INFLUENCE THE INSTALLATION.
CHE POTREBBERO INFLUENZARE LA PROCEDURA DI WE RECOMMEND TO STUDY AN INSTALLATION
MONTAGGIO E STUDIARE IN PRECEDENZA UN PIANO PROCEDURE BEFORE TO START.
DI INSTALLAZIONE.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 73
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

4.2 AVVERTENZE DI SICUREZZA PER GLI ADDETTI 4.2 SAFETY WARNINGS FOR THE INSTALLATION
AL MONTAGGIO PERSONNEL

• È OBBLIGATORIO IL CASCO - OCCHIALI DI PROTEZIONE • SAFETY HELMET AND GOGGLES ARE MANDATORY
• È OBBLIGATORIA LA CINTURA DI SICUREZZA • SAFETY BELT IS MANDATORY
• È OBBLIGATORIO USARE CALZATURE DI SICUREZZA E • SAFETY SHOES AND UNIFORM ARE MANDATORY
ABBIGLIAMENTO DA LAVORO • SAFETY GLOVES ARE MANDATORY
• SONO OBBLIGATORI I GUANTI PROTETTIVI • ATTENTION TO SUSPENDED LOADS
• ATTENZIONE AI CARICHI SOSPESI • ATTENTION TO ELECTRICAL POWER
• ATTENZIONE ALLA CORRENTE ELETTRICA • FORBID THE ACCESS TO UNAUTHORIZED PEOPLE
• VIETARE L'ACCESSO AI NON ADDETTI AI LAVORI. • DO NOT PASS UNDER SUSPENDED LOADS
• NON PASSARE SOTTO I CARICHI SOSPESI

Warning!
Attenzione!
ZAMPERLA SPA IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGES TO
LA ZAMPERLA SPA NON RISPONDE DI DANNI A PEOPLE OR THINGS.
PERSONE O COSE.

Warning!
Attenzione!
BEFORE TO INSTALL THE RIDE, THE FOUNDATIONS
PRIMA DI PROCEDERE CON L’INSTALLAZIONE MUST BE COMPLETED.
DELL’ATTRAZIONE, I LAVORI DI FONDAZIONE DEVONO
ESSERE TERMINATI.

Warning!
Attenzione!
IT IS NECESSARY TO USE HAND TORQUE
ADOPERARE CHIAVI DINAMOMETRICHE A MANO O WRENCHES, PNEUMO-HYDRAULIC WRENCHES, OR
AVVITATORI PNEUMOIDRAULICI O ELETTROMECCANICI ELECTROMECHANICAL ONE (NOT IMPACT) WITH A
(NO A PERCUSSIONE) CON LIMITATORE DI COPPIA. TORQUE LIMITING DEVICE.
NON UTILIZZARE ELEMENTI DI BULLONERIA DO NOT USE AGAIN BOLTS AND NUTS ELEMENTS
PRECEDENTEMENTE SERRATI CON I VALORI DI COPPIA PREVIOUSLY TIGHTENED WITH RATED TORQUE VALUES.
NOMINALE.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 74
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

4.3 PROVA DI COLLAUDO 4.3 TESTING

Completate tutte le fasi di montaggio proseguire con As soon as all assembly phases have been carried out
prova di collaudo a vuoto per verificare se tutto funziona proceed with testing the ride without passengers to verify if
correttamente. everything is working correctly.

Attenzione! Warning!

DURANTE QUESTA PROVA NESSUNA PERSONA DEVE DURING THIS TEST NOBODY SHALL GET IN THE RIDE.
SALIRE SULLA GIOSTRA.

1) Verificare che la pulsantiera sia collegata. 1) Check that the control panel is connected.
2) Verificare che i maniglioni e i cancelli si chiudano 2) Check tha the shackles and the gates can be closed
correttamente. correctly.
3) Ruotare lentamente il selettore generale su “ON” 3) Slowly turn to general selector to “ON”.
4) Verificare che l’emergenza sia rilasciata. 4) Check that the emergency device is released.
5) Il buzzer comincia a suonare. 5) The buzzer starts sounding.
6) Tenere premuto il pulsante RESET (durante questa 6) Keep the RESET button pressed (during this action the
azione il buzzer non suona) , quando il buzzer ha emesso buzzer does not sound); when the buzzer has emitted
un bip rilasciare il pulsante di RESET. one “BEEPS” release the RESET button.
7) Premere Release LOAD RUN + push RIDE START per 7) Push Release LOAD RUN + push RIDE START to perform a
effettuare un ciclo a vuoto senza passeggeri. cycle with the ride empty and without passengers.
Alla fine del giro la macchina si ferma automaticamente e i At the end of the cycle the ride stops automatically and the
cancelli si alzano automaticamente. gates lift automatically.
La macchina è quindi pronta per l’apertura al pubblico. The machine is now ready for being opened to the public.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 75
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

4.4 PRIMA PULIZIA 4.4 FIRST CLEANING

Se per la pulizia vengono utilizzati prodotti chimici pericolosi If you use for the cleaning chemical products which are
per la salute degli operatori, questi devono munirsi di mezzi a health hazard, the staff shall put on personal protection
di protezione individuale (guanti, mascherine, occhiali) equipment (gloves, masks, glasses) fit for the products to be
adeguati alla pericolosità del prodotto utilizzato. used.
Osservare inoltre le indicazioni fornite dal fabbricante del Observe the directions provided by the manufacturer of the
prodotto stesso. product.
Quando la pulizia richiede l’impiego di materiali infiammabili, When inflammables are to be used for cleaning, the
occorre rispettare tutte le precauzioni indicate nelle schede precautions provided in the safety sheets of the product
di sicurezza del prodotto impiegato. shall be observed.
4.4.1 PRECAUZIONI GENERALI 4.4.1 GENERAL PRECAUTIONS:
• È vietato fumare. • No smoking
• È vietato usare fiamme libere. • Do not use naked flames
• È obbligatorio indossare guanti. • It is compulsory to wear gloves
• È obbligatorio usare la mascherina per la respirazione. • It is compulsory to wear a mask for breathing
• È obbligatorio attendere il completo raffreddamento delle • It is compulsory to wait for the complete cooling of hot
parti calde prima di operare. parts be fore working .
4.4.2 PULIZIA 4.4.2 FIRST CLEANING
Interventi necessari per effettuare una prima pulizia: Operations necessary to carry out a first cleaning:
1) Parti verniciate: 1) Painted parts:
pulire con cura, utilizzando un normale liquido per pulizia clean carefully, using a normal liquid product for
domestica (non usare mai solventi sulle parti verniciate), domestic cleaning (never use solvents on painted parts)
asportando polvere e sostanze grasse. removing dust and grease.
2) Parti non verniciate: 2) Unpainted parts:
pulire con cura togliendo l’eventuale presenza di clean carefully removing any protective materials, using
materiali protettivi, utilizzando sostanze detergenti non cleansing agents which do not exhibit health hazards
pericolose per la salute e in grado di non danneggiare le and do not damage the other surfaces.
altre superfici. 3) Parts covered by grease or protection oils:
3) Parti ricoperte di grasso od olio protettivi: remove the protection oils by means of solvents
rimuovere i protettivi mediante solventi ammessi dalla admitted by the law in force.
legislazione vigente.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 76
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

5. STOCCAGGIO 5. STORAGE
I destinatari del capitolo sono: Recipients of the chapter are:

Nel caso l'attrazione non venga installata bisogna procedere In case the attraction will be not installed is required to
con lo stoccaggio. storage it properly.
Il corretto stoccaggio dei prodotti ricevuti richiede The proper/correct storage of the received good\products
l'esecuzione delle seguenti attività: requires the implementation of the following activities:
Collocare la macchina in un luogo asciutto e al sicuro dal gelo. Position the ride in a dry and safe from bitter cold place.
Escludere aree all'aperto, zone esposte alle intemperie o con Avoid\exclude open-air areas, areas exposed to bad weather
eccessiva umidità or to an excessive humidity.
Interporre sempre tra il pavimento ed i prodotti, pianali lignei A wooden or of other nature loading bed must be always
o di altra natura, atti ad impedire il diretto contatto col suolo. placed between the floor and the products in order to
Coprire i seguenti componenti in modo da evitare il contatto prevent direct contact with the ground.
con acqua: Shelter the following components in order to avoid contact
• Motori with water:
• Riduttori • Engines
• Componenti elettrici • Adaptor
• Quadri elettrici • Electrical components
• Pulsantiere • Switchboards
• Cilindri pneumatici - oleodinamici • Button panels
• Sensori - finecorsa • Pneumatic and oil-pressure cylinders
• Sensors – limit switches

Per periodi di stoccaggio superiori ai 60 giorni, le superfici
interessate agli accoppiamenti quali flange, alberi e giunti,
devono essere protette con idoneo prodotto antiossidante
(SHELL ENSIS FLUID SDC o equivalente ) Vedi scheda tecnica
pagina 78
Per periodi di stoccaggio previsti superiori ai 6 mesi, i prodotti
devono essere oggetto delle seguenti attività:
Ricoprire le parti lavorate esterne e quelle di accoppiamento
con grasso atto ad evitare ossidazioni.
For periods of storage longer than 60 days, the surfaces/
outer layers involved in couplings\joints, such as flanges,
axles\shafts and joints must be protected with a proper
antioxidant product (SHELL ENSIS FLUID SDS or equivalent of
it) page 78
For periods of storage longer than 6 months, the goods\
products must be the subject of the following activities:
Cover the external/outer processed parts and the jointing
ones with grease in order to avoid oxidation.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 77
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

5.1 SCHEDA TECNICA ANTIOSSIDANTE 5.1 DATASHEET ANTIOXIDANT

Shell Ensis Fluids

Corrosion preventative fluids
Shell Ensis Fluids are corrosion preventatives for application to surfaces likely
to corrode, either in storage or in use. They are blends of selected rust pre-
vention materials dissolved in a solvent for ease of application. On application
the solvent evaporates leaving a protective coating.
Shell Ensis Fluids suppress the corrosive action of fingerprints.

protection of external metal surfaces of

Application
machines, sub assemblies or machined
Shell Ensis Fluids can be applied by dipping, components.
brushing or spraying Protection for up to 6 months indoors, or for up
to 3 months under shelter outdoors
Film Removal To remove film use an aqueous alkaline
Protective coatings may be removed by using cleaner or hydrocarbon solvent
conventional degreasing methods

Shell Ensis Fluid C Shell Ensis Fluid G

A dewatering fluid (below 0.1 micron) which
leaves the metal surface dry and essentially
free from any protective film. It has a low
viscosity which imparts a high penetrating
power. It is non-emulsifying and maintains its
dewatering capability even after repeated
contact with water.
It is used for the treatment of components
which will be immediately processed further
and require a clean dry surface
Shell Ensis Fluid D
A very thin, soft protective film (ca 0.2
microns). The dewatering action is not
degraded by repeated contact with water.
Shell Ensis Fluid D is ideal for use as an
interstage dewatering fluid, where components,
after dewatering, may be subjected to short
term indoor storage.
Protection for up to four weeks under indoor
storage.
To remove film use an aqueous alkaline cleaner.
A soft, self-healing, Vaseline film (ca 10
microns) A grade with dewatering ability, it is
excellent for the protection of spare parts,
engine components, extruded or machined
surfaces, pipes, machinery, etc.
Long term protection (18 months to two years)
indoor protection and medium term (1 year)
protection against corrosion of metal surfaces
stored under cover outdoors.
To remove film use an aqueous alkaline
cleaner or hydrocarbon solvent
Shell Ensis Fluid H
A thick, hard wax fluid (ca 20 microns).
Shell Ensis Fluid H is a robust film designed to
protect parts and machinery subjected to
handing during storage.
Although specifically designed for outdoor
applications (6 -12 months - under cover) it
may be used for indoor protection (more than 2
years)
To remove film use hydrocarbon solvent

Shell Ensis Fluid E Shell Ensis Fluid K

An oily, non-drying film (ca 3 microns). A
dewatering fluid with good penetrating power
used for finely machined parts or intricate
items.
Protection for up to 1 year indoors.
To remove film use an aqueous alkaline
cleaner.
Shell Ensis Fluid F
A soft Vaseline film (ca 1 micron). Good
dewatering properties. Provides excellent
A thick, hard-wax fluid. (ca 35 microns) The
thick, hard nature of the film imparts
considerable resistance to handling and
abrasion. It is suitable for the protection of all
kinds of machinery, e.g. agricultural,
automotive, railway, machine rolls, machine
tools, castings, vehicle box sections and
structural steel work.
Long term protection either outdoors (10 -18
months) or indoors (more than 2 years).
To remove film use a hydrocarbon solvent.

Health & Safety
Shell Ensis Fluids are unlikely to present any
significant health or safety hazard when
properly used in the recommended application,
and good standards of industrial and personal
hygiene are maintained.
After skin contact, wash immediately with soap
and water.
For further guidance on Product Health &
Safety refer to the appropriate Shell Product
Safety Data Sheet.

Typical Physical Characteristics

Shell Ensis Fluid C Fluid D Fluid E Fluid F Fluid G Fluid H Fluid K

Type Dewatering
fluid Dewatering fluid - Solvent deposited

Appearance Clear Clear Clear Clear Cloudy Cloudy Cloudy

Colour Yellowish Yellowish Light Brown Dark Dark

brown brown brown

Density @ 15°C 0.788 0.840 0.830 0.790 0.841 0.870 0.860

kg/l

Film thickness below 0.1 0.2 3 1 10 20 35

microns

Film Very thin Thin oily Thin, soft Thick, soft Thick hard Thick, hard
Characteristics soft oil - film, non- Vaseline Vaseline wax wax
Vaseline drying

Protection
Indoor 4 weeks 1 year 6 months 18 months > 2 years > 2 years

Outdoors - - 3 months 1 year 6 - 12 18 months

(covered) months
Outdoors - - - - 10 months
(open) -

Drying time Non-drying 1 0.5 2 2 4

approx. hour

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 78
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

6. DEMOLIZIONE 6. DEMOLITION
I destinatari del capitolo sono: Recipients of the chapter are:

Per gli aspetti giuridici, fiscali (eventuali verbali,denunce,
autorizzazioni allo smaltimento rifiuti,ecc...), sanitari e di
sicurezza (degli operatori) occorre attenersi alle leggi vigenti
nel paese in cui verrà effettuata la demolizione dell’attrazione.
ATTENZIONE:
Se l’attrazione è registrata presso uffici pubblici occorre
denunciarne lo smantellamento.
Le operazioni di demolizione devono essere affidate a
personale autorizzato e specializzato in tali attività e
dotato inoltre delle competenze meccaniche ed elettriche
necessarie.
Attenersi alle norme di sicurezza illustrate nel Capitolo 3
“Sicurezza”(v. pag. 39) e nel presente capitolo.
Le sostanze nocive e/o ritenute pericolose utilizzate o
prodotte dall’attrazione, elencate nel seguito, dovranno
essere smaltite incaricando ditte autorizzate, per le differenti
tipologie, in conformità alla legislazione vigente nel paese in
cui verrà effettuata la demolizione dell’attrazione.
As regards the law, fiscal (eventual statements, reports,
authorizations for waste disposal, etc..), health (of the staff)
and safety related aspects it is necessary to observe the laws
in force in the Country where the attraction is installed and
used.
WARNING:
If the attraction is registered at a public office it is necessary
to declare its pulling down.
The demolition shall be carried out by authorized staff
specialized in these activities and with the necessary
mechanical and electrical expertise. Observe the safety
directions shown in chapter 3 “Safety”(see page 39) and
in this chapter.
Noxious and/or dangerous substances used or produced
by the attraction and listed hereafter, shall be disposed by
authorized firms according to their type and complying with
the laws in force in the land where the attraction will be
pulled down.

E’ VIETATO SCARICARE QUESTE SOSTANZE DO NOT DUMP THESE SUBSTANCES IN THE

NELL’AMBIENTE. ENVIRONMENT.
Sostanze pericolose: Dangerous substances:
• oli interni esausti (olio lubrificante, olio idraulico, ecc. ...) • exhausted internal oils (lubricant oil, hydraulic oil, etc. ...)
• liquidi refrigeranti speciali • special cooling liquids
• gomma • rubber
• residui di materiali lavorati • remains of machined materials
• grasso • grease
• carburanti • fuels

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 79
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

7. USO DELL’ATTRAZIONE 7. USE OF THE RIDE

In questo capitolo troverete le informazioni e le istruzioni In this chapter you will find information and instructions for
per l’uso dell’attrazione da parte degli operatori addetti e del the use of the attraction by the operators and of the public.
pubblico.

I destinatari del capitolo sono: The addresses of the chapter are:

Le informazioni saranno suddivise in tre parti: The information is divided into three parts:
• istruzioni generali; • general instructions;
• istruzioni operative; • operative instructions;
• procedure di emergenza. • emergency procedures.

Al termine della lettura i destinatari devono conoscere: At the end of the reading the staff shall know about:
• i comandi, le funzioni, gli azionamenti; • the controls, function and running of the attraction;
• i sistemi di sicurezza; • safety systems;
• le sequenze operative; • operative sequences;
• come garantire sempre la sicurezza del pubblico, anche in • how to ensure the safety of public at all times, even in case
caso di emergenza of emergency.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 80
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

7.1 DESTINAZIONE D’USO 7.1 DESIGNATION OF USE

L’attrazione è progettata e costruita per funzionare nei limiti
e con caratteristiche concordate e dichiarate nel contratto di
acquisto .
I prodotti ed i materiali ausiliari utilizzati devono rientrare,
per natura, caratteristiche e tipi, in quelli prescritti nel
presente manuale
The ride is design and manufactured to work according to
the limitations and the characteristics agreed in the sales
contract.
The auxiliary products and materials which are used shall
comply with those prescribed in this manual regarding their
nature, characteristics and type.

Attenzione! Warning!

L’UTILIZZO DELL’ATTRAZIONE E DELLE SUE UNITÀ "ILLEGITIMATE USE" IS THE USE OF THE ATTRACTION
SUPERANDO I LIMITI DI FUNZIONAMENTO PRESCRITTI, AND OF ITS UNITS OUTSIDE THE PRESCRIBED
ED AL DI FUORI DEL RISPETTO DELLE PRESCRIZIONI OPERATION LIMITS AND WITHOUT OBSERVING THE
DEL PRESENTE MANUALE, VIENE CONSIDERATO "USO DIRECTIONS IN THIS MANUAL.
IMPROPRIO". REMEMBER THAT THE ILLEGITIMATE USE OF THE
SI RICORDA CHE L’USO IMPROPRIO DELL’ATTRAZIONE ATTRACTION IMPLIES THE LOSS OF THE WARRANTY
COMPORTA LA DECADENZA DELLA GARANZIA PREVISTA PROVIDED BY THE MANUFACTURER..
DAL COSTRUTTORE.

7.1.1 COMPORTAMENTO DEL PUBBLICO E DEI 7.1.1 BEHAVIOUR OF PUBLIC AND PASSENGERS
PASSEGGERI
L’operatore addetto al funzionamento in presenza di The operator appointed to the operation with public and his
pubblico ed il suo assistente hanno il compito di selezionare attendant shall select the passengers to be admitted on the
i passeggeri ammessi sull’attrazione. attraction.

Attenzione! Warning!

IN PARTICOLAR MODO DEVONO RICHIAMARE E IN PARTICULAR THEY SHALL REBUKE AND SEND AWAY
ALLONTANARE DALL’ATTRAZIONE QUELLE PERSONE THOSE MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC AND/OR PASSENGERS
DEL PUBBLICO E/O PASSEGGERI CHE, CON IL LORO WHOSE BEHAVIOUR PUTS AT RISK THEIR HEALTH AND
COMPORTAMENTO, METTONO IN PERICOLO LA THAT OF OTHERS.
PROPRIA E L’ALTRUI INCOLUMITÀ. IF NECESSARY THE OPERATOR SHALL STOP THE
SE NECESSARIO L’OPERATORE DEVE FERMARE ATTRACTION UNTIL THE PASSENGERS BEHAVE
L’ATTRAZIONE FINO A CHE NON SIA RISTABILITO UN NORMALLY AND NOT IN A DANGEROUS WAY.
COMPORTAMENTO NORMALE E NON PERICOLOSO DA THE OPERATORS AND THE ATTENDANTS SHALL OBSERVE
PARTE DEI PASSEGGERI. THE SAME REQUIREMENTS AS THE PASSENGERS,
GLI OPERATORI E GLI ASSISTENTI SONO TENUTI AL WHEN THEY ARE IN A PASSENGER POSITION.
RISPETTO DELLE STESSE NORME DEI PASSEGGERI, NEL
MOMENTO IN CUI ESSI OCCUPINO LE STESSE POSIZIONI
DESTINATE AI PASSEGGERI.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 81
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

7.2 CONTROLLI E PROVE CHE DEVONO 7.2 CHECKS AND TESTS TO BE CARRIED OUT
PRECEDERE L’OPERAZIONE DI AVVIAMENTO BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH STARTUP
Questa procedura deve essere eseguita SENZA passeggeri This procedure must be carried out WITHOUT passengers
a bordo dell'attrazione aboard

Prima di avviare l’attrazione, per una giornata lavorativa o Before starting up the ride, one working day or a work shift
per un turno, occorre: must be dedicated for the following operations:
• Accertarsi che nessuna persona sia esposta in zone • Ensure that no one is exposed in the hazard areas within
pericolose dentro l’attrazione od intorno ad essa. the ride or around it.
• Assicurarsi che siano stati eseguiti tutti gli interventi di • Make sure all the routine maintenance operations
manutenzione ordinaria described in the "Maintenance" chapter have been
• Verificare che sull’attrazione non siano rimasti attrezzi, carried out.
blocchi o fermi che potrebbero creare interferenze con • Check to ensure that no tools, blocks or stops are left
il funzionamento dei vari organi mobili. behind on the ride, as this can interfere with the working
• Controllare l’efficienza delle sicurezze. of the moving parts.
• Controllare l’efficienza dei comandi. • Check the efficiency of the safety devices.
• Check the efficiency of the controls.

Effettuare le seguenti prove: Carry out the following tests:

• cicli a vuoto dell’attrazione • load-free testing of the ride movement
• prova dei dispositivi di sicurezza • testing safety devices
• prova dei dispositivi di arresto • testing stop devices
• prova manuale corretto funzionamento dei dispositivi di • manual testing of proper working of passenger retainer
ritenuta passeggeri devices

Attenzione! Warning!

L’OPERATORE E/O L’ASSISTENTE NON DEVONO THE OPERATOR AND/OR THE ASSISTANT MUST NOT
AVVICINARSI IN MODO PERICOLOSO OD ENTRARE IN GET TOO CLOSE TO THE MOVING PARTS OF THE RIDE.
CONTATTO CON ORGANI MOBILI DELL’ATTRAZIONE. THEY MUST NOT CLIMB ON THE FRAMES OR CARRY
NON DEVONO ARRAMPICARSI SULLE STRUTTURE, O OUT ANY UNAUTHORIZED OPERATIONS.
SVOLGERE QUALUNQUE ALTRO INTERVENTO NON
CONSENTO .

Attenzione! Warning!

NEL CASO DI MALFUNZIONAMENTO SOSPENDERE IN CASE OF MALFUNCTION PLEASE SUSPEND THE USE
L’UTILIZZO DELL’ATTRAZIONE . OF THE RIDE.
CONTATTARE LA ZAMPERLA S.P.A PER LA RISOLUZIONE PLEASE CONTACT ZAMPERLA S.PA. TO RESOLVE THE
DEL GUASTO. FAILURE.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 82
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

7.3 CARICO-SCARICO PASSEGGERI 7.3 PASSENGERS LOADING-UNLOADING

Una volta verificate tutte le funzionalità della macchina, si
può passare al funzionamento normale e caricare passeggeri.
Per l’utilizzo migliore della macchina conviene che l’operatore
sia coadiuvato da uno o più assistenti, in particolare in
presenza di affollamento.
Tuttavia, è ammesso il funzionamento della macchina con
un solo operatore, purchè svolga integralmente i compiti
specificati nella sezione "Funzionamento e uso "
L’operatore dovrà controllare che i passeggeri non assumano
comportamenti che possano diventare pericolosi, come
l’agitarsi dei passeggeri, il correre per salire o scendere, ecc.
I passeggeri verranno fatti salire con calma, dopo aver
sgomberato l’area di carico-scarico dai passeggeri del giro
precedente.
Particolare molto importante, è che una sola persona sia
autorizzata ad azionare la pulsantiera.
In particolare durante le fasi di carico-scarico, si deve
assolutamente evitare di andare a pigiare sui tasti della
pulsantiera, e comunque ogni comando sarà dato con
cognizione di causa dall’operatore.
Once all the machine functions have been checked, It is
possible to proceed with normal operation and embarking
of passengers.
For an enhanced use of this ride, the operator should be
assisted by one or more attendants, specially with crowding.
Nevertheless, the ride can be operated by one person only,
provided that all tasks specified in section "Operation and
use"
The operator shall check that the passangers do not assume
dangerous behaviours such as passengers’ restlessness,
running to embark or disembark, etc.
Passengers shall be made to embark slowly, after having
cleared out the platform of the previous ride passengers.
IMPORTANT: only one person should be authorized to
operate the push button panel. In particular, during
loading/unloading, any pressing of buttons should be
absolutely avoided. Each button shall be pressed only with
full knowledge by the operator. Before leaving the control
panel unattended, the operator should at least press the
emergency button and release it only when he comes back.

Attenzione! Warning!

L’OPERATORE PRIMA DI ALLONTANARSI DALLA THE OPERATOR, BEFORE LEAVING THE CONTROL PANEL
PULSANTIERA LASCIANDOLA INCUSTODITA DEVE UNATTENDED, MUST ROTATE THE KEY AND REMOVE IT.
RUOTARE IL SELETTORE A CHIAVE E ESTRARRE LA
CHIAVE .

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 83
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

7.3.1 BILANCIAMENTO DELLA GIOSTRA DURANTE 7.3.1 BILANCING THE RIDE DURING OPERATION
IL FUNZIONAMENTO During loading operation the operator should distribute
Durante la fase di salita passeggeri nell’attrazione l’operatore uniformly passangers on the ride bowls in order to avoid
dovrà distribuire uniformemente le persone su tutti i sedili, dangerous unbalancing .
onde evitare pericolosi sbilanciamenti di essa. All passengers have to be loaded arranging the load as evenly
Tutti i passeggeri dovranno essere fatti salire distribuiendo as possible.
nel migliore dei modi il loro carico.

BILANCIAMENTO ERRATO
WRONG BALANCING

BILANCIAMENTO CORRETTO
CORRECT BALANCING

= Person = Lap bar

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 84
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

7.4 CRITERI DI AMMISSIBILITÀ PER L’ACCESSO 7.4 ACCEPTABILITY CRITERIA FOR THE LOADING
DELLE PERSONE DEL PUBBLICO OF THE PEOPLE AMONG THE PUBLIC.
L’operatore addetto al funzionamento in presenza di The operator responsible for the ride operation with public
pubblico ed il suo assistente hanno il compito di selezionare and his assistant has the duty to select the passengers who
i passeggeri ammessi sull’attrazione. can be admitted in the ride.

Attenzione! Warning!

COME RIPORTATO AL CAP. 3 E NEI LIMITI DEL POSSIBILE, AS RECOMMENDED IN CHAP. 3 AND AS FAR AS
SI DEVE VIETARE L’UTILIZZO DELL’ATTRAZIONE ALLE POSSIBLE, USE OF THE RIDE SHALL BE PROHIBITED TO
SEGUENTI CATEGORIE DI PERSONE: THE FOLLOWING CATEGORIES OF PEOPLE:
• PERSONE DI ALTEZZA INFERIORE A CM 90. • PEOPLE UNDER THE HEIGHT OF 36 IN. MINIMUM.
• 120 SE NON ACCOMPAGNATO • 120 IF NOT ACCOMPANIED
• PERSONE VISIBILMENTE UBRIACHE O SOTTO • PEOPLE UNDER THE INFLUENCE OF ALCOHOL AND
L’EFFETTO DI STUPEFACENTI; DRUGS;
• DONNE IN STATO DI GRAVIDANZA; • PREGNANT WOMEN;
• PERSONE SOFFERENTI DI MALATTIE CARDIACHE O • HEART PATIENTS AND PERSONS IN A PRECARIOUS
IN PRECARIE CONDIZIONI DI SALUTE (IN QUESTO STATE OF HEALTH (IN THIS CASE, SUITABLE NOTICES
CASO APPOSITI CARTELLI DEVONO SCONSIGLIARE SHALL RECOMMEND NOT TO USE THE ATTRACTION).
L’UTILIZZO DELL’ATTRAZIONE). • PERSONS WITH SUCH PHYSICAL AND/OR MENTAL
• PERSONE PORTATRICI DI HANDICAP FISICI E/O DISABILITY THAT THEY CANNOT USE THE SAFETY
PSICHICI CHE NON POSSONO UTILIZZARE I DEVICE PROPERLY;
DISPOSITIVI DI SICUREZZA CORRETTAMENTE; • PERSONS WHOSE SIZE DOES NOT ALLOW THE USE OF
• PERSONE CON DIMENSIONI CORPOREE TALI DA THE SAFETY DEVICES.
NON CONSENTIRE L’APPLICAZIONE DELLE MISURE DI
SICUREZZA ADOTTATE.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 85
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

7.4.1 COMPORTAMENTO DEL PUBBLICO E DEI
PASSEGGERI
Gli operatori devono richiamare ed allontanare dall’attrazione
quelle persone del pubblico e/o passeggeri che, con il loro
comportamento, mettono in pericolo la propria e l’altrui
incolumità.
Se necessario l’operatore deve fermare l’attrazione fino a
che non sia ristabilito un comportamento normale e non
pericoloso da parte dei passeggeri o del pubblico.
Nel caso l’operatore e/o l’assistente si accorgano che i
passeggeri spingono con forza sui dispositivi di ritenuta
(maniglioni),devono fermare l’attrazione, e dopo aver fatto
scendere i passeggeri devono eseguire un’accurata ispezione
sul dispositivo di chiusura e sulla struttura del maniglione.
Gli operatori e gli assistenti sono tenuti al rispetto delle stesse
norme dei passeggeri, nel momento in cui essi occupino le
stesse posizioni destinate ai passeggeri.
7.4.2 ISTRUZIONI ED AVVISI AI PASSEGGERI
L’operatore deve comunicare ai passeggeri ed al pubblico
le istruzioni e gli avvisi necessari per evitare situazioni di
pericolo, utilizzando i dispositivi di segnalazione di cui è
dotata l’attrazione.
In situazioni di emergenza, l’operatore e/o l’assistente
devono cercare di tranquillizzare i passeggeri ed il pubblico,
per evitare situazioni di panico.
7.4.3 FUNZIONAMENTO DURANTE IL GIRO
Durante il funzionamento dell’attrazione, l’operatore e
l’assistente devono impedire che:
• le persone del pubblico sostino nella zona di carico/
scarico dei passeggeri con il rischio di cadere o creare
assembramenti pericolosi;
• i bambini sfuggiti al controllo degli adulti raggiungano la
zona di carico o parti pericolose dell’attrazione.
Per fermare l’attrazione prima del termine del periodo di
funzionamento automatico occorre premere il pulsante a
fungo "EMERGENCY STOP".
7.4.4 TURNI DI LAVORO DI OPERATORI ED
ASSISTENTI
I turni di lavoro non devono essere estenuanti, tenendo in
conto il tipo di attrazione e le funzioni che gli operatori e/o
gli assistenti sono chiamati a svolgere.
Un eccessivo affaticamento può ridurre la concentrazione e
creare situazioni di pericolo dovuto ad una maggior facilità
di errore.
Può essere necessario suddividere i periodi di maggior
affollamento in più turni lavorativi.
7.4.1 BEHAVIOUR OF THE PUBLIC AND
PASSENGERS
The operator must warn members of the public and /or
passengers who, owing to their behaviour, are a risk for their
own safety and that of others.
If necessary, the operator must stop the the ride until normal
safe behaviour of the passengers and public is restored.
If the operator and/or the assistant become aware of
the fact that the passengers are pushing the handlebars
forcibly, the ride must be stopped, the passengers must
be disembarked and the harness and handlebars must be
inspected thoroughly.
The operators and assistants must respect the same rules
as the passengers, as they are in the same position as that
meant for passengers.
7.4.2 INSTRUCTIONS AND WARNINGS FOR
PASSENGERS
The operator must communicate to the passengers and
public the instructions and warnings for avoiding hazard
situations, by means of notices provided on the ride.
In emergency situations, the operator and/or the assistant
must try to calm the passengers and public to avoid panic.
7.4.3 OPERATION DURING THE RIDE
When the ride is in operation, the operator and assistant
must make sure:
• members of the public do not stand in the embarking/
disembarking area as there is risk of falling and crowding;
• children who have escaped the control of adults do not
reach the hazardous parts of the ride.
To stop the ride before the preset automatic period, press
the mushroom-head "EMERGENCY STOP" pushbutton.
7.4.4 WORK SHIFTS FOROPERATORS AND
ASSISTANTS
The work shifts must not be exhausting, taking into
consideration the type of ride and the functions the operators
and/or assistants are required to perform.
Excessive fatigue can lead to reduction of concentration and
create risk situations due to greater possibility of errors.
It may be necessary to divide the rush periods into a larger
number of work shifts.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 86
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

7.5 ARRESTI 7.5 STOPS

7.5.1 ARRESTO NORMALE VOLONTARIO (DI 7.5.1 NORMAL VOLUNTARY STOP (SERVICE)
SERVIZIO) Normal stopping of the ride is usually brought about by the
L’arresto normale dell’attrazione viene eseguito dall’operatore operator:
normalmente: • at the end of the work shift;
• a fine lavoro; • at every pause in work shift;
• ad ogni pausa lavoro; • before carrying out any operation on the ride.
• prima di compiere interventi sull’attrazione. To stop the ride at the end of operation:
Per arrestare l’attrazione a fine lavoro occorre: 1) check to make sure there are no passengers on the ride;
1) controllare che non ci siano passeggeri sull’attrazione; 2) make sure the passenger unit is in lowered position
2) verificare che l’unità passeggeri sia nella posizione bassa (vehicle in the station);
(soggetto in stazione); 3) press the mushroom-head "EMERGENCY STOP"
3) premere il pulsante a fungo "EMERGENCY STOP"; pushbutton;
4) ruotare l’interruttore generale posto sul quadro elettrico 4) turn the main switch on the electric panel to OFF.
in OFF.
7.5.2 ARRESTO DI EMERGENZA (MANUALE E 7.5.2 EMERGENCY STOP (MANUAL AND
VOLONTARIO) VOLUNTARY)
L’attrazione è dotata di un dispositivo di arresto d’emergenza The ride is provided with an emergency stop device to avoid
che consente di evitare situazioni pericolose effettive od actual or impending hazardous situations.
incombenti. Activation of the control for emergency stop inhibits the
L’azionamento del comando per l’arresto di emergenza following movements:
inibisce i seguenti movimenti: • movement of the passenger units;
• movimento dell’unità passeggeri; The manual emergency stop is activated by pressing the red
L’arresto di emergenza manuale si effettua premendo il mushroom-head "EMERGENCY STOP" pushbutton present
pulsante a fungo rosso "EMERGENCY STOP" presente sulla on the control pushbutton panel.
pulsantiera comandi. The emergency stop control remains functional after it is
Il comando di arresto di emergenza rimane inserito dopo activated, and it must be deactivated by rotating it to release
l’azionamento, per disinserirlo occorre sbloccarlo ruotandolo. it.
Lo sblocco dell’organo di comando (pulsante a fungo) Releasing the control device (mushroom-head pushbutton)
non avvia automaticamente l’attrazione ma consente does not automatically start up the ride but merely allows
semplicemente un nuovo avviamento che deve essere a new restart which must be in accordance with the reset
eseguito secondo la procedura di ripristino indicata di procedure described below.
seguito.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 87
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

7.5.3 ARRESTO AUTOMATICO (PROVOCATO 7.5.3 AUTOMATIC STOP (CAUSED BY THE RIDE)
DALL’ATTRAZIONE) Automatic stop can be caused by a malfunctioning due to:
L’arresto automatico può essere causato da una condizione • power failure;
di malfunzionamento dovuta a:
• mancanza di energia (elettrica);

Attenzione! Warning!

DOPO UN ARRESTO AUTOMATICO L’OPERATORE DEVE AFTER AN AUTOMATIC STOP, THE OPERATOR
RICHIEDERE L’INTERVENTO DEI TECNICI MANUTENTORI MUST REQUEST INTERVENTION BY MAINTENANCE
PER IDENTIFICARE LE CAUSE DELL’ARRESTO E PER TECHNICIANS TO IDENTIFY THE CAUSE OF THE STOP
RIPRISTINARE LE CONDIZIONI DI FUNZIONAMENTO IN AND RESTORE THE CONDITIONS FOR SAFE OPERATION.
SICUREZZA.

Il ripristino dopo l’arresto automatico può avvenire solo Reset after an automatic stop is only possible after:
dopo: 1) the fault is repaired;
1) aver riparato il guasto; 2) the mechanisms are reset;
2) aver resettato gli azionamenti; 3) the various devices are restored to the initial operating
3) aver riportato i vari dispositivi nelle condizioni di inizio conditions.
funzionamento.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 88
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

7.6 SITUAZIONI ANOMALE E/O DI EMERGENZA 7.6 ANOMALOUS AND/OR EMERGENCY

SITUATIONS

7.6.1 PRECAUZIONI GENERALI 7.6.1 GENERAL PRECAUTIONS

Attenzione! Warning!

NEI LUNA-PARK PUÒ INSORGERE UN SERIO ED AT FUNFAIRS THERE MAY BE SERIOUS AND IMMINENT
IMMINENTE PERICOLO DOVUTO A: RISK DUE TO:
• CONDIZIONI ATMOSFERICHE ESTREME; • EXTREME ATMOSPHERIC CONDITIONS;
• INCENDIO; • FIRE;
• BLOCCAGGIO DELL’UNITÀ PASSEGGERI IN POSIZIONI • BLOCKING OF THE PASSENGER UNIT IN POSITIONS
DIVERSE DA QUELLA DI RIPOSO; DIFFERENT FROM THE REST POSITION;
• ALTRI FATTI, AD ESEMPIO COMPORTAMENTO • OTHER FACTORS, SUCH AS CRIMINAL OR UNRULY
CRIMINALE OD INDISCIPLINATO DEI PASSEGGERI O BEHAVIOUR OF PASSENGERS OR PUBLIC.
DEL PUBBLICO.

In una situazione di emergenza, oltre le precauzioni generali, In an emergency situation, in addition to the general
si dovranno prendere in considerazione altri elementi, ad precautions, other elements must be taken into
esempio: consideration, for example:
• le reazioni dei passeggeri che possono essere bambini, • the reaction of passengers which may include children,
giovani, vecchi o disabili; aged or disabled persons;
• il comportamento degli altri spettatori (alcuni dei • the behaviour of spectators (some of whom may be related
quali possono essere parenti dei passeggeri e pertanto to the passengers and therefore worried);
angustiati); • behaviour of the personnel operating the ride.
• il comportamento del personale addetto all’attrazione.
Per evitare situazioni di emergenza o limitare le conseguenze To avoid emergency situations or limit the consequences in
in caso di incidenti occorre: case of accidents:
• effettuare una frequente ed accurata pulizia della zona di • ensure frequent and thorough cleaning of the embarking/
carico/scarico e delle unità passeggeri; disembarking areas and the passenger units;
• mantenere in buono stato tutti gli organi dell’attrazione • keep all parts of the ride in good condition by respecting
rispettando i tempi di manutenzione; the maintenance schedules;
• tenere sempre efficienti, ed in posizione facilmente • always keep the fire fighting equipment in perfect working
raggiungibile dagli operatori, i mezzi antincendio; condition, within easy reach of operators;
• mantenere aggiornati tutti gli operatori sulle procedure di • all operators must be well informed regarding the latest
evacuazione e soccorso. procedures for evacuation and first aid.

Il personale addetto all’attrazione deve essere istruito circa i
procedimenti da prendere e le procedure da seguire in caso
di emergenza.
È consigliabile effettuare, in assenza di pubblico e di
passeggeri, delle simulazioni delle situazioni di emergenza
per verificare la correttezza delle procedure di intervento e
la preparazione del personale addetto.
Personnel handling the ride must be trained and informed
regarding the measures to be adopted and procedures to be
followed in the event of an emergency.
In the absence of public and passengers, it is advisable to
carry out simulation of emergency situations to check the
correctness of the procedures and the skill of the personnel.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 89
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
Sull’attrazione devono essere affissi uno o più cartelli
riportanti :
• i riferimenti del pronto soccorso, dei vigili del fuoco, della
polizia, ecc. ... ;
• le principali istruzioni per le situazioni di emergenza.
Istruire il proprio personale affinché riporti personalmente
ed immediatamente ogni possibile infortunio od incidente
che causa lesioni personali o danni, incluse minacce od atti
di violenza. Prendersi cura innanzitutto degli infortunati, ma
riportare sempre l’accaduto dopo l’incidente.
7.6.2 INCENDIO
L’attrazione deve essere munita di mezzi antincendio in
accordo coi vigili del fuoco locali e secondo le leggi in vigore
nel paese di installazione dell’attrazione stessa.
Altri dispositivi antincendio devono essere disponibili in
conformità alle procedure previste.
..
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
A number of notices must be affixed on the ride regarding:
• reference for first aid, fire brigade, police, etc. ... ;
• the main instructions for emergency situations.
Personnel must be trained to report personally and
immediately every possible accident that may cause personal
injury or damage, including threats or acts of violence. First
of all the injured must be treated, and the report must be
made as soon as possible.
7.6.2 FIRE
The ride must be equipped with fire fighting equipment in
agreement with the local fire brigade and in accordance with
the legislation applicable in the country in which the ride is
installed.
Other fire fighting devices must be available in conformity
with the envisaged procedures.
90
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

7.7 THEORY OF OPERATION MANUAL “FLUME 7.7 MANUAL DE OPERACIÓN “FLUME RIDE”
RIDE”
7.7.1 ELECTRICAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION 7.7.1 Técnica
1. Información INFORMACIÓN
Eléctrica TÉCNICA ELÉCTRICA

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 91
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
7.7.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE RIDE
The flume ride is an aquatic attraction and is mainly composed
of two powerful pumps that produces strong water flow into
the channels of the flume ride water circuit, thus creating a
strong water current on which they “sail” the boats.
The flume ride water circuit includes on a tortuous path filled
with bends and turns. Furthermore, the flume ride consists
of two respective upward ramps and descending splash
zones.
The upward ramp lifts the boats which are performed by
rubber conveyor belts which transports the boats from
the water channel up to the top of the ramp. The rubber
conveyor belts are tightened by two pneumatic pistons
which each ramps has its own pair of pneumatic pistons. The
boats will then descend into the splash zone into the canal
full of water.
The flume ride will be equipped with boats that are
themed based on the customer’s request such as logs. The
decorations are made of fiberglass and includes side sliding
wheels.
Each boats are able to carry up to two passengers.
For passenger embarking and dis-embarking, the operator
or assistants must be present to assist the passengers. An
emergency stop buttons are readily available and must be
activated if any hazardous event or potential risk of dangers
that may befall on the passengers, staff members or ride
equipment (electrical or mechanical).
The recirculation pumps are placed inside a special tank
located inside an enclosed area and which is inaccessible by
visitors or unauthorized personnel.
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
7.7.2 DESCRIPCIÓN GENERAL DE LA ATRACCIÓN
El Flume Ride es una atracción acuática y está compuesta
principalmente por dos potentes bombas que generan un
fuerte flujo de agua hacia los canales de la atracción, creando
así una fuerte corriente sobre la que “navegan” los botes.
El circuito de agua en los canales es tortuoso lleno de curvas
y vueltas. Además, el recorrido del canal está provisto
de dos rampas ascendentes con sus respectivas zonas de
salpicaduras en el descenso.
La rampa ascendente eleva los botes gracias a las cintas
transportadoras de goma que los traslada desde el canal
de agua hasta la parte superior de la rampa. Las cintas
transportadoras de caucho se tensan mediante dos pistones
neumáticos, cada rampa tiene su propio par de pistones
neumáticos. Posteriormente los botes descienden a la zona
de salpicaduras hacia el canal de agua.
El Flume Ride esta equipado con botes, en este caso con
tematización troncos de árbol. Las decoraciones están hechas
de fibra de vidrio e incluyen ruedas deslizantes laterales.
Cada bote tiene una capacidad para cuatro pasajeros.
El operador o sus asistentes deberán estar presentes en
las operaciones de embarque/desembarque para ayudar
a los pasajeros. Los botones de parada de emergencia
están fácilmente disponibles y deben activarse en caso de
cualquier evento peligroso o riesgo potencial de peligro
que pueda afectar a los pasajeros, miembros del personal o
equipamiento de la atracción (eléctrico o mecánico).
Las bombas de recirculación están situadas dentro de
un tanque especial ubicado dentro de un área cerrada e
inaccesible para visitantes o personal no autorizado.
92
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

7.8 RIDE OPERATION AND ZONES 7.8 OPERACIÓN DE LA ATRACCIÓN Y ZONAS

In this project, the ride has been sectionalized where the En este proyecto, la atracción se ha seccionado en tres zonas
boats move along the water circuit and passes through three principales para simplificar el desarrollo del sistema de
main zones to simplify the development of the ride control control de la atracción. Las secciones mencionadas son:
system. The ride sections previously mentioned are:-
a) Zona de la estación
a) Station Zone b) Elevaciones & Rampas 01-02
b) Upward Lift & Ramp 01-02 c) Circuito de agua del Flume Ride
c) Flume Ride Water Circuit

7.8.1 STATION ZONE 7.8.1 ZONA DE LA ESTACIÓN

The station location is where passengers embark and dis- La estación es el lugar donde los pasajeros embarcan y
embark the boats for the ride with where they are assisted desembarcan de los botes y son asistidos por los operadores
by the ride operator(s). de la atracción.

The station is mainly composed by a rubber conveyor belt, La estación está compuesta principalmente por una cinta
and the operator control console. transportadora de goma y la consola de control del operador.

For the embarking and disembarking operation, the conveyor
belt never stops and continuously operates at a slow speed
after starting via two hand start command.
If required, the operator may stop the station conveyor belt
via stop push button, and restart the motion with the two
hand control command.
Para las operaciones de embarque y desembarque, la cinta
transportadora nunca se detiene y opera contínuamente
a una velocidad lenta después de arrancar mediante el
comando de arranque a dos manos.
Si es necesario, el operador puede detener la cinta
transportadora de la estación mediante el botón de parada
y reiniciar el movimiento con el comando de control a dos
manos.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 93
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
7.8.2 UPWARD LIFT & RAMPS 01-02
Upward Lift & Ramps Zone is composed by a gate that
modulates the access to the conveyor belt, a series of
photocells that control automatically the transition of the
boats and a safety minimum water level sensor.
The devices that are making up the safety related parts of
control system (SRP-CS) are the photocells, the conveyor belt
pistons and the minimum water level sensor.
The maximum number of allowed boats on lift is evaluated
by tests and is done verified by the separation system of the
gate.
The modulation of the access of the boats on the ramp are
performed by a gate that operates on the following:
• When there are no boats present on the ramp, the gate is
opened;
• When a boat has been intercepted by the 1st gate control
photocell safety beams, the closing command is given and
the pneumatic gate will close.
• When the boat leaves the beam based on the following
2nd gate control photocell, a separation time has been
configured and will open the gate in order to allow the
subsequent boat up the ramp.
The photocells system operates based on the following:
GATE CONTROL 01 & 02
• The function is to modulate the access of the boats on the
lift/ramp.
• The gates will close when the boat is intercepted by both
photocells
• Once the boat leaves the second photocell, the gate will
open after an imposed time.
BELT CONTROL
• The top position photocell has the function of stopping
the conveyor belt (by untightening the conveyor belt
pistons) when the system detects a boat is present in the
downward descend and splash zone which indicates the
splash zone is still occupied.
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
7.8.2 UPWARD LIFT & RAMPAS 01-02
Upward Lift & Zona rampas se compone de una compuerta
que controla el acceso a la cinta transportadora, una serie
de fotocélulas que controlan automáticamente la circulación
de los botes y un sensor de seguridad de nivel mínimo de
agua.
Los dispositivos que componen las partes relacionadas con la
seguridad del sistema de control (SRP-CS) son las fotocélulas,
los pistones de la cinta transportadora y el sensor de nivel
mínimo de agua.
El número máximo de botes permitidos en la elevacion
se evalúa mediante pruebas y se comprueba mediante el
sistema de separación de la compuerta.
El control de acceso de los botes en la rampa se realiza
mediante una compuerta que opera sobre lo siguiente:
• Cuando no hay botes presentes en la rampa, se abre la
compuerta;
• Cuando una embarcación ha sido interceptada por la 1ª
fotocélula de control de la puerta, se da la orden de cierre
y la puerta neumática se cerrará.
• Cuando el bote se aleja del rayo de acción de la segunda
fotocélula de la compuerta,
se ha configurado un tiempo de separación y abrirá la
compuerta para permitir que el siguiente bote suba por la
rampa.
El sistema de fotocélulas funciona de la siguiente manera:
CONTROL DE COMPUERTAS 01 Y 02
• La función es modular el acceso de los botes en la
elevacion/rampa.
• Las puertas se cerrarán cuando el bote sea interceptado
por ambas fotocélulas
• Una vez que el bote abandona la segunda fotocélula, la
puerta se abrirá después del tiempo establecido.
CONTROL DE LA CINTA TRANSPORTADORA
• La fotocélula de posición superior tiene la función de
detener la cinta transportadora (aflojando los pistones de
la cinta transportadora) cuando el sistema detecta que hay
un bote en la zona de descenso y salpicadura, lo que indica
que la zona de salpicadura aún está ocupada.
94
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
SPLASH ZONE OCCUPIED
• The occupied photocell indicates a boat is still present in
the splash zone. The ride control system will stop the ramp
conveyor belt from operating (by untightening the belt) to
prevent the boat on the top of the ramp to descend.
SPLASH ZONE FREE 01 & 02
• When both splash zone photocell has been intercepted,
the ride control system detects the splash zone has no
boat present and enables the sub-sequent boat at the top
of the ramp to proceed to the splash zone
7.8.3 FLUME RIDE WATER CIRCUIT
Upward Lift & Ramp 01-02 conveyor belts can be stopped
by operator command only if the operator press the button
“STOP RIVER MOVEMENT” in the HMI.
Once the operator has manually activated “STOP RIVER
MOVEMENT”, only the maintenance personnel may perform
the reset procedure to restart the ride and restart the river
waterflow movement. (See Section 6.5, page 17)
The Upward Lift & Ramp 01-02 conveyor belts may also
perform an automatic stop when:
• A boat is detected by the top position photocell and the
splash zone is occupied. Once the splash zone is detected
to be free, the belt will restart automatically.
The only conveyor belt that can be started and stopped by
the OCC operator is the Station conveyor belt
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
ZONA DE SALPICADURA OCUPADA
• La fotocélula ocupada indica que todavía hay un bote en la
zona de salpicaduras. El sistema de control de suspensión
detendrá el funcionamiento de la cinta transportadora de
rampa (aflojando la cinta) para evitar que el bote situado
en la parte superior de la rampa descienda.
ZONA DE SALPICADURA LIBRE 01 Y 02
• Cuando ambas fotocélulas de la zona de salpicadura
interceptan, el sistema de control detecta que en la zona
de salpicadura no hay botes y permite que el bote sucesivo
situado en la parte superior de la rampa descienda a la
zona de salpicadura.
7.8.3 EL CIRCUITO DEL AGUA DEL FLUME RIDE
Elevación y rampa ascendente 01-02 Las cintas
transportadoras pueden detenerse mediante un comando
del operador sólo si el operador presiona el botón “DETENER
EL MOVIMIENTO DEL RÍO” en la HMI.
Una vez que el operador ha activado manualmente “DETENER
MOVIMIENTO DEL RÍO”, solo el personal de mantenimiento
podrá realizar el procedimiento de reinicio del movimiento
del flujo de agua del río. (Consulte la sección 6.5, página 17).
Las cintas transportadoras Elevación & Ramp 01-02 también
pueden realizar una parada automática cuando:
• La fotocélula de posición superior detecta un bote y la zona
de salpicaduras está ocupada. Una vez que se detecta que
la zona de salpicaduras está libre, la cinta transportadora
se pondrá en marcha automáticamente.
La única cinta transportadora que el OCC operador puede
poner en marcha y detener es la cinta transportadora de la
estación.
95
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

7.9 SAFETY RELATED PARTS OF CONTROL 7.9 LAS PARTES DE SEGURIDAD DEL SISTEMA DE
SYSTEM (SRP-CS) CONTROL (SRP-CS)

Safety Related Parts

Nu. Manufacturer Model / Part Number
Of Control System
Emergency Stop Push Button 800FP-MT44
1. Rockwell Automation
(Twist-to-Release) OR (Key-to-Release) 800FP-MK44
Guarded Push Button – Illuminated
2. Two Hand Start Control
Rockwell Automation 800FP-LG7
Key Selector Switches – Spring Return
3. Two Hand Start Control
Rockwell Automation 800FP-KR2101R
Gate Limit Switches
4. Lift 01 & 02
Siemens 3SE5232-0HK21
Level Switch
5. Water Level Splash Zones 01 & 02
Lovato ILM.8
Safety Programmable Controller
6. CPU
Rockwell Automation 1769-L30ERMS
Safety Programmable Controller
7. Safety I/O Modules
Rockwell Automation 1734-IB8S, 1734-OB8S,
AC Drives
8. Pump 01 & 02
ABB ACS880-01-096A-5
9. Contactors Rockwell Automation 100-C**
10. Gate Enable Solenoid Valves SMC VP-X536-NC
11. Gate Open/Close Solenoid Valves SMC VP542-5YO1-03FA 24/00 -NA-
Photocells: Transmitter & Receiver
440L-T4F2070-Q,
12. Gate Control 01 & 02, Top Position, Rockwell Automation
Occupied Zone, Splash Zone 01 & 02, 440L-R4F0020-Q,
Photocells: Transmitter & Receiver 42GRL-9000,
13. Lift 01 & 02 Gate Open Enable
Rockwell Automation
42GRR-9001,

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 96
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

7.10 OPERATOR INTERFACE 7.10 INTERFAZ DEL OPERADOR

7.10.1 OCC COMPONENT LAYOUT 7.10.1 PLANO DE LOS COMPONENTS DEL OCC

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 97
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

7.10.2 MCC DOOR COMPONENT LAYOUT 7.10.2 PLANO COMPONENTES MCC

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 98
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

7.10.3 OPERATOR INTERFACE COMPONENTS 7.10.3 COMPONENTES DE LA INTERFAZ DEL

OPERADOR

NU. DEVICE TAG FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

+OCC
The Human Machine Interface of the
Operator Panel
1. -P24902A Operator/Maintenance Personnel to interact
(HMI)
with the ride control system and functions.

Immediately stops the machine once

Emergency Stop
triggered. To restore the functionality, a key
2. -S25001F (Mushroom Button)
must be used to release the mushroom button
-Key-to-release-
followed by a system reset.

Console Enable OFF-ON

3. -S25405D Enables or disables the operator console.
(Key Selector Switch)

4. -P25107F (Buzzer) Sound indication if any alarms are present

Fault Lamp Indicates an alarm has been triggered. Fault

5. -P25107G
(Pilot Light) clearance and reset procedure is required

Horn Activates the horn, signaling ride cycle or

6. -S25306C
(Push Button) dangerous conditions for passengers.

Resets the control system & alarms if the

Reset
dangerous conditions are cleared. Reset is
7. -S25102E (Key Selector Switch)
mandatory to restart the ride cycle after fault
-Spring Return-
detection is triggered and cleared.

River Pumps OFF-0-ON Activates or de-activates the pumps of the

8. -S25603E (Selector Switch) amusement ride. It is required for the water
-Spring Return- pumps to be ON to start the ride cycle.
Station Enable Key
Allows the ride cycle to start when activated
9. -S25202F (Key Selector Switch)
simultaneously with -S25205F.
-Spring Return-
Cycle Stop Stop request command to issue the boat for
10. -S25302E
(Mushroom Push Button) the stop sequence of the end cycle.
Station Start
NU. DEVICE TAG FUNCTION Allows the ride cycle to start when activated
DESCRIPTION
11. -S25205F (Guarded Push Button)
+MCC simultaneously with -S25202F.
-Illuminated-
Main Switch Energize or isolate power supply to the
12. -F4203C
(MCCB) electrical equipment of the amusement ride.
Immediately stops the machine once
Emergency Stop triggered. To restore the functionality, the
13. -S6002F (Mushroom Button) mushroom button requires to be twisted to
-Twist-to-release- release the mushroom button followed by a
system reset.
+STATION EMERGENCY 1
Immediately stops the machine once
Emergency Stop
triggered. To restore the functionality, a key
14. -S26001F (Mushroom Button)
must be used to release the mushroom button
-Key-to-release-
followed by a system reset.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 99
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

7.11 OPERATION PROCEDURE 7.11 PROCEDIMIENTO DE OPERACIÓN

The following procedure is required by the operator to Se requiere el siguiente procedimiento por parte del
enable the ride control system on a daily basis:- operador para habilitar el sistema de control de diario:

1) Turn on the MAIN SWITCH +MCC-F4203C to energize all
of the electrical equipment.
2) Perform the PUMP & START PERMISSIVE procedure
3) Ensure the ride waterfall is operating via HMI
4) Ensure the conveyor belts for lifts 01 & 02 are tightened
via HMI
5) Ensure pump is in operation to enable boat movement
6) Operate the ride cycle procedures (Start & Stop
Procedure)
7) Complete end of day procedure
The operator must be in standby for a manual emergency
stop activation for any unexpected hazardous condition on
the ride operating area or any automatic emergency stop
due to an alarm/fault.
The operator must contact the ride manufacturer or the
maintenance personnel who will troubleshoot the dangerous
condition, alarm and fault detected. The maintenance
personnel is designated with a key to perform the alarm
reset procedure.
1) Encienda el INTERRUPTOR PRINCIPAL + MCC-F4203C
para dar corriente a todo el equipo eléctrico.
2) Realice el procedimiento PERMISO DE BOMBA Y
ARRANQUE
3) Asegúrese que el flujo de agua de la atracción esté
funcionando a través de HMI
4) Asegúrese que las cintas transportadoras de las rampas
01 y 02 estén apretadas mediante HMI
5) Asegúrese que la bomba esté en funcionamiento para
permitir el movimiento de la embarcación.
6) Opere los procedimientos del ciclo (procedimiento de
arranque y parada)
7) Complete el procedimiento al final del día
El operador debe estar a la espera para la activación de una
parada de emergencia manual para cualquier condición
peligrosa inesperada en el área de operación de la atracción
o cualquier parada de emergencia automática debido a una
alarma / falla.
El operador debe comunicarse con el fabricante de la
atracción o el personal de mantenimiento que solucionará
la condición peligrosa, la alarma y la falla detectada. El
personal de mantenimiento posee la llave para realizar el
procedimiento de reseteo de la alarma.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 100
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

7.11.1 START PERMISSIVE 7.11.1 PUESTA EN MARCHA

The operator will require to perform the Start Permissive El operador deberá realizar el procedimiento de Puesta en
Procedure based on the following conditions:- marcha en función de las siguientes condiciones:

• Upon electrical equipment start via Main Switch • Al arrancar el equipo eléctrico a través del interruptor
• After an unexpected power restoration after a power principal
supply loss • Después de pérdida de corriente eléctrica inesperada
• After a fault and alarm clearance after maintenance or • Después de una falla y eliminación de alarma después del
troubleshoot mantenimiento o resolución de problemas

To complete the START PERMISSIVE, the operator must Para completar la PUESTA EN MARCHA, el operador debe
follow the sequence below:- seguir la secuencia que se indica a continuación:

1) Turn ON the console enable key selector switch via 1) Encienda el interruptor selector de llave de activación de
+OCC-S25405D la consola a través de + OCC-S25405D
2) Wait for 30 seconds to ensure all electrical equipment 2) Espere 30 segundos para asegurarse de que todos los
are energised. equipos eléctricos estén alimentados de corriente
3) Press the Emergency Stop Push Button +OCC-S25001F eléctrica
4) Use the key for the Emergency Stop Push Button +OCC- 3) Presione el botón pulsador de parada de emergencia +
S25001F to release the button OCC-S25001F
5) Press the Emergency Stop Push Button +MCC-S6002F 4) Utilice la tecla del botón de parada de emergencia +
6) Twist the Emergency Stop Push Button +MCC-S6002F to OCC-S25001F para soltar el botón.
release the button 5) Presione el botón de parada de emergencia + MCC-
7) Ensure the the Reset Lamp +OCC-P25107G is blinking S6002F
8) Activate the Reset Key Selector Switch +OCC-S25102E to 6) Gire el botón de parada de emergencia + MCC-S6002F
reset the ride control system para soltar el botón
9) Ensure the Stop Push Button +OCC-S25302E is not active 7) Asegúrese de que la lámpara de reinicio + OCC-P25107G
or pressed esté parpadeando
10) Turn ON the River Pumps Selector Switch +OCC-S25603E 8) Active el interruptor selector de llave de reinicio +
(refer to PUMP PERMISSIVE procedure) OCC-S25102E para reiniciar el sistema de control de
11) Wait until minimum water level is reached indicated via suspensión.
HMI 9) Asegúrese de que el botón de parada + OCC-S25302E no
12) Verify Lift 02 Gates are closed and in safe position as esté activo o presionado
indicated via HMI 10) Encienda el interruptor selector de bombas + OCC-
13) Verify and ensure MAINTENANCE MODE is not active via S25603E (consulte el procedimiento PERMISO DE
HMI BOMBA)
14) Verify faults and alarms are not present via HMI 11) Espere hasta que se alcance el nivel mínimo de agua
15) Verify Start Push Button +OCC-S25205F Is blinking to indicado a través de HMI
indicate the ride (station conveyor belt) is ready to start 12) Verifique que las compuertas de la rampa 02 estén
cerradas y en una posición segura como se indica a
través de la HMI
13) Verifique y asegúrese de que el MODO DE
MANTENIMIENTO no esté activo a través de HMI
14) Verifique que las fallas y alarmas no estén presentes a
través de la HMI.
15) Verifique que el botón de inicio + OCC-S25205F esté
parpadeando para indicar que el recorrido (cinta
transportadora de la estación) está listo para comenzar

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 101
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
7.11.2 PUMP PERMISSIVE
The PUMP PERMISSIVE procedure must be fulfilled to permit
the activation of the river pump selector switch +OCC-
S25603E.
Without fulfilling this procedure, the ride control system
will not permit the starting of the pump and the selector
switch will not activate the pump start command even when
activated.
To complete the PUMP PERMISSIVE, the operator must
follow the sequence below (Step 01-07 is similar to START
PERMISSIVE procedure):-
1) Ensure the console enable is turned ON via the key
selector switch via +OCC- S25405D
2) Press the Emergency Stop Push Button +OCC-S25001F
3) Use the key for the Emergency Stop Push Button +OCC-
S25001F to release the button
4) Press the Emergency Stop Push Button +MCC-S6002F
5) Twist the Emergency Stop Push Button +MCC-S6002F to
release the button
6) Ensure the the Reset Lamp +OCC-P25107G is blinking
7) Activate the Reset Key Selector Switch +OCC-S25102E to
reset the ride control system
8) Ensure the lake water level meets the minimum water
level requirement as indicated via HMI
9) Verify faults and alarms are not present revolving the
pump operation via HMI
10) Verify and ensure MAINTENANCE MODE is not active via
HMI
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
7.11.2 BOMBAS
Se debe efectuar el procedimiento puesta en marcha
bombas para permitir la activación del interruptor selector
de la bomba + OCC-S25603E.
Sin cumplir con este procedimiento, el sistema de control
de suspensión no permitirá el arranque de la bomba y el
interruptor selector no activará el comando de arranque de
la bomba incluso cuando esté activado.
Para completar la puesta en marcha bombas, el operador
debe seguir la secuencia a continuación (el paso 01-07 es
similar al procedimiento PERMISO DE ARRANQUE): -
1) Asegúrese de que la habilitación de la consola esté
encendida mediante el interruptor selector de llave a
través de + OCC- S25405D
2) Presione el botón pulsador de parada de emergencia +
OCC-S25001F
3) Utilice la tecla del botón de parada de emergencia +
OCC-S25001F para soltar el botón.
4) Presione el botón de parada de emergencia + MCC-
S6002F
5) Gire el botón de parada de emergencia + MCC-S6002F
para soltar el botón
6) Asegúrese de que la lámpara de reinicio + OCC-P25107G
esté parpadeando
7) Active el interruptor selector de llave de reinicio +
OCC-S25102E para reiniciar el sistema de control de
suspensión.
8) Asegúrese de que el nivel del agua cumpla con el
requisito de nivel mínimo de agua indicado a través de
HMI.
9) Verifique que las fallas y alarmas no estén presentes
girando el funcionamiento de la bomba a través de HMI
10) Verifique y asegúrese de que el MODO DE
MANTENIMIENTO no esté activo a través de HMI
102
 Use and maintenance manual
7.11.3 RIDE START PROCEDURE
CONVEYOR BELT)
To proceed with the standard start procedure, START
PERMISSIVE and PUMP PERMISSIVE must be conducted and
fulfilled.
Once completed, the operator must follow the following
standard start procedure sequence below:-
1) Ensure Start Push Button +OCC-S25205F Is blinking to
indicate the ride (station conveyor belt) is ready to start
2) Assists passengers to safely embark on the boats
3) Activate both +OCC-S25205F (Start) and +OCC-S25202F
(Start Enable) to activate the Two Hand Start Command
4) If start procedure was correctly activated, the station
conveyor belt will operate and the boat will be moved
to the water circuit where the boat will sail based on the
water current
5) If required, the operator shall prepare for manual ride
stop procedure (if required to the stop station conveyor
belt)
6) Operator shall prepare to assist next passenger
embarking and dis-emabrking on the boats
7.11.4 MANUAL RIDE STOP PROCEDURE (STATION
CONVEYOR BELT)
To ensure the boat stops in the station for passenger dis-
embarking and embarking, the operator must follow the
sequence below:-
1) While station conveyor belt is in operation, wait until
incoming boat is in position for passenger dis-embarking
2) Once boat is in safe position for passenger dis-embarking,
press +OCC-S25302E to stop the station conveyor belt
3) Assist passenger(s) to dis-embark from the boats safely
4) Operator shall prepare for the ride start procedure (to
start the conveyor belt) to assist passenger embarking
and dis-emabrking on the boats
The river pumps will continuously operate even when the
station conveyor belts are not in operation.
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
Flume ride
(STATION 7.11.3 PROCEDIMIENTO DE PUESTA EN MARCHA DE
LA ATRACCIÓN (CINTA TRANSPORTADORA
DE LA ESTACIÓN)
Para continuar con el procedimiento de arranque estándar,
se deben realizar y cumplir la puesta en marcha y puesta en
marcha de las bombas.
Una vez completado, el operador debe seguir la siguiente
secuencia de procedimiento de inicio estándar que se indica
a continuación: -
1) Asegúrese de que el botón de inicio + OCC-S25205F
esté parpadeando para indicar que el recorrido (cinta
transportadora de la estación) está listo para comenzar
2) Ayudar a los pasajeros a embarcarse en los botes de
forma segura
3) Active ambos + OCC-S25205F (Inicio) y + OCC-S25202F
(Activar inicio) para activar el comando de inicio a dos
manos
4) Si el procedimiento de arranque se activó correctamente,
la cinta transportadora de la estación funcionará y el
bote se moverá por el canal de agua en función de la
corriente de agua.
5) Si es necesario, el operador deberá prepararse para el
procedimiento de parada manual (si es necesario hasta
la cinta transportadora de la estación de parada)
6) El operador se preparará para ayudar a los próximos
pasajeros a embarcar y desembarcar de los botes
7.11.4 PROCEDIMIENTO MANUAL DE PARADA DE
LA ATRACCIÓN (CINTA TRANSPORTADORA
DE LA ESTACIÓN)
Para garantizar que el bote se detenga en la estación para el
desembarque y el embarque de los pasajeros, el operador
debe seguir la siguiente secuencia:
1) Mientras la cinta transportadora de la estación está en
funcionamiento, espere hasta que el bote entrante esté
en posición para el desembarque de pasajeros
2) Una vez que el bote esté en una posición segura para el
desembarque de los pasajeros, presione + OCC-S25302E
para detener la cinta transportadora
3) Ayude a los pasajeros a desembarcar de los botes de
forma segura.
4) El operador se preparará para el procedimiento de inicio
del ciclo (para poner en marcha la cinta transportadora)
para ayudar a los pasajeros a embarcar y desembarcar
de los botes
Las bombas funcionarán contínuamente incluso cuando
la cinta transportadora de la estación no estén en
funcionamiento.
103

7.11.5 MANUAL RIVER STOP
ACTIVATION (VIA HMI)
If the operator notices potential hazards and risk of dangers
involving the boats and water circuit, the operator must
activate the “Stop River Movements” via HMI
This activation of the stop river movements will not permit
the starting of the pump again and the operator must contact
the maintenance personnel to reset the ride control system.
The operator must follow the following procedure:-
1) Activate the “Stop River Movements” button via HMI
2) Pumps stops operating immediately.
3) Pump permissive is not fulfilled and ride cycle start
function has been disabled.
4) Assist in passenger dis-embarking from the boats
present on the water circuit
5) Contact ride manufacturer or maintenance personnel
for troubleshoot and assistance
6) Perform ride control system reset procedure
The potential hazard and risk of danger must be removed via
maintenance personnel.
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
MOVEMENT 7.11.5 ACTIVACIÓN DE PARADA DE MANUAL
(E-STOP & SISTEMA DE CONTROL)
Si el operador percibe peligros potenciales y el riesgo con los
botes y el circuito de agua, el operador debe activar el “Stop
River Movements” a través de HMI.
Esta activación de parada de movimiento del agua no
permitirá el arranque de la bomba nuevamente y el
operador debe contactar al personal de mantenimiento para
restablecer el sistema de control.
El operador debe seguir el siguiente procedimiento: -
1) Active el botón “Detener movimientos fluviales” a través
de la HMI
2) Las bombas dejan de funcionar inmediatamente.
3) La bomba no funciona y la función de inicio del ciclo se
ha deshabilitado.
4) Ayudar a los pasajeros a desembarcar de los botes
presentes en el circuito de agua
5) Comuníquese con el fabricante de la atracción o el
personal de mantenimiento para solucionar problemas
y recibir asistencia.
6) Realice el procedimiento de reinicio del sistema de
control
El peligro potencial y el riesgo de peligro deben eliminarse
con el personal de mantenimiento.
104
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

7.11.6 MANUAL EMERGENCY STOP ACTIVATION 7.11.6 ACTIVACIÓN DE PARADA DE EMERGECIA

(E-STOP & RIDE CONTROL SYSTEM) AUTOMÁTICA

If the operator notices potential hazards and risk of dangers Si el operador nota peligros potenciales y riesgo para la
by the ride cycle or electrical equipment, the operator must atracción o el equipo eléctrico, el operador debe presionar
press the closest emergency stop mushroom push buttons. los botones de hongo de parada de emergencia.Esta
activación del botón de parada de emergencia manual no
This activation of the manual emergency stop push button permitirá el inicio del ciclo.
will not permit the starting of the ride cycle.
El operador debe seguir el siguiente procedimiento: -
The operator must follow the following procedure:-
1) El operador o la persona indicada presiona el botón de
1) Operator or any individual presses any emergency stop hongo de parada de emergencia (+ MCC-S6002F, + OCC-
mushroom push buttons (+MCC-S6002F, +OCC- S25001F, S25001F, + ESTACIÓN DE EMERGENCIA 1- S26001F).
+STATION EMERGENCY 1- S26001F). 2) La lámpara de reinicio comienza a parpadear y el
2) Reset Lamp starts blinking and buzzer is activated zumbador se activa
3) Station conveyor belts stops. 3) La cinta transportadora de la estación se detiene
4) Pumps stops operating after 20 seconds. 4) Las bombas dejan de funcionar después de 20 segundos.
5) Start permissive is not fulfilled and ride cycle start 5) La función de arranque del ciclo de conducción se ha
function has been disabled. desactivado.
6) Assist in passenger dis-embarking 6) Ayudar a los pasajeros a desembarcar
7) Contact ride manufacturer or maintenance personnel 7) Comuníquese con el fabricante de la atracción o el
for troubleshoot and assistance personal de mantenimiento para solucionar el problema
8) Perform ride control system reset procedure y recibir asistencia.
8) Realice el procedimiento de reinicio del sistema de
The potential hazard and risk of danger must be removed via control.
maintenance personnel.
El peligro potencial y el riesgo de peligro deben eliminarse
con la intervención del personal de mantenimiento.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 105
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

7.11.7 AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY STOP ACTIVATION 7.11.7 ACTIVACIÓN AUTOMÁTICA DE LA PARADA

DE EMERGENCIA
If the ride control system detects an alarm and fault (power Si el sistema de control detecta una alarma y falla (falla de
failure, SRP-CS failure, protection device trip), the ride energía, falla del SRP-CS, disparo del
control system will perform an automatic stop function. dispositivo de protección), el sistema de control efectuará
una parada automática.
The operator must follow the following procedure:-
El operador debe seguir el siguiente procedimiento: -
1) Reset Lamp starts blinking and buzzer is activated
2) Station conveyor belts stops. 1) L a lámpara de reinicio comienza a parpadear y el
3) Pumps stops operating immediately. zumbador se activa
4) Start permissive is not fulfilled and ride cycle start 2) Las cintas transportadoras de la estación se detienen.
function has been disabled. 3) Las bombas dejan de funcionar inmediatamente.
5) Assist in passenger dis-embarking 4) La función de arranque del ciclo se ha desactivado.
6) Contact ride manufacturer or maintenance personnel 5) Ayudar a los pasajeros a desembarcar
for troubleshoot and assistance 6) Comuníquese con el fabricante de la atracción o el
7) Perform ride control system reset procedure personal de mantenimiento para solucionar problemas
y recibir asistencia.
7) 7. Realice el procedimiento de reinicio del sistema de
7.11.8 RESET PROCEDURE
control.

The alarm and fault diagnosis must be conducted by the ride

manufacturer or maintenance personnel.
7.11.8 PROCEDIMIENTO DE REINICIO
The ride control system will not automatically restart the ride
cycle after reset procedure. The reset procedure is mainly to La alarma y el diagnóstico de fallas deben ser realizados por
reset the ride control system which then permits the starting el fabricante de la atracción o el personal de mantenimiento.
of the ride cycle.
El sistema de control no reiniciará automáticamente el ciclo
The following are generally the procedure conducted by the después del procedimiento de reinicio. El procedimiento de
maintenance personnel:- reinicio es principalmente para resetar el sistema de control
de suspensión que permite el inicio del ciclo.
1) Ensure no passengers are present on the boats and in
the ride area Estos son los procedimientos realizados por el personal de
2) Ensure a maintenance in progress indication is present mantenimiento: -
3) Troubleshoot on the alarm, fault or hazardous condition
4) Perform alarm and fault clearance. 1) Asegúrese que no haya pasajeros presentes en los botes
5) Verify ride is safe for operation. ni en el área de la atracción
6) Perform PUMP PERMISSIVE and START PERMISSIVE 2) Asegúrese que haya una indicación de mantenimiento
procedure en curso.
7) Ensure emergency stop restoration is completed 3) Solucionar problemas de alarma, falla o condición
8) Verify activating the reset selector switch completes the peligrosa
reset of the ride control system 4) Realice la eliminación de alarmas y fallas.
5) Verifique que la atracción sea segura para su
funcionamiento.
6) Realice el procedimiento puesta en marcha bonbas e
arranque
7) Asegúrese que se haya completado el restablecimiento
de la parada de emergencia.
8) Verifique que la activación del interruptor selector de
reinicio completa el reinicio del sistema de control de
suspensión.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 106
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

7.11.9 END OF THE DAY PROCEDURE 7.11.9 PROCEDIMIENTO AL FINALIZAR EL DÍA

Once the final ride cycle has been completed, the operator Una vez que se ha completado el último ciclo, el operador
must perform the following sequence:- debe realizar la siguiente secuencia: -

1) Perform the final stop ride cycle sequence of the day for 1) Realice la secuencia del ciclo de parada final del día para
the last passengers los últimos pasajeros
2) Once boat is in safe position for passenger dis-embarking, 2) Una vez que el bote esté en una posición segura para el
press +OCC- S25302E to stop the station conveyor belt desembarque de los pasajeros, presione + OCC-S25302E
3) Assist the final passengers on dis-emabrking para detener la cinta transportadora de la estación.
4) Verify no 3) Ayudar a los pasajeros a desembarcar
5) Turn OFF the River Pumps Selector Switch +OCC-S25603E 4) Compruebe que no
6) Turn OFF the console enable key selector switch via 5) Apague el interruptor selector de River Pumps + OCC-
+OCC-S25405D S25603E
7) Ensure no passengers are in the ride area 6) Apague el interruptor selector de llave de activación de
8) Turn OFF the MAIN SWITCH +MCC-F4203C to energize la consola a través de + OCC-S25405D
all of the electrical equipment. 7) Asegúrese de que no haya pasajeros en la zona
9) Lock any necessary electrical equipment. 8) Apague el INTERRUPTOR PRINCIPAL + MCC-F4203C para
energizar todo el equipo eléctrico.
9) Bloquee cualquier equipo eléctrico necesario.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 107
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

8. MANUTENZIONE 8. MAINTENANCE
In questo capitolo troverete le informazioni e le istruzioni In this chapter can be found the information and instructions
per mantenere nel tempo le caratteristiche e le prestazioni for maintaining attraction performance during its working
dell’attrazione. life.

I destinatari del capitolo sono: The staff concerned by this chapter are:

Per rendere le informazioni e le procedure facilmente
accessibili, i punti di intervento di manutenzione saranno
suddivisi per gruppi e zone dell'attrazione: ogni intervento
o gruppo di interventi potrà prevedere aspetti meccanici,
elettrici, ecc...
To keep information and procedures easily accessible,
the maintenance intervention points will be divided in
batches and areas of the ride: each intervention or batch
of interventions could involve electrical and mechanical
aspects etc.

Al paragrafo 8.5 è riportata una tabella riassuntiva relativa ai The paragraph 8.5 shows a summary table with the
tempi di manutenzione meccanica. mechanical maintenance deadline.

Al paragrafo ____ è riportata una tabella riassuntiva relativa The paragraph ___ shows a summary table with the electrical
ai tempi di manutenzione elettrica. maintenance deadline.

Al paragrafo ___ è riportata una tabella riassuntiva relativa As is shown by the summary table of Paragraph ___ the NDT
ai test non distruttivi (NDT) da eseguire nei tempi/metodi is to be performed in the times/methods indicated.
indicati.
Having read this section the staff shall know:
Al termine della lettura i destinatari devono conoscere: • the prescribed maintenance tasks;
• gli interventi di manutenzione consentiti; • how the tasks shall be conducted.
• la modalità per eseguire correttamente le procedure di
manutenzione.
Before beginning the maintenance procedures, the operators
Prima di iniziare le procedure di manutenzione, gli addetti must check the following:
devono verificare che: • having read and understood the whole manual;
• aver letto e compreso interamente il manuale e compreso • nobody is on the ride or in its;
ogni sua parte; • the ride is stopped, off and all power sources are isolated;
• nessuna persona sia presente sull'attrazione o nelle zone • it is clearly highlighted that the ride is in maintenance
immediatamente circostanti; stage (mark the area with strips, visible signs with written
• l'attrazione sia ferma, spenta e con le fonti di energia UNDER MAINTENANCE).
isolate;
• sia stato messo in evidenza che la macchina è in stato di
manutenzione (delimitazione area operazioni con nastro,
cartelli visibili con dicitura "IN MANUTENZIONE").

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 108
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

Attenzione! Warning!

DURANTE LE OPERAZIONI DI MANUTENZIONE NON È PUBLIC IS NOT ADMITTED DURING MAINTENANCE

AMMESSA LA PRESENZA DEL PUBBLICO. WORK.
È OBBLIGATORIO ESEGUIRE LA MANUTENZIONE CON IT IS NECESSARY TO MAINTAIN THE RIDE FOLLOWING
LA CADENZA RIPORTATA NEL MANUALE E RISPETTANDO THE TIMES SPECIFIED IN THE MANUAL AND RESPECTING
LE PROCEDURE DESCRITTE IN QUESTO CAPITOLO. THE PROCEDURE HERE MENTIONED.
EVENTUALI DANNI ALL’ATTRAZIONE E/O A TERZI, POSSIBLE DAMAGES TO THE RIDE AND/OR THIRD
DOVUTE ALLA SCARSA MANUTENZIONE O AL PARTIES DUE TO THE INSUFFICIENT MAINTENANCE
MANCATO ADEMPIMENTO NEI TEMPI E NEI MODI OR TO THE LACK OF MAINTENANCE IN THE TIMES AND
DELLA STESSA, SARANNO A CARICO DELL’OPERATORE WAYS REQUIRED WILL BE AT THE OPERATOR CHARGE
E/O PROPRIETARIO DELL’ATTRAZIONE. AND/OR THE OWNER OF THE RIDE.
PRIMA, DURANTE E DOPO GLI INTERVENTI DEVONO BEFORE, DURING AND AFTER THE INTERVENTIONS
ESSERE RISPETTATE, IN QUANTO APPLICABILI, LE OBSERVE, AS THEY CAN BE APPLIED, THE GENERAL
PRESCRIZIONI GENERALI DI SICUREZZA DESCRITTE NEL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS OF AND THE DIRECTIONS IN
CAP. 3 OLTRE ALLE PRESCRIZIONI INDICATE IN QUESTO THIS CHAPTER 3.
CAPITOLO. IT IS STRICTLY FORBIDDEN TO REALIZE EACH OPERATION
È ASSOLUTAMENTE VIETATO ESEGUIRE QUALSIASI ON DEVICES IN MOTION OR POWERED.
TIPO DI OPERAZIONE SU ORGANI IN MOTO O SU SOME PICTURES IN THIS CHAPTER REPRESENT THE
APPARECCHIATURE SOTTO TENSIONE. RIDE WITHOUT FIXED REPAIRS OR SAFETY DEVICES:
ALCUNE ILLUSTRAZIONI PRESENTI IN QUESTO CAPITOLO THIS IS NEEDED ONLY FOR AN EASY COMPREHENSION
RAPPRESENTANO LA MACCHINA SENZA RIPARI FISSI OF THE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES; IN NO CASE (IF
O DISPOSITIVI DI SICUREZZA IN GENERE: QUESTO NOT SPECIFIED) IT IS POSSIBLE TO REMOVE THE SAFETY
SERVE SOLAMENTE A FACILITARE LA COMPRENSIONE DEVICES OF THE RIDE.
DELLE PROCEDURE DI MANUTENZIONE, IN NESSUN IF IT IS NECESSARY TO REMOVE THE SAFETY DEVICES OF
CASO (SALVO DIVERSAMENTE SPECIFICATO) È THE RIDE DURING THE MAINTENANCE STAGES, ADOPT
POSSIBILE RIMUOVERE I DISPOSITIVI DI SICUREZZA IMMEDIATELY MEASURES SUITABLE TO HIGHLIGHT THE
DELL'ATTRAZIONE. DANGER AND REDUCE AT THE MINIMUM THE RISKS
NEL CASO IN CUI SI RENDESSE NECESSARIO RIMUOVERE WHICH CAN DERIVE FROM THEM; FURTHERMORE,
I DISPOSITIVI DI SICUREZZA DELL'ATTRAZIONE BEFORE STARTING THE RIDE AGAIN, BE SURE THAT ALL
DURANTE LE FASI DI MANUTENZIONE, ADOTTARE THE SAFETY DEVICES, WHICH HAS BEEN PREVIOUSLY
IMMEDIATAMENTE MISURE ATTE A METTERE IN REMOVED, HAVE BEEN PROPERLY RE-INSTALLED.
EVIDENZA IL PERICOLO E A RIDURRE AL MINIMO I IF ANY PROCEDURE IS COMPLEX OR NOT
RISCHI CHE NE POSSONO DERIVARE; INOLTRE, PRIMA COMPREHENSIBLE, IT IS NECESSARY TO CONTACT THE
DI RIAVVIARE LA MACCHINA, ASSICURARSI CHE TUTTI SUPPLIED AND ASK FOR FURTHER CLARIFICATIONS. .
I DISPOSITIVI DI SICUREZZA RIMOSSI SIANO STATI
RIMONTATI CORRETTAMENTE.
SE QUALCHE PROCEDURA RISULTASSE COMPLESSA O
POCO COMPRENSIBILE, È NECESSARIO CONTATTARE IL Attenzione!
COSTRUTTORE PER CHIEDERE ULTERIORI CHIARIMENTI.
DON’T USE ANY FLAMMABLE CLEANING PRODUCTS,
Warning! JET WASHERS.

NON USARE PER LA PULIZIA DETERGENTI

INFIAMMABILI, GETTI D’ACQUA .

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 109
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
8.1 INDICAZIONI TECNICHE PER UNA BUONA
MANUTENZIONE
Per una buona manutenzione:
• Servirsi soltanto di ricambi originali, di attrezzi adatti allo
scopo ed in buono stato;
• Rispettare le frequenze di intervento indicate nel
manuale per la manutenzione programmata (preventiva
e periodica). L’intervallo di tempo tra un intervento e il
successivo è da intendersi come massimo accettabile,
quindi non deve essere superato ma può essere abbreviato
in caso di necessità;
• Indipendentemente dalle prescrizioni per la manutenzione
programmata, si deve provvedere ad effettuare le
operazioni di manutenzione ordinaria ogni qualvolta se ne
ravvisi la necessità;
• Una buona manutenzione preventiva richiede attenzione
costante e sorveglianza continua dell’attrazione. Verificare
prontamente la causa di eventuali anomalie come
rumorosità eccessiva, surriscaldamenti, trafilamenti di
fluidi, ecc... ed intervenire;
• In caso di dubbi interpellare il Costruttore od il centro
assistenza autorizzato.
Per la manutenzione fare sempre riferimento anche ai
documenti allegati come:
• schemi funzionali degli impianti ed equipaggiamenti
(elettrici, pneumatici, ecc....) presenti negli allegati;
• distinte dei componenti e valori di taratura (vedi allegati );
• disegni con i dati necessari per l’ordinazione dei ricambi
originali (vedi capitolo "Ricambi").
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
8.1 TECHNICAL DIRECTIONS FOR GOOD
MAINTENANCE
For good maintenance:
• Use only original spare parts, equipment fit for the use and
in good condition;
• Observe the frequencies stated in the manual for the
(preventive and periodical) planned maintenance. The
interval between two interventions is to be understood
as the maximum acceptable, it shall not be exceeded
however it can be shortened;
• In addition to the directions in the manual for the planned
maintenance, the standard maintenance shall be carried
out whenever it is considered necessary;
• A good preventative maintenance requires steady
attention and continuous supervision of the attraction.
Verify immediately the cause of eventual anomalies such
as excessive noise, overheating, fluid leaks, etc.. and
intervene;
• In doubt ask the Manufacturer or the authorized service
centre.
For all maintenance tasks always refer to the enclosed
documents such as:
• functional diagrams of the systems and of the equipment
(electric, pneumatic, and so on) to be found in the
enclosures;
• lists of the components and adjustment values (see
enclosures);
• exploded views with the data necessary to order spare
parts (see Chapter "Spare parts").
110
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

8.2 LINEE GUIDA GENERALI SULLA 8.2 MAINTENANCE GENERAL GUIDELINES

MANUTENZIONE The Maintenance operations outlined in this chapter should
Le attività di manutenzione elencate in questo capitolo be carried out carefully and regularly according to the
dovranno essere eseguite, scrupolosamente e regolarmente, suggested operating period (see par. 8.3).
secondo gli intervalli indicati al par. 8.3. It is important that each maintenance intervention is
Si suggerisce di registrare ogni intervento manutentivo in recorded in a folder: in par. 8.3 there is a table which can be
un registro: nel par. 8.3 è presente una tabella esempio che used by the operator, who can copy it in any time needed.
l'operatore può fotocopiare e utilizzare.
8.2.1 CONTROLLO A CAMPIONE 8.2.1 CHECK BY SAMPLING
Il controllo a campione consiste nell’ispezionare le parti The check by sampling consists to inspect those parts of
multiple (Es.: giunzioni bullonate) a lotti campione. the rides that are the same (E.g.: the bolted junctions) by
sampling.
8.2.1.1 CREARE I LOTTI CAMPIONE
Procedere come segue: 8.2.1.1 CREATE THE BATCH OF SAMPLES
1) Identificare le parti con un numero di codice univoco per Proceed as follows:
ogni pezzo da controllare; 1) Identify the parts with a unique code number for each
2) Definire il numero dei lotti; part to be checked.
3) Comporre ogni lotto utilizzando i pezzi non ancora testati 2) Define the number of batches of samples;
e inserire qualche pezzo appartenente agli altri lotti. 3) Each batch of samples has to contain parts which has
not been tested and few parts belonging to the other
8.2.1.2 ESEGUIRE IL CONTROLLO A CAMPIONE
batches.
Procedere come segue:
1) Eseguire il controllo del primo lotto; 8.2.1.2 MAKE THE SPOT CHECK
2) Quando il controllo a campione di un lotto è completato, Proceed as follow:
riportare il risultato e la data in un apposito registro (v. 1) Check the first batch;
esempio sotto riportato); 2) When the spot check of a batch is finished, write the
3) Procedere con il controllo del successivo lotto e registrare result and the date in a book;
il risultato; 3) Proceed with the following batch and record the result;
4) Ripetere le operazioni di controllo e registrazione dei 4) Repeat the checking operation and register the results
risultati fino al termine dei lotti. until you finish the batches.

CONTROLLO LOTTI A CAMPIONE CHECK OF THE BATCHES

N. pezzi No. of parts
Lotto Esito Batch Result
(da codice a codice) (from code_ to code)

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 111
 Use and maintenance manual
8.2.2 CONSIDERAZIONI GENERALI
STRUTTURE D’ACCIAIO
Tutte le strutture in acciaio della giostra sono state
progettate e costruite in maniera da soddisfare negli anni
il funzionamento della giostra senza problemi a patto che
siano rispettate alcune regole basilari esposte qui di seguito
Attenzione!
NON DANNEGGIARE LE STRUTTURE FACENDONE UN
USO IMPROPRIO.
SOTTOPORRE LE STRUTTURE ALLE CONDIZIONI DI
CARICO E DI UTILIZZO PER IL QUALE SONO STATE
PROGETTATE.
NON CAMBIARE LE CONDIZIONI DI FUNZIONAMENTO
PREFISSATE DELLA GIOSTRA CON SALDATURE
AGGIUNTIVE, ANCHE SE DI PICCOLA ENTITÀ,
FORATURE, TAGLI O QUALSIASI ALTRA MODIFICA CHE
POSSA INFLUIRE NEGATIVAMENTE SULL’INTEGRITÀ
DELLE STRUTTURE.
ASSICURARSI CHE LE STRUTTURE SIANO ISPEZIONATE
REGOLARMENTE E CHE OGNI INSORGENZA DI
OSSIDAZIONE SIA TEMPESTIVAMENTE BLOCCATA CON
LA VERNICIATURA.
ASSICURARSI CHE TUTTE LE APERTURE PRATICATE
NELLE STRUTTURE SIANO SIGILLATE E CHE GLI
EVENTUALI FORI DI DRENAGGIO SIANO APERTI.
8.2.2.1 CONTROLLI
L’ispezione sistematica visiva delle strutture è essenziale ai
fini del loro utilizzo in tutta sicurezza: questi controlli devono
essere eseguiti secondo le tempistiche indicate nella tabella
riportata al par. 8.3.
Si può procedere alle ispezioni per le parti multiple a
campione (v. par. 8.2.1). In questo caso la frequenza di
controllo dei singoli lotti deve essere tale che tutti i lotti
siano ispezionati nel tempo stabilito dalla tabella. Occorre
precisare che i lotti devono prevedere parti perfettamente
uguali non simili.
Tutti i componenti che impediscono l’ispezione di altri
componenti devono essere rimossi. Pulire accuratamente le
strutture da ispezionare, togliere ogni traccia di grasso, olio,
polvere o sostanza che impedisca il controllo. Controllare
la presenza di deformazioni, ammaccature, striature, tagli,
corrosioni, cricche, ecc...
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
Flume ride
SULLE 8.2.2 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS ONTO THE
STEEL STRUCTURES
All the steel structures of the ride have been designed,
calculated and fabricated to perform their assigned scope
along years without any problems. However, these on
condition that some basic rules are followed.
Warning!
DO NOT DAMAGE THE STRUCTURES BY IMPROPER USE,
SUBJECTING THEM TO LOADS THAT THEY HAVE NOT
BEEN DESIGNED, OR BY INCORRECT INSTALLATION,
DISASSEMBLY OR TRANSPORT OPERATIONS.
DO NOT CHANGE THE OPERATIONAL SET UP OF THE
STRUCTURES WITH ANY KIND OF WELDING, ADDING
EVEN SMALL WELDED PIECES, DRILLING HOLES EVEN
OF SMALL DIAMETER, CUTTING SLOT OR ANY OTHER
MODIFICATION AND/OR ADDITION THAT COULD
AFFECT THE INTEGRITY OF THE STRUCTURE.
ENSURE THAT THE STRUCTURES GET THE CAREFUL
ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND PREVENT RUSTING BY
TIMELY PAINTING.
MAKE SURE THAT ALL OPENING IN THE STRUCTURE
SHOULD BE SEALED AND THE DRAINAGE HOLES
SHOULD BE OPENED AND UNOBSTRUCTED.
8.2.2.1 CHECKS
Routine visual inspection of the structures is essential for its
continuing safety: these controls must be realized according
to the times indicated in the table at para. 8.3.
The inspections may suggest a check by sampling for parts
(see par. 8.2.1) of the attraction that are substantially the
same. The frequency of these kinds of checks has been set
up to insure that in time all the similar parts are checked.
Such parts shall, obviously, be really identically and not only
similar, even parts that are apparently identical but not
visibly repaired, fabricated or changed are not be considered
as identical.
Remove all the parts, which not allow access to the structures
to be inspected.
Thoroughly clean the structure to be inspected and remove
any grease or dirt that could not allow the inspection or vitiate
the result. Inspect carefully the various structural elements
that require to be inspected. Look for deformations, dents,
bending or cuts and in particular corrosion, cracks, blistering.
112
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

8.2.2.2 CRICCHE 8.2.2.2 CRACKS

Su strutture ben progettate e costruite le cricche non si
dovrebbero manifestare. Tuttavia qualche volta, specialmente
se la giostra opera in condizioni di utilizzo estreme esse
possono manifestarsi. All’inizio sono difficilmente visibili ad
occhio nudo, ma poi per effetto delle sollecitazioni cicliche
esse aumentano di dimensioni fino a provocare la rottura
della struttura.
La regolare ed accurata ispezione visiva è perciò il mezzo più
efficace per scoprire in tempo la loro presenza, prima che si
verifichi la rottura della struttura.
Per questa ragione le strutture devono essere accuratamente
ispezionate particolarmente nelle saldature, giunti, bruschi
cambiamenti di sezione, fori, rinforzi, ecc... Queste sono le
zone tipiche di innesco delle cricche.
L’ispezione visiva dovrà essere concentrata sulla vernice
protettiva di protezione. Se essa presenta minuscole crepe
può significare che la sottostante struttura presenta delle
cricche.
Se l’ispezione visiva non da risultati certi occorre procedere
ad una analisi approfondita col metodo con liquidi penetranti
o a particelle magnetiche. I controlli devono essere eseguiti
e redatti da personale qualificato secondo le norme EN 473
o ASNT TC 1A.
The cracks normally shouldn’t arise on the steel structures
well calculated and well manufactured. However some
time, especially if the ride operates under extreme loading
condition, they can appear. At the beginning they are almost
invisible but the variable loads applied on the structures their
dimensions increase until to cause the structures failure.
Regularly scheduled visual inspection must therefore be an
effective means for the early detection of the cracks before
they can cause the structure failure.
For this purpose, the structures should be thoroughly
inspected particularly the welds, joints, fittings, suddenly
sections changes, holes, gusset and so on. These are the
zones where the cracks, more likely, arise.
The visual inspection shall pay special care to the condition of
the painting, as the crack on the steel structure also creates
the crack of the above paint.
If the visual inspection gives unclear results it is suggested
to perform a Non Destructive Test like dye penetrant test
or Magnetic Particle test. Qualified staff has to operate and
write these tests according to EN 473 or ASNT TC 1A.

8.2.2.3 CORROSIONE 8.2.2.3 CORROSION

Le strutture metalliche esposte alle condizioni atmosferiche
anche se verniciate richiedono una ispezione periodica.
Nel caso in cui, durante l'ispezione, venissero rilevate tracce
di corrosione, eseguire le procedure di manutenzione
descritte al par. 8.4.1.
The metallic structures exposed to atmospheric conditions,
even if painted require a periodic inspection.
If during the inspection, there are traces of corrosion,
proceed as described at par. 8.4.1

8.2.3 GIUNTI E PERNI 8.2.3 JUNCTIONS AND PIVOTS

Attenzione! Warning!

NON DANNEGGIARE I GIUNTI E I PERNI CON UN USO DO NOT DAMAGE THE JUNCTIONS AND PIVOTS BY
IMPROPRIO. IMPROPER USE.
NON CAMBIARE LE CARATTERISTICHE FUNZIONALI DEI DO NOT CHANGE THE FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS
GIUNTI E DEI PERNI CON SALDATURE DI QUALSIASI OF THE JUNCTIONS AND PIVOTS WITH WELDS OF ANY
GENERE O CON MODIFICHE E AGGIUNTE CHE NE KIND OR BY CHANGING OR BY PASSING THE SAFETY
PREGIUDICANO IL FUNZIONAMENTO E LA SICUREZZA. LOCKING THAT THEY ARE PROVIDED.
PROVVEDERE ALLA MANUTENZIONE PROGRAMMATA PROVIDE A REGULAR MAINTENANCE TO PREVENT
PER PREVENIRE INCOLLATURE O CORROSIONI. THEIR SEIZING OR CORROSION.

8.2.3.1 USURA, DEFORMAZIONI, CORROSIONE 8.2.3.1 WEAR, DEFORMATION, CORROSION

I perni sono generalmente soggetti ad usura, meno The pivots are generally subjected to wear; less frequently
frequentemente essi possono essere soggetti a deformazione they can also be subjected to deformation and corrosion.
e corrosione. L’usura può manifestarsi sul perno o The wear can arise on the spindle itself, on the housing or on
sull’alloggiamento o nell’interposto cuscinetto. the interposed bearings.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 113
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
È difficile stabilire il livello di usura ammissibile di un
perno dato il gran numero di tali collegamenti presenti
normalmente nella giostra.
Il controllo degli accoppiamenti deve assicurare in generale
che:
• Il gioco tra perni e alloggiamenti non sia eccessivo; se il
valore massimo ammissibile non è disponibile, un gioco
eccessivo si intende quello riscontrato da un operatore
preparato ed esperto che sappia valutare il funzionamento
dell’accoppiamento.
• Il perno presenti alterazioni di forma o palesi alterazioni
dimensionali, di forma, gradini, ecc...
8.2.3.2 CRICCHE
I perni devono essere attentamente ispezionati al fine di
rilevare l’eventuale presenza di cricche da fatica.
Normalmente le cricche si manifestano in corrispondenza di
discontinuità quali cambiamento di diametro, cave per anelli
Seeger, linguette ecc... Il controllo deve essere effettuato in
tali zone.
8.2.3.3 LUBRIFICAZIONE CUSCINETTI
La durata dei cuscinetti volventi, non provvisti di lubrificazione
permanente, e in genere di tutti le parti rotanti dipende da
una buona lubrificazione. Essa, infatti, impedisce il contatto
diretto tra le superfici in moto relativo.
La scelta del lubrificante più adatto dipende dalle condizioni
operative, dalla temperatura e dalle condizioni ambientali.
Con l’utilizzo, il lubrificante perde gradualmente le proprie
caratteristiche ed è necessario procedere ad un periodico
reintegro e/o sostituzione.
Sono disponibili, sul mercato, una larga varietà di lubrificanti.
È buona norma in ogni caso non miscelare oli di marche
differenti.
Prima di effettuare rabbocchi assicurarsi di usare lo stesso
tipo di olio.
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
It is difficult to quantify the allow levels of "normal" wear
and it is probably not worth the effort in any event, given the
large number of such coupling on a ride.
The check of the pivots shall insure that:
• The clearance between the spindles and the housing
shall not become excessive; if the value for the maximum
admissible clearance is unknown, abnormal clearance is
that judged such by a skilled personnel, who will take into
account the type of coupling, its size and the function it
performs.
• The spindle does not show changes in shape or considerable
changes in its dimensions, e.g. out of roundness, heading,
stepping, seize points, pitting or other signs of corrosion.
8.2.3.2 CRACKS
The pivots should be carefully checked to detect the arising
of the first indication of cracks due to fatigue.
Usually the fatigue crack arises in correspondence of a
discontinuous parts, e.g. changes in diameter, slot for
Seeger ring, stop dog, pin housing, threads, welds etc... Any
inspection shall be performed on these areas.
8.2.3.3 BALL BEARINGS LUBRICATION
For the reliability of the ball bearings, if not sealed, and all
other rotating components they shall be well lubricated.
The lubrication inhibits the direct contact (metal to metal)
between the rolling part.
The choice of the right lubricant and type of lubrication
are fundamental as well as a good maintenance. The
lubricant type to use shall depend by operating conditions,
temperature, and environment conditions. Cause of the
mechanical action, aging and impurity accumulation, the
lubricant gradually degrades its characteristics and it is
necessary, periodically, to refill or change it. There are
available a large lubricant variety. They are similar but a good
rule of thumb suggests of do not mix them.
114
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
8.2.3.4 GRADO DI RESISTENZA DEI BULLONI
Le giunzioni bullonate sono normalmente effettuate
utilizzando bulloni ad alta resistenza delle classi 8,8 e 10.9.
Il grado è facilmente rilevabile sia sul bullone che sui dadi.
Utilizzare viti e dadi della stessa classe di resistenza delle viti
e dadi originali.
Utilizzare dadi avventi la stessa classe di resistenza dei bulloni
sui quali vengono applicati.
8.2.3.5 COPPIA DI SERRAGGIO DEI BULLONI
La giusta coppia di serraggio è essenziale per un serraggio
sicuro. Una coppia troppo elevata può provocare la
deformazione plastica, spannamenti nonché la rottura del
bullone.
Se la coppia di serraggio è insufficiente può causare:
• Il cedimento della giunzione per fatica;
• Allentamenti;
• Moto relativo tra le due parti e sollecitazioni di taglio sui
bulloni.
8.2.3.6 CHIAVI DINAMOMETRICHE
Utilizzare solo chiavi dinamometriche ad hoc. Leggere
attentamente le istruzioni del costruttore prima del loro
utilizzo. Riferirsi alla tabella "Torque Values" (v. pag. 124)
per l’applicazione della giusta coppia di serraggio.
Occorre prestare attenzione che in qualche caso,
specialmente nei bulloni di fondazione, bulloni e dadi sono
realizzati con differenti tipi di acciaio.
In questo caso la coppia da applicare sarà riferita all’elemento
avente caratteristiche di resistenza inferiori.
Per il controllo della coppia di serraggio procedere come
segue:
• Marcare il dado e la vite per identificare la loro posizione
relativa;
• Allentare il dado con una rotazione pari a circa 60°;
• Serrare il dado applicando la coppia di serraggio prevista;
• Verificare la posizione relativa delle marcature sul dado;
se essa è compresa tra ± 5° la verifica è da considerarsi
positiva. Se è al di fuori di questo campo tutti i bulloni
dell’accoppiamento devono essere controllati.
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
8.2.3.4 BOLTS GRADE
Normally high resistance commercial bolts and nuts used
on this attraction have Grade 8.8 or 10.9. The grade can be
easily checked since all bolts and nuts are marked.
Always replace the bolts, nuts and washers with the same
grade as the original ones Use nuts with grade compatible
with the bolts that they have to be used.
8.2.3.5 BOLTS TIGHTENING TORQUE
The right tightening torque is essential for safe fastening.
Over-tightening could cause permanent plastic deformation
and or stripping.
If the tightening is too slack it may cause:
• Failure of the joint due to fatigue;
• Slacking off the joint;
• Slipping of the jointed parts and the bolts subject to shear.
8.2.3.6 TORQUE WRENCHES
Use only a fitted torque wrench for tightening the bolts. Read
the wrench manufacturer instructions carefully before using
it. Referee to the table "Torque Values" (see page 124) for
the right value to apply.
Be careful that some time, especially on the foundation
bolts, the bolts and nuts are manufactured with different
steel types; in these case the tightening torque to apply shall
be equal to allow for the element having tensile strength
lower.
The right procedure to check the tightening torque is the
following:
• Mark the relevant position between nuts and bolts
• Loose the nut of approximately a quarter of turn
• Apply the scheduled torque tightening
• Check the position of the marks on the bolts; if it is
included between ± 5° the check has to be considered
positive. If it is out of this range, all the tightening bolts
must be checked.
115
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
8.3 RIEPILOGO MANUTENZIONE ORDINARIA
PROGRAMMATA
La manutenzione ordinaria dell’attrazione comprende
unicamente gli interventi di ispezione, verifica di
funzionamento, controlli, lubrificazione, sostituzioni di parti
normalmente usurabili che non richiedano interventi sulle
strutture o sui meccanismi, messa a punto normale di parti
meccaniche e/o elettriche, ecc. ... , che si rendono necessari
in conseguenza dell’uso normale dell’attrazione stessa.
Le istruzioni che consentono di eseguire correttamente gli
interventi di manutenzione ordinaria sono riportate nel
presente manuale. Il proprietario e/o il controllore può
provvedere direttamente ad eseguire e/o a far eseguire tali
interventi, seguendo le istruzioni del manuale.
Qualora il proprietario e/o il controllore non si ritengano
in grado, malgrado le istruzioni ricevute, di procedere agli
interventi di manutenzione ordinaria, devono rivolgersi al
Costruttore o ad un centro di assistenza autorizzato.
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
8.3 RECAP OF THE PROGRAMMED ORDINARY
MAINTENANCE
The standard maintenance of the ride includes only
inspections, verifications of the operation, checks,
lubrications, replacements of parts normally subject to
wear that do not need works on structures or on machinery,
normal set-up of mechanical and/or electrical parts, etc..
which are necessary due to the normal use of the attraction.
In this manual you can find the instructions for correct
execution of the standard maintenance. The owner and/or
controller can perform this work directly or arrange for it to
be done, observing the instructions of the manual.
If the owner and/or controller believes he is unable to carry
out the maintenance in spite of the instructions, he shall
consult the Manufacturer or an authorized service centre.
116
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

8.3.1 NOTA PER IL SERRAGGIO DELLE VITI
Dopo la prima settimana di lavoro dell'attrazione bisogna
controllare il serraggio di tutte le viti.
Tutte le viti che sono collocate in fori ciechi o che hanno
la chiusura in coppia dopo le prime 200 ore di lavoro deve
essere ripristinata la coppia di serraggio e applicato il Torque
Stripe (Torque Seal) (vedi foto 1).
8.3.1 NOTE FOR TORQUING OF HARDWARE
After the ride has been in operation for a week, check all the
screws to ensure they are tightened properly.
After the first 200 hours of operation, restore the torque and
apply the Torque Seal (see photo 1) to all the screws that are
inserted in blind holes or that close in pairs.(see picture 1).

Fig.1

Alcune delle viti della macchina che rispondono ai suddetti
requisiti sono state contrassegnate dal costruttore (vedi
foto).Nel caso il contrassegno si fosse cancellato bisogna
ripristinarlo.
Controllare la coppia di serraggio con chiave dinamometrica
solo nel caso che il contrassegno evidenziasse uno
svitamento nella modalità indicata nella tabella di
manutenzione.
I valori delle coppie di serraggio sono indicati nei disegni
allegati.
Verificare la presenza e l’integrità delle copiglie di sicurezza
ove siano previste. Tali copiglie dovranno essere “piegate”
per evitare che si sfilino
Some of the screws on the machine that comply with the
above requirements have been marked by the manufacturer
(see photo). If these torque stripes are cancelled, they must
be restored.
Check the torque with a torque wrench only if the torque
stripe shows signs of loosening, using the method explained
in the servicing table.
The torque values are specified in the attached drawings.
Make sure safety split pins have been inserted, where
necessary, and are intact. These split pins must be "bent" to
prevent them from sliding out.

Optional Preferred

Attenzione! Warning!

MAI RIUTILIZZARE COPIGLIE PRECEDENTEMENTE NEVER USE AGAIN COTTER PINS WHICH HAVE ALREADY
USATE. BEEN USED
IN CASO DI SMONTAGGIO/RIMONTAGGIO UTILIZZARE IF THE ASSEMBLY/DISMANTLING OF THE RIDE IS
SEMPRE COPIGLIE NUOVE. NEEDED, ALWAYS USE NEW COTTER PINS.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 117
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
8.3.1.1 COME SI UTILIZZA IL TORQUE SEAL
Il Torque Seal non viene utilizzato per bloccare un elemento
di fissaggio, ma è utilizzato come indicatore.
Il Torque Seal è usato per marcare elementi di fissaggio e
per rendere più evidente un eventuale svitamento (il sigillo
di coppia quando indurito è fragile, e si crepa se si allenta il
fissaggio).
1) Scegliere un colore che adatto per l'applicazione in modo
che possa essere facilmente visibile per l'ispezione visiva.
2) Serrare la vite con chiave dinamometrica al valore
richiesto.
3) Prima di applicare il Torque Seal pulire la zona interessata
in modo da avere la migliore aderenza del "Sigillo di
coppia".
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
8.3.1.1 HOW TO USE TORQUE SEAL
Torque Seal” is NOT used to lock a fastener, but is used as an
indicator. It is used to mark fasteners that have been torqued
to make it obvious if it loosens (torque seal is brittle when
cured and will crack if the fastener moves).
1) Choose a colour that is suitable for your application so it
can be easily seen to visually inspect.
2) Ensure the fastening has been properly torqued required
or tight.
3) Clean the fastening to ensure you get the best adhesion
of the “Torque Seal” to the bolt.
118
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

4) Applicare il "sigillo di coppia". 4) Apply the “torque seal” to the nut/s ,washer and
Il prodotto deve essere applicato al dado/i,rosetta e ad una reference surface.
superficie di riscontro.

5) Il Torque seal si indurisce in circa 2 ore. Non utilizzare 5) The Torque seal will harden in about 2 hours.Do not use
l'attrazione durante questo periodo. the ride during this time.

6) Il Torque seal (sigillo di coppia) si crepa nel caso la vite 6) Torque Seal will crack if the bolts loosens the fastening.
si allenti.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 119
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

8.4 ESEMPIO REGISTRAZIONE MANUTENZIONE 8.4 SAMPLE OF MAINTENANCE RECORDING

REGISTRO MANUTENZIONE
SAMPLE OF MAINTENANCE RECORDING
DATA INTERVENTO NOTE FIRMA
INTERVENTION NOTE SING

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 120
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
8.4.1 STRUTTURE
Tutte le strutture in acciaio dell’attrazione sono state
progettate, calcolate e costruite per assolvere il proprio
compito.
Per ottenere maggiore durata ed il buon funzionamento
dell’attrazione si devono rispettare alcune regole
fondamentali, facendo riferimento anche a quanto descritto
al par. 8.2.
8.4.1.1 NORME GENERALI PER L’IMPIEGO E LA
MANUTENZIONE DELLE STRUTTURE
• Evitare di danneggiare le strutture mediante un uso
improprio, sottoponendole a carichi non previsti,
compiendo operazioni errate di montaggio, smontaggio e
trasporto;
• Non alterare la funzionalità delle strutture mediante
saldature, fori, intagli strutturali e qualsiasi altra operazione
che possa comprometterne l’integrità;
• Sottoporre le strutture ad accurati controlli e ad una
periodica manutenzione, evitando la formazione di
ruggine mediante regolare verniciatura;
• Verificare che non si formino infiltrazioni e ristagni
d’acqua all’interno delle strutture, o che ci sia occasione
d’intervento di agenti corrosivi, mantenendo sigillate
eventuali aperture e liberi i fori di drenaggio.
8.4.1.2 CONTROLLI DA EFFETTUARE PERIODICAMENTE
SULLE STRUTTURE
L’importanza delle strutture, ai fini della sicurezza, rende
assolutamente necessario e determinante il loro controllo
visivo periodico.
I controlli devono essere effettuati con:
• la frequenza prevista;
• i metodi di controllo prescritti;
• l’osservanza delle prescrizioni di seguito elencate.
Prescrizioni per effettuare i controlli sulle strutture:
1) Rimuovere tutte le parti che possono impedire l’accesso
alle strutture da controllare.
2) Pulire accuratamente tutte le strutture da controllare,
rimuovendo ogni traccia di grasso o ruggine che possa
impedire o rendere di difficile interpretazione il controllo.
3) Osservare con attenzione le varie parti della struttura da
controllare, facendo particolare attenzione ad eventuali
deformazioni, ammaccature, piegature, intagli o cricche.
4) Osservare con attenzione la struttura specialmente
in corrispondenza di saldature, nervature, raccordi,
cambiamenti di sezione e discontinuità in genere,
essendo queste le zone in cui più facilmente possono
innescarsi cricche e/o rotture se non sottoposte ad una
regolare manutenzione.
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
8.4.1 STRUCTURES
All steel structures of the attraction have been designed,
calculated and built to perform their duty.
In order to maximise their life and ensure good operation of
the ride some fundamental rules shall be observed, making
reference to what para. 8.2.
8.4.1.1 GENERAL RULES FOR THE USE AND
MAINTENANCE OF THE STRUCTURES
• Avoid damaging the structures by inappropriate use,
subjecting them to unforeseen loads, incorrect dismantling,
assembly and transport operations;
• Do not alter the functional character of the structures
by means of welding, holes, structural engravings or any
other operation that can damage their integrity;
• Subject the structures to careful checks and to periodic
maintenance, preventing rust formation by means of
regular painting;
• Verify that no water infiltration and stagnation inside
the structure occurs, that no corrosive agents come into
contact with the structure, keep openings sealed and
drainage holes clear.
8.4.1.2 CHECKS TO BE CARRIED OUT PERIODICALLY ON
STRUCTURES
The importance of structures with regard to safety makes
their periodic visual check absolutely necessary and critical.
The checks shall be carried out with:
• the foreseen frequency;
• the prescribed working methods;
• the observance of the directions described below.
Directions for carrying out structural checks:
1) Remove all parts that obstruct access to the structures
to be checked.
2) Carefully clean all structures to be checked, removing
any grease or rust which could affect the control or make
it difficult to be analysed.
3) The various parts of the structure to be checked shall
be thoroughly examined, paying great attention to any
buckling, dents, bending, engraving and cracks.
4) Thoroughly examine the structure, especially next to
welds, ribs, junctions, changes of section and irregular
points in general, as it is in these zones that cracks or
breaks can easily occur, if they are not continuously
monitored and maintained.
121
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride
5) Prestare particolare attenzione allo stato della
vernice. Se la vernice presenta eventuali fuoriuscite
di ruggine il materiale sottostante può presentare un
inizio di fessurazione. In tal caso occorrerà intervenire
tempestivamente per ripristinare lo stato originario del
componente lesionato.
6) Nel caso in cui l’esame visivo dia risultati dubbi e
rimanga il sospetto di possibili crepe od altro, rivolgersi
al Costruttore o a ditte specializzate in controlli non
distruttivi ed effettuare accertamenti più approfonditi.
7) Qualora si scoprissero crepe occorre sospendere
immediatamente le operazioni e mettersi in contatto
con il Costruttore o con un suo centro di assistenza
autorizzato.
8.4.1.3 COLLEGAMENTI CON BULLONERIA IN ACCIAIO
INFORMAZIONI GENERALI
I collegamenti a vite, sia quelli eseguiti in fabbrica e non
più smontabili se non per manutenzione o riparazione, sia
quelli che devono essere ripristinati ad ogni montaggio
dell’attrazione, sono tra gli elementi di maggiore importanza
per l’affidabilità e la sicurezza dell’attrazione.
CLASSI DI RESISTENZA
Sulle attrazioni vengono generalmente utilizzate viti
commerciali ad alta resistenza delle classi 8.8 e 10.9.
Le viti in classe 12.9 non vengono utilizzate in quanto,
nonostante l’altissima resistenza, possono dare luogo a
rotture fragili.
Utilizzare dadi con classe di resistenza compatibile con la
classe di resistenza delle viti a cui si accoppiano:
• Per viti classe 8.8 utilizzare dadi classe 8 EN 20898
(ISO 898).
• Per viti classe 10.9 utilizzare dadi classe 10 EN 20898
(ISO 898).
La classe di resistenza è facilmente identificabile in quanto
viti e dadi sono contrassegnati da sigle. In casi particolari
possono essere montate viti speciali, costruite appositamente
per l’attrazione: in tal caso la stampigliatura della classe di
resistenza può mancare.
Le viti speciali devono essere considerate parti di ricambio,
quindi ordinate unicamente al Costruttore, e non possono
essere sostituite con viti diverse.
Nota: Quando previste, utilizzare esclusivamente rosette per
bulloneria ad alta resistenza.
Attenzione!
IN CASO DI SOSTITUZIONE È ASSOLUTAMENTE
OBBLIGATORIO UTILIZZARE VITI E DADI DELLA STESSA
CLASSE DI RESISTENZA RISPETTIVAMENTE DELLE VITI E
DEI DADI ORIGINALI. È VIETATO UTILIZZARE PERTANTO
VITI E DADI DI MATERIALE DIVERSO DA QUELLO
ORIGINARIO O CON CARATTERISTICHE DIFFERENTI.
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com
5) Pay great attention to the condition of paint. If there
is any rust, the beginning of a flaw may be present in
the metal below. In this case it is necessary to intervene
immediately in order to restore the original condition of
the damaged component.
6) If the visual examination gives inconclusive results and
there is the suspicion of possible cracks or other flaws,
contact the Manufacturer or with companies specializing
in non-destructive testing and carry out more thorough
checks.
7) If you find cracks, stop all operations immediately and
contact the Manufacturer or his authorized service
centre for the necessary interventions.
8.4.1.3 CONNECTIONS WITH STEEL BOLTS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Steel bolted connections, both those made in the factory,
which can be removed only for maintenance or repair, and
those that are to be replaced on each assembly of the ride,
are among the most important elements with regard to the
reliability and safety of the attraction.
RESISTANCE CLASSES
Standard class 8.8 and 10.9 high tensile strength fixings are
generally used on the attractions.
The screws of class 12.9 are not used as they can fail by
brittle fracture in spite of their very high resistance.
Use nuts with resistance class compatible with the resistance
class of their corresponding screws:
• For screws class 8.8 use nuts class 8 EN 20898 (ISO 898).
• For screws class 10.9 use nuts class 10 EN 20898 (ISO 898).
The resistance class is easily identifiable as screws and nuts
are marked by acronyms. In certain cases special screws
can be assembled, which have been built expressly for the
attraction: in these instances the resistance class on the
fixing can be missing.
The special screws shall be considered as spare parts;
therefore they shall be ordered only from the Manufacturer
and they cannot be replaced by different screws.
Note: Use only washers for high resistance bolts, when they
are necessary.
Warning!
IN CASE OF REPLACEMENT ALWAYS USE SCREWS
AND NUTS OF THE SAME RESISTANCE CLASS OF THAT
OF ORIGINAL SCREWS AND NUTS. THEREFORE DO
NOT USE SCREWS AND NUTS OF A MATERIAL THAT IS
DIFFERENT FROM THE ORIGINAL ONE OR THAT HAS
DIFFERENT CHARACTERISTICS
122
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

SERRAGGIO TIGHTENING
Il corretto serraggio delle viti è fondamentale per un sicuro The correct tightening of the screws is fundamental to the
funzionamento del collegamento. proper functioning of the connection.
Una chiusura troppo energica (sovra-serraggio) può infatti An over-tightened connection can cause permanent
comportare deformazioni plastiche permanenti che deformation affecting the soundness of the connection.
compromettono la solidità del collegamento. An under-tightened connection can cause:
Una chiusura troppo lenta (sotto-serraggio) può invece • breakage due to fatigue;
comportare: • loosening;
• cedimenti per affaticamento; • relative sliding of the connected parts and shearing of the
• allentamenti; bolt;
• scorrimenti relativi delle parti collegate e taglio del bullone; • vibrations and shaking of the connected parts.
• vibrazioni e scuotimenti delle parti collegate. In order to correctly torque screws or to verify periodically
Per ottenere un corretto serraggio della vite, o verificarne the torques, use only a torque wrench with appropriate
periodicamente il serraggio, occorre utilizzare esclusivamente dimensions, after reading carefully the instructions for use
una chiave dinamometrica di dimensioni appropriate, dopo supplied with the wrench.
avere letto attentamente le istruzioni per l’uso fornite con la In the case of bolts, the correct method for tighten ing is to
chiave stessa. rotate the nut and not the head of the screw.
Nel caso di bulloni il corretto serraggio deve essere effettuato
mediante rotazione del dado e non della testa della vite.

Attenzione! Warning!

SELF-LOCKING NUTS REMOVED DURING DISMANTLING

I DADI AUTOFRENANTI SOGGETTI A SMONTAGGI
SHALL BE REPLACED SYSTEMATICALLY AT EVERY
DEVONO ESSERE SOSTITUITI AD OGNI MONTAGGIO.
ASSEMBLY.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 123
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

TABELLA COPPIE DI SERRAGGIO TABLE OF TIGHTENING TORQUES

La seguente tabella 1 riporta i valori delle coppie di serraggio
per viti con filettatura ISO a passo grosso, leggermente
lubrificate. I valori riportati sono ripresi dalla bibliografia
maggiormente accreditata.
La tabella 2 riporta le coppie di serraggio di bulloni per giunti
speciali
The following table 1 includes the values of the tightening
torques for the screws with ISO coarse pitch thread, sligthly
lubricated. The values indicated are collected by the most
valuable bibliography.
The table 2 includes the values of tightening torques for
special nuts and joints.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 124
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

8.4.1.4 COPPIA DI SERRAGGIO DEI BULLONI PER 8.4.1.4 BOLT TIGHTENING TORQUE FOR NORMAL
GIUNTI NORMALI JOINTS

Per la determinazione dei valori è stato supposto un To determine the values, a 0,14 friction coefficient was
coefficiente d’attrito di 0,14 (vite nuova non lubrificata o con supposed (new bolt, not lubricated or with "DACROMET 320
rivestimento "DACROMET 320 B"). B" coating).
VITERIA A PASSO GROSSO SCREWS WITH LARGE THREAD

CHIAVE
VITE 6.8 8.8 10.9
KEY
BOLT
Nm lbf·ft Nm lbf·ft Nm lbf·ft mm
M8 21 15 25 18 35 25 13
M 10 41 30 49 36 69 51 17
M 12 70 52 84 62 120 88 19
(M 14) 115 85 135 100 190 140 22
M 16 176 130 206 152 350 258 24
(M 18) 240 177 290 214 410 302 27
M 20 338 249 402 297 600 442 30
(M 22) 456 336 539 398 900 664 32
M 24 588 434 696 514 1100 811 36
M 27 873 644 1030 760 1650 1217 41
M 30 1177 869 1422 1049 2200 1623 46
(M 33) 1688 1231 1977 1459 2784 2054 50
M 36 2134 1575 2524 1863 3340 2464 55
TABELLA 1
TABLE 1

Giunto normale (vite passante)

Normal joints (bolted joint)

( ) VITERIE NON DI SERIE

( ) Special bolts

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 125
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

8.4.1.5 COPPIA DI SERRAGGIO DEI BULLONI GIUNTI 8.4.1.5 BOLT TIGHTENING TORQUE FOR SPECIAL
SPECIALI JOINTS

Coppia di serraggio delle viti "mordenti" in funzione del
materiale dell'elemento di fissaggio.
Per la determinazione dei valori è stato supposto un
coefficiente d’attrito di 0,14 (vite nuova non lubrificata o con
rivestimento "DACROMET 320 B").
Tightening torque of coach screws in function of thr material
of the fastening element.
To determine the values, a 0,14 friction coefficient was
supposed (new bolt, not lubricated or with "DACROMET 320
B" coating)

CHIAVE
S. 275 S. 355
VITE KEY
BOLT
Nm lbf·ft Nm lbf·ft mm

M8 14 10 17 12 13
M 10 27 20 33 24 17
M 12 46 34 56 41 19
(M 14) 73 54 90 66 22
M 16 113 83 141 104 24
(M 18) 157 116 194 143 27
M 20 222 164 275 202 30
(M 22) 305 225 376 277 32
M 24 383 282 474 350 36
M 27 568 419 703 519 41
M 30 772 561 955 705 46
TABELLA 2
TABLE 2

Giunto speciale (vite mordente)

Special joints (Tapped thread joint)

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 126
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

8.5 TABELLA MANUTENZIONE MECCANICA 8.5 TABLE OF THE MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE

MANUTENZIONE GIORNALIERA
RIF.
DAILY MAINTENANCE
8.6.1 Gruppo unità passeggeri
Giornalmente prima di iniziare l’utilizzo della macchina controllare che tutte le leve antiritorno siano
perfettamente integre.
Nel caso si riscontrasse una rottura bisogna vietare l’utilizzo del soggetto e sostituire la leva. 128
8.6.1 Passenger unit
Daily, before using the ride check that all nonreturn (safety) levers are in perfect conditions. If a breaking will be
detected it is necessary to forbid the use of the vehicle and replace the lever(s).
8.6.2 Ispezione dei sedili
Giornalmente, prima di aprire l’attrazione al pubblico, ispezionare con cura i sedili in vetroresina per verificare
che non siano presenti evidenti segni di usura, cricche, danni od allentamenti nella struttura di sostegno (telaio).
Verificare giornalmente visivamente lo stato di usura delle ruote.
Controllare giornalmente visivamente il fissaggio della ruota
128
8.6.2 Inspection of the seats
Daily, before operning the ride to the public, carefully inspect the FRP seats to check that there are not damages,
cracks, wears or loosenings of the supporting structure (frame) .
Every day, check the wheels for wear.
Every day, check that the wheel is correctly fixed.
8.6.3 Giornalmente controllare eventuali perdite di aria su tutto il circuito.
130
8.6.3 Daily check the entire circuit to assure there are no air losses.

MANUTENZIONE SETTIMANALE
RIF.
WEEKLY MAINTENANCE
8.7.1 settimanalmente verificare il tensionamento dei tappeto
130
8.7.1 Weekly check the belt tension

MANUTENZIONE MENSILE
RIF.
MONTHLY MAINTENANCE
8.8.1 Verificare mensilmente visivamente lo stato di usura delle ruote.
131
8.8.1 Monthly, check the wear’s wheels
8.8.2 Controllo fotocellule
132
8.8.2 Photocells

MANUTENZIONE SEMESTRALE
RIF.
SIX MONTHSMAINTENANCE
8.9.1 Semestralmente controllare che non ci siano vistose perdite d'olio dal riduttore. Nel caso di perdite d'olio
procedere con rabbocco
133
8.9.1 Every 6 months check that there is NOT serious oil leakage from gearbox. Only in case of serious leakage
refill the gearbox
8.9.2 Semestralmente controllare il fissaggio dei bulloni della la base
133
8.9.2 Every six months check the fastening anchored base

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 127
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

8.6 MANUTENZIONE GIORNALIERA 8.6 DAILY MAINTENANCE

8.6.1 GRUPPO UNITÀ PASSEGGERI 8.6.1 PASSENGER UNIT

1) Giornalmente prima di iniziare l’utilizzo della macchina 1) Daily, before using the ride check that all nonreturn
controllare che tutte le leve antiritorno siano (safety) levers are in perfect conditions.
perfettamente integre. If a breaking will be detected it is necessary
Nel caso si riscontrasse una rottura bisogna vietare l’utilizzo to forbid the use of the vehicle and replace
del soggetto e sostituire la leva. the lever(s).

8.6.2 ISPEZIONE DEI SEDILI 8.6.2 INSPECTION OF THE SEATS

2) Giornalmente, prima di aprire l’attrazione al pubblico, 2) Daily, before operning the ride to the public, carefully
ispezionare con cura i sedili in vetroresina per verificare inspect the FRP seats to check that there are not
che non siano presenti evidenti segni di usura, cricche, damages, cracks, wears or loosenings of the supporting
danni od allentamenti nella struttura di sostegno (telaio). structure (frame) .
Verificare giornalmente visivamente lo stato di usura delle Every day, check the wheels for wear.
ruote. Every day, check that the wheel is correctly fixed.
Controllare giornalmente visivamente il fissaggio della ruota.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 128
www.zamperla.com
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A
CASSETTA 800X600X300 CASSETTA 800X600X300

DOSSO-CHUTE 5 m
PERDITE DI ARIA SU TUTTO IL CIRCUITO.

CILINDRI TENSIONAMENTO NASTRO STAZIONE

8.6.3 GIORNALMENTE CONTROLLARE EVENTUALI

"CILINDRO D.80/400 (ALFAMATIC)"

Tubo alimentazione aria Ø10x8

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
DOSSO-CHUTE 11 m
Flume ride
Use and maintenance manual

Simboli saldature: EN 2553 Quote senza tolleranze specifiche:

Rev. A 1° Emissione Welding symbols: EN 2553 - carpenteria: EN 13920 Cl. A-E
Preparazione dei lembi da saldare: EN 9692 - lavorazioni meccaniche: EN 22768 Cl. m-k
Data/Date 19/10/2020 16/12/2020 Welding joint preparation: EN 9692 Dimensions without specific tolerances:
Se non diversamente specificato smussare gli spigoli vivi - steel structures: EN 13920 Cl. A-E
Unless otherwise specified break sharp edges - machining: EN 22768 Cl. m-k
Firma/Signature Miglioranza R. Miglioranza R.
Materiale Massa
Disegnato/Drawn Controllato/Checked Approvato/Approved Material Mass 0 kg

Macchina
Ride FLUME RIDE
Gruppo ASS. SCHEMA POSIZ.COMP.PNEUM.DOSSI 5-1 Scala
1:10
Group Scale
Via Monte Grappa, 15-17 - 36077 ALTAVILLA VICENTINA (VI) - ITALIA Descrizione SCHEMA PNEUMATICO Formato
Tel. +39.0444.998400 - Fax +39.0444.573720 A2
e-mail: zamperla@zamperla.it - http://www.zamperla.com Description PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM Format
Questo documento rimane di prorpietà di Antonio Zamperla S.p.A. Contiene informazioni riservate
e non può essere riprodotto e/o reso noto a terzi senza nostra specifica autorizzazione scritta N° disegno Foglio
This document remains the property of Antonio Zamperla S.p.A. It contains confidential information 1/1
and can not be reproduced and/or divulged to any third party without our specific written consent
Drawing N. 9330159004 Rev. A Sheet
ASSURE THERE ARE NO AIR LOSSES.

129
8.6.3 DAILY CHECK THE ENTIRE CIRCUIT TO
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

8.7 MANUTENZIONE SETTIMANALE 8.7 WEEKLY MAINTENANCE

8.7.1 SETTIMANALMENTE VERIFICARE IL 8.7.1 WEEKLY CHECK THE BELT TENSION
TENSIONAMENTO DEI TAPPETO To service electric motor and reducer, please consult the
Per la manutenzione relativa al motore elettrico e riduttore, attached makers’ manuals.
vedi relativi manuali allegati delle ditte costruttrici.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 130
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

8.8 MANUTENZIONE MENSILE 8.8 MONTHLY MAINTENANCE

8.8.1 VERIFICARE MENSILMENTE VISIVAMENTE 8.8.1 MONTHLY, CHECK THE WEAR’S WHEELS
LO STATO DI USURA DELLE RUOTE. 1) Monthly, measure the diameter of the wheels and
1) Mensilmente misurare il diametro delle ruota e replace them when they reach a diameter of 190mm.
sostituirla quando raggiunge un diametro pari a 190mm. 2) Monthly, check that the wheel is correctly fixed.
2) Controllare mensilmente visivamente il fissaggio della
ruota .

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 131
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

8.8.2 CONTROLLO FOTOCELLULE 8.8.2 PHOTOCELLS

3) Mensilmente controllare il corretto fissaggio delle 3) Monthly check the correct fixing of the PHOTOCELLS.
fotocellule di sicurezza.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 132
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

8.9 MANUTENZIONE SEMESTRALE 8.9 SIX MONTHS MAINTENANCE

8.9.1 SEMESTRALMENTE CONTROLLARE CHE 8.9.1 EVERY 6 MONTHS CHECK THAT THERE IS NOT
NON CI SIANO VISTOSE PERDITE D'OLIO DAL SERIOUS OIL LEAKAGE FROM GEARBOX.
RIDUTTORE. NEL CASO DI PERDITE D'OLIO ONLY IN CASE OF SERIOUS LEAKAGE REFILL
PROCEDERE CON RABBOCCO THE GEARBOX
8.9.2 SEMESTRALMENTE CONTROLLARE IL 8.9.2 EVERY SIX MONTHS CHECK THE FASTENING
FISSAGGIO DEI BULLONI DELLA LA BASE ANCHORED BASE

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 133
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

8.10 AVVERTENZE DI SICUREZZA PER LA 8.10 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE USE OF THE
GESTIONE DELL'IMPIANTO ELETTRICO ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

Attenzione! Warning!

NON MODIFICARE, IN NESSUN MODO, L’IMPIANTO DO NOT MODIFY, IN ANY WAY, THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
ELETTRICO DELLA MACCHINA. QUALSIASI TENTATIVO OF THE RIDE. ANY ATTEMPT ON THIS REGARD MIGHT
A TALE RIGUARDO, PUÒ COMPROMETTERE IL COMPROMISE THE OPERATION OF THE ELECTRICAL
FUNZIONAMENTO DEI DISPOSITIVI ELETTRICI DEVICES CAUSIING, IN THAT WAY, MALFUNCTIONS OR
PROVOCANDO, IN TAL MODO, MALFUNZIONAMENTI ACCIDENTS.
OD INCIDENTI. WORKS ON THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM OF THE RIDE MUST,
I LAVORI NELL’IMPIANTO ELETTRICO DELLA MACCHINA THEREFORE, BE CARRIED OUT ONLY AND EXCLUSIVELY
DEVONO, PERTANTO, ESSERE ESEGUITI SOLO ED BY SPECIALIZED AND AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL.
ESCLUSIVAMENTE DA PERSONALE SPECIALIZZATO ED
AUTORIZZATO.

Attenzione! Warning!

PRIMA DI ESEGUIRE UN INTERVENTO SULL'IMPIANTO BEFORE STARTING A MAINTENANCE WORK ON THE

ELETTRICO OCCORRE : ELECTRICAL SYSTEM, THE FOLLOWING IS REQUIRED:
- METTERE L’ATTRAZIONE IN STATO DI MANUTENZIONE - RIDE MUST BE IN MAINTENANCE POSITION
- INDOSSARE I MEZZI DI PROTEZIONE INDIVIDUALE - MAINTENANCE ENGINEER MUST WEAR ALL NEEDED
(D.P.I.) RICHIESTI NELL'OPERAZIONE ; SAFETY DEVICES
- AVER OTTENUTO LE NECESSARIE AUTORIZZAZIONI - AUTHORIZATION BY OWNER AND /OR CONTROLLER.
DAL PROPRIETARIO E/O CONTROLLORE . - USE OF INSULATED TOOLS IF NECESSARY.
- SE NECESSARIO UTILIZZARE UTENSILI ISOLATI.

Attenzione! Warning!

MANTENERE I VANI DEL MOTORE PULITI ED ASCIUTTI THE MOTOR COMPARTMENTS MUST BE CLEAN AND
E LE APERTURE DI VENTILAZIONE SGOMBRE DA DRY AND THE VENTILATION OPENINGS MUST BE CLEAR
OSTACOLI CHE POTREBBERO COMPROMETTERE TO GRANT ALWAYS A PROPER MOTOR’S COOLING.
IL RAFFREDDAMENTO DEL MOTORE STESSO CON THE IDENTIFICATION PLATES AND THE ARROWS
CONSEGUENTE RISCHIO DI SOVRATEMPERATURA. INDICATING THE ROTATION WAY OF THE MOTORS
MANTENERE LEGGIBILI, MEDIANTE ACCURATA PULIZIA, MUST BE ALWAYS CLEAN TO MAKE THEM LEGIBLE.
LE TARGHE IDENTIFICATIVE E LE FRECCE CHE INDICANO
IL SENSO DI ROTAZIONE DEI MOTORI.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 134
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

8.11 MANUTENZIONE DELL’EQUIPAGGIAMENTO 8.11 MAINTENANCE OF ELECTRIC EQUIPMENT

ELETTRICO

Ogni settimana

Ogni tre mesi

Ogni sei mesi

Intervento

Ogni giorno

six months
Ogni mese

Ogni anno
Activity

Monthly

quaterly
Weekly

annual
Daily
Controllare giornalmente il corretto funzionamento del pulsante di
emergenza
Daily check of Emergency Stop function.
Controllare giornalmente il corretto funzionamento dei comandi a doppia
mano ( Start+Load run) Il ciclo deve entrare in funzione dopo 0.5 secondi.
Daily check of dual-hand function (ride cycle should start within 0.5 sec)
Controllare mensilmente i compomenti del quadro elettric (integrità dei
cavi , eventuali tracce di surriscaldamento)
Monthly visual inspection of MCC major electrical components (integrity of
in/out cables, traces of overheating, …)
Annualmente verificare la corretta messa a terra
Yearly check if ground connection of power system is fine
Annualmente verificare l'integrità delle targhe presenti all'interno del
quadro elettrico
Check if PCC and MCC legend plates are damaged or reared. Replace if
necessary
Annualmente verificare l'interruttore differenziale (luci e generale)
Early check the earth leakage device using the proper test button (light and
main)
Pulire i vani dei motori elettrici, verificare che le aperture di ventilazione
siano sgombre da ostacoli che potrebbero compromettere il raffreddamento
del motore stesso con conseguente rischio di sovratemperatura.
Clean the engine compartments, make sure that the ventilation openings
are free of any obstacles that could compromise the cooling of the engine
causing overtemperature.
Pulire i ventilatori dei quadri elettrici. Mantenere sempre chiuse le ante dei
quadri, una porta aperta modifica il percorso del flusso d’aria previsto e in
certi casi può portare ad un surriscaldamento. Inoltre c’è la possibilità di
aspirare aria non filtrata che sporca più rapidamente
Clean the fans of the electrical cabinets. Keep the doors always closed and
open door might change the airflow and in some cases cause overheating.
Furthermore, unfiltered air shall foul faster.
Controllare i morsetti di potenza
I morsetti di potenza devono essere sempre accuratamente serrati. Un
morsetto lento riscalda parecchio e può essere origine di incendio o altri
danni gravi
Check the terminal blocks
The terminal blocks must always be carefully tightened. A loose terminal
block warms a lot and can be cause of fire or other serious damages.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 135
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

8.12 MANUTENZIONE STRAORDINARIA 8.12 EXTRAORDINARY MAINTENANCE

In condizioni di normale funzionamento dell’attrazione non
sono richieste regolazioni ed interventi diversi da quelli
indicati e previsti nel manuale come manutenzione ordinaria.
Tutti gli interventi di manutenzione non previsti nel presente
manuale sono da considerare "Manutenzione straordinaria",
in quanto richiedono conoscenza approfondita e specialistica
dell’attrazione.
In normal working conditions adjustments or work other
than those stated in the manual as standard maintenance
are not required.
Any maintenance work not foreseen in this manual shall be
considered as "Extraordinary Maintenance", as they need a
thorough and specialist knowledge of the attraction.

Attenzione! Warning!

IN NESSUN CASO IL PROPRIETARIO E/O IL CONTROLLORE THE OWNER AND/OR CONTROLLER SHALL NEVER
POTRÀ PROVVEDERE DIRETTAMENTE O TRAMITE ARRANGE DIRECTLY OR BY MEANS OF HIS STAFF FOR
PROPRI INCARICATI. THESE WORKS TO BE CARRIED OUT.
GLI INTERVENTI DI MANUTENZIONE STRAORDINARIA THE EXTRAORDINARY MAINTENANCE SHALL BE
SONO RISERVATI ESCLUSIVAMENTE AL COSTRUTTORE CARRIED OUT ONLY BY THE MANUFACTURER OR BY
OD A TECNICI SPECIALIZZATI ED IDONEI, OD A EXPERT AND QUALIFIED ENGINEERS OR BY STAFF
PERSONALE ESPRESSAMENTE AUTORIZZATO DAL EXPRESSLY AUTHORIZED BY THE MANUFACTURER .
COSTRUTTORE STESSO.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 136
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

9. R I PA R A Z I O N I-M O D I F I C H E 9. R E PA I R S - M O D I F I C AT I O N S -
LIMITAZIONI-DIVIETI LIMITATIONS-PROHIBITIONS
In questo capitolo troverete le informazioni e le istruzioni per This chapter provides the information and instructions to
comprendere quali interventi non sono autorizzati. understand which interventions are not authorized.

I destinatari del capitolo sono: The staff concerned by this chapter are:

Al termine della lettura i destinatari devono conoscere At the end of the reading the staff shall know that it is not
che sull’attrazione non si può intervenire sempre in prima always possible to carry out interventions on the attraction
persona. personally.
9.1 RIPARAZIONI 9.1 REPAIRS

Attenzione! Warning!

LE RIPARAZIONI CONSISTONO IN OPERAZIONI REPAIRS ARE OPERATIONS TO RESTORE THE WORKING

FINALIZZATE AL RIPRISTINO DEL FUNZIONAMENTO OF ATTRACTION COMPONENTS, BY MEANS OF
DELLE COMPONENTI DELL’ATTRAZIONE,MEDIANTE MENDING OR REPLACING THE COMPONENT, WHICH
AGGIUSTATURA O SOSTITUZIONE DEL PEZZO, CHE SI ARE NECESSARY FOLLOWING A FAILURE OR A
RENDONO NECESSARIE IN CONSEGUENZA DI ROTTURA MALFUNCTION DUE TO NATURAL CAUSES, TO HUMAN
O MALFUNZIONAMENTO DI PARTI DELL’ATTRAZIONE, FACTORS OR TO BOTH.
PROVOCATO DA CAUSE NATURALI, O DA FATTI UMANI, BY REPAIRING THE COMPONENT IS RESTORED TO ITS
O DA ENTRAMBI. ORIGINAL SPECIFICATIONS, DIMENSIONS, RESISTANCE,
ATTRAVERSO LA RIPARAZIONE SI OTTIENE LA CAPACITY AND FITNESS FOR USE AND FOR ITS
REINTEGRAZIONE DEL COMPONENTE NELLE SUE DESIGNED FUNCTION.
CARATTERISTICHE ORIGINARIE DI COMPOSIZIONE, REPAIRS WHICH DO NOT OBSERVE THIS RULE ARE
DIMENSIONI, TENUTA, RESISTENZA, CAPACITÀ,ED MODIFICATIONS AND THEY CAN BE CARRIED OUT ONLY
IDONEITÀ ALL’USO OD ALLA FUNZIONE CUI È IN THE WAY DESCRIBED BELOW.
DESTINATO. THE REPAIR OF A DAMAGED COMPONENT SHALL
LA RIPARAZIONE CHE NON RISPETTI TALE CRITERIO BE CARRIED OUT BY THE MANUFACTURER OR
COSTITUISCE MODIFICA, E NON PUÒ ESSERE BY SPECIALIZED STAFF AUTHORIZED BY THE
EFFETTUATA, SE NON CON LE MODALITÀ IN SEGUITO MANUFACTURER.
DESCRITTE. THE MATERIALS USED FOR REPAIRING SHALL HAVE A
LA RIPARAZIONE DI UN COMPONENTE LESIONATO SUITABLE QUALITY; IN CASE OF REPLACEMENT USE
DEVE ESSERE EFFETTUATA DAL COSTRUTTORE O DA ONLY COMPONENTS SUPPLIED BY THE MANUFACTURER
PERSONALE SPECIALIZZATO ED AUTORIZZATO DAL OR BY ONE OF HIS AUTHORISED SUPPLIERS.
COSTRUTTORE STESSO.
NELL’ESEGUIRE LE RIPARAZIONI DEVONO ESSERE
UTILIZZATI MATERIALI QUALITATIVAMENTE ADEGUATI;
IN CASO DI SOSTITUZIONI DEVONO ESSERE ADOPERATI
SOLO COMPONENTI FORNITI DAL COSTRUTTORE O
DALLO STESSO AUTORIZZATI.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 137
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

9.2 MODIFICHE 9.2 MODIFICATIONS

Attenzione! Warning!

LE MODIFICHE SONO MUTAZIONI DELLO STATO MODIFICATIONS ARE CHANGES TO THE ORIGINAL
ORIGINARIO DELL’ATTRAZIONE O DI SUE COMPONENTI CONDITION OF THE ATTRACTION OR OF ITS
SEPARATE, CHE COMPORTANO UNA DIFFERENZIAZIONE COMPONENTS, THUS CREATING A DIFFERENCE
RISPETTO AL MODELLO OD ALL’IMPIANTO ORIGINARIO BETWEEN THE NEW CONFIGURATION AND THAT
DEL COSTRUTTORE. INTENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER.
LE MODIFICHE ALL’ATTRAZIONE O A PARTI DI ESSA THE MODIFICATIONS OF THE ATTRACTION OR OF ITS
NON SONO CONSENTITE, E LA LORO ESECUZIONE PUÒ PARTS ARE NOT ALLOWED, AND THEY CAN AFFECT THE
COMPROMETTERE IL CORRETTO FUNZIONAMENTO CORRECT OPERATION OF THE RIDE, ITS SAFETY AND ITS
DELL’ATTRAZIONE, LA SUA SICUREZZA ED IL SUO PRESERVATION.
MANTENIMENTO. IF MODIFICATIONS OF THE ATTRACTION ARE
QUALORA VENGA RAVVISATA LA NECESSITÀ NECESSARY, THESE SHALL BE AGREED WITH THE
DI APPORTARE MODIFICHE ALL’ATTRAZIONE, MANUFACTURER, WHO WILL ALSO BE ABLE TO
ESSE DOVRANNO ESSERE CONCORDATE CON IL SUPPLY THE TECHNICAL DOCUMENTS RELATED TO THE
COSTRUTTORE, IL QUALE POTRÀ FORNIRE ANCHE LA MODIFICATION.
DOCUMENTAZIONE TECNICA RELATIVA ALLA MODIFICA BEFORE CARRYING OUT THE MODIFICATION IT WILL BE
APPORTATA. NECESSARY TO VERIFY:
PER L’ESECUZIONE DELLA MODIFICA DOVRANNO - THE QUALITATIVE STANDARDS TO BE USED;
ESSERE PREVENTIVAMENTE VERIFICATI: - THE OBSERVANCE OF THE LIMITS AND CONDITIONS
- GLI STANDARD QUALITATIVI DA UTILIZZARSI; ESTABLISHED BY THE MANUFACTURER;
- IL RISPETTO DEI LIMITI E DELLE CONDIZIONI POSTI - THE ADEQUACY OF THE OVERALL SAFETY AND
DAL COSTRUTTORE; OPERATION OF THE RIDE.
- L’ADEGUATEZZA DELLA SICUREZZA GENERALE E THE MANUFACTURER IS EMPOWERED TO REFUSE TO
PARTICOLARE DELL’ATTRAZIONE, SOTTO OGNI PROFILO. CARRY OUT THE REQUIRED MODIFICATION, IF THIS
IL COSTRUTTORE AVRÀ FACOLTÀ DI RIFIUTARE DI DOES NOT OBSERVE THE ESTABLISHED CRITERIA.
APPORTARE LA MODIFICA RICHIESTA, QUALORA NON IF THE OWNER AND/OR CONTROLLER OF THE
RISCONTRI IL RISPETTO DEI CRITERI INDICATI. ATTRACTION CARRIES OUT THE MODIFICATION
QUALORA IL PROPRIETARIO E/O CONTROLLORE DIRECTLY OR BY MEANS OF A THIRD PARTY, HE WILL
DELL’ATTRAZIONE PROVVEDA DIRETTAMENTE O BE IN ANY CASE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE EVENTUAL
TRAMITE TERZI AD ESEGUIRE LA MODIFICA, SARÀ DETRIMENTAL CONSEQUENCES AND FOR ANY
COMUNQUE RESPONSABILE DELLE EVENTUALI INCORRECT OPERATION OR USE OF THE ATTRACTION
CONSEGUENZE DANNOSE CHE DOVESSERO WHICH SHOULD ARISE FROM THE MODIFICATION.
COMUNQUE DERIVARE IN DIPENDENZA DELLA
MODIFICA APPORTATA, E DI OGNI NON CORRETTO
FUNZIONAMENTO OD UTILIZZO DELL’ATTRAZIONE.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 138
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

9.3 MODIFICA CRITICA PER LA SICUREZZA 9.3 SAFETY CRITICAL MODIFICATION

La modifica include ogni cambiamento a: Such a modification includes any change to :

- il caricamento (ad esempio un cambio della disposizione - loading (e.g. changing seating arrangements,fitting heavier
dei posti a sedere, il montaggio di unità passenger units);
passeggeri più pesanti); • speed or operating cycle ;
• la velocità del ciclo di funzionamento; • range (e.g. height of lift) ;
• la portata (ad esempio l’altezza di sollevamento); • safety envelope ;
• i limiti di sicurezza; • safety-critical components, devices or systems ;
• i componenti, dispositivi o sistemi critici per la sicurezza; • structural and mechanical components ;
• i componenti strutturali e meccanici; • drive mechanisms ;
• i meccanismi di trazione; • control mechanisms (e.g. brakes, shock absorbers, speed
• i meccanismi di controllo (ad esempio: freni, limiters, etc. ...) ;
ammortizzatori, limitatori di velocità, ecc. ...); • software ;
• il software; • passenger containment (including fencing and barriers);
• il contenimento dei passeggeri (incluse ringhiere e • passenger height restrictions;
barriere); • reinstallation of a fixed device in a different location.
• le restrizioni nell’altezza dei passeggeri; This list is not exhaustive. If in doubt, it should be assumed
• l’installazione di un dispositivo fisso in una diversa that every modification is safety-critical and the advice of the
posizione. Manufacturer be sought.
Questa lista non è esaustiva. In caso di dubbio si dovrà
assumere che ogni modifica sia critica per la sicurezza e
rivolgersi al Costruttore secondo le modalità sopra riportate.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 139
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

10. RICAMBI 10. SPARE PARTS

Al termine della lettura i destinatari devono conoscere: At the end of the reading the staff shall know:
• come ottenere i ricambi necessari; • how to get the necessary spare parts;
• quali ricambi sono importanti per la sicurezza; • which spare parts are important for safety;
• quali ricambi devono essere disponibili per poter garantire • which spare parts shall be at disposal in order to ensure
il funzionamento dell’attrazione. safe operation of the attraction.

I destinatari del capitolo sono: Addresses of the chapter are:

Attenzione! Warning!

LE PARTI DI RICAMBIO POSSONO ESSERE SOSTITUITE THE PARTS CAN BE SUBSTITUTED EVEN BEFORE THE
ANCHE PRIMA DEL TEMPO STABILITO, SENZA STATED TIME WITHOUT WAITING THAT THE PART IS
ATTENDERE CHE IL PEZZO SIA COMPLETAMENTE COMPLETELY WORN, SINCE THE SUBSTITUTION OF
LOGORO, IN QUANTO LA SOSTITUZIONE DI UNA O ONE OR MORE PARTS AT THE MOST APPROPRIATE
PIÙ PARTI AL MOMENTO OPPORTUNO SIGNIFICA MOMENT MEANS IMPROVING THE FUNCTIONING AND
MIGLIORARE IL FUNZIONAMENTO E LA DURATA DURATION OF THE RIDE.
DELL’INTERA ATTRAZIONE. ZAMPERLA S.P.A. IS NOT RESPONSIBLE OF ANY DAMAGE
ZAMPERLA S.P.A. DECLINA OGNI RESPONSABILITÀ DERIVING FROM THE ABNORMAL BEHAVIOUR OF
PER DANNI CHE POSSONO DERIVARE DALL’ANOMALO THE PARTS OF THE COMPONENTS WHICH HAVE NOT
COMPORTAMENTO DI PARTI E/O COMPONENTI BEEN APPROVED BY THE MANUFACTURER, INCLUDING
NON APPROVATI DAL FABBRICANTE, INCLUSI QUELLI THOSE USED IN THE MAINTENANCE SERVICE AND / OR
IMPIEGATI NELLA MANUTENZIONE E/O RIPARAZIONE REPAIR OF THE RIDE.
DELLA MACCHINA.

10.1 COME RICHIEDERE I RICAMBI 10.1 HOW TO REQUEST SPARE PARTS

Per l’ordinazione di parti di ricambio è necessario fornire i When ordering spare parts it is necessary to provide the
seguenti dati, che garantiranno velocità e correttezza della following data, which will ensure speed and accuracy of the
fonitura. supply.
• Dalla targhetta di identificazione: • From the nameplate:
- Numero di serie (Serial N.); - Serial Number (Serial Number);
- Nome dell’attrazione (Ride Name). - Ride Name.
• Dal manuale: • From the manual:
- Codice del ricambio. - Parts Number.
10.2 CATALOGO RICAMBI 10.2 PARTS CATALOG
Nelle pagine seguenti sono riportati i codici delle parti di In the following pages there is the list of the part numbers
ricambio con annesse le figure per identificare le parti. with pictures to identify the parts.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 140
 F
DOSSO-CHUTE-A : H=10 mt

SECT. F-F
SECT. A-A

D
O-O
PIANO CAMPAGNA
0-0 Walk-way level

F D

SECT. D-D
SCALE 1:50
E
SECT. C-C

C3

L L
SECT. E-E
SCALE 1:50

C4

SEZ. L-L TIPICA DEL CANALE

DOSSO-CHUTE-A-H=5 mt

SCALE 1:20
L-L TYPICAL SECTION OF THE CHANNEL

C5

C6

DOSSO-CHUTE -B- H 10mt

C1

G
DOSSO-CHUTE-A : H=5 mt
SECT. G-G
C2 SECT. B-B

H N.B. INCLINAZIONE DEL PERCORSO 3/1000

Track Inclination 3/1000

PIANO CAMPAGNA
Walk-way level Simboli saldature: EN 2553
0-0 Rev. A 1° Emissione Welding symbols: EN 2553
Preparazione dei lembi da saldare: EN 9692
Quote senza tolleranze specifiche:
- carpenteria: EN 13920 Cl. A-E
- lavorazioni meccaniche: EN 22768 Cl. m-k
Data/Date 18/09/2020 Welding joint preparation: EN 9692 Dimensions without specific tolerances:
Se non diversamente specificato smussare gli spigoli vivi - steel structures: EN 13920 Cl. A-E
Unless otherwise specified break sharp edges - machining: EN 22768 Cl. m-k
Firma/Signature
Materiale Massa
Disegnato/Drawn Controllato/Checked Approvato/Approved Material Mass kg

Macchina
H Ride FLUME RIDE
Gruppo Scala
G NON DI FORNITURA "Zamperla" Via Monte Grappa, 15-17 - 36077 ALTAVILLA VICENTINA (VI) - ITALIA
Group
Descrizione DIMENSIONI PERCORSO SV.240M
Scale
Formato
1:100

Tel. +39.0444.998400 - Fax +39.0444.573720 A0

Description DEVELOPMENT DIMENSIONS Format
Not supplied by "Zamperla" e-mail: zamperla@zamperla.it - http://www.zamperla.com

N° disegno
9Z33007401 A Foglio
Questo documento rimane di prorpietà di Antonio Zamperla S.p.A. Contiene informazioni riservate
e non può essere riprodotto e/o reso noto a terzi senza nostra specifica autorizzazione scritta
1/1
This document remains the property of Antonio Zamperla S.p.A. It contains confidential information
and can not be reproduced and/or divulged to any third party without our specific written consent
Drawing N. Rev. Sheet
 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L 2969,5 L

2
71

K K

E F-F ( 1:5 )
E

1013,5
30 11

J J
F
C 61
D

234
95
95

170

I I
C F D

35 11 30
71 6
60 61
C-C ( 1:2 )
180 1750 200 in opera

47 60 55 50 48 47 3 15 9
H 47 H
75 1 9330176016 A LAMIERA LATERALE SX FONDO SOGGETTO LEFT LATERAL BOTTOM PANEL 2,5
47 17 74 1 9330176013 A LAMIERA LATERALE DX FONDO SOGGETTO RIGHT LATERAL BOTTOM PANEL 2,5
73 1 9330176012 A LAMIERA ANTERIORE FONDO SOGGETTO FRONT PANEL 1,9
72 2 9330125007 A SUPPORTO PARACOLPI POSTERIORE REAR RUBBER PAD SUPPORT 2,2
52 71 4 9330125005 A PIATTO BLOCCA PARACOLPI PLATE 0,1
70 2 9330095053 A PIATTO FISS.TAMPONE PARACOLPI CURVO FRONT BUFFER PLATE 1,1
49 69 1 9330095052 A PIATTO PER GOMMA ANTERIORE FRONT PLATE 0,3
68 1 9330095049 A COPERTURA ANTERIORE LATERALE SX FRONT LEFT COVER 0,3
67 1 9330095048 A COPERTURA ANTERIORE LATERALE DX FRONT RIGHT COVER 0,3
66 66 66 4 9330095040 A RUOTA ORIZZONTALE COMPLETA COMPLETE HORIZONTAL WHEEL 2,7
65 4 9330095039 A RUOTA VERTICALE COMPLETA COMPLET VERTICAL WHEEL 2,8
G G
64 1 9330095038 A PIATTO PER GOMMA PLATE 0,4
63 1 9330095037 A ASSIEME VTR VER TRONCO FLUME RIDE FLUME RIDE ASSEMBLY 145
62 1 9330095020 A SCHIUMATO PARACOLPI BUMPER FOAM PART 9
61 12 9330095017 A PERNO PER FASCIA LATERALE SOGG.TRONCO PIN 0
60 2 9330095016 A PIATTO POLIZENE LATERALE SOGGETTO LATERAL POLIZENE PLATE 1,1
59 1 9330095014 B PIATTO FISS.TAMPONE PARACOLPI ANTER. FRONT BUFFER PLATE 1,1
58 1 9330095013 A PIATTO FISS.TAMPONE PARACOLPI ANTER.INF. FRONT BUFFER PLATE 0,6
57 2 9330095009 A SCHIUMATO POGGIASCHIENA SEAT-BACK FOAM PART 9,3
56 1 9330095001 B ASSIEME LAMIERE FONDO SOGGETTO TRONCO ASSEMBLY 17,9
55 4 9330052014 A PERNO RUOTE LATERALI LATERAL WHHEL PIN 0,5
38
1162

54 1 9330052013 A SUPPORTO LATERALE RUOTA DX RH LATERAL WHEEL SUPPORT 2,2

53 1 9330052012 A SUPPORTO LATERALE RUOTA SX LH LATERAL WHEEL SUPPORT 2,2
F 52 2 9330052011 A LEVA ANTIRITORNO DX RH ANTI-RETURN LEVER 0,9 F
A A 38 51 1 9330052010 A SUPPORTO LATERALE DX RUOTA POSTERIORE REAR RIGHT SIDE WHEEL SUPPORT 3,1
50 4 9330052008 A BOCCOLA INFER .SU LEVA ANTIRITORNO LOWER BUSHING 0
49 4 9330052005 B DISTANZIALE ANTI-RETURN SPACER 0,1
40 48 4 9330052003 D BOCCOLA SUPER. SU LEVA ANTIRITORNO UPPER BUSHING 0
47 2 9330052002 C LEVA ANTIRITORNO SX LH ANTI-RETURN LEVER 0,9
46 1 9330052001 D SUPPORTO LATERALE SX RUOTA POSTERIORE REAR LEFT SIDE WHEEL SUPPORT 3,1
51 45 1 9330028028 A SUPPORTO FISSAGGIO SCHIENALE POST. VTR SUPPORT 2,2
1 3 9 15 44 2 9330028021 B TELAIO MANIGLIONE LATERALE LATERAL RESTRAINT FRAME 3,7
43 1 9330028019 B PARACOLPI ANTERIORE VERTICALE FRONTAL BUFFER 0
12 17 42 1 9330028018 B PARACOLPI ANTERIORE FRONTAL BUFFER 0
46 41 2 9330028009 B ASSALE RUOTA ANTERIORE-POSTERIORE WHEEL AXLE 13,9
E 40 4 9330028008 A DISTANZIALE SPACER 0,1 E
39 1 9330028007 B SCARICO ACQUA DRAIN PLUG 0
38 8 9330003011 C BOCCOLA BUSHING 0
37 4 9330003005 A COPERCHIO RUOTA WHEEL COVER 2,2
D-D ( 1:2 )
36 2 1070489032 VITE TSP-CE M8x45 - A2-70 UNI5933 HEX. SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW 0
35 2 1070489010 VITE TSP-CE M8x35 - A2-70 UNI5933 HEX. SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW 0
34 4 147009908 A ANELLO OR 6325-339 81,92 C5,34 NBR OR SEAL 6325-339 NBR 0
33 4 147003901 GUARN. MIM 45x72x10 NBR ISO 6194-1 RETAINING GASKET 0
47 32 8 107094801 RONDELLA 10,5 - A2-70 UNI6592 PLAIN WASHER 0
52 63 52 52 31 4 107094501 ROSETTA LARGA 5.5X 15 - A2-70 UNI6593 WIDE FLAT WASHER 0
63 74 73 30 22 107091801 ROSETTA LARGA 8.4X 24 - A2-70 UNI6593 WIDE FLAT WASHER 0
29 4 107070506 VITE TTQST M5x45 - A2-70 UNI5731 CUP HEAD SQUARE NEK BOLT 0
D 28 8 107050104 VITE TSP-CE M10x50 - 10.9 UNI5933 HEX. SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW 0 D

72 14 8 45 27 8 107048703 VITE TSP-CE M6x35 - A2-70 UNI5933 HEX. SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW 0
A-A 26 4 107031501 VITE TE M8x35 - A2-70 UNI5739 HEX. HEAD SCREW 0
25 4 107007901 VITE TE M8x55 - 8.8 UNI5737 HEX. HEAD SCREW 0
62 24 4 105004902 ROSETTA MB7 - 100HV DIN5406 LOCK WASHER 0
29 20 31 23 4 105004901 GHIERA KM 7 ZINCATA - DIN981 SLOTTED ROUND NUT 0,1
57 22 4 105000206 CUSC. A RULLI CONICI 32008 X - 40 x 68 x 19 TAPER ROLLER BEARING 0,2
57 21 4 105000201 CUSC. A RULLI CONICI 32007 X - 35 x 62 x 18 TAPER ROLLER BEARING 0,2
20 4 10708601 DADO AUTOBL. M5 NORM. - A2-70 UNI7473 SELF LOCKING HEX. NUT 0
19 24 1070983 RONDELLA DI SIC. ZIGRINATE PER M8 - C60 SPRING WASHER 0
63 32 5 44 18 8 1070946 RONDELLA 6,4 - A2-70 UNI6592 PLAIN WASHER 0
17 8 1070928 RONDELLA 21 - 200HV UNI6592 PLAIN WASHER 0
C 16 8 1070921 ROSETTA LARGA 11X 30 - 100HV UNI6593 WIDE FLAT WASHER 0 C
15 16 1070920 RONDELLA 10.5 - 200HV UNI6592 PLAIN WASHER 0
14 36 1070918 ROSETTA LARGA 8.4X 24 - 100HV UNI6593 WIDE FLAT WASHER 0
13 8 1070917 RONDELLA 8,4 - 200HV UNI6592 PLAIN WASHER 0
12 4 1070876 DADO FRESATO M20 - 6S UNI5593 SLOTTED AND CASTLE HEX. NUT 0,1
11 16 1070862 DADO AUTOBL. M8 NORM. - A2-70 UNI7473 SELF LOCKING HEX. NUT 0
54 10 8 1070861 DADO AUTOBL. M6 NORM. - A2-70 UNI7473 SELF LOCKING HEX. NUT 0
53 9 24 1070836 DADO AUTOBL. M10 NORM. - 8 UNI7473 SELF LOCKING HEX. NUT 0
8 33 1070834 DADO AUTOBL. M8 NORM. - 8 UNI7473 SELF LOCKING HEX. NUT 0
3 15 9 7 24 1070584 VITE TCCE M8x30 - A2-70 UNI5931 HEX. SOCKET SET SCREW 0
6 8 1070485 VITE TSP-CE M6x16 - A2-70 UNI5933 HEX. SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW 0
5 8 1070329 VITE TE M10x25 - A2-70 UNI5739 HEX. HEAD SCREW 0
B 4 2 1070313 VITE TE M8x20 - A2-70 UNI5739 HEX. HEAD SCREW 0 B
3 16 1070117 VITE TE M10x35 - 8.8 UNI5739 HEX. HEAD SCREW 0
2 1 0410055 A TONDO GOMMA TORNIBILE 80 L=1800 RUBBER ROUND 8,5
43 1 4 0050150 COPIGLIA 4X40 - 3.6 UNI1336 SPLIT PIN 0
58 Pos. Q.ty Codice / Code Rev. Descrizione
Simboli saldature: EN 22553
Description Mass Kg
Quote senza tolleranze specifiche:
Rev. A 1 Emissione Welding symbols: EN 22553
Preparazione dei lembi da saldare: ISO 9692
- carpenteria: EN ISO 13920 Cl. A-E
- lavorazioni meccaniche: EN 22768 Cl. m-k
Data/Date 04/12/2020 04/12/2020 Welding joint preparation: ISO 9692 Dimensions without specific tolerances:
Se non diversamente specificato smussare gli spigoli vivi - steel structures: EN ISO 13920 Cl. A-E
Unless otherwise specified break sharp edges - machining: EN 22768 Cl. m-k
Firma/Signature Uccelli U. Uccelli U.
Materiale Massa
Disegnato/Drawn Controllato/Checked Approvato/Approved Material 309,48 kg
Mass

39 69 Macchina
Ride FLUME RIDE
30 4 Gruppo ASSIEME SOGGETTO TRONCO FLUME RIDE Scala
13 8 25 64 27 18 10 56 Group TRUNK VEHICLE FLUME RIDE Scale
1:5

A Via Monte Grappa, 15-17 - 36077 ALTAVILLA VICENTINA (VI) - ITALIA

Tel. +39.0444.998400 - Fax +39.0444.573720
Descrizione ASSIEME SOGGETTO TRONCO FLUME RIDE Formato
A0
A
e-mail: zamperla@zamperla.it - http://www.zamperla.com Description TRUNK VEHICLE ASSEMBLY Format
N disegno Foglio
9330095036 A
Questo documento rimane di propriet di Antonio Zamperla S.p.A. Contiene informazioni riservate
e non pu essere riprodotto e/o reso noto a terzi senza nostra specifica autorizzazione scritta
1 di 2
This document remains the property of Antonio Zamperla S.p.A. It contains confidential information
and can not be reproduced and/or divulged to any third party without our specific written consent Drawing N. Rev. Sheet
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

L L
VISTA SOLO ASSALE
ONLY AXLE VIEW
( 1:2 )
( 1:2 )
951
9 16 28

K K

B B

150
J 9 16 28 J

640

B-B ( 1:2 )

I 34 22 22 I

33 33
34
37
37

23 19 7
H H
75 1 9330176016 A LAMIERA LATERALE SX FONDO SOGGETTO LEFT LATERAL BOTTOM PANEL 2,5
23 74 1 9330176013 A LAMIERA LATERALE DX FONDO SOGGETTO RIGHT LATERAL BOTTOM PANEL 2,5
73 1 9330176012 A LAMIERA ANTERIORE FONDO SOGGETTO FRONT PANEL 1,9
72 2 9330125007 A SUPPORTO PARACOLPI POSTERIORE REAR RUBBER PAD SUPPORT 2,2
41 71 4 9330125005 A PIATTO BLOCCA PARACOLPI PLATE 0,1
24
24 70 2 9330095053 A PIATTO FISS.TAMPONE PARACOLPI CURVO FRONT BUFFER PLATE 1,1
21 69 1 9330095052 A PIATTO PER GOMMA ANTERIORE FRONT PLATE 0,3
21 68 1 9330095049 A COPERTURA ANTERIORE LATERALE SX FRONT LEFT COVER 0,3
65 65 67 1 9330095048 A COPERTURA ANTERIORE LATERALE DX FRONT RIGHT COVER 0,3
66 4 9330095040 A RUOTA ORIZZONTALE COMPLETA COMPLETE HORIZONTAL WHEEL 2,7
65 4 9330095039 A RUOTA VERTICALE COMPLETA COMPLET VERTICAL WHEEL 2,8
G G
64 1 9330095038 A PIATTO PER GOMMA PLATE 0,4
63 1 9330095037 A ASSIEME VTR VER TRONCO FLUME RIDE FLUME RIDE ASSEMBLY 145
62 1 9330095020 A SCHIUMATO PARACOLPI BUMPER FOAM PART 9
61 12 9330095017 A PERNO PER FASCIA LATERALE SOGG.TRONCO PIN 0
60 2 9330095016 A PIATTO POLIZENE LATERALE SOGGETTO LATERAL POLIZENE PLATE 1,1
59 1 9330095014 B PIATTO FISS.TAMPONE PARACOLPI ANTER. FRONT BUFFER PLATE 1,1
58 1 9330095013 A PIATTO FISS.TAMPONE PARACOLPI ANTER.INF. FRONT BUFFER PLATE 0,6
VISTA SENZA SCOCCA 57 2 9330095009 A SCHIUMATO POGGIASCHIENA SEAT-BACK FOAM PART 9,3
VIEW WITHOUT LOG FIBERGLASS 56 1 9330095001 B ASSIEME LAMIERE FONDO SOGGETTO TRONCO ASSEMBLY 17,9
55 4 9330052014 A PERNO RUOTE LATERALI LATERAL WHHEL PIN 0,5
( 1:5 ) 54 1 9330052013 A SUPPORTO LATERALE RUOTA DX RH LATERAL WHEEL SUPPORT 2,2
53 1 9330052012 A SUPPORTO LATERALE RUOTA SX LH LATERAL WHEEL SUPPORT 2,2
F E-E ( 1:5 ) 52 2 9330052011 A LEVA ANTIRITORNO DX RH ANTI-RETURN LEVER 0,9 F
51 1 9330052010 A SUPPORTO LATERALE DX RUOTA POSTERIORE REAR RIGHT SIDE WHEEL SUPPORT 3,1
50 4 9330052008 A BOCCOLA INFER .SU LEVA ANTIRITORNO LOWER BUSHING 0
49 4 9330052005 B DISTANZIALE ANTI-RETURN SPACER 0,1
11 30 36 48 4 9330052003 D BOCCOLA SUPER. SU LEVA ANTIRITORNO UPPER BUSHING 0
42 47 2 9330052002 C LEVA ANTIRITORNO SX LH ANTI-RETURN LEVER 0,9
46 1 9330052001 D SUPPORTO LATERALE SX RUOTA POSTERIORE REAR LEFT SIDE WHEEL SUPPORT 3,1
70 45 1 9330028028 A SUPPORTO FISSAGGIO SCHIENALE POST. VTR SUPPORT 2,2
44 2 9330028021 B TELAIO MANIGLIONE LATERALE LATERAL RESTRAINT FRAME 3,7
43 1 9330028019 B PARACOLPI ANTERIORE VERTICALE FRONTAL BUFFER 0
42 1 9330028018 B PARACOLPI ANTERIORE FRONTAL BUFFER 0
26 30 41 2 9330028009 B ASSALE RUOTA ANTERIORE-POSTERIORE WHEEL AXLE 13,9
E 40 4 9330028008 A DISTANZIALE SPACER 0,1 E
39 1 9330028007 B SCARICO ACQUA DRAIN PLUG 0
38 8 9330003011 C BOCCOLA BUSHING 0
37 4 9330003005 A COPERCHIO RUOTA WHEEL COVER 2,2
36 2 1070489032 VITE TSP-CE M8x45 - A2-70 UNI5933 HEX. SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW 0
35 2 1070489010 VITE TSP-CE M8x35 - A2-70 UNI5933 HEX. SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW 0
26 30 67 74 34 4 147009908 A ANELLO OR 6325-339 81,92 C5,34 NBR OR SEAL 6325-339 NBR 0
33 4 147003901 GUARN. MIM 45x72x10 NBR ISO 6194-1 RETAINING GASKET 0
32 8 107094801 RONDELLA 10,5 - A2-70 UNI6592 PLAIN WASHER 0
31 4 107094501 ROSETTA LARGA 5.5X 15 - A2-70 UNI6593 WIDE FLAT WASHER 0
59 30 22 107091801 ROSETTA LARGA 8.4X 24 - A2-70 UNI6593 WIDE FLAT WASHER 0
29 4 107070506 VITE TTQST M5x45 - A2-70 UNI5731 CUP HEAD SQUARE NEK BOLT 0
D 28 8 107050104 VITE TSP-CE M10x50 - 10.9 UNI5933 HEX. SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW 0 D
( 1:10 ) 27 8 107048703 VITE TSP-CE M6x35 - A2-70 UNI5933 HEX. SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW 0
26 4 107031501 VITE TE M8x35 - A2-70 UNI5739 HEX. HEAD SCREW 0
25 4 107007901 VITE TE M8x55 - 8.8 UNI5737 HEX. HEAD SCREW 0
24 4 105004902 ROSETTA MB7 - 100HV DIN5406 LOCK WASHER 0
59 23 4 105004901 GHIERA KM 7 ZINCATA - DIN981 SLOTTED ROUND NUT 0,1
22 4 105000206 CUSC. A RULLI CONICI 32008 X - 40 x 68 x 19 TAPER ROLLER BEARING 0,2
21 4 105000201 CUSC. A RULLI CONICI 32007 X - 35 x 62 x 18 TAPER ROLLER BEARING 0,2
20 4 10708601 DADO AUTOBL. M5 NORM. - A2-70 UNI7473 SELF LOCKING HEX. NUT 0
26 30 19 24 1070983 RONDELLA DI SIC. ZIGRINATE PER M8 - C60 SPRING WASHER 0
18 8 1070946 RONDELLA 6,4 - A2-70 UNI6592 PLAIN WASHER 0
17 8 1070928 RONDELLA 21 - 200HV UNI6592 PLAIN WASHER 0
C 16 8 1070921 ROSETTA LARGA 11X 30 - 100HV UNI6593 WIDE FLAT WASHER 0 C
15 16 1070920 RONDELLA 10.5 - 200HV UNI6592 PLAIN WASHER 0
14 36 1070918 ROSETTA LARGA 8.4X 24 - 100HV UNI6593 WIDE FLAT WASHER 0
13 8 1070917 RONDELLA 8,4 - 200HV UNI6592 PLAIN WASHER 0
12 4 1070876 DADO FRESATO M20 - 6S UNI5593 SLOTTED AND CASTLE HEX. NUT 0,1
26 30 11 16 1070862 DADO AUTOBL. M8 NORM. - A2-70 UNI7473 SELF LOCKING HEX. NUT 0
10 8 1070861 DADO AUTOBL. M6 NORM. - A2-70 UNI7473 SELF LOCKING HEX. NUT 0
9 24 1070836 DADO AUTOBL. M10 NORM. - 8 UNI7473 SELF LOCKING HEX. NUT 0
8 33 1070834 DADO AUTOBL. M8 NORM. - 8 UNI7473 SELF LOCKING HEX. NUT 0
7 24 1070584 VITE TCCE M8x30 - A2-70 UNI5931 HEX. SOCKET SET SCREW 0
6 8 1070485 VITE TSP-CE M6x16 - A2-70 UNI5933 HEX. SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW 0
5 8 1070329 VITE TE M10x25 - A2-70 UNI5739 HEX. HEAD SCREW 0
36 11 30 4 2 1070313 VITE TE M8x20 - A2-70 UNI5739 HEX. HEAD SCREW 0
B B
3 16 1070117 VITE TE M10x35 - 8.8 UNI5739 HEX. HEAD SCREW 0
2 1 0410055 A TONDO GOMMA TORNIBILE 80 L=1800 RUBBER ROUND 8,5
1 4 0050150 COPIGLIA 4X40 - 3.6 UNI1336 SPLIT PIN 0
Pos. Q.ty Codice / Code Rev. Descrizione Description Mass Kg
Simboli saldature: EN 22553 Quote senza tolleranze specifiche:
Rev. A 1 Emissione Welding symbols: EN 22553
Preparazione dei lembi da saldare: ISO 9692
- carpenteria: EN ISO 13920 Cl. A-E
- lavorazioni meccaniche: EN 22768 Cl. m-k
Data/Date 04/12/2020 04/12/2020 Welding joint preparation: ISO 9692 Dimensions without specific tolerances:
Se non diversamente specificato smussare gli spigoli vivi - steel structures: EN ISO 13920 Cl. A-E
Unless otherwise specified break sharp edges - machining: EN 22768 Cl. m-k
Firma/Signature Uccelli U. Uccelli U.
Materiale Massa
Disegnato/Drawn Controllato/Checked Approvato/Approved Material 309,48 kg
Mass
Macchina
68 75 Ride FLUME RIDE
Gruppo ASSIEME SOGGETTO TRONCO FLUME RIDE Scala
1:5
Group TRUNK VEHICLE FLUME RIDE Scale
A Via Monte Grappa, 15-17 - 36077 ALTAVILLA VICENTINA (VI) - ITALIA
Tel. +39.0444.998400 - Fax +39.0444.573720
Descrizione ASSIEME SOGGETTO TRONCO FLUME RIDE Formato
A0
A
e-mail: zamperla@zamperla.it - http://www.zamperla.com Description TRUNK VEHICLE ASSEMBLY Format
N disegno Foglio
9330095036 A
Questo documento rimane di propriet di Antonio Zamperla S.p.A. Contiene informazioni riservate
e non pu essere riprodotto e/o reso noto a terzi senza nostra specifica autorizzazione scritta
2 di 2
This document remains the property of Antonio Zamperla S.p.A. It contains confidential information
and can not be reproduced and/or divulged to any third party without our specific written consent Drawing N. Rev. Sheet
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 SEZ.F-F

SEZ.E-E
SEZ.G-G

IA
A RC
D IM
SO
S EN
G
F

E
DOSSO 5 Mt SENSO DI MARCIA

G
F

R CIA
I MA
SOD
N
SE

G
F DOSSO 11 Mt

E
SENSO DI MARCIA

G
F
E

R E
E R
R1 E1

E
DOSSO-CHUTE-A-H=5 mt

R E E1

R E R1

DOSSO-CHUTE -B- H 10mt

Simboli saldature: EN 2553

Rev. A 1° Emissione Welding symbols: EN 2553
Preparazione dei lembi da saldare: EN 9692
Quote senza tolleranze specifiche:
- carpenteria: EN 13920 Cl. A-E
- lavorazioni meccaniche: EN 22768 Cl. m-k
Data/Date 18/09/2020 21/09/2020 Welding joint preparation: EN 9692 Dimensions without specific tolerances:
Se non diversamente specificato smussare gli spigoli vivi - steel structures: EN 13920 Cl. A-E

E R E1 E E E E R Firma/Signature Miglioranza R. Miglioranza R. Unless otherwise specified break sharp edges - machining: EN 22768 Cl. m-k

R E Disegnato/Drawn Controllato/Checked
Materiale
Approvato/Approved Material
Massa
Mass 0 kg

Macchina
E R Ride FLUME RIDE
Gruppo ASS. IMPIANTO ELETTRICO DOSSI 5/11 MT Scala
R E R1 R R R R E Group Scale
1:50

Via Monte Grappa, 15-17 - 36077 ALTAVILLA VICENTINA (VI) - ITALIA Descrizione ASSIEME SCHEMA POSIZ. FOTOCELLULE Formato
Tel. +39.0444.998400 - Fax +39.0444.573720 A0
e-mail: zamperla@zamperla.it - http://www.zamperla.com Description PHOTOCELLS LOCATION DIAGRAM ASSEMBLY Format
N° disegno
9330152005 A Foglio
Questo documento rimane di prorpietà di Antonio Zamperla S.p.A. Contiene informazioni riservate
e non può essere riprodotto e/o reso noto a terzi senza nostra specifica autorizzazione scritta
1/1
This document remains the property of Antonio Zamperla S.p.A. It contains confidential information
and can not be reproduced and/or divulged to any third party without our specific written consent
Drawing N. Rev. Sheet
 H
DOSSO-CHUTE-A : H=10 mt SECT. H-H

SECT. A-A

H
D

C3
SECT. C-C
SCALE 1:50

SECT. E-E
SCALE 1:50

C C
E
DOSSO-CHUTE-A-H=5 mt

SECT. F-F
SCALE 1:50

SECT. D-D
SCALE 1:5

F
F
DOSSO-CHUTE -B- H 10mt

A A

SECT. G-G
SCALE 1:50

G
DOSSO-CHUTE-A : H=5 mt

SECT. B-B

D
Simboli saldature: EN 2553
Rev. A 1° Emissione Welding symbols: EN 2553
Preparazione dei lembi da saldare: EN 9692
Quote senza tolleranze specifiche:
- carpenteria: EN 13920 Cl. A-E
- lavorazioni meccaniche: EN 22768 Cl. m-k
Data/Date 10/11/2020 10/11/2020 Welding joint preparation: EN 9692 Dimensions without specific tolerances:
Se non diversamente specificato smussare gli spigoli vivi - steel structures: EN 13920 Cl. A-E
- machining: EN 22768 Cl. m-k
Firma/Signature Miglioranza R. Unless otherwise specified break sharp edges

Materiale Massa
Disegnato/Drawn Controllato/Checked Approvato/Approved Material Mass 0 kg

Macchina
Ride FLUME RIDE
Gruppo ASSIEME IMPIANTO ELETTRICO . Scala
G Group Scale
1:100

D Via Monte Grappa, 15-17 - 36077 ALTAVILLA VICENTINA (VI) - ITALIA

Tel. +39.0444.998400 - Fax +39.0444.573720
e-mail: zamperla@zamperla.it - http://www.zamperla.com
Descrizione
Description
SCHEMA ASS. POSIZION. CANALETTE ELETTR.
ELECTRICAL DUCT DIAGRAM ASSEMBLY DIAGRAM
Formato
Format
A0

N° disegno
9330198001 A Foglio
Questo documento rimane di prorpietà di Antonio Zamperla S.p.A. Contiene informazioni riservate
e non può essere riprodotto e/o reso noto a terzi senza nostra specifica autorizzazione scritta
1/1
This document remains the property of Antonio Zamperla S.p.A. It contains confidential information
and can not be reproduced and/or divulged to any third party without our specific written consent
Drawing N. Rev. Sheet
 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

906
L L
1800

597
K K

1851
1100
J J

I I

2530

H H

36

G G

F F

2
15

16
E E
25
36 3 9330202001 B SUPPORTO GRIGLIATO 58
14 35 1 9330218012 A GRIGLIATO 1145X940 GRID 41,1
34 1 9330218011 A GRIGLIATO DX 1752X480 RIGHT GRID 40,9
33 2 9330150014 A TELAIO ROMPI VENA FRAME 24,1
32 12 9330105004 B RONDELLA PER TASSELLO WASHER 0,1
5 31 20 1070836 DADO AUTOBL. M10 NORM. - 8 UNI7473 SELF LOCKING HEX. NUT 0
30 20 1070920 RONDELLA 10.5 - 200HV UNI6592 PLAIN WASHER 0
29 2 9330218010 A GUARNIZIONE COPERCHIO COVER GASKET 0
8 28 4 9330216014 A RONDELLA PER GOMMINO 37,5 RUBBER WASHER 0
D 27 2 9330216015 A GOMMINO PER CAVO 4G25 RUBBER FOR CABLE 0 D
26 4 0201501000329 VITE TE M12x35 - 8.8 UNI5737 HEX. HEAD SCREW 0
25 2 9330216013 B FLANGIA PASSACAVO (4G25) FAIRLEAD FLANGE (4G25) 0,5
24 36 1070167 VITE TE M12x45 - 8.8 UNI5737 HEX. HEAD SCREW 0,1
9 23 8 107024398 VITE TE M16x60 - 8.8 UNI5737 HEX. HEAD SCREW 0,1
22 8 1070842 DADO AUTOBL. M16 NORM. - 8 UNI7473 SELF LOCKING HEX. NUT 0
21 16 1070926 RONDELLA 17 - 200HV UNI6592 PLAIN WASHER 0
20 255 1070922 RONDELLA 13 - 200HV UNI6592 PLAIN WASHER 0
19 143 1070840 DADO AUTOBL. M12 NORM. - 8 UNI7473 SELF LOCKING HEX. NUT 0
6 11 18 72 107016901 VITE TE M12x55 - 8.8 UNI5737 HEX. HEAD SCREW 0,1
17 6 9330218009 A GUARNIZIONE FLANGE TUBI PIPE FLANGE GASKET 0,7
16 2 9330218008 A PIATTO GUARNIZIONE TOPPING PLATE 2,8
C 15 2 9330218005 A COPERCHIO TUBO POMPA PUMP TUBE COVER 24,3 C
10 14 2 9330218006 A SEMICOPERCHIO TUBO POMPA PUMP TUBE COVER SECTOR 14,9
13 2 9330218007 A ASSIEME FUNE SOLL. POMPA E FISS. CAVI ASSEMBLY 3,2
12 1 9330150002 A DIMA MANDATA POMPE PUMP FLOW JIG 38,6
11 2 9330218002 A TUBO MANDATA CONTENITORE ELETTROPOMPA ELECTROPUMP WATER SUCTON 383
1 PIPE
10 2 9330150012 A GRIGLIATO -A- 1145X480 GRID 21,5
9 2 9330211001 A GRIGLIATO -E- 350X1904 GRID 26,5
8 1 9330150016 B GRIGLIATO SX 1752X480 LEFT GRID 40,9
7 1 9330202004 A GRIGLIATO -F- 825X3585 GRID 113,8
6 6 3 9330202003 A GRIGLIATO -D- 1000X3585 GRID 137,4
5 2 9330218003 A TUBO MANDATA ACQUA FLOW PUMP TUBE 230,6
B 4 2 0600199000013 A ELETTROP. SOMMERG.XYLEM FLYGT PL 7040 ELECTRIC PUMP 800 B
3 1 8330218000001 A tmp0 181235,5
2 1 9330218004 A PARATIA CONNESSIONE TUBI TUBES CONNECTION BULKHEAD 163,1
6 1 1 9330218001 A TELAIO SUPPORTO TUBI POMPE TUBES SUPPORT FRAME 219,5
Pos. Q.ty Codice / Code Rev. Descrizione Description Mass Kg
Simboli saldature: EN 22553 Quote senza tolleranze specifiche:
Rev. A 1 Emissione Welding symbols: EN 22553
Preparazione dei lembi da saldare: ISO 9692
- carpenteria: EN ISO 13920 Cl. A-E
- lavorazioni meccaniche: EN 22768 Cl. m-k
Data/Date 27/07/2020 Welding joint preparation: ISO 9692 Dimensions without specific tolerances:
Se non diversamente specificato smussare gli spigoli vivi - steel structures: EN ISO 13920 Cl. A-E
Unless otherwise specified break sharp edges - machining: EN 22768 Cl. m-k
Firma/Signature Miglioranza R.
Materiale Massa
Disegnato/Drawn Controllato/Checked Approvato/Approved Material 185562,60 kg
Mass
7 Macchina
Ride FLUME RIDE
35 Gruppo
Group
ASSIEME POMPE
PUMP ASSEMBLY
Scala
Scale
1:20

A Via Monte Grappa, 15-17 - 36077 ALTAVILLA VICENTINA (VI) - ITALIA

Tel. +39.0444.998400 - Fax +39.0444.573720
Descrizione ASSIEME POMPE 40KW Formato
A0
A
e-mail: zamperla@zamperla.it - http://www.zamperla.com Description PUMP ASSEMBLY Format
N disegno Foglio
9330218000 A
Questo documento rimane di propriet di Antonio Zamperla S.p.A. Contiene informazioni riservate
e non pu essere riprodotto e/o reso noto a terzi senza nostra specifica autorizzazione scritta
1 di 1
This document remains the property of Antonio Zamperla S.p.A. It contains confidential information
and can not be reproduced and/or divulged to any third party without our specific written consent Drawing N. Rev. Sheet
16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

11. ELENCO ALLEGATI 11. LIST OF ENCLOSED DOCUMENTS

In questo capitolo troverete le informazioni per trovare This chapter provides the information on how to find detailed
istruzioni approfondite su parti dell’attrazione. instructions concerning parts of the attraction.

I destinatari del capitolo sono: Addresses of the chapter are:

Al termine della lettura i destinatari devono conoscere quali After having read this section the staff will know which
documenti sono stati forniti assieme al manuale. documents have been supplied together with the attraction.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 142
 Use and maintenance manual
Flume ride

11.1 SCHEMA ELETTRICO 11.1 ELETTRICAL DIAGRAMS

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA S.p.A

Via Monte Grappa 15/17, 36077 Altavilla Vicentina, Italy ph +39 0444 998 400/ fax +39 0444 573 720
mail: zamperla@zamperla.it
www.zamperla.com 143
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
F26_COPERTINA AUXEL2014_AUXEL

B AUXEL SRL Tel. +39 0444 653211

Via Galileo Galilei 13 Fax. +39 0444 653299
36057 Arcugnano ( Vicenza ) E-mail: auxel@auxel.it

C ITALY Web Site: www.auxel.it

F
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
G

Plant Project
FLUME RIDE 9009074
H

I Customer Customer Id.

ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA 20162
J

Date 14/10/2020 Rev. 02 Part Pages

K

Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi TITLE PAGE 01R
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

Rev. Description Data Engineer

00 FIRST ISSUE 02/09/2020 NICOLA FILIPPI

B
01 UPDATE GATE VALVE 07/10/2020 NICOLA FILIPPI

02 UPDATE 08/10/2020 NICOLA FILIPPI

1
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi REVISION 2
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 01R
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
F06_AUXEL2014_V00

Table of contents Changes

Page DESCRIPTION Rev. Date Rev. Date Rev. Date Rev. Date

1 TITLE PAGE

B 01R REVISION

2 TABLE OF CONTENTS

2.a TABLE OF CONTENTS

2.b TABLE OF CONTENTS

C
2.c TABLE OF CONTENTS

2.d TABLE OF CONTENTS

3.a GRAPHIC CONVENTION

D 3.b GRAPHIC CONVENTION

3.c GRAPHIC CONVENTION

3.d GRAPHIC CONVENTION

3.e GRAPHIC CONVENTION

E
3.f GRAPHIC CONVENTION

3.g GRAPHIC CONVENTION

3.h GRAPHIC CONVENTION

F
6 CONDUCTORS COLOR CODING

9 ELECTRICAL TECNICAL INFORMATION

11 STRUCTURE IDENTIFIER OVERVIEW

G 12 TIGHTENING TORQUE TABLE

20 LAYOUT - MAIN CONTROL CABINET

21 LAYOUT - MAIN CONTROL CABINET

22 LAYOUT CONSOLE
H
23 LAYOUT CONSOLE

28 STATION EMERGENCY 1

40 CABINET SUPPLY

I 41 POWER DISTRIBUTION

42 MAIN DISCONNECTOR

43 MCC GROUND FAULT DETECTION MOTORS

44 MCC GROUND FAULT DETECTION MOTORS

J
47 MCC MOTOR PUMP 1

01R
Date 14/10/2020 Date 07/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi TABLE OF CONTENTS 2.a
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 2
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
F06_AUXEL2014_V00

Table of contents Changes

Page DESCRIPTION Rev. Date Rev. Date Rev. Date Rev. Date

47a MCC MOTOR PUMP 1

B 48 MCC MOTOR PUMP 2

48a MCC MOTOR PUMP 2

50 MCC BELT MOTORS

51 MCC EFFECTS AND HEAT EXCHANGER

C
52 MCC POWER

53 MCC POWER SUPPLY 24VDC

55 MCC PLUG AND TEMPERATURE

D 60 MCC EMERGENCY PUSHBUTTON

80 MCC COMMAND BELTS

81 MCC FEEDBACK BELTS

92 MCC FEEDBACK BELTS PROTECTION DEVICES

E
94 MCC FEEDBACK WATERFALL PROTECTION DEVICES

96 MCC COMMAND WATERFALL

97 MCC FEEDBACK WATERFALL

F
100 MCC COMPRESSOR

101 MCC COMPRESSOR

110 MCC - PUMP WATER LEVEL CONTROLLER

G 200 NETWORK

200A NETWORK

201 MCC PLC - SAFETY CPU

202 MCC PLC - POINT I/O

H
203 MCC PLC - POINT I/O

204 MCC PLC - POINT I/O SUPPLY

210 OCC PLC - POINT I/O

I 211 OCC PLC - POINT I/O SUPPLY

212 OCC PLC - POINT I/O SUPPLY

249 CONSOLE - PANEL VIEW

250 CONSOLE - EMERGENCY

J
251 CONSOLE - RESET

2
Date 14/10/2020 Date 07/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi TABLE OF CONTENTS 2.b
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 2.a
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
F06_AUXEL2014_V00

Table of contents Changes

Page DESCRIPTION Rev. Date Rev. Date Rev. Date Rev. Date

252 CONSOLE - STATION START

B 253 CONSOLE - STOP

254 CONSOLE - SELECTOR

256 CONSOLE - START STOP RIVER PUMPS

258 CONSOLE - TEMPERATURE

C
260 CONSOLE - EMERGENCY STATION ENTRY

263 OCC HORN

265 MCC STATION - BELT TIGHTENER

D 305 MCC LIFT 1 - PHOTOCELLS GATE CONTROL

306 MCC LIFT 1 - PHOTOCELLS GATE CONTROL

308 MCC LIFT 1 - PHOTOCELLS TOP POSITION

310 MCC LIFT 1 - PHOTOCELLS OCCUPIED ZONE

E
314 MCC LIFT 1 - PHOTOCELLS SPLASH ZONE

315 MCC LIFT 1 - PHOTOCELLS SPLASH ZONE

320 MCC LIFT 1 - BELT TIGHTENER

F
325 MCC LIFT 1 - SPLASH ZONE WATER LEVEL

329 MCC LIFT 1 - GATE CONTROL valve 1

331 MCC LIFT 1 - GATE CONTROL

G 343 MCC LIFT 1 - GATE CONTROL

405 MCC LIFT 2 - PHOTOCELLS GATE CONTROL

406 MCC LIFT 2 - PHOTOCELLS GATE CONTROL

408 MCC LIFT 2 - PHOTOCELLS TOP POSITION

H
410 MCC LIFT 2 - PHOTOCELLS OCCUPIED ZONE

414 MCC LIFT 2 - PHOTOCELLS SPLASH ZONE

415 MCC LIFT 2 - PHOTOCELLS SPLASH ZONE

I 420 MCC LIFT 2 - FIRST BELT TIGHTENER

421 MCC LIFT 2 - SECOND BELT TIGHTENER

423 MCC LIFT 2 - GATE CONTROL valve 1

425 MCC LIFT 2 - GATE CONTROL

J
430 MCC LIFT 2 - SPLASH ZONE WATER LEVEL

2.a
Date 14/10/2020 Date 07/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi TABLE OF CONTENTS 2.c
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 2.b
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
F06_AUXEL2014_V00

Table of contents Changes

Page DESCRIPTION Rev. Date Rev. Date Rev. Date Rev. Date

443 MCC LIFT 2 - GATE CONTROL

B 444 MCC LIFT 2 -CARPET 2 CONTROL

1100 Schema morsetti +MCC-X2

1101 Schema morsetti +MCC-XP1

1102 Schema morsetti +MCC-XP2

C
1103 Schema morsetti +MCC-XP3

1104 Schema morsetti +MCC-XP4

1105 Schema morsetti +MCC-XPE

D 1106 Schema morsetti +MCC-XS1

1107 Schema morsetti +MCC-XS2

1108 Schema morsetti +MCC-XS3

1109 Schema morsetti +MCC-XS4

E
1110 Schema morsetti +MCC-XS30

1111 Schema morsetti +MCC-XSA

1111.a Schema morsetti +MCC-XSA

F
1112 Schema morsetti +MCC-XSB

1112.a Schema morsetti +MCC-XSB

1112.b Schema morsetti +MCC-XSB

G 1112.c Schema morsetti +MCC-XSB

1113 Schema morsetti +OCC-XP1

1114 Schema morsetti +OCC-XP4

1115 Schema morsetti +OCC-XS

H
1116 Schema morsetti +OCC-XS1

1117 Schema morsetti +JBRAMP1-XS1

1118 Schema morsetti +JBRAMP1-XS30

I 1119 Schema morsetti +JBRAMP2-XS1

1120 Schema morsetti +JBRAMP2-XS3

1121 Schema morsetti +JBRAMP2-XS30

1122 Schema morsetti +JB_PUMP1-X2

J
1123 Schema morsetti +JB_PUMP1-XP

2.b
Date 14/10/2020 Date 07/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi TABLE OF CONTENTS 2.d
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 2.c
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
F06_AUXEL2014_V00

Table of contents Changes

Page DESCRIPTION Rev. Date Rev. Date Rev. Date Rev. Date

1124 Schema morsetti +JB_PUMP2-X2

B 1125 Schema morsetti +JB_PUMP2-XP

1300 Cable List

1301 Cable List

1400 ITEM LIST

C
1401 ITEM LIST

1402 ITEM LIST

1403 ITEM LIST

D 1404 ITEM LIST

1405 ITEM LIST

1406 ITEM LIST

1407 ITEM LIST

E

2.c
Date 14/10/2020 Date 07/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi TABLE OF CONTENTS 3.a
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 2.d
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

MARKING DIN - MARKING JIC - MARKING DIN - MARKING JIC -

Description SYMBOLS AND SYMBOLS AND Description SYMBOLS AND SYMBOLS AND
MARKING MARKING MARKING MARKING

MAIN CIRCUIT THREE-POLES

I> I> I>
BREAKER CIRCUIT BREAKER

I> I> I> I> I> I>

C

THREE-POLES ONE-POLE CIRCUIT I>

DISCONNECTOR BREAKER
D

E
UNDERVOLTAGE COIL U< U<

THREE-POLE FUSE

THREE-POLE FUSE
H

I
TWO-POLE FUSE

SINGLE-POLE FUSE

2.d
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi GRAPHIC CONVENTION 3.b
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 3.a
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

MARKING DIN - MARKING JIC - MARKING DIN - MARKING JIC -

Description SYMBOLS AND SYMBOLS AND Description SYMBOLS AND SYMBOLS AND
MARKING MARKING MARKING MARKING

1 PHASE
SOCKET
TRANSFORMER

THREE-POLE
NEON LAMP
INDUCTOR
D

3.a
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi GRAPHIC CONVENTION 3.c
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 3.b
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

MARKING DIN - MARKING JIC - MARKING DIN - MARKING JIC -

Description SYMBOLS AND SYMBOLS AND Description SYMBOLS AND SYMBOLS AND
MARKING MARKING MARKING MARKING

M M
MOTOR MAGNET
3~ 3~

MOTOR BRAKE
D

E
FAN M M
1~ 1~

3.b
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi GRAPHIC CONVENTION 3.d
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 3.c
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

MARKING DIN - MARKING JIC - MARKING DIN - MARKING JIC -

Description SYMBOLS AND SYMBOLS AND Description SYMBOLS AND SYMBOLS AND
MARKING MARKING MARKING MARKING

RELAY
COIL/AUXILIARY RC FILTER
CONTACTOR

MOTOR CONTACTOR POWER CONTACTS

COIL THREEPHASE
D

E
LINE CONTACTOR
AUXILIARY CONTACT
COIL

AUXILIARY
OPTO-ISOLATOR ON-DELAYED
CONTACT

AUXILIARY
TIMER ON-DELAY OFF-DELAYED
H CONTACT

I
MECHANICAL
TIMER OFF-DELAY
INTERLOCK

3.c
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi GRAPHIC CONVENTION 3.e
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 3.d
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

MARKING DIN - MARKING JIC - MARKING DIN - MARKING JIC -

Description SYMBOLS AND SYMBOLS AND Description SYMBOLS AND SYMBOLS AND
MARKING MARKING MARKING MARKING

LIMIT SWITCH SOLENOID VALVE

THERMOSTAT J J T T
D

E
LEVEL SWITCH

PRESSURE SWITCH

+ - + - + - + -
INDUCTIVE SENSOR
H

I + - + -
PHOTOCELL

3.d
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi GRAPHIC CONVENTION 3.f
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 3.e
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

MARKING DIN - MARKING JIC - MARKING DIN - MARKING JIC -

Description SYMBOLS AND SYMBOLS AND Description SYMBOLS AND SYMBOLS AND
MARKING MARKING MARKING MARKING

TWO POSITION KEY

BLINKING LAMP
SWITCH

TWO POSITION
LAMP
MAINTAINED SWITCH
D

E TWO POSITION
SWITCH WITH SS SS
RETURN

F
3
THREE POSITION I 0 II
2
MAINTAINED SWITCH
1
G

3
THREE POSITION I 0 II
MUSHROOM E-STOP
SWITCH WITH 2
PUSHBUTTON
H CENTER RETURN
1

I
PUSHBUTTON

LIGHTING
PUSHBUTTON

3.e
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi GRAPHIC CONVENTION 3.g
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 3.f
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

MARKING DIN - MARKING JIC - MARKING DIN - MARKING JIC -

Description SYMBOLS AND SYMBOLS AND Description SYMBOLS AND SYMBOLS AND
MARKING MARKING MARKING MARKING

3 3
POWER SUPPLY 24Vdc

RESISTOR
D

3.f
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi GRAPHIC CONVENTION 3.h
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 3.g
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

MARKING DIN - MARKING JIC - MARKING DIN - MARKING JIC -

Description SYMBOLS AND SYMBOLS AND Description SYMBOLS AND SYMBOLS AND
MARKING MARKING MARKING MARKING

DRIVE U DR PC PC PC

SAFETY MODULE KS SM VIDEO VD DISP

D

E
AIR CONDITIONER EC CE PRINTER PR PR

GROUND
PE GRD
CONNECTION

3.g
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi GRAPHIC CONVENTION 6
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 3.h
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

CEI EN 60204-1 CONDUCTORS COLOR CODING

B
13.2.2 Identification of the protective conductor 13.2.4 Identification by colour

The protective conductor shall be readily distinguishable by shape, location,
C
marking, or colour. When identification is by colour alone, the bicolour
combination GREEN-AND-YELLOW shall be used throughout the length of the
conductor. This colour identification is strictly reserved for the protective
conductor.
D For insulated conductors, the bicolour combination GREEN-AND-YELLOW shall be
such that on any 15 mm length, one of the colours covers at least 30 % and not
more than 70 % of the surface of the conductor, the other colour covering the
remainder of the surface.
E
Where the protective conductor can be easily identified by its shape, position, or
construction (for example a braided conductor, uninsulated stranded conductor),
or where the insulated conductor is not readily accessible, colour coding
F
throughout its length is not necessary but the ends or accessible locations shall
be clearly identified by the graphical symbol IEC 60417-5019 (DB:2002-10) or by
the bicolour combination GREEN-AND-YELLOW.
G
13.2.3 Identification of the neutral conductor
Where colour-coding is used for identification of conductors (other than the
protective conductor (see 13.2.2) and the neutral conductor (see 13.2.3)), the
following colours may be used:
BLACK, BROWN, RED, ORANGE, YELLOW, GREEN, BLUE (including
LIGHT BLUE), VIOLET, GREY, WHITE, PINK, TURQUOISE.
NOTE This list of colours is derived from IEC 60757.
It is recommended that, where colour is used for identification, the colour be
used throughout the length of the conductor either by the colour of the insulation
or by colour markers at regular intervals and at the ends or accessible location.
For safety reasons, the colour GREEN or the colour YELLOW should not be used
where there is a possibility of confusion with the bicolour combination
GREEN-AND-YELLOW (see 13.2.2).
Colour identification using combinations of those colours listed above may be
used provided there can be no confusion and that GREEN or YELLOW is not used
except in the bicolour combination GREEN-AND-YELLOW

Where a circuit includes a neutral conductor that is identified by colour alone, the Where colour-coding is used for identification of conductors, it is recommended
H
colour used for this conductor shall be BLUE. In order to avoid confusion with that they be colour-coded as follows:
other colours, it is recommended that an unsaturated blue be used, called here
“light blue” (see 3.2.2 of IEC 60446). Where the selected colour is the sole – BLACK: AC and DC power circuits;
identification of the neutral conductor, that colour shall not be used for – RED: AC control circuits;
identifying any other conductor where confusion is possible. – BLUE: DC control circuits;
I
– ORANGE: excepted circuits in accordance with 5.3.5
Where identification by colour is used, bare conductors used as neutral
conductors shall be either coloured by a stripe, 15 mm to 100 mm wide in each Exceptions: to the above are permitted where:
compartment or unit and at each accessible location, or coloured throughout their
J
length.
– insulation is used that is not available in the colours recommended; or
– multiconductor cable is used, but not the bicolour combination
GREEN-AND-YELLOW
K

3.h
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi CONDUCTORS COLOR CODING 9
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 6
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
F26_ELECTRICAL_TECNICAL_INFORMATION_AUXEL_V00

ELECTRICAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION 9009074

POWER SUPPLY TYPE TT / TN-S

CONTROL PANEL NOMINAL POWER 112kW

D
RATED SUPPLY VOLTAGE 480V

E RATED FREQUENCY 60Hz

SHORT CIRCUIT 10kA

F

POWER SUPPLY PHASES 3Ph

IP RATE IP54

ORDER NUMBER 20162

I
MAXIMUM EARTHING RESISTANCE < 20 Ω

J LEAKAGE CURRENT >10mA

6
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi ELECTRICAL TECNICAL INFORMATION 11
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 9
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

A
Structure identifier overview F24_002-AUXEL

Full designation Structure description

+MCC MAIN CONTROL CABINET

B
+OCC OPERATOR CONTROL CABINET

+FIELD FIELD

+OCC+ONP OPERATOR CONTROL CABINET OPTION NOT PRESENT

C
+PUMP UNIT HYDRAULIC PUMP UNIT

+HORN HORN

+MOTOR LIFT2 MOTOR LIFT 2

D
+MOTOR STATION MOTOR STATION

+WATERFALL 2 WATERFALL PUMP 2

+WATERFALL 1 WATERFALL PUMP 1

E
+RCC2 REMOTE CONTROL CABINET

+COMPRESSOR COMPRESSOR

+LIFT1 FIRST RAMP

F
+LIFT2 SECOND RAMP

+MCC+ONP MCC OPTION NOT PRESENT

+MOTOR LIFT1 MOTOR RAMP LIFT 1

G
+STATION EMERGENCY 1 STATION EMERGENCY 1

+LIFT1A LIFT 1 SIDE A

+LIFT1B LIFT 1 SIDE B

H
+LIFT2A LIFT 2 SIDE A

+LIFT2B LIFT 2 SIDE B

+LIFT 1 LIFT 1
I
+JBRAMP1 JUNCTION BOX RAMP 1

+JBRAMP2 JUNCTION BOX RAMP 2

+LAKE LAKE
J
+JB_PUMP1 JUNCTION BOX PUMP 1

+JB_PUMP2 JUNCTION BOX PUMP 2

9
Date 14/10/2020 Date 07/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi STRUCTURE IDENTIFIER OVERVIEW 12
Customer document number

XEL
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 11
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
F02_001-AUXEL-TIGHTENING-TORQUE-V00

A
Tightening Torque Table
Type number Manufacturer Nominal Section Tightening Torque
Order number Description
Part number Supplier
1734 ALLEN BRADLEY 22...14 AWG 7 lb-In
1734-TOP TERMINAL BASE WITH SCREW CLAMP
B A-B.1734-TOP ALLEN BRADLEY 0.25...2.5 mm² 0.6 Nm

USLKG 95 PHOENIX 4...3/0 AWG

0441041 SCREW G/V GROUNDING TERMINAL BLOCK USLKG95
PHO.0441041 PHOENIX 25...95 mm² 15...20 Nm

USLKG 35 PHOENIX 18...1/0 AWG

0444019 SCREW G/V GROUNDING TERMINAL BLOCK USLKG35
C PHO.0444019 PHOENIX 0,75...50 mm² 2,5...3 Nm

UT 35 PHOENIX 16...1/0 AWG

3044225 SCREW GREY TERMINAL BLOCK UT35
PHO.3044225 PHOENIX 1,5...50 mm² 3,2...3,7 Nm

11
Date 14/10/2020 Date 07/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi TIGHTENING TORQUE TABLE 20
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 12
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

A
+MCC 80
CEB.HM2105DN
1000 1000 60
890 890 40
B
B4207G B4207H B4207I 25

SW20001E

A20100
K20100

K20101
S5511E
F4301B F4401B

S5507E
F4209D

F4209H
F4209H
C
410 F4301D F4401D

F4203C

XPE

F4308G

F4408G

K20206A
K20200

K20201
K20202
K20203
K20204
K20205
K20206

K20207
K20208
K20209
K20209
K20210
K20211
K20212
K20213
K20214
D

F4203C
F4702B

F4802B
F4203C
T4210C
E

XSB

F5211H
F5202C

F5205C

F5209C
F5211C
T4701D T4801D
F

U5305C

F5304H
F5306H
F5309H
F5308H
F5310G
XSA
2000 1905 F5102C
F5102C

XS30

F10002C

F10010C
F5102C

F5106C

F5507B
G

XS4 1682

Q8003F

Q8005F

Q8007F

Q9601F

Q10102H
XS3

H
F5003C
F5003C
XS2
1372
1250
F5003C

F5006C

F5009C

F5502C
F5502C

Q8004F

Q8006F

Q8008F

Q9602F
XS1 1145
1007
I 885
T4706D

T5211F
T4806C

B11001E
B32601E
B42601E
747 694
J 505 503
X2 X5502J
275 T5209F XP2 XP3 XP1
XP4
XGND XGND
K

12
Date 14/10/2020 Date 24/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi LAYOUT - MAIN CONTROL CABINET 21
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 20
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

A
+MCC
CEB.HM2105DN 275
ASSEMBLED CABINET 2000x1000x800 (HxWxD)
2 DOORS

150
B M5503J

M5507J
M5507J
C

F4203C
M5505J
D
E NC Y S
RG

TO
EM

P
-S6002F
EMERGENCY

1400
H

M5503J M5505J M5507J

J

275

100 275
20
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi LAYOUT - MAIN CONTROL CABINET 22
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 21
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

A +OCC 495
ECT500
ECB500
Z453

B
500 155
60
C 50

F21107E
U21105D

FAN
S25802E

E
K21000
K21001
K21002
K21004
K21003

F S25804E
800 2206C

G 540

H
XP1
XP4

XS XS1
230
FILTER

I
50
45
J

350
40
K
60
21
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi LAYOUT CONSOLE 23
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 22
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

A +OCC 445

B 130 EMERGENCY
STOP

P24902A -S25001F
C
CONSOLE
ALARM
ENABLE FAULT LAMP
BUZZER
OFF ON

S25405D P25107F P25107G

D

HORN RESET

445 497
E S25306C S25102E

RIVER PUMPS
400
OFF-0-ON

320
F
S25603E

STATION CYCLE STOP STATION

240
ENABLE KEY START

G
160
S25202F S25302E 39
80

75
120
I
165
250
J
380

425
K
500
22
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi LAYOUT CONSOLE 28
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 23
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

A
+STATION EMERGENCY 1
ELF.080C0909-8P1

94

E
EMERGENCY
STOP

-S26001F
F 94

23
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi STATION EMERGENCY 1 40
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 28
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
A
L1
/ 41.1:A
L1

L2
/ 41.1:B
B L2

L3
/ 41.1:B
L3

GND
/ 41.1:C
D GND

+FIELD

G
L1

L2
H

L3

PE
J

480V 3Ph 60Hz

28
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi CABINET SUPPLY 41
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 40
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
A

/ 40.11:A
L1
/ 40.11:B
L2
/ 40.11:C
B L3

/ 40.11:D
-XPE 1
GND

GND
E

-XGND
GROUND BAR
DISTRIBUTION

XGND XGND XGND

G
/41.6:F /53.5:C /406.7:F
/41.7:F /55.2:I /408.3:F
L1

L2

L3

/41.7:F /55.4:I /408.7:F

/41.8:F /55.6:I /410.3:F
/41.8:F /55.8:I /410.7:F
/41.9:F /100.3:F /414.3:F
H
/41.9:F /200.3:D /414.7:F
/41.10:F /265.3:E /415.3:F
/41.10:F /305.3:F /415.7:F
/41.11:F /305.7:G /420.3:E
/47.3:B /306.3:F /421.3:E
/ 42.1:A
L1 /47a.3:G /306.7:F /444.3:F
I
/47a.5:G /308.3:F /444.7:F
/ 42.1:A
L2 /48.3:B /308.7:F
/48a.3:G /310.3:F
/ 42.1:B
L3 /48a.5:G /310.7:F
/50.2:G /314.3:F
/50.7:G /314.7:F
J
/50.11:G /315.3:F
/51.2:G /315.7:F
/51.7:G /320.3:E
/52.2:G /405.3:F
/52.4:G /405.7:F
CUSTOMER LINE GROUND BAR /53.3:F /406.3:F
K SUPPLY DISTRIBUTION

40
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi POWER DISTRIBUTION 42
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 41
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
L1
A / 41.4:I
L1
L2
/ 41.4:I
L2
L3
230VAC_B2

L1 OG 4 mm²

L2 OG 4 mm²
/ 41.4:J
L3 / 44.9:K

44.9 OG
L1

L2

L3
C
-F4203C L1 L2 L3
1 3 5 1 3
MAIN EMERGENCY 124
SWITCH -F4209D
Ir:175..250A Im:1250..2500A CH10 1A gG 500V
121 ITW.1421001
SCCR:25kA @ 480V I> I> I>
2 4

/42.10:J
ALLEN BRADLEY ITW.2302038
D
A-B.140G-JTF3-D25 2 4 6
A-B.140G-J2X3 T1 T2 T3

42.4 OG

42.5 OG
A-B.140G-G-UVA
/42.7:K
/42.10:J
Set 250A
E
PE
0 480 PE

-T4210C
TRANSFORMER
F 13 500VA 0-460-480/0-220-230 0 230
-B4207G
mm²
mm²
mm²
mm²

mm²
mm²
mm²
mm²

mm²
mm²
mm²
mm² L.S. NC-NO 14
DOOR LIMIT SWITCH PE
BK 35
BK 10
BK 35
BK 10

BK 35
BK 10
BK 35
BK 10

BK 35
BK 10
BK 35
BK 10

42.13 OG

42.6 OG

42.7 OG
G
42.1
42.1
42.1
42.1

42.2
42.2
42.2
42.2

42.3
42.3
42.3
42.3

13
-B4207H
L.S. NC-NO 14 1 3
H DOOR LIMIT SWITCH
-F4209H

42.14 OG
A9F74202 I> I>
A9Q61225 Id Id
2P C 2A 6kA
R / 43.2:A
R / 43.2:A
R / 44.2:A
R / 44.2:A

S / 43.2:A
S / 43.3:A
S / 44.2:A
S / 44.3:A

T / 43.2:A
T / 43.3:A
T / 44.2:A
T / 44.3:A

2 4
2P A SI 30mA 25A
I 13
42.8 OG
-B4207I / 43.7:I
L.S. NC-NO 14
230VAC
DOOR LIMIT SWITCH WH
42.15 OG 124
-F4203C
J /42.2:C 121
WH
MAIN EMERGENCY SWITCH 1 42.10 OG
/ 43.9:J
-F4203C U< 230VAC_B
/42.2:C 2
42.9 OG 42.9 OG
/ 43.7:J
K 0VAC

41
Date 14/10/2020 Date 07/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MAIN DISCONNECTOR 43
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 42
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC

/ 42.2:I

/ 42.3:I

/ 42.4:I

/ 42.2:I

/ 42.3:I

/ 42.4:I
A

R
T

T
S

S
B

-F4301B
DOS.9D60 43.4
1
60mm
43.5
2
C
43.6
3
43.7
4
TYPE A -W128 BN WH GN YE

43.7

43.6

43.5

43.4
D

-F4301D
DOS.9B60 43.8
5
60mm
43.9
6
E
43.10
7
43.11
8
TYPE B -W127 BN WH GN YE

43.11

43.10

43.9

43.8
F

-F4308G Z 1 2 3 6 7 4 5
DOS.9DER3BDUAL/6D
TEST INPUT TEST INPUT
42.1 BK 35 mm²

42.2 BK 35 mm²

42.3 BK 35 mm²

42.1 BK 35 mm²

42.2 BK 35 mm²

42.3 BK 35 mm²

G 48...400Vac IΔn 0.05...7A

RS232 TX /
RS485 A 18
CONFIGURATION : SETTING : RS232 TX /
9 REMOTE T=N.E. IΔn=0,150A RS485 B 19
RESET
A=MAN Δt=0,06s GND
10 K
H BA AL=OFF

POWER SUPPLY 48...400V II° RELAY TRIP

NO C NC NO C NC
35 W 16 17 Y 13 14 15
I
42.8 OG 42.8 OG
/ 42.11:I / 44.7:I
230VAC 230VAC

43.12
42.9 OG 42.9 OG
/ 42.11:K / 44.7:J
0VAC 0VAC
J
42.10 OG
/ 42.11:J / 44.9:J
230VAC_B 230VAC_B1
R / 47.1:A

S / 47.1:A

T / 47.1:A

R / 50.1:A

S / 50.1:A

T / 50.1:B

42
Date 14/10/2020 Date 15/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC GROUND FAULT DETECTION MOTORS 44
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 43
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC

/ 42.2:I

/ 42.3:I

/ 42.4:I

/ 42.2:I

/ 42.4:I

/ 42.4:I
A

R
T

T
S

S
B

-F4401B
DOS.9D60 44.1
1
60mm
44.2
2
C
44.3
3
44.4
4
TYPE A -W130 BN WH GN YE

44.4

44.3

44.2

44.1
D

-F4401D
DOS.9B60 44.5
5
60mm
44.6
6
E
44.7
7
44.8
8
TYPE B -W129 BN WH GN YE

44.8

44.7

44.6

44.5
F

-F4408G Z 1 2 3 6 7 4 5
DOS.9DER3BDUAL/6D
TEST INPUT TEST INPUT
42.1 BK 35 mm²

42.2 BK 35 mm²

42.3 BK 35 mm²

42.1 BK 35 mm²

42.2 BK 35 mm²

42.3 BK 35 mm²

G 48...400Vac IΔn 0.05...7A

RS232 TX /
RS485 A 18
CONFIGURATION : SETTING : RS232 TX /
9 REMOTE T=N.E. IΔn=0,150A RS485 B 19
RESET
A=MAN Δt=0,06s GND
10 K
H BA AL=OFF

POWER SUPPLY 48...400V II° RELAY TRIP

NO C NC NO C NC
35 W 16 17 Y 13 14 15
I
42.8 OG
/ 43.10:I
230VAC

44.9
42.9 OG
/ 43.10:J
0VAC
J
43.12 OG
/ 43.12:J
230VAC_B1
R / 48.1:A

S / 48.1:A

T / 48.1:A

R / 51.1:A

S / 51.1:A

T / 51.1:B

44.9 OG
/ 42.7:B
230VAC_B2
K

43
Date 14/10/2020 Date 24/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC GROUND FAULT DETECTION MOTORS 47
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 44
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
42.1
/ 43.2:J / 48.6:A
A R 24VAC
42.2
/ 43.2:J / 48.6:A
S 0V24V 53.6
42.3 / 48.9:A
/ 43.2:J 24VDC.MCC

52.13 RD 1 mm²

52.11 RD 1 mm²
T
-F4702B
PUMP 1
B
125A 500Vac
ITW.1500125 -XGND

47.1 BK 35 mm²

47.3 BK 35 mm²

47.5 BK 35 mm²

GND GNYE 4 AWG

ITW.2573310

-T4706D 2 10 11 31
C 24V AC/DC A1 A2 1 11
POWER

time 10 s
-T4701D
D 55kW 96A L1 L2 L3 PE MiniCASII.835857 24V AC/DC
/47a.1:H POWER OVER
/47a.8:B SENSOR INPUT RESET TEMPERATURE INFILTRATION
5/T2- 7/T1+ 6 3 4 8 9
22 24 21 14 12 32 34

E ACS880-01-096A-5+E200+D150 55kW 96A

47.10
47.9
DRIVE BRAKE OPTION +VREF
T1/U T2/V T3/W PE' R- R+ 1 UDC-
R 3 L 0

F I7 I0

47.7 BN 0,5 mm²

47.8 BK 0,5 mm²

/202.3:C /202.4:C

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S
47.2 BK 25 mm²

47.4 BK 25 mm²

47.6 BK 25 mm²

GNYE 25 mm²

-X2 1 -X2 2
-K20201 -K20202
Motor Pump 1 Motor Pump 1
H
Overtemperature Infiltration

+JB_PUMP1 -XP 1 2 3 PE -X2 1 -X2 2

+PUMP UNIT
BN BU BK GNYE BN BK
-M4702K
J U1 V1 W1 GNYE T2 T1
400V 40kW 84A
PUMP 1 U1 V1 W1 PE

M
3

K
PUMP 1

44
Date 14/10/2020 Date 07/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC MOTOR PUMP 1 47a
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 47
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
A

53.3
/ 48a.1:B
0VDC

B -T4701D
/47.1:D

-K20204-K20204

1734-OB8S

1734-OB8S
FEIP-21
C
ETHERNET ADAPTER 2 PORT

Bus connector Bus connector

X1 X2

X1 X2
D /202.6:C /202.6:C 1-8 1-8

O6 O7

R 2 R 3

E
-W138
1585J-M8TBJM-2

F
/ 48a.8:F
INV1_HMI

-XGND -XGND

G
47A.1

47A.2
53.3

H /47.1:D
1 2 3 4
-T4701D
OUT1 SGND IN1 IN2

XSTO
I

ACS880-01-096A-5+E200+D150 55kW 96A

STO STO

47
Date 14/10/2020 Date 24/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC MOTOR PUMP 1 48
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 47a
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
42.1
/ 44.2:J / 47.8:A / 52.11:J
A R 24VAC 24VAC
42.2
/ 44.2:J / 47.8:A / 52.11:J
S 0V24V 0V24V 53.6
42.3 / 47.11:A / 53.2:J
/ 44.2:J 24VDC.MCC 24VDC.MCC

52.13 RD 1 mm²

52.11 RD 1 mm²
T
-F4802B
PUMP 2
B -XGND
125A 500Vac
ITW.1500125

48.1 BK 35 mm²

48.3 BK 35 mm²

48.5 BK 35 mm²

GND GNYE 4 AWG

ITW.2573310

-T4806C 2 10 11 31
C 24V AC/DC A1 A2 1 11
POWER

time 10 s
-T4801D
D 55kW 96A L1 L2 L3 PE MiniCASII.835857 24V AC/DC
/48a.1:H POWER OVER
/48a.8:B SENSOR INPUT RESET TEMPERATURE INFILTRATION
5/T2- 7/T1+ 6 3 4 8 9
22 24 21 14 12 32 34

E ACS880-01-096A-5+E200+D150 55kW 96A

48.10
48.9
DRIVE BRAKE OPTION +VREF
T1/U T2/V T3/W PE' R- R+ 1 UDC-

48.7 BN 0,5 mm²

48.8 BK 0,5 mm²

L 2 L 3
F
I2 I3
/202.4:C /202.4:C
GNYE 25 mm²

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S
48.2 BK 25 mm²

48.4 BK 25 mm²

48.6 BK 25 mm²

-X2 3 -X2 4
-K20202 -K20202
H
Motor Pump 2 Motor Pump 2
Overtemperature Infiltration

+JB_PUMP2 -XP 1 2 3 PE -X2 1 -X2 2

+PUMP UNIT
BN BU BK GNYE BN BK
-M4801J
J U1 V1 W1 GNYE T2 T1
400V 40kW 84A
PUMP 2 U1 V1 W1 PE

M
3

K
PUMP 2

47a
Date 14/10/2020 Date 07/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC MOTOR PUMP 2 48a
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 48
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
A

53.3 53.3
/ 47a.5:B / 53.2:J
0VDC 0VDC

B -T4801D
/48.1:D
-K20205-K20205

1734-OB8S

1734-OB8S
FEIP-21

L
C
ETHERNET ADAPTER 2 PORT

Bus connector Bus connector

X1 X2

/202.7:C /202.7:C
O1 O2 X1 X2
D 1-8 1-8
L 1 L 2

E
-W139
1585J-M8TBJM-2

/ 47a.9:F / 200.8:C
-XGND -XGND INV1_HMI INV_HMI

G
48A.1

48A.2
53.3

H /48.1:D
1 2 3 4
-T4801D
OUT1 SGND IN1 IN2

XSTO
I

ACS880-01-096A-5+E200+D150 55kW 96A

STO STO

48
Date 14/10/2020 Date 24/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC MOTOR PUMP 2 50
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 48a
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
42.1 42.1
A / 43.2:J
R
42.2 42.2
/ 43.3:J
S
42.3 42.3
/ 43.3:J
T

1 3 5 13 1 3 5 13 1 3 5 13

-F5006C 14 -F5003C 14 -F5009C 14

MOTOR LIFT 2 I> I> I> MOTOR LIFT 1 I> I> I> MOTOR STATION I> I> I>

/92.6:D

/92.3:D

/92.9:D
C 10-16A 2 4 6 6.3-10A 2 4 6 2.5-4.0A 2 4 6
140M-C2E-C16 140M-C2E-C10 140M-C2E-B40
140M-C-AFA10 140M-C-AFA10 140M-C-AFA10

50.10

50.13

50.16

50.19

50.22

50.25
50.1

50.4

50.7

140M-C-W453N
140M-C-WTEN

D
L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3 5
-Q8003F -Q8005F -Q8007F
LIFT 1 BELT LIFT 2 BELT STATION BELT
CONTACTORS 2 4 6 CONTACTORS 2 4 6 CONTACTORS 2 4 6
A-B.100-C23EJ01 T1 T2 T3 A-B.100-C23EJ01 T1 T2 T3 A-B.100-C09EJ01 T1 T2 T3
E /80.2:G /80.6:G /80.9:G

50.11

50.14

50.17

50.20

50.23

50.26
50.2

50.5

50.8

L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
F 1 3 5 1 3 5 1 3 5
-Q8004F -Q8006F -Q8008F
LIFT 1 BELT LIFT 2 BELT STATION BELT
CONTACTORS 2 4 6 CONTACTORS 2 4 6 CONTACTORS 2 4 6
A-B.100-C23EJ01 T1 T2 T3 A-B.100-C23EJ01 T1 T2 T3 A-B.100-C09EJ01 T1 T2 T3
/80.3:G /80.7:G /80.11:G

50.12

50.15

50.18

50.21

50.24

50.27
50.3

50.6

50.9

-XGND -XGND -XGND

-XP2 1 2 3 PE -XP2 4 5 6 PE -XP2 7 8 9 PE

H
-W005 1 2 3 GNYE -W006 1 2 3 GNYE -W007 1 2 3 GNYE
MOTOR LIFT 2 MOTOR LIFT 1 MOTOR STATION
4G4mmq 4G4mmq 4G2.5mmq

+MOTOR LIFT2 +MOTOR LIFT1 +MOTOR STATION

U1 V1 W1 PE U1 V1 W1 PE U1 V1 W1 PE

M M M
-M5003K 3
-M5006K 3
-M5009K 3
7,5kW 460V 12,7A 5,5kW 460V 9,3A 2,2kW 460V 3,9A
MOTOR LIFT 2 MOTOR LIFT 1 MOTOR STATION
K

MOTOR LIFT 2 MOTOR LIFT 1 MOTOR STATION

48a
Date 14/10/2020 Date 24/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC BELT MOTORS 51
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 50
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
42.1 42.1
A / 44.2:J / 52.0:A
R R
42.2 42.2
/ 44.3:J / 52.0:A
S S
42.3 42.3
/ 44.3:J / 52.0:B
T T

1 3 5 13 1 3 5 13

-F5102C 14 -F5106C 14
WATERFALL 1 I> I> I> WATERFALL 2 I> I> I>

/94.3:D

/94.6:D
C 2.5-4.0A 2 4 6 2.5-4.0A 2 4 6
140M-C2E-B40 140M-C2E-B40
140M-C-AFA10 140M-C-AFA10
140M-C-W454N

51.11
140M-C-WTEN
51.1

51.3

51.5

51.7

51.9
D

L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
1 3 5 1 3 5
-Q9601F -Q9602F
WATERFALL 1 WATERFALL 2
E 2 4 6 2 4 6
COMMAND COMMAND
A-B.100-C09EJ01 T1 T2 T3 A-B.100-C09EJ01 T1 T2 T3
/96.2:G /96.6:G

51.10

51.12
51.2

51.4

51.6

51.8
F

-XGND -XGND

-XP2 10 11 12 PE -XP2 13 14 15 PE
H
-W008 1 2 3 GNYE -W009 1 2 3 GNYE
WATERFALL 1 WATERFALL 2
4G2.5mmq 4G2.5mmq

+WATERFALL 1 +WATERFALL 2

U1 V1 W1 PE U1 V1 W1 PE

M M
-M5102K 3
-M5106K 3
1.5kW 480V 4A 1.5kW 480V 4A
WATERFALL 1 WATERFALL 2
K

WATERFALL 1 WATERFALL 2
50
Date 14/10/2020 Date 15/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC EFFECTS AND HEAT EXCHANGER 52
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 51
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
42.1 42.1 42.1
A / 51.12:A / 100.1:A
R R
42.2 42.2 42.2
/ 51.12:A / 100.1:A
S S
42.3 42.3 42.3
/ 51.12:B / 100.1:B
T T

1 3 1 3
-F5202C -F5205C -F5209C -F5211C
POWER OCC POWER MCC CH10 6A gG 500V CH10 6A gG 500V
C
CH10 6A gG 500V CH10 6A gG 500V ITW.1421006 2 4 ITW.1421006 2 4
ITW.1421006 ITW.1421006 WOH.31 112 WOH.31 112
ITW.2303038 ITW.2303038

52.7 BK 2,5 mm²

52.8 BK 2,5 mm²

52.14 BK 2,5 mm²

52.15 BK 2,5 mm²

D
52.1

52.2

52.3

52.4

52.5

52.6
E PE PE
0 480 PE 0 480 PE

-T5209F -T5211F
TRANSFORMER TRANSFORMER
2.0KVA 0-460-480/0-220-230V 0 230 100VA 0-460-480/0-24 0 24
F

PE PE

52.9 BU 2,5 mm²

52.10 BK 2,5 mm²

52.11 RD 1 mm²

52.12 RD 1 mm²
G

-XGND -XGND

1
H
-F5211H
-XP3 1 2 3 PE PE
CH10 4A gG 500V
-W011 1 2 3 GNYE -W114 GNYE 2 ITW.1421004
POWER OCC 1x10mm² GNYE / 55.1:B / 55.1:A ITW.2301038
0V230V 230V

52.13 RD 1 mm²
4G1.5mmq

I
R50 / 211.1:A

S50 / 211.1:B

T50 / 211.1:B

XGND.OCC / 211.5:B

R60 / 53.3:B

S60 / 53.4:B

T60 / 53.4:B

/ 211.9:B
PE_OCC

J / 48.8:A / 48.8:A
0V24V 24VAC

POWER OCC POWER MCC

K

51
Date 14/10/2020 Date 08/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC POWER 53
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 52
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
A

R60 S60 T60

B / 52.5:I
/ 52.6:I
/ 52.6:I

-XGND

52.4

52.5

52.6
C

-U5305C
L1 L2 L3 PE

1018299
3PH 480W 20A 24Vdc
D

- - - + +

53.1
E

53.1

-XGND
53.3

-F5304H -F5306H -F5308H -F5309H -F5310G

ITW.1421004 ITW.1421004 ITW.1421004 ITW.1421004 ITW.1421004
ITW.2301038 ITW.2301038 ITW.2301038 ITW.2301038 ITW.2301038
CH10 4A gG 500V CH10 4A gG 500V CH10 4A gG 500V CH10 4A gG 500V CH10 4A gG 500V
G

53.10
/ 443.1:J
H 24VDC.RAMP2
53.9
/ 265.1:A
24VDC.RAMP1

53.8
/ 101.6:C
I 24VDC.EXT
53.7
/ 200.1:C
24VDC.PLC
53.6 53.6
/ 48.11:A / 81.1:B
24VDC.MCC 24VDC.MCC

J
53.3 53.3
/ 48a.5:B / 80.1:H
0VDC 0VDC

SUPPLY 24VDC
K

52
Date 14/10/2020 Date 07/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC POWER SUPPLY 24VDC 55
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 53
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
A

/ 52.8:H
52.10 -K20201
230V

1734-IB8S
52.9
/ 52.8:H
0V230V

/202.3:C
T2
1 3
C R 6

-F5502C
A9F79210 I> I>
A9Q61225 Id Id
2P C 10A
2 4

55.7
D 2P A SI 30mA 25A

-S5511E Θ
0-60°C
SCH.NSYCCOTHD
1 3 PLC TEMPERATURE LIMIT
E
-F5507B /55.12:G
FAN
CH10 2A gG 500V
ITW.1421002 2 4

55.8
ITW.2301137

F
55.3

11
-S5511E Θ
G 11 /55.12:E 12
-S5507E Θ -S5507E Θ
55.2 BU 4 mm²
55.1 BK 4 mm²

0-60°C
SCH.NSYCCOTHD /55.3:G 12
FAN

55.9
/55.10:G
55.4

55.5

55.4

55.5

55.4

55.5

55.6

55.5
H

-XGND
-XP4 1 -XP4 2 L 2
-XGND -XGND -XGND
I I2
+ONP
/202.3:C

55.6

55.5
1 2 1 2 1 2

1734-IB8S
-M5503J M
-M5505J M
-M5507J M
39W 230Vac 50/60Hz 39W 230Vac 50/60Hz 39W 230Vac 50/60Hz x1
L N PE 1~ 1~ 1~
J EZM.091102 EZM.091102 EZM.091102 -E25810J
-X5502J EZM.091110 PE EZM.091110 PE EZM.091110 PE 100W x2
16A 2P+T EZM.091226 EZM.091226 EZM.091226 110...240V
VIM.09967 FDS.FPF15KUG-100 FDS.FPF15KUG-100 FDS.FPF15KUG-100
-K20201
OPTIONAL NOT PRESENT

K
FAN FAN FAN PLC TEMPERATURE LIMIT

53
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC PLUG AND TEMPERATURE 60
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 55
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
A
-K20201 -K20201

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S
B

/202.3:C /202.3:C
T0 T1M

C L 6 L 7

D
60.1

60.3
E

-S6002F 21 21
EMERGENCY
RED MUSHROOM 22 22
800FP-MT44 -S6002F
F 800F-15YSE112 800FP-MT44
800F-ALP 800F-ALP
800F-X01S /60.2:F
/60.4:F
60.2

60.4

L 0 L 1

I0 I1
/202.3:C /202.3:C
I
1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

-K20201 -K20201
EMERGENCY EMERGENCY

55
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC EMERGENCY PUSHBUTTON 80
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 60
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
A

-K20204 -K20204 -K20204 -K20204 -K20204 -K20204

1734-OB8S

1734-OB8S

1734-OB8S

1734-OB8S

1734-OB8S

1734-OB8S
B

/202.6:C /202.6:C /202.6:C /202.6:C /202.6:C /202.6:C

C O0 O3 O1 O4 O2 O5

L 0 L 3 L 1 R 0 L 2 R 1

D
80.1

80.2

80.3

80.4

80.5

80.6
E

G A1 A1 A1 A1 A1 A1
-Q8003F -Q8004F -Q8005F -Q8006F -Q8007F -Q8008F
LIFT 1 BELT LIFT 1 BELT LIFT 2 BELT LIFT 2 BELT STATION BELT STATION BELT
A2 A2 A2 A2 A2 A2
CONTACTORS CONTACTORS CONTACTORS CONTACTORS CONTACTORS CONTACTORS
A-B.100-C23EJ01 A-B.100-C23EJ01 A-B.100-C23EJ01 A-B.100-C23EJ01 A-B.100-C09EJ01 A-B.100-C09EJ01
24Vdc 23A 24Vdc 23A 24Vdc 23A 24Vdc 23A 24Vdc 9A 24Vdc 9A

H 53.3
/ 53.11:J / 96.1:H
0VDC 0VDC

/50.2:E 1 2 /50.2:F 1 2 /50.6:E 1 2 /50.6:F 1 2 /50.10:E 1 2 /50.10:F 1 2

/50.2:E 3 4 /50.2:F 3 4 /50.6:E 3 4 /50.6:F 3 4 /50.10:E 3 4 /50.10:F 3 4
/50.2:E 5 6 /50.2:F 5 6 /50.6:E 5 6 /50.6:F 5 6 /50.11:E 5 6 /50.11:F 5 6
/81.2:D 21 22 /81.2:G 21 22 /81.6:D 21 22 /81.6:G 21 22 /81.10:D 21 22 /81.10:G 21 22
J

LIFT 1 BELT CONTACTORS LIFT 1 BELT CONTACTORS LIFT 2 BELT CONTACTORS LIFT 2 BELT CONTACTORS STATION BELT CONTACTORS STATION BELT CONTACTORS
K

60
Date 14/10/2020 Date 15/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC COMMAND BELTS 81
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 80
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
A

53.6 53.6
/ 53.11:J / 92.1:A
24VDC.MCC 24VDC.MCC

D 21 21 21
-Q8003F -Q8005F -Q8007F
LIFT 1 BELT 22 LIFT 2 BELT 22 STATION BELT 22
CONTACTORS CONTACTORS CONTACTORS
100-C23EJ01 100-C23EJ01 100-C09EJ01
24Vdc 23A 24Vdc 23A 24Vdc 9A
E /80.2:G /80.6:G /80.9:G
81.1

81.3

81.5
F

21 21 21
-Q8004F -Q8006F -Q8008F
LIFT 1 BELT 22 LIFT 2 BELT 22 STATION BELT 22
CONTACTORS CONTACTORS CONTACTORS
G 100-C23EJ01 100-C23EJ01 100-C09EJ01
24Vdc 23A 24Vdc 23A 24Vdc 9A
/80.3:G /80.7:G /80.11:G
81.2

81.4

81.6
H

R 0 R 1 R 2

I I4 I5 I6
/202.3:C /202.3:C /202.3:C
1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S
J

-K20201 -K20201 -K20201

STATION BELT CONTACTORS LIFT 1 BELT CONTACTORS LIFT 2 BELT CONTACTORS
K

80
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC FEEDBACK BELTS 92
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 81
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
A
53.6 53.6
/ 81.11:B / 94.1:A
24VDC.MCC 24VDC.MCC

13 13 13
-F5003C -F5006C -F5009C
MOTOR LIFT 1 MOTOR LIFT 2 MOTOR STATION
D 14 14 14
A-B.140M-C2E-C10 A-B.140M-C2E-C16 A-B.140M-C2E-B40
6.3-10A 10-16A 2.5-4.0A
/50.6:C /50.2:C /50.10:C

E
92.1

92.2

92.3
F

3 4 5

H In 3 In 4 In 5
/203.2:C /203.2:C /203.2:C
1734-IB8

1734-IB8

1734-IB8
I

-K20207 -K20207 -K20207

FEEDBACK FEEDBACK FEEDBACK

MOTOR LIFT 1 MOTOR LIFT 2 MOTOR STATION

81
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC FEEDBACK BELTS PROTECTION DEVICES 94
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 92
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
A
53.6 53.6
/ 92.11:A / 97.1:B
24VDC.MCC 24VDC.MCC

13 13
-F5102C -F5106C
WATERFALL 1 WATERFALL 2
D 14 14
A-B.140M-C2E-B40 A-B.140M-C2E-B40
2.5-4.0A 2.5-4.0A
/51.2:C /51.6:C

E
94.1

94.2
F

6 7

H In 6 In 7
/203.2:C /203.2:C
1734-IB8

1734-IB8

-K20207 -K20207

FEEDBACK FEEDBACK
WATERFALL 1 WATERFALL 2

92
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC FEEDBACK WATERFALL PROTECTION DEVICES 96
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 94
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
A

-K20209 -K20209

1734-OB8E

1734-OB8E
B

/203.4:C /203.4:C
C Out 1 Out 2

1 2

E
96.1

96.2
F

A1 A1
-Q9601F -Q9602F
WATERFALL 1 WATERFALL 2
G A2 A2
COMMAND COMMAND
A-B.100-C09EJ01 A-B.100-C09EJ01
24Vdc 9A 24Vdc 9A

H 53.3
/ 80.12:H / 101.1:I
0VDC 0VDC

/51.2:E 1 2 /51.6:E 1 2
/51.2:E 3 4 /51.6:E 3 4
/51.2:E 5 6 /51.6:E 5 6
/97.2:D 21 22 /97.6:D 21 22
J

WATERFALL 1 COMMAND WATERFALL 2 COMMAND

K

94
Date 14/10/2020 Date 30/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC COMMAND WATERFALL 97
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 96
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
A

53.6
/ 94.11:A
24VDC.MCC

D 21 21
-Q9601F -Q9602F
WATERFALL 1 22 WATERFALL 2 22
COMMAND COMMAND
100-C09EJ01 100-C09EJ01
24Vdc 9A 24Vdc 9A
E /96.2:G /96.6:G
97.1

97.2
F

1 2

H In 1 In 2
/203.3:C /203.3:C
1734-IB8

1734-IB8

-K20208 -K20208

WATERFALL 1 FEEDBACK WATERFALL 2 FEEDBACK

K

96
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC FEEDBACK WATERFALL 100
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 97
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
42.1
A / 52.12:A
R
42.2
/ 52.12:A
S
42.3
/ 52.12:B
T

B 1 3 5 13

-F10002C 14
COMPRESSOR I> I> I>

/101.8:D
6.3-10A 2 4 6
140M-C2E-C10
C 140M-C-AFA10

100.1

100.2

100.3
L1 L2 L3
1 3 5
D
-Q10102H
COMPRESSOR
ENABLE 2 4 6
A-B.100-C09EJ01 T1 T2 T3
/101.2:H
100.5

100.6

100.7

-XGND

-XP1 1 2 3 5

+COMPRESSOR
100.5

100.6

100.7

sostituire con 4g2,5 h07

H

-M10002I U V W N PE
COMPRESSOR
I 3kW 480V 6,5A

U1 V1 W1 PE

M
J 3

97
Date 14/10/2020 Date 30/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC COMPRESSOR 101
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 100
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
A
-K20205 -K20202

1734-OB8S

1734-IB8S
B

/202.7:C /202.4:C
O5 T2

C R 1 R 6 53.8 53.8
/ 53.11:I / 110.1:A
24VDC.EXT 24VDC.EXT

101.2
101.1

D 13
-F10002C
COMPRESSOR
A-B.140M-C2E-C10 14
6.3-10A
/100.2:B

E
21

-Q10102H
COMPRESSOR 22
ENABLE

101.4
F 100-C09EJ01
24Vdc 9A
/101.2:H
101.3

A1 4
-Q10102H
COMPRESSOR In 4
A2 R 1
ENABLE
A-B.100-C09EJ01 /203.3:C
H I5
24Vdc 9A
/202.4:C

1734-IB8
1734-IB8S

53.3
/ 96.12:H / 200.1:D
I 0VDC 0VDC

-K20208
/100.2:D 1 2
/100.3:D 3 4 -K20202 COMPR. HIGH
/100.3:D 5 6 TEMPERATURE
/101.4:F 21 22
J

COMPRESSOR ENABLE

100
Date 14/10/2020 Date 08/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC COMPRESSOR 110
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 101
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
53.8 53.8
A / 101.11:C
24VDC.EXT

110.2

-XS4 1 2
E
-W023 BU BN
LAKE WATER LEVEL MIN

+LAKE

110.2

53.8
110.2

LOV.ILM.8 BK BU
2
L.S. NO
In 2 LAKE WATER LEVEL MIN
H
BU
/203.2:C

BK
1734-IB8

-B11007H
-K20207

K
LAKE WATER LEVEL LAKE WATER LEVEL
MIN MIN
101
Date 14/10/2020 Date 08/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC - PUMP WATER LEVEL CONTROLLER 200
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 110
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
A
IP:192.168.1.11
-K20200
1734-AENTR
/202.2:C

OCC_HMI INV_HMI
/ 200A.2:G / 48a.9:F

C 53.7 53.7
/ 53.11:I / 201.1:J
24VDC.PLC 24VDC.PLC
53.3 53.3
/ 101.3:I / 201.1:J
0VDC 0VDC
-XGND
D
-W027
1585J-M8TBJM-1

-SW20001E DC+ DC- GND

E
24Vdc 250mA +/L -/N GND

1 3 5

F ALLEN BRADLEY 1783-US5T IE SWITCH STRATIX 2000 UNMANAGED 5P

2 4

H
-W025
1585J-M8TBJM-0M3

/ 200A.2:I
-K20100 OCC_PLC
1769-L30ERMS
/201.1:D
J
192.168.1.200
PROGRAMMING OPERATOR
PERSONAL COMPUTER

K IP:192.168.1.5

110
Date 14/10/2020 Date 30/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi NETWORK 200A
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 200
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC +OCC
A

IP:192.168.1.21
IP:192.168.1.11

C -P24902A -K21000
1734-AENTR
MT8073iE LAN1: REMOTE CONNECTION /210.2:C
/249.2:A
LAN2: NETWORK COMUNICATION

D
LAN2 LAN1

-W024 -W136
1585J-M8TBJM-35 1585J-M8TBJM-35
E

G
/ 200.6:C
OCC_HMI

I
/ 200.6:I
OCC_PLC

200
Date 14/10/2020 Date 16/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi NETWORK 201
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 200A
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
A

-K20100 -K20101 -A20100

A-B.1769-L30ERMS A-B.1769-PB2 A-B.1769-ECR

G
DC NEUTRAL
+24V DC

/200.4:J
GRD

3 4 5

IP:192.168.1.5

-XGRD

53.7 53.7
/ 200.3:C / 204.1:A
J 24VDC.PLC
53.3 53.3
/ 200.3:D / 204.1:B

SAFETY CPU

200A
Date 14/10/2020 Date 24/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC PLC - SAFETY CPU 202
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 201
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
A

-K20200 -K20201 -K20202 -K20203 -K20204 -K20205 -K20206

1734-AENTR 1734-IB8S 1734-IB8S 1734-IB8S 1734-OB8S 1734-OB8S 1734-IB8S
C 1734-TOP 1734-TOP 1734-TOP 1734-TOP 1734-TOP 1734-TOP

K20200 K20201 K20202 K20203 K20204 K20205 K20206

/202.2:C I0 /60.2:H I0 /47.11:F I0 /325.4:C O0 /80.2:C O0 I0 /305.8:G
NC I1 /60.4:H I1 /329.9:D I1 /325.6:C O1 /80.6:C O1 /48a.4:D I1 /305.11:G
H
NC I2 /55.12:I I2 /48.9:F I2 /325.8:C O2 /80.9:C O2 /48a.4:D I2 /306.8:G
GND /204.2:H I3 I3 /48.11:F I3 /325.10:C O3 /80.3:C O3 /329.2:D I3 /306.11:G
GND COM COM COM COM COM COM
C /204.3:H COM COM COM COM COM COM
C T0 /60.2:C T0 /329.8:D T0 /325.5:C COM COM T0 /305.11:G
V /204.4:H T1M /60.4:C T1M T1M /325.9:C COM COM T1M /305.8:G
I
V I4 /81.2:I I4 I4 /425.4:C O4 /80.7:C O4 /329.6:D I4 /308.8:G
ETH /200.4:A I5 /81.6:I I5 /101.4:H I5 /425.5:C O5 /80.11:C O5 /101.2:C I5 /308.11:G
ETH /200.4:C I6 /81.10:I I6 /430.8:C I6 /425.9:C O6 /47a.4:E O6 I6
I7 /47.9:F I7 /430.10:C I7 /425.10:C O7 /47a.4:E O7 I7
COM COM COM COM COM COM
COM COM COM COM COM COM
J
T2 /55.12:C T2 /101.4:C T2 /425.4:C COM COM T2 /308.8:G
T3M T3M /430.9:C T3M /425.5:C COM COM T3M /308.11:G

K
POINT I/O

201
Date 14/10/2020 Date 24/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC PLC - POINT I/O 203
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 202
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
A

-K20206A -K20207 -K20208 -K20209 -K20210 -K20211 -K20212 -K20213 -K20214

1734-EP24DC 1734-IB8 1734-IB8 1734-OB8E 1734-IB8S 1734-IB8S 1734-IB8S 1734-IB8S 1734-OB8S
C 1734-TOP 1734-TOP 1734-TOP 1734-TOP 1734-TOP 1734-TOP 1734-TOP 1734-TOP

K20206A K20207 K20208 K20209 K20210 K20211 K20212 K20213 K20214

NC In 0 In 0 /320.7:D Out 0 /265.2:D I0 /310.8:G I0 /405.8:G I0 /410.8:G I0 /430.4:C O0
NC In 1 /265.10:D In 1 /97.2:H Out 1 /96.2:C I1 /310.11:G I1 /405.11:G I1 /410.11:G I1 /430.6:C O1 /423.3:C
H
GND /204.7:H In 2 /110.4:H In 2 /97.6:H Out 2 /96.6:C I2 I2 /406.8:G I2 /444.8:G I2 /423.9:C O2 /423.6:C
GND In 3 /92.3:H In 3 Out 3 /320.2:D I3 I3 /406.11:G I3 /444.11:G I3 O3
C /204.8:H In 4 /92.6:H In 4 /101.8:G Out 4 /420.2:D COM COM COM COM COM
C In 5 /92.9:H In 5 Out 5 /421.2:D COM COM COM COM COM
V /204.9:H In 6 /94.3:H In 6 /420.7:D Out 6 T0 /310.8:G T0 /405.8:G T0 /410.8:G T0 /430.5:C COM
V In 7 /94.6:H In 7 Out 7 T1M /310.11:G T1M /405.11:G T1M /410.11:G T1M /423.8:C COM
I
In 1 /421.7:D I4 /314.8:G I4 /408.8:G I4 /414.8:G I4 /331.4:C O4
I5 /314.11:G I5 /408.11:G I5 /414.11:G I5 /331.5:C O5
I6 /315.8:G I6 /343.8:G I6 /415.8:G I6 /331.9:C O6
I7 /315.11:G I7 /443.8:G I7 /415.11:G I7 /331.10:C O7
COM COM COM COM COM
COM COM COM COM COM
J
T2 /314.8:G T2 /408.8:G T2 /414.8:G T2 /331.4:C COM
T3M /314.11:G T3M /408.11:G T3M /414.11:G T3M /331.5:C COM

POINT I/O

202
Date 14/10/2020 Date 15/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC PLC - POINT I/O 204
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 203
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
A
53.7
/ 201.8:J
53.3 53.3
/ 201.8:J / 265.1:A
0VDC

53.3

53.7

53.3

53.7
E

F -XGRD -XGRD

H 2 4 6 2 4 6

GND C V GND C V
/202.2:C /202.2:C /202.2:C /203.1:C /203.1:C /203.1:C

1734-EP24DC

1734-EP24DC

1734-EP24DC
1734-AENTR

1734-AENTR

1734-AENTR

J -K20200 -K20200 -K20200 -K20206A -K20206A -K20206A

POINT I/O

203
Date 14/10/2020 Date 24/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC PLC - POINT I/O SUPPLY 210
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 204
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+OCC
A

-K21000 -K21001 -K21002 -K21003 -K21004

1734-AENTR 1734-IB8S 1734-IB8S 1734-OB8E 1734-IB8
C 1734-TOP 1734-TOP 1734-TOP 1734-TOP

K21000 K21001 K21002 K21003 K21004

/210.2:C I0 /250.1:I I0 Out 0 /251.7:C In 0 /253.6:I
NC I1 /250.3:I I1 Out 1 /252.9:C In 1
H
NC I2 /253.2:I I2 Out 2 /256.9:C In 2
GND /212.4:H I3 /251.2:H I3 /258.3:I Out 3 In 3
GND COM COM Out 4 In 4
C /212.5:H COM COM Out 5 In 5
C T0 /250.1:C T0 /258.3:C Out 6 /263.3:C In 6
V /212.6:H T1M /250.3:C T1M /256.3:C Out 7 In 7
I
V I4 /252.2:I I4 /256.3:H
ETH /200A.11:C I5 /252.5:I I5 /256.5:H
ETH /200A.11:D I6 /254.2:H I6 /260.1:I
I7 I7 /260.3:I
COM COM
COM COM
J
T2 /252.2:C T2 /260.1:C
T3M /252.5:C T3M /260.3:C

POINT I/O

204
Date 14/10/2020 Date 24/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi OCC PLC - POINT I/O 211
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 210
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
A

/ 52.1:I XGND.OCC PE_OCC

R50 / 52.2:I / 52.4:I
/ 52.2:I
S50
/ 52.2:I
B T50

+OCC

-XGND

D
52.3

52.2

52.1

E
-XP1 1 2 3 PE PE

-U21105D
L1 L2 L3 PE
XGND
1018291 /211.5:G
240W 10A 24Vdc -XGND /211.2:H -XGND
G /211.3:D
/211.5:G
+ + - - - /211.9:G
/212.4:F
/249.3:F
211.0

-XGND

-F21107E
ITW.1421004
I 211.2
ITW.2301038
CH10 4A gG 500V / 212.1:B
0VDC.OCC

211.1
/ 212.1:A
J 24VDC.OCC

210
Date 14/10/2020 Date 15/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi OCC PLC - POINT I/O SUPPLY 212
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 211
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+OCC
A
212.1 212.1
/ 211.7:J / 249.1:J
24VDC.OCC 24VDC.OCC
211.2 211.2
/ 211.7:I / 249.1:K
0VDC.OCC

211.2

212.1
D

F -XGND

H 2 4 6

GND C V
/210.2:C /210.2:C /210.2:C
1734-AENTR

1734-AENTR

1734-AENTR

J -K21000 -K21000 -K21000

POINT I/O

211
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi OCC PLC - POINT I/O SUPPLY 249
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 212
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
+OCC

A
IP:192.168.1.21
WEINTEK
-P24902A
PANEL VIEW
WEINTEK
MT8073iE
24Vdc 350mA
B
/200A.5:C LAN 1: Ethernet remote connection DHCP (manufacturer standard setting)
LAN 2: Ethernet communication to PLC, setting IP network adress as indicated on circuit diagram

D HMI

COM 2 USB COM 1

RS-485 HOST RS 232 LAN 1 LAN 2

+24Vdc 0Vdc GRD

E
DC+ DC- PE

-XGND
F
211.1

211.2

211.1 211.1
/ 212.10:A / 254.1:B
J 24VDC.OCC 24VDC.OCC

211.2 211.2
/ 212.10:B / 251.6:H
0VDC.OCC 0VDC.OCC

K PANEL VIEW SUPPLY

212
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi CONSOLE - PANEL VIEW 250
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 249
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+OCC
A
-K21001 -K21001

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S
B
/210.4:C /210.4:C
T0 T1M

L 6 L 7

C
250.1

250.3
D

250.1
/ 253.1:A
K01T0
250.3
/ 251.1:A
E K01T1M

11 11

12 12
-S25001F
F EMERGENCY
KEY RED MUSHROOM
800FP-MK44
800F-ALP
800F-X01S
800F-15YE112

G
250.2

250.4

I L 0 L 1

I0 I1
/210.4:C /210.4:C
1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

-K21001 -K21001
K
EMERGENCY EMERGENCY

249
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi CONSOLE - EMERGENCY 251
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 250
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+OCC
A
250.3
/ 250.6:E -K21003
K01T1M

1734-OB8E
B

/210.6:C
Out 0
C
0

251.2
13

E 14
-S25102E
RESET
2 POS
800FP-KR21
800F-ALP
800F-X10 x1
F
-P25107G
FAULT LAMP -P25107F
RED ALARM BUZZER
x2
800FP-P4 855P-B30SE22
800F-ALP 12…24V AC/DC
251.1

800F-N3R
G

211.2 211.2 211.2

/ 249.7:K / 252.9:J
0VDC.OCC 0VDC.OCC

L 3

I3
/210.4:C
I
1734-IB8S

-K21001

FAULT LAMP ALARM BUZZER

K
RESET

250
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi CONSOLE - RESET 252
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 251
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+OCC
A

-K21001 -K21001 -K21003

1734-OB8E
1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S
B

/210.4:C /210.4:C /210.6:C

T2 T3M Out 1
C
R 6 R 7 1

D
252.1

252.3

252.5
E

3 3

4 4
-S25202F -S25205F
F STATION ENABLE KEY STATION START
2 POS WHITE
800FP-KR2101R 800FP-LG7
800F-ALP 800F-ALP
800F-X10 800F-X10
/252.9:H

X1
-S25205F
252.2

252.4

START
800F-N3G X2
WHITE
H /252.5:F

I R 0 R 1

I4 I5
/210.4:C /210.4:C
211.2 211.2
/ 251.10:H / 256.8:J
1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

J 0VDC.OCC 0VDC.OCC

-K21001 -K21001
K
STATION ENABLE KEY STATION START START

251
Date 14/10/2020 Date 15/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi CONSOLE - STATION START 253
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 252
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+OCC
A
250.1
/ 250.6:E
K01T0

-XS1 9
B
+ONP
13 13

14 14
-S25302C OPTIONAL NOT PRESENT -S25306C
C OPERATOR HORN
PRESENCE YELLOW
800FP-F5
800F-ALP
-XS1 10 800F-X10

D
253.1

11

E 12
-S25302E
CYCLE STOP
BLACK MUSHROOM
800FP-MM42
800F-ALP
800F-X01S
F
253.2

253.3
G

I L 2 0

I2 In 0
/210.4:C /210.7:C
1734-IB8S

1734-IB8

-K21001 -K21004
K
CYCLE STOP HORN

252
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi CONSOLE - STOP 254
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 253
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+OCC
A

211.1 211.1
/ 249.7:J / 258.6:B
24VDC.OCC 24VDC.OCC

-S25405D 13
CONSOLE ENABLE
C OFF ON 14
2 POS
800FP-KM21
800F-ALP
800F-X10

E
254.1

R 2

H I6
/210.4:C
1734-IB8S

-K21001

CONSOLE ENABLE
OFF ON

253
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi CONSOLE - SELECTOR 256
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 254
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+OCC
A
-K21002 -K21003

1734-OB8E
1734-IB8S
B
/210.5:C /210.6:C
T1M Out 2

L 7 2

256.1
D

-S25603E 13 1
RIVER PUMPS
OFF-0-ON 14 2
3 POS WHITE -S25603E
F 800FP-LSB37 800FP-LSB37
800F-ALP 800F-X01
800F-X10
800F-X01
256.2

256.3

256.4
/256.9:H

H X1
-S25603E
RIVER PUMPS OFF - -
R 0 R 1 X2
- ON
I4 I5 /256.3:F

/210.5:C /210.5:C
I
1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

J 211.2 211.2
/ 252.10:J / 258.6:C
-K21002 -K21002 0VDC.OCC 0VDC.OCC
RIVER PUMPS
OFF - - - ON
RIVER PUMPS RIVER PUMPS
OFF - - - ON OFF - - - ON
K

254
Date 14/10/2020 Date 24/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi CONSOLE - START STOP RIVER PUMPS 258
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 256
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+OCC
A
-K21002

1734-IB8S
211.1 211.1
/ 254.11:B /
B 24VDC.OCC 24VDC.OCC

211.2 211.2
/210.5:C / 256.10:J / 263.5:B
0VDC.OCC 0VDC.OCC
T0

C L 6

258.1
D

23
Θ
E 24
-S25804E
TEMPERATURE PLC LIMIT
0-60°C
NSYCCOTHD
/258.3:G

F
-S25802E Θ
258.2

0-60°C
11
SCH.NSYCCOTHD
/258.10:G -S25802E Θ
/258.7:F 12

G 11
Θ

258.4

211.2
12
-S25804E
TEMPERATURE PLC LIMIT
/258.3:E
H
-XP4 1 -XP4 2
258.3

+ONP
L1 N

258.5

211.2
I L 3
M
I3 1~
-M25808I
/210.5:C
24VDC x1
FPF12KUD24B-110
-E25810J
1734-IB8S

FPFA12-7035G
J 30W x2
091110
24V

OPTIONAL NOT PRESENT

-K21002
K
TEMPERATURE PLC LIMIT TEMPERATURE LIMIT

256
Date 14/10/2020 Date 24/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi CONSOLE - TEMPERATURE 260
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 258
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+OCC
A
-K21002 -K21002

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S
B
/210.5:C /210.5:C
T2 T3M

R 6 R 7

C
-XS 2 -XS 4
-W041 WH BN
4x1mmq
/260.1:H

+STATION EMERGENCY 1
260.1

260.3

E 11 11

12 12
-S26001F
EMERGENCY
KEY RED MUSHROOM
800FP-MK44
F
800F-ALP
800F-X01S
800F-15YE112
260.2

260.4

+OCC
-W041 GN YE
EMERGENCY
H
4x1mmq
/260.1:D -XS 1 -XS 3

I R 2 R 3

I6 I7
/210.5:C /210.5:C
1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

-K21002 -K21002
K
EMERGENCY EMERGENCY

258
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi CONSOLE - EMERGENCY STATION ENTRY 263
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 260
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+OCC
A

-K21003

1734-OB8E
B
211.2
/ 258.10:C
0VDC.OCC

/210.6:C
C Out 6

D
263.1

E
-XS 9 -XS 10

-W040 BU BN
HORN
F
2x1mmq

+HORN

G
263.1

H
0
-P26303H
HORN x2
A-B.855T-B24TA1
24Vdc 45mA
I

J
211.2

K
HORN

260
Date 14/10/2020 Date 15/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi OCC HORN 265
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 263
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
53.9 53.9
A / 53.11:H / 305.1:J
24VDC.RAMP1 24VDC.RAMP1
53.3 53.3
/ 204.11:B / 305.1:K
0VDC 0VDC

-K20209 -K20207
B

1734-OB8E

1734-IB8
C
/203.4:C /203.2:C
Out 0 In 1

0 1

D
265.1

53.3

53.3

53.8

265.4
-XGND

sostituire con 19g1,5 h07

E
-XS1 1 -XS1 2 -XS1 3 4 5 6
-W150 1 2 3 4 5 6
19G1mmq
/320.2:F
/329.2:F
F

+JBRAMP1

G
-XS1 1 -XS1 2 -XS1 3 4 5 6
265.1

53.3

53.3

265.3

265.4

53.9
H

+LIFT 1
-W043 BU BN GNYE -W045 BU WH BK BN
TIGHTENER VALVE STATION TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH
3G1mmq 889D-F4AC-30

DC(+)
OUT2

OUT1
FUNC
DC(-)
I CN1
+ - PE
1 2 3
TIGHTENER VALVE BU WH BK BN

K
1
J
A 2
-S26500I ISE70-F02-L2-1,0MPa
STATION
-Y26502I TIGHTENER
PRESSURE SWITCH

K
TIGHTENER VALVE

263
Date 14/10/2020 Date 08/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC STATION - BELT TIGHTENER 305
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 265
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+LIFT1A +LIFT1B
A

-B30501A PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE CONTROL -B30501B PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE CONTROL

ALLEN BRADLEY 440L-T4F2070-Q ALLEN BRADLEY 440L-R4F0020-Q

AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM
B TRANSMITTER 24Vdc 0...70m RECEIVER 24Vdc 0,5...20m
+24V 0V +24V 0V
1/2 3 PE 10 11 1/2 3 PE 4 5 6 7 8 9

+MCC
-W047 BU BN GNYE -W048 1 2 GNYE 3 4 5 6
PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE CONTROL PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE CONTROL
D
3G1mmq 7G1.5mmq
53.9

53.3

53.9

53.3

305.1

305.2

305.3

305.4
E

-XSA 1 2 -XSB 1 2 -XSB 3 4 -XSB 5 6

F
-XGND

-XGND

305.1

305.2

305.3

305.4
/ 306.8:G / 306.11:G
T1K20206 T0K20206
53.9

301.2

53.9

53.3
G

L 0 L 7 L 1 L 6

I0 T1M I1 T0
/202.8:C /202.8:C /202.8:C /202.8:C
H

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S
I

-K20206 -K20206 -K20206 -K20206

53.9 53.9
/ 265.11:A / 306.1:J
J 24VDC.RAMP1

53.3 53.3
/ 265.11:A / 306.1:K
0VDC

PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE

K CONTROL CONTROL

265
Date 14/10/2020 Date 14/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC LIFT 1 - PHOTOCELLS GATE CONTROL 306
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 305
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+LIFT1A +LIFT1B
A

-B30601A PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE CONTROL -B30601B PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE CONTROL

ALLEN BRADLEY 440L-T4F2070-Q ALLEN BRADLEY 440L-R4F0020-Q

AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM
B TRANSMITTER 24Vdc 0...70m RECEIVER 24Vdc 0,5...20m
+24V 0V +24V 0V
1/2 3 PE 10 11 1/2 3 PE 4 5 6 7 8 9

+MCC
-W049 BU BN GNYE -W050 1 2 GNYE 3 4 5 6
PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE CONTROL PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE CONTROL
D
3G1mmq 7G1.5mmq
53.9

53.3

53.9

53.3

306.1

305.2

306.3

305.4
E

-XSA 1 2 -XSB 1 2 -XSB 7 8 -XSB 9 10

F
-XGND -XGND

306.1

305.2

306.3

305.4
53.9

53.3

53.9

53.3
G

L 2 / 305.9:G L 3 / 305.12:G /
T1K20206 T0K20206 T0K20206
I2 I3
/202.8:C /202.8:C
H

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S
I

-K20206 -K20206

53.9 53.9
/ 305.11:J / 308.1:J
J 24VDC.RAMP1

53.3 53.3
/ 305.11:K / 308.1:K
0VDC

PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE

K CONTROL CONTROL

305
Date 14/10/2020 Date 14/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC LIFT 1 - PHOTOCELLS GATE CONTROL 308
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 306
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+LIFT1A +LIFT1B
A

-B30801A PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP POSITION -B30801B PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP POSITION

ALLEN BRADLEY 440L-T4F2070-Q ALLEN BRADLEY 440L-R4F0020-Q

AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM
B TRANSMITTER 24Vdc 0...70m RECEIVER 24Vdc 0,5...20m
+24V 0V +24V 0V
1/2 3 PE 10 11 1/2 3 PE 4 5 6 7 8 9

+MCC
-W051 BU BN GNYE -W052 1 2 GNYE 3 4 5 6
PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP POSITION PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP POSITION
D
3G1mmq 7G1.5mmq
53.9

53.3

53.9

53.3

308.1

308.2

308.3

308.4
E

-XSA 1 2 -XSB 1 2 -XSB 11 12 -XSB 13 14

F
-XGND -XGND

308.1

308.2

308.3

308.4
53.9

53.3

53.9

53.3
G

R 0 R 6 R 1 R 7

I4 T2 I5 T3M
/202.8:C /202.8:C /202.8:C
H

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S
I

-K20206 -K20206 -K20206 -K20206

53.9 53.9
/ 306.11:J / 310.1:J
J 24VDC.RAMP1

53.3 53.3
/ 306.11:K / 310.1:K
0VDC

PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP

K POSITION POSITION

306
Date 14/10/2020 Date 14/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC LIFT 1 - PHOTOCELLS TOP POSITION 310
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 308
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+LIFT1A +LIFT1B
A

-B31001A PHOTOCELL 1 - OCCUPIED ZONE -B31001B PHOTOCELL 1 - OCCUPIED ZONE

ALLEN BRADLEY 440L-T4F2070-Q ALLEN BRADLEY 440L-R4F0020-Q

AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM
B TRANSMITTER 24Vdc 0...70m RECEIVER 24Vdc 0,5...20m
+24V 0V +24V 0V
1/2 3 PE 10 11 1/2 3 PE 4 5 6 7 8 9

+MCC
-W055 BU BN GNYE -W117 1 2 GNYE 3 4 5 6
PHOTOCELL 1 - OCCUPIED ZONE PHOTOCELL 1 - OCCUPIED ZONE
D
3G1mmq 7G1.5mmq
53.9

53.3

53.9

53.3

310.1

310.2

310.3

310.4
E

-XSA 1 2 -XSB 1 2 -XSB 15 16 -XSB 17 18

F
-XGND -XGND

310.1

310.2

310.3

310.4
53.9

53.3

53.9

53.3
G

L 0 L 6 L 1 L 7

I0 T0 I1 T1M
/203.5:C /203.5:C /203.5:C
H

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S
I

-K20210 -K20210 -K20210 -K20210

53.9 53.9
/ 308.11:J / 314.1:J
J 24VDC.RAMP1

53.3 53.3
/ 308.11:K / 314.1:K
0VDC

PHOTOCELL 1 - PHOTOCELL 1 -
K OCCUPIED ZONE OCCUPIED ZONE

308
Date 14/10/2020 Date 14/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC LIFT 1 - PHOTOCELLS OCCUPIED ZONE 314
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 310
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+LIFT1A +LIFT1B
A

-B31401A PHOTOCELL 1 - SPLASH ZONE -B31401B PHOTOCELL 1 - SPLASH ZONE

ALLEN BRADLEY 440L-T4F2070-Q ALLEN BRADLEY 440L-R4F0020-Q

AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM
B TRANSMITTER 24Vdc 0...70m RECEIVER 24Vdc 0,5...20m
+24V 0V +24V 0V
1/2 3 PE 10 11 1/2 3 PE 4 5 6 7 8 9

+MCC
-W059 BU BN GNYE -W060 1 2 GNYE 3 4 5 6
PHOTOCELL 1 - SPLASH ZONE PHOTOCELL 1 - SPLASH ZONE
D
3G1mmq 7G1.5mmq
53.9

53.3

53.9

53.3

314.1

314.2

314.3

314.4
E

-XSA 1 2 -XSB 1 2 -XSB 19 20 -XSB 21 22

F
-XGND -XGND

314.1

314.2

314.3

314.4
/ 315.11:G / 315.8:G
T2K20210 T3K20210
53.9

53.3

53.9

53.3
G

R 0 R 6 R 1 R 7

I4 T2 I5 T3M
/203.5:C /203.5:C /203.5:C /203.5:C
H

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S
I

-K20210 -K20210 -K20210 -K20210

53.9 53.9
/ 310.11:J / 315.1:J
J 24VDC.RAMP1

53.3 53.3
/ 310.11:K / 315.1:K
0VDC

PHOTOCELL 1 - PHOTOCELL 1 -
K SPLASH ZONE SPLASH ZONE

310
Date 14/10/2020 Date 14/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC LIFT 1 - PHOTOCELLS SPLASH ZONE 315
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 314
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+LIFT1A +LIFT1B
A

-B31501A PHOTOCELL 2 - SPLASH ZONE -B31501B PHOTOCELL 2 - SPLASH ZONE

ALLEN BRADLEY 440L-T4F2070-Q ALLEN BRADLEY 440L-R4F0020-Q

AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM
B TRANSMITTER 24Vdc 0...70m RECEIVER 24Vdc 0,5...20m
+24V 0V +24V 0V
1/2 3 PE 10 11 1/2 3 PE 4 5 6 7 8 9

+MCC
-W061 BU BN GNYE -W062 1 2 GNYE 3 4 5 6
PHOTOCELL 2 - SPLASH ZONE PHOTOCELL 2 - SPLASH ZONE
D
3G1mmq 7G1.5mmq
53.9

53.3

53.9

53.3

315.1

314.4

315.3

314.2
E

-XSA 1 2 -XSB 1 2 -XSB 23 24 -XSB 25 26

F
-XGND -XGND

315.1

314.4

315.3

314.2
53.9

53.3

53.9

53.3
G

R 2 / 314.12:G R 3 / 314.9:G
T3K20210 T2K20210
I6 I7
/203.5:C /203.5:C
H

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S
I

-K20210 -K20210

53.9 53.9
/ 314.11:J / 320.1:A
J 24VDC.RAMP1

53.3 53.3
/ 314.11:K / 320.1:B
0VDC

PHOTOCELL 2 - PHOTOCELL 2 -
K SPLASH ZONE SPLASH ZONE

314
Date 14/10/2020 Date 14/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC LIFT 1 - PHOTOCELLS SPLASH ZONE 320
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 315
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
A
53.9 53.9
/ 315.11:J / 343.1:J
24VDC.RAMP1 24VDC.RAMP1
53.3 53.3
/ 315.11:K / 329.1:A
0VDC 0VDC

B
-K20209 -K20208

1734-OB8E

1734-IB8
C

/203.4:C /203.3:C
Out 3 In 0

D 3 0

-XGND
320.1

53.3

53.3

53.9

320.2
E

-XS1 7 -XS1 8 -XS1 9 10 11 12

-W150 7 8 9 10 11 12
19G1mmq
F
/265.2:F

+JBRAMP1

G
-XS1 7 -XS1 8 -XS1 9 10 11 12
320.1

53.3

53.3

320.3

320.2

53.9
H

+LIFT1
-W063 BU BN GNYE -W140 BU WH BK BN
TIGHTENER VALVE RAMP 1 TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH
3G1mmq 889D-F4AC-30

I
+ - PE
1 2 3

DC(+)
OUT2

OUT1
FUNC
DC(-)

TIGHTENER VALVE CN1

K BU WH BK BN
1
J
A 2

-Y32002I -S32008H ISE70-F02-L2-1,0MPa

RAMP 1 TIGHTENER
TIGHTENER VALVE PRESSURE SWITCH
K

315
Date 14/10/2020 Date 07/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC LIFT 1 - BELT TIGHTENER 325
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 320
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
A
-K20203 -K20203 -K20203 -K20203 -K20203 -K20203

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S
L

L
B

/202.5:C /202.5:C /202.5:C /202.5:C /202.5:C /202.5:C

I0 T0 I1 I2 T1M I3

C L 0 L 6 L 1 L 2 L 7 L 3

325.1

325.2

325.3

325.4

325.5

325.6
E

-XS2 1 2 3 -XS2 10 11 12
-W066 1 2 GNYE -W131 1 2 GNYE
WATER LEVEL SPLASH A ZONE 1 WATER LEVEL SPLASH B ZONE 1

325.1

325.2

325.4

325.5
F

G +LIFT1
325.1

325.2

325.4

325.5
H

LOV.ILM.8 BK BU LOV.ILM.8 BK BU
L.S. NO L.S. NO
WATER LEVEL SPLASH A ZONE 1 WATER LEVEL SPLASH B ZONE 1
I
BU BU

BK BK

-B32504I -B32508I

WATER LEVEL SPLASH A WATER LEVEL SPLASH B

ZONE 1 ZONE 1
K

320
Date 14/10/2020 Date 30/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC LIFT 1 - SPLASH ZONE WATER LEVEL 329
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 325
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
A
53.3 BU 1 mm² 53.3 BU 1 mm² 53.3 BU 1 mm²
/ 320.11:B / 343.1:K
0VDC 0VDC

-K20205 -K20205 -K20202-K20202

B

1734-OB8S

1734-OB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S
L
C
/202.7:C /202.4:C /202.4:C
O3 O4 T0 I1

L 3 R 0 L 6 L 1

D
329.2

329.3

329.4

329.5
E

-XS30 1 -XS30 2 -XS30 3 -XS30 4 -XS30 5 -XS30 6

-W150 13 14 15 16 17 18
19G1mmq
F
/265.2:F

+JBRAMP1

G
-XS30 1 -XS30 2 -XS30 3 -XS30 4 -XS30 5 -XS30 6

329.4

329.5
329.2

53.3

329.3

53.3
H

+LIFT1
-W119 BU BN -W069 BU BN -W152 BU BN
GATE OPEN CLOSE GATE ENABLE VALVE GATE ENABLE VALVE
3G1mmq 3G1mmq 3G1mmq

I
+ - PE + - PE
1 2 3
SMC.VP542-5YO1-03FA SMC.VP-X536 -NC 1 2 3 1 2 3 4
24/00 -NA- GATE ENABLE VALVE
GATE OPEN CLOSE K SMC.VP-X536 -NC K
SMC.VP542-5YO1-03FA 24/00 -NA- 1 1
J
A 2 A 2

-Y32901H -Y32904H

K
GATE OPEN CLOSE GATE ENABLE VALVE

325
Date 14/10/2020 Date 07/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC LIFT 1 - GATE CONTROL valve 1 331
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 329
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
A
-K20213-K20213-K20213-K20213 -K20213 -K20213

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S
R

R
B

/203.8:C /203.8:C /203.8:C /203.8:C /203.8:C /203.8:C

I4 T2 I5 T3M I6 I7

C R 0 R 6 R 1 R 7 R 2 R 3

331.1

331.2

331.3

331.4

331.5

331.2

331.6

331.3
E

-XS30 13-XS30 14-XS30 15-XS30 16 -XS30 17-XS30 18-XS30 19-XS30 20

F
-W072 BK BU WH BN -W073 BK BU WH BN
LEFT GATE LIMIT SWITC RIGHT GATE LIMIT SWITC
889D-F4AC-30 889D-F4AC-30

+LIFT1
331.1

331.2

331.3

331.4

331.5

331.2

331.6

331.3
H

SIE.3SE5232-0HK21 21 22 13 14 SIE.3SE5232-0HK21 21 22 13 14
L.S. NC-NO L.S. NC-NO
LEFT GATE LIMIT SWITC RIGHT GATE LIMIT SWITC
I

J
-B33101H -B33109H

LEFT GATE LIMIT SWITC RIGHT GATE LIMIT SWITC

K

329
Date 14/10/2020 Date 15/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC LIFT 1 - GATE CONTROL 343
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 331
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+LIFT1A +LIFT1B
A

-B34301A LIFT 1 GATE OPEN ENABLE PHOTOCELL -B34306A LIFT 1 GATE OPEN ENABLE PHOTOCELL

ALLEN BRADLEY 42GRL-9000 ALLEN BRADLEY 42GRR-9001

Transmitted Beam, 61m (200ft), 10-264V AC/DC Transmitted Beam Receiver, 10-55V DC / 20-40V AC
B
+24V 0V +24V 0V NC NO C
+ BN - BU +BN -BU WH BK OR

+MCC

D
53.9

53.3

53.9

53.3

343.2

343.1
E

-XSA 1 2 -XSB 1 2 -XSB 59 60 69

F

343.1
53.9

53.3

53.9

53.3
G
R 2

I6
/203.6:C

1734-IB8S
R
I
-K20211

53.9 53.9
/ 320.11:A
J

53.3 53.3
/ 329.11:A / 443.1:K
0VDC

LIFT 1 GATE OPEN LIFT 1 GATE OPEN

K ENABLE PHOTOCELL ENABLE PHOTOCELL

331
Date 14/10/2020 Date 07/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC LIFT 1 - GATE CONTROL 405
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 343
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+LIFT2A +LIFT2B
A

-B40501A PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE CONTROL -B40501B PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE CONTROL

ALLEN BRADLEY 440L-T4F2070-Q ALLEN BRADLEY 440L-R4F0020-Q

AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM
B TRANSMITTER 24Vdc 0...70m RECEIVER 24Vdc 0,5...20m
+24V 0V +24V 0V
1/2 3 PE 10 11 1/2 3 PE 4 5 6 7 8 9

+MCC
-W076 BU BN GNYE -W077 1 2 GNYE 3 4 5 6
PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE CONTROL PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE CONTROL
D
3G1mmq 7G1.5mmq
53.10

53.3

53.10

53.3

405.1

405.2

405.3

405.4
E

-XSA 3 4 -XSB 31 -XSB 32 -XSB 33 -XSB 34 -XSB 35 -XSB 36

F
-XGND -XGND

/ 406.8:G / 406.11:G

405.1

405.2

405.3

405.4
T0K20211 T1K20211
53.10

53.3

53.10

53.3
G

L 0 L 6 L 1 L 7

I0 T0 I1 T1M
/203.6:C /203.6:C /203.6:C /203.6:C
H

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S
I

-K20211 -K20211 -K20211 -K20211

53.10 53.10
/ 443.11:J / 406.1:J
J 24VDC.RAMP2

53.3 53.3
/ 443.11:K / 415.1:K
0VDC

PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE

K CONTROL CONTROL

343
Date 14/10/2020 Date 14/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC LIFT 2 - PHOTOCELLS GATE CONTROL 406
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 405
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+LIFT2A +LIFT2B
A

-B40601A PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE CONTROL -B40601B PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE CONTROL

ALLEN BRADLEY 440L-T4F2070-Q ALLEN BRADLEY 440L-R4F0020-Q

AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM
B TRANSMITTER 24Vdc 0...70m RECEIVER 24Vdc 0,5...20m
+24V 0V +24V 0V
1/2 3 PE 10 11 1/2 3 PE 4 5 6 7 8 9

+MCC
-W078 BU BN GNYE -W079 1 2 GNYE 3 4 5 6
PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE CONTROL PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE CONTROL
D
3G1mmq 7G1.5mmq
53.10

53.3

53.10

53.3

406.1

405.2

406.3

405.4
E

-XSA 3 4 -XSB 31 -XSB 32 -XSB 37 -XSB 38 -XSB 39 -XSB 40

F
-XGND -XGND

406.1

405.2

406.3

405.4
53.10

53.3

53.10

53.3
G
L 2 / 405.9:F L 3 / 405.12:F
T0K20211 T1K20211
I2 I3
/203.6:C /203.6:C

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S
I
-K20211 -K20211

53.10 401.4
/ 405.11:J / 408.1:J
J 24VDC.RAMP2

53.3 53.3
/ 406.11:K / 406.1:K
0VDC.RCC2

PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE

K CONTROL CONTROL

405
Date 14/10/2020 Date 14/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC LIFT 2 - PHOTOCELLS GATE CONTROL 408
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 406
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+LIFT2A +LIFT2B
A

-B40801A PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP POSITION -B40801B PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP POSITION

ALLEN BRADLEY 440L-T4F2070-Q ALLEN BRADLEY 440L-R4F0020-Q

AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM
B TRANSMITTER 24Vdc 0...70m RECEIVER 24Vdc 0,5...20m
+24V 0V +24V 0V
1/2 3 PE 10 11 1/2 3 PE 4 5 6 7 8 9

+MCC
-W080 BU BN GNYE -W081 1 2 GNYE 3 4 5 6
PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP POSITION PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP POSITION
D
3G1mmq 7G1.5mmq
53.10

53.3

53.10

53.3

408.1

408.2

408.3

408.4
E

-XSA 3 4 -XSB 31 -XSB 32 -XSB 41 -XSB 42 -XSB 43 -XSB 44

F
-XGND -XGND

408.1

408.2

408.3

408.4
53.10

53.3

53.10

53.3
G
R 0 R 6 R 1 R 7

I4 T2 I5 T3M
/203.6:C /203.6:C /203.6:C /203.6:C

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S
I
-K20211 -K20211 -K20211 -K20211

53.10 53.10
/ 406.11:J / 410.1:J
J 24VDC.RAMP2

53.3 53.3
/ 408.11:K / 408.1:K
0VDC.RCC2

PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP

K POSITION POSITION

406
Date 14/10/2020 Date 14/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC LIFT 2 - PHOTOCELLS TOP POSITION 410
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 408
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+LIFT2A +LIFT2B
A

-B41001A PHOTOCELL 1 - OCCUPIED ZONE -B41001B PHOTOCELL 1 - OCCUPIED ZONE

ALLEN BRADLEY 440L-T4F2070-Q ALLEN BRADLEY 440L-R4F0020-Q

AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM
B TRANSMITTER 24Vdc 0...70m RECEIVER 24Vdc 0,5...20m
+24V 0V +24V 0V
1/2 3 PE 10 11 1/2 3 PE 4 5 6 7 8 9

+MCC
-W084 BU BN GNYE -W085 1 2 GNYE 3 4 5 6
PHOTOCELL 1 - OCCUPIED ZONE PHOTOCELL 1 - OCCUPIED ZONE
D
3G1mmq 7G1.5mmq
53.10

53.3

53.10

53.3

410.1

410.2

410.3

410.4
E

-XSA 3 4 -XSB 31 -XSB 32 -XSB 45 -XSB 46 -XSB 47 -XSB 48

F
-XGND -XGND

410.1

410.2

410.2

410.3

410.4

410.4
/ 444.8:G / 444.11:G
53.10

53.3

53.10

53.3
G L 0 L 6 T0K20213 L 1 L 7 T1K20213
I0 T0 I1 T1M
/203.7:C /203.7:C /203.7:C /203.7:C

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S
H

I -K20212 -K20212 -K20212 -K20212

53.10 53.10
/ 408.11:J / 414.1:J
J 24VDC.RAMP2

53.3 53.3
/ 410.11:K / 410.1:K
0VDC.RCC2

PHOTOCELL 1 - PHOTOCELL 1 -
K OCCUPIED ZONE OCCUPIED ZONE

408
Date 14/10/2020 Date 14/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC LIFT 2 - PHOTOCELLS OCCUPIED ZONE 414
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 410
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+LIFT2A +LIFT2B
A

-B41401A PHOTOCELL 1 - SPLASH ZONE -B41401B PHOTOCELL 1 - SPLASH ZONE

ALLEN BRADLEY 440L-T4F2070-Q ALLEN BRADLEY 440L-R4F0020-Q

AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM
B TRANSMITTER 24Vdc 0...70m RECEIVER 24Vdc 0,5...20m
+24V 0V +24V 0V
1/2 3 PE 10 11 1/2 3 PE 4 5 6 7 8 9

+MCC
-W088 BU BN GNYE -W118 1 2 GNYE 3 4 5 6
PHOTOCELL 1 - SPLASH ZONE PHOTOCELL 1 - SPLASH ZONE
D
3G1mmq 7G1.5mmq
53.10

53.3

53.10

53.3

414.1

414.2

414.3

414.4
E

-XSA 3 4 -XSB 31 -XSB 32 -XSB 49 -XSB 50 -XSB 51 -XSB 52

F
-XGND -XGND

/ 415.8:G / 415.11:G

414.1

414.2

414.3

414.4
T2K20212 T3K20212
53.10

53.3

53.10

53.3
G

R 0 R 6 R 1 R 7

I4 T2 I5 T3M
/203.7:C /203.7:C /203.7:C /203.7:C
H

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S
I

-K20212 -K20212 -K20212 -K20212

53.10 53.10
/ 410.11:J / 415.1:J
J 24VDC.RAMP2

53.3 53.3
/ 414.11:K / 414.1:K
0VDC.RCC2

PHOTOCELL 1 - PHOTOCELL 1 -
K SPLASH ZONE SPLASH ZONE

410
Date 14/10/2020 Date 14/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC LIFT 2 - PHOTOCELLS SPLASH ZONE 415
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 414
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+LIFT2A +LIFT2B
A

-B41501A PHOTOCELL 2 - SPLASH ZONE -B41501B PHOTOCELL 2 - SPLASH ZONE

ALLEN BRADLEY 440L-T4F2070-Q ALLEN BRADLEY 440L-R4F0020-Q

AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM
B TRANSMITTER 24Vdc 0...70m RECEIVER 24Vdc 0,5...20m
+24V 0V +24V 0V
1/2 3 PE 10 11 1/2 3 PE 4 5 6 7 8 9

+MCC
-W090 BU BN GNYE -W091 1 2 GNYE 3 4 5 6
PHOTOCELL 2 - SPLASH ZONE PHOTOCELL 2 - SPLASH ZONE
D
3G1mmq 7G1.5mmq
53.10

53.3

53.10

53.3

415.1

414.2

415.3

414.4
E

-XSA 3 4 -XSB 31 -XSB 32 -XSB 53 -XSB 54 -XSB 55 -XSB 56

F
-XGND -XGND

415.1

414.2

415.3

414.4
53.10

53.3

53.10

53.3
G
/ 414.9:F / 414.12:F
R 2 T2K20212 R 3 T3K20212
I6 I7
/203.7:C /203.7:C
H

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S
I

-K20212 -K20212

53.10 53.10
/ 414.11:J / 420.1:A
J 24VDC.RAMP2

53.3 53.3
/ 405.11:K / 420.1:B
0VDC

PHOTOCELL 2 - PHOTOCELL 2 -
K SPLASH ZONE SPLASH ZONE

414
Date 14/10/2020 Date 14/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC LIFT 2 - PHOTOCELLS SPLASH ZONE 420
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 415
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
A
53.10 53.10
/ 415.11:J / 421.1:A
24VDC.RAMP2 24VDC.RAMP2
53.3 53.3
/ 415.11:K / 421.1:B
0VDC 0VDC

B
-K20209 -K20208

1734-OB8E

1734-IB8
C

/203.4:C /203.3:C
Out 4 In 6

D 4 6

-XGND
420.1

53.3

53.3

53.10

420.2
E

-XS1 13 -XS1 14 -XS1 15 16 17 18

-W151 1 2 3 4 5 6
19G1mmq
F
/421.2:F
/423.2:F

+JBRAMP2

G
-XS1 1 -XS1 2 -XS1 3 4 5 6

53.3

420.3

420.2

53.10
420.1

53.3

+LIFT2
-W092 BU BN GNYE -W093 BU WH BK BN
TIGHTENER VALVE 1 RAMP 2 TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH 2A
3G1mmq 889D-F4AC-30

I
+ - PE
1 2 3

DC(+)
OUT2

OUT1
FUNC
DC(-)

TIGHTENER VALVE 1 CN1

K BU WH BK BN
1
J
A 2

-Y42002I -S42005I ISE70-F02-L2-1,0MPa

RAMP 2 TIGHTENER
PRESSURE SWITCH
K 2A
TIGHTENER VALVE 1

415
Date 14/10/2020 Date 24/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC LIFT 2 - FIRST BELT TIGHTENER 421
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 420
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
A
53.10 401.3
/ 420.11:A / 444.1:J
24VDC.RAMP2 24VDC.RAMP2
53.3 53.3
/ 420.11:B / 423.1:A
0VDC 0VDC

B
-K20209 -K20209

1734-OB8E

1734-OB8E
C

/203.4:C
Out 5 In 1

D 5 1

-XGND
421.1

53.3

53.3

53.10

421.2
E

-XS1 19 -XS1 20 -XS1 21 22 23 24

-W151 7 8 9 10 11 12
19G1mmq
F
/420.2:F

+JBRAMP2

G
-XS1 19 -XS1 20 -XS1 21 22 23 24
421.1

53.3

53.3

421.3

421.2

53.10
H

+LIFT2
-W095 BU BN GNYE -W141 BU WH BK BN
TIGHTENER VALVE 2 RAMP 2 TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH 2B
3G1mmq 889D-F4AC-30

I
+ - PE
1 2 3

DC(+)
OUT2

OUT1
FUNC
DC(-)

TIGHTENER VALVE 2 CN1

K BU WH BK BN
1
J
A 2

-Y42102I -S42105I ISE70-F02-L2-1,0MPa

RAMP 2 TIGHTENER
PRESSURE SWITCH
K 2B
TIGHTENER VALVE 2

420
Date 14/10/2020 Date 24/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC LIFT 2 - SECOND BELT TIGHTENER 423
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 421
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
A
53.3 53.3
/ 421.11:B / 444.1:K
0VDC 0VDC
-K20214 -K20214 -K20213-K20213

1734-OB8S

1734-OB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S
B

L
/203.9:C /203.8:C /203.8:C
C O1 O2 T1M I2

L 1 L 2 L 7 L 2

D
423.1

53.3

423.4

423.5

423.6
E

-XS3 1 -XS3 2 -XS3 3 -XS3 4 -XS30 21-XS30 22

-W151 13 14 15 16 17 18
19G1mmq
F
/420.2:F

+JBRAMP2

G
-XS3 1 -XS3 2 -XS3 3 -XS3 4 -XS30 1 -XS30 2

423.5

423.6
423.1

53.3

423.4

53.3
H

+LIFT2
-W120 BU BN -W121 BU BN -W153 BU BN
GATE OPEN CLOSE GATE ENABLE VALVE GATE ENABLE VALVE
3G1mmq 3G1mmq 3G1mmq

I
+ - PE + - PE
1 2 3
SMC.VP542-5YO1-03FA SMC.VP-X536 -NC 1 2 3 1 2 3 4
24/00 -NA- SMC.VP-X536 -NC
GATE OPEN CLOSE K K
SMC.VP542-5YO1-03FA 24/00 -NA- 1 1
J
A 2 A 2

-Y42302I -Y42306I

K
GATE OPEN CLOSE GATE ENABLE VALVE

421
Date 14/10/2020 Date 07/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC LIFT 2 - GATE CONTROL valve 1 425
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 423
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
A
-K20203-K20203-K20203-K20203 -K20203 -K20203

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S
R

R
B

/202.5:C /202.5:C /202.5:C /202.5:C /202.5:C /202.5:C

I4 T2 T3M I5 I6 I7

C R 0 R 6 R 7 R 1 R 2 R 3

425.1

425.2

425.3

425.4

425.5

425.2

425.6

425.3
E

-XS3 31 -XS3 32 -XS3 33 -XS3 34 -XS3 35 -XS3 36 -XS3 37 -XS3 38

F
-W134 BK BU WH BN -W135 BK BU WH BN
LEFT GATE LIMIT SWITC RIGHT GATE LIMIT SWITC
889D-F4AC-30 889D-F4AC-30

+LIFT2
425.1

425.2

425.3

425.5

425.5

425.2

425.6

425.3
H

SIE.3SE5232-0HK21 21 22 13 14 SIE.3SE5232-0HK21 21 22 13 14
L.S. NC-NO L.S. NC-NO
LEFT GATE LIMIT SWITC RIGHT GATE LIMIT SWITC
I

J
-B42504H -B42509H

LEFT GATE LIMIT SWITC RIGHT GATE LIMIT SWITC

K

423
Date 14/10/2020 Date 08/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC LIFT 2 - GATE CONTROL 430
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 425
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+MCC
A
-K20213 -K20213 -K20213 -K20202 -K20202 -K20202

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S
R
L
B

/203.8:C /203.8:C /202.4:C /202.4:C /202.4:C

I0 T0 I1 I6 T3M I7

C L 0 L 6 L 1 R 2 R 7 R 3

430.1

430.2

430.3

430.4

430.5

430.6
E

-XS3 13 14 15 -XS3 16 17 18
-W132 1 2 GNYE -W133 1 2 GNYE
WATER LEVEL SPLASH A ZONE 2 WATER LEVEL SPLASH B ZONE 2

430.1

430.2

430.4

430.5
F

G +LIFT2
430.1

430.2

430.4

430.5
H

LOV.ILM.8 BK BU LOV.ILM.8 BK BU
L.S. NO L.S. NO
WATER LEVEL SPLASH A ZONE 2 WATER LEVEL SPLASH B ZONE 2
I BU BU

BK BK

J
-B43004I -B43008I

WATER LEVEL SPLASH A WATER LEVEL SPLASH B

ZONE 2 ZONE 2
K

425
Date 14/10/2020 Date 08/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC LIFT 2 - SPLASH ZONE WATER LEVEL 443
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 430
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+LIFT2A +LIFT2B
A

-B44301A LIFT 2 GATE OPEN ENABLE PHOTOCELL -B44306A LIFT 2 GATE OPEN ENABLE PHOTOCELL

ALLEN BRADLEY 42GRL-9000 ALLEN BRADLEY 42GRR-9001

Transmitted Beam, 61m (200ft), 10-264V AC/DC Transmitted Beam Receiver, 10-55V DC / 20-40V AC
B
+24V 0V +24V 0V NC NO C
+ BN - BU + BN - BU WH BK OR

+MCC

D
53.10

53.3

53.10

53.3

443.2

443.1

53.3
E

-XSA 3 4 -XSB 31 32 -XSB 67 68 70

F

443.1
53.10

53.3

53.10

53.3
G
R 3

I7
/203.6:C

1734-IB8S
R
I
-K20211

53.10 53.10
/ 53.11:H / 405.1:J
J 24VDC.RAMP2

53.3 53.3
/ 343.11:K / 405.1:K
0VDC

LIFT 2 GATE OPEN LIFT 2 GATE OPEN

K ENABLE PHOTOCELL ENABLE PHOTOCELL

430
Date 14/10/2020 Date 08/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC LIFT 2 - GATE CONTROL 444
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 443
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

+LIFT2A +LIFT2B
A

-B44401A PHOTOCELL - CARPET 2 CONTROL -B44406A PHOTOCELL -CARPET 2 CONTROL

ALLEN BRADLEY 440L-T4F2070-Q ALLEN BRADLEY 440L-R4F0020-Q

AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM
B TRANSMITTER 24Vdc 0...70m RECEIVER 24Vdc 0,5...20m
+24V 0V +24V 0V
1/2 3 PE 10 11 1/2 3 PE 4 5 6 7 8 9

+MCC
-W146 BU BN GNYE -W147 1 2 GNYE 3 4 5 6
PHOTOCELL - CARPET 2 CONTROL PHOTOCELL -CARPET 2 CONTROL
D
3G1mmq 7G1.5mmq
53.10

53.3

53.10

53.3

444.1

410.2

444.3

410.4
E

-XSA 3 4 -XSB 31 -XSB 32 -XSB 63 -XSB 64 -XSB 65 -XSB 66

F
-XGND -XGND

444.1

410.2

444.3

410.4
53.10

53.3

53.10

53.3
G
L 2 / 410.9:G L 3 / 410.12:G
T0K20213 T1K20213
I2 I3
/203.7:C

1734-IB8S

1734-IB8S
L

L
I
-K20212 -K20212

53.10
/ 421.11:A
J

53.3
/ 423.11:A

PHOTOCELL - CARPET PHOTOCELL -CARPET

K 2 CONTROL 2 CONTROL

443
Date 14/10/2020 Date 14/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi MCC LIFT 2 -CARPET 2 CONTROL 1100
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 444
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F13_AUXEL2014_RIDES_V02(UNICA DEST)

Terminal diagram
A

Cable designations

Cable designations
Terminal strip

+MCC-X2
B

Cable type

Cable type
EXTERNAL COMPONENT

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL LEVEL

TERMINAL

JUMPERS

INTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF INTERNAL

INTERNAL COMPONENT

PAGE/PATH
C

TERMINAL FUNCTION
D
PUMP 1 +JB_PUMP1-X2 1 ST 4 1 47.7 5/T2- +MCC-T4706D /47.7:H
PUMP 1 +JB_PUMP1-X2 2 ST 4 2 47.8 7/T1+ +MCC-T4706D /47.7:H
PUMP 2 +JB_PUMP2-X2 1 ST 4 3 48.7 5/T2- +MCC-T4806C /48.7:H
PUMP 2 +JB_PUMP2-X2 2 ST 4 4 48.8 7/T1+ +MCC-T4806C /48.7:H
E

444
Date 14/10/2020 Date 07/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Schema morsetti +MCC-X2 1101
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1100
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F13_AUXEL2014_RIDES_V02(UNICA DEST)

Terminal diagram
A

Cable designations

Cable designations
Terminal strip

+MCC-XP1
B

Cable type

Cable type
EXTERNAL COMPONENT

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL LEVEL

TERMINAL

JUMPERS

INTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF INTERNAL

INTERNAL COMPONENT

PAGE/PATH
C

TERMINAL FUNCTION
D
COMPRESSOR +COMPRESSOR-M10002I U 100.5 ST 6 1 100.5 2 +MCC-Q10102H /100.2:G
COMPRESSOR +COMPRESSOR-M10002I V 100.6 ST 6 2 100.6 4 +MCC-Q10102H /100.3:G
COMPRESSOR +COMPRESSOR-M10002I W 100.7 ST 6 3 100.7 6 +MCC-Q10102H /100.3:G
COMPRESSOR +COMPRESSOR-M10002I PE ST 6-PE 5 +MCC-XGND /100.3:G
E

1100
Date 14/10/2020 Date 30/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Schema morsetti +MCC-XP1 1102
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1101
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F13_AUXEL2014_RIDES_V02(UNICA DEST)

Terminal diagram
A

+MCC-W009

+MCC-W008

+MCC-W007

+MCC-W006

+MCC-W005

Cable designations

Cable designations
Terminal strip

+MCC-XP2
B

4G2.5mmq

4G2.5mmq

4G2.5mmq

4G4mmq

4G4mmq

Cable type

Cable type
EXTERNAL COMPONENT

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL LEVEL

TERMINAL

JUMPERS

INTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF INTERNAL

INTERNAL COMPONENT

PAGE/PATH
C

TERMINAL FUNCTION
D
MOTOR LIFT 2 1 +MOTOR LIFT2-M5003K U1 ST 4 1 50.3 2 +MCC-Q8004F /50.2:H
MOTOR LIFT 2 2 +MOTOR LIFT2-M5003K V1 ST 4 2 50.6 4 +MCC-Q8004F /50.2:H
MOTOR LIFT 2 3 +MOTOR LIFT2-M5003K W1 ST 4 3 50.9 6 +MCC-Q8004F /50.2:H
MOTOR LIFT 2 GNYE +MOTOR LIFT2-M5003K PE ST 4-PE PE +MCC-XGND /50.2:H
E MOTOR LIFT 1 1 +MOTOR LIFT1-M5006K U1 ST 4 4 50.12 2 +MCC-Q8006F /50.6:H
MOTOR LIFT 1 2 +MOTOR LIFT1-M5006K V1 ST 4 5 50.15 4 +MCC-Q8006F /50.6:H
MOTOR LIFT 1 3 +MOTOR LIFT1-M5006K W1 ST 4 6 50.18 6 +MCC-Q8006F /50.6:H
MOTOR LIFT 1 GNYE +MOTOR LIFT1-M5006K PE ST 4-PE PE +MCC-XGND /50.7:H
MOTOR STATION 1 +MOTOR STATION-M5009K U1 ST 4 7 50.21 2 +MCC-Q8008F /50.10:H
F MOTOR STATION 2 +MOTOR STATION-M5009K V1 ST 4 8 50.24 4 +MCC-Q8008F /50.10:H
MOTOR STATION 3 +MOTOR STATION-M5009K W1 ST 4 9 50.27 6 +MCC-Q8008F /50.11:H
MOTOR STATION GNYE +MOTOR STATION-M5009K PE ST 4-PE PE +MCC-XGND /50.11:H
WATERFALL 1 1 +WATERFALL 1-M5102K U1 ST 4 10 51.2 2 +MCC-Q9601F /51.2:H
WATERFALL 1 2 +WATERFALL 1-M5102K V1 ST 4 11 51.4 4 +MCC-Q9601F /51.2:H
G 3 /51.2:H
WATERFALL 1 +WATERFALL 1-M5102K W1 ST 4 12 51.6 6 +MCC-Q9601F
WATERFALL 1 GNYE +WATERFALL 1-M5102K PE ST 4-PE PE +MCC-XGND /51.2:H
WATERFALL 2 1 +WATERFALL 2-M5106K U1 ST 4 13 51.8 2 +MCC-Q9602F /51.6:H
WATERFALL 2 2 +WATERFALL 2-M5106K V1 ST 4 14 51.10 4 +MCC-Q9602F /51.6:H
WATERFALL 2 3 +WATERFALL 2-M5106K W1 ST 4 15 51.12 6 +MCC-Q9602F /51.6:H
H
WATERFALL 2 GNYE +WATERFALL 2-M5106K PE ST 4-PE PE +MCC-XGND /51.7:H

1101
Date 14/10/2020 Date 24/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Schema morsetti +MCC-XP2 1103
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1102
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F13_AUXEL2014_RIDES_V02(UNICA DEST)

Terminal diagram
A

+MCC-W114

+MCC-W011

Cable designations

Cable designations
Terminal strip

+MCC-XP3
B

GNYE

4G1.5mmq

Cable type

Cable type
EXTERNAL COMPONENT

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL LEVEL

TERMINAL

JUMPERS

INTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF INTERNAL

INTERNAL COMPONENT

PAGE/PATH
C

TERMINAL FUNCTION
D
POWER OCC 1 +OCC-XP1 3 52.1 ST 4 1 52.1 +MCC-F5202C /52.1:H
POWER OCC 2 +OCC-XP1 2 52.2 ST 4 2 52.2 +MCC-F5202C /52.2:H
POWER OCC 3 +OCC-XP1 1 52.3 ST 4 3 52.3 +MCC-F5202C /52.2:H
POWER OCC GNYE +OCC-XP1 PE ST 4-PE PE +MCC-XGND /52.2:H
E POWER OCC GNYE +OCC-XP1 PE ST 4-PE PE +MCC-XGND /52.4:H

1102
Date 14/10/2020 Date 15/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Schema morsetti +MCC-XP3 1104
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1103
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F13_AUXEL2014_RIDES_V02(UNICA DEST)

Terminal diagram
A

Cable designations

Cable designations
Terminal strip

+MCC-XP4
B

Cable type

Cable type
EXTERNAL COMPONENT

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL LEVEL

TERMINAL

JUMPERS

INTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF INTERNAL

INTERNAL COMPONENT

PAGE/PATH
C

TERMINAL FUNCTION
D
FAN +MCC+ONP-E25810J x1 55.6 ST 2,5 1 1 55.6 12 +MCC-S5507E /55.10:I
FAN +MCC+ONP-E25810J x2 55.5 ST 2,5 1 2 55.4 1 +MCC-M5507J /55.10:I

1103
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Schema morsetti +MCC-XP4 1105
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1104
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F13_AUXEL2014_RIDES_V02(UNICA DEST)

Terminal diagram
A

Cable designations

Cable designations
Terminal strip

+MCC-XPE
B

Cable type

Cable type
EXTERNAL COMPONENT

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL LEVEL

TERMINAL

JUMPERS

INTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF INTERNAL

INTERNAL COMPONENT

PAGE/PATH
C

TERMINAL FUNCTION
D
CUSTOMER LINE SUPPLY +MCC-XGND GND USLKG 95 1 GND PE +FIELD /41.6:C

1104
Date 14/10/2020 Date 11/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Schema morsetti +MCC-XPE 1106
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1105
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F13_AUXEL2014_RIDES_V02(UNICA DEST)

Terminal diagram
A

+MCC-W151

+MCC-W150

Cable designations

Cable designations
Terminal strip

+MCC-XS1
B

19G1mmq

19G1mmq

Cable type

Cable type
EXTERNAL COMPONENT

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL LEVEL

TERMINAL

JUMPERS

INTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF INTERNAL

INTERNAL COMPONENT

PAGE/PATH
C

TERMINAL FUNCTION
D
TIGHTENER VALVE 1 +JBRAMP1-XS1 1 STTB 2,5 1 1 265.1 0 +MCC-K20209 /265.2:E
TIGHTENER VALVE 2 +JBRAMP1-XS1 2 2 2 53.3 4 +MCC-K20206A /265.3:E
STATION TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH 3 +JBRAMP1-XS1 3 STTB 2,5 1 3 53.3 2 +MCC-XSA /265.9:E
STATION TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH 4 +JBRAMP1-XS1 4 2 4 /265.9:E
E STATION TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH 5 +JBRAMP1-XS1 5 STTB 2,5 1 5 265.4 1 +MCC-K20207 /265.10:E
STATION TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH 6 +JBRAMP1-XS1 6 2 6 53.9 +MCC-F5309H /265.10:E
53.8
TIGHTENER VALVE 7 +JBRAMP1-XS1 7 STTB 2,5 1 7 320.1 3 +MCC-K20209 /320.2:F
TIGHTENER VALVE 8 +JBRAMP1-XS1 8 2 8 53.3 2 +MCC-XSB /320.3:F
F RAMP 1 TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH 9 +JBRAMP1-XS1 9 STTB 2,5 1 9 53.3 2 +MCC-XS30 /320.6:F
RAMP 1 TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH 10 +JBRAMP1-XS1 10 2 10 /320.6:F
RAMP 1 TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH 11 +JBRAMP1-XS1 11 STTB 2,5 1 11 320.2 0 +MCC-K20208 /320.7:F
RAMP 1 TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH 12 +JBRAMP1-XS1 12 2 12 53.9 1 +MCC-XSB /320.7:F
53.9
G 1 /420.2:F
TIGHTENER VALVE 1 +JBRAMP2-XS1 1 STTB 2,5 1 13 420.1 4 +MCC-K20209
TIGHTENER VALVE 1 2 +JBRAMP2-XS1 2 2 14 53.3 32 +MCC-XSB /420.3:F
RAMP 2 TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH 2A 3 +JBRAMP2-XS1 3 STTB 2,5 1 15 /420.6:F
RAMP 2 TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH 2A 4 +JBRAMP2-XS1 4 2 16 /420.6:F
RAMP 2 TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH 2A 5 +JBRAMP2-XS1 5 STTB 2,5 1 17 420.2 6 +MCC-K20208 /420.7:F
H
RAMP 2 TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH 2A 6 +JBRAMP2-XS1 6 2 18 53.10 31 +MCC-XSB /420.7:F
TIGHTENER VALVE 2 7 +JBRAMP2-XS1 19 STTB 2,5 1 19 421.1 5 +MCC-K20209 /421.2:F
TIGHTENER VALVE 2 8 +JBRAMP2-XS1 20 2 20 /421.3:F
RAMP 2 TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH 2B 9 +JBRAMP2-XS1 21 STTB 2,5 1 21 53.3 2 +MCC-XS3 /421.6:F
RAMP 2 TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH 2B 10 +JBRAMP2-XS1 22 2 22 /421.6:F
I
RAMP 2 TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH 2B 11 +JBRAMP2-XS1 23 STTB 2,5 1 23 421.2 1 +MCC-K20209 /421.7:F
RAMP 2 TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH 2B 12 +JBRAMP2-XS1 24 2 24 53.10 3 +MCC-XSA /421.7:F

1105
Date 14/10/2020 Date 08/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Schema morsetti +MCC-XS1 1107
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1106
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F13_AUXEL2014_RIDES_V02(UNICA DEST)

Terminal diagram
A

+MCC-W131

+MCC-W066

Cable designations

Cable designations
Terminal strip

+MCC-XS2
B

4G1mmq

4G1mmq

Cable type

Cable type
EXTERNAL COMPONENT

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL LEVEL

TERMINAL

JUMPERS

INTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF INTERNAL

INTERNAL COMPONENT

PAGE/PATH
C

TERMINAL FUNCTION
D
WATER LEVEL SPLASH A ZONE 1 1 +LIFT1-B32504I BK 325.1 STTB 2,5 1 1 325.1 0 +MCC-K20203 /325.5:F
WATER LEVEL SPLASH A ZONE 1 2 +LIFT1-B32504I 1:BU 325.2 2 2 325.2 6 +MCC-K20203 /325.5:F
WATER LEVEL SPLASH A ZONE 1 STTB 2,5 2 3 325.3 1 +MCC-K20203 /325.5:F
WATER LEVEL SPLASH B ZONE 1 1 +LIFT1-B32508I BK 325.4 STTB 2,5 1 10 325.4 2 +MCC-K20203 /325.9:F
E WATER LEVEL SPLASH B ZONE 1 2 +LIFT1-B32508I 1:BU 325.5 2 11 325.5 7 +MCC-K20203 /325.9:F
WATER LEVEL SPLASH B ZONE 1 STTB 2,5 2 12 325.6 3 +MCC-K20203 /325.9:F

1106
Date 14/10/2020 Date 30/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Schema morsetti +MCC-XS2 1108
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1107
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F13_AUXEL2014_RIDES_V02(UNICA DEST)

Terminal diagram
A

+MCC-W135

+MCC-W134

+MCC-W133

+MCC-W132

+MCC-W151

Cable designations

Cable designations
Terminal strip

+MCC-XS3
B

889D-F4AC-30

889D-F4AC-30

4G1mmq

4G1mmq

19G1mmq

Cable type

Cable type
EXTERNAL COMPONENT

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL LEVEL

TERMINAL

JUMPERS

INTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF INTERNAL

INTERNAL COMPONENT

PAGE/PATH
C

TERMINAL FUNCTION
D
GATE OPEN CLOSE 13 +JBRAMP2-XS3 1 STTB 2,5 1 1 423.1 1 +MCC-K20214 /423.3:F
GATE OPEN CLOSE 14 +JBRAMP2-XS3 2 2 2 53.3 21 +MCC-XS1 /423.3:F
GATE ENABLE VALVE 15 +JBRAMP2-XS3 3 STTB 2,5 1 3 423.4 2 +MCC-K20214 /423.6:F
GATE ENABLE VALVE 16 +JBRAMP2-XS3 4 2 4 53.3 4 +MCC-XSA /423.7:F
E WATER LEVEL SPLASH A ZONE 2 1 +LIFT2-B43004I BK 430.1 STTB 2,5 1 13 430.1 0 +MCC-K20213 /430.5:F
WATER LEVEL SPLASH A ZONE 2 2 +LIFT2-B43004I 1:BU 430.2 2 14 430.2 6 +MCC-K20213 /430.5:F
WATER LEVEL SPLASH A ZONE 2 STTB 2,5 1 15 430.3 1 +MCC-K20213 /430.5:F
WATER LEVEL SPLASH B ZONE 2 1 +LIFT2-B43008I BK 430.4 2 16 430.4 2 +MCC-K20202 /430.9:F
WATER LEVEL SPLASH B ZONE 2 2 +LIFT2-B43008I 1:BU 430.5 STTB 2,5 1 17 430.5 7 +MCC-K20202 /430.9:F
F WATER LEVEL SPLASH B ZONE 2 2 18 430.6 3 +MCC-K20202 /430.9:F
LEFT GATE LIMIT SWITC BK +LIFT2-B42504H 21 425.1 STTB 2,5 1 31 425.1 0 +MCC-K20203 /425.4:F
LEFT GATE LIMIT SWITC BU +LIFT2-B42504H 1:22 425.2 2 32 425.2 6 +MCC-K20203 /425.4:F
LEFT GATE LIMIT SWITC WH +LIFT2-B42504H 1:13 425.3 STTB 2,5 1 33 425.3 7 +MCC-K20203 /425.5:F
LEFT GATE LIMIT SWITC BN +LIFT2-B42504H 1:14 425.5 2 34 425.4 1 +MCC-K20203 /425.5:F
G BK /425.9:F
RIGHT GATE LIMIT SWITC +LIFT2-B42509H 21 425.5 STTB 2,5 1 35 425.5 2 +MCC-K20203
RIGHT GATE LIMIT SWITC BU +LIFT2-B42509H 1:22 425.2 2 36 425.2 6 +MCC-K20203 /425.9:F
RIGHT GATE LIMIT SWITC WH +LIFT2-B42509H 1:13 425.6 STTB 2,5 1 37 425.6 3 +MCC-K20203 /425.10:F
RIGHT GATE LIMIT SWITC BN +LIFT2-B42509H 1:14 425.3 2 38 425.3 7 +MCC-K20203 /425.10:F

1107
Date 14/10/2020 Date 08/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Schema morsetti +MCC-XS3 1109
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1108
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F13_AUXEL2014_RIDES_V02(UNICA DEST)

Terminal diagram
A

+MCC-W023

Cable designations

Cable designations
Terminal strip

+MCC-XS4
B

4G1mmq

Cable type

Cable type
EXTERNAL COMPONENT

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL LEVEL

TERMINAL

JUMPERS

INTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF INTERNAL

INTERNAL COMPONENT

PAGE/PATH
C

TERMINAL FUNCTION
D
LAKE WATER LEVEL MIN BU +LAKE-B11007H BK 110.2 ST 2,5 1 1 110.2 2 +MCC-K20207 /110.9:E
LAKE WATER LEVEL MIN BN +LAKE-B11007H 1:BU 53.8 ST 2,5 1 2 53.8 13 +MCC-F10002C /110.10:E

1108
Date 14/10/2020 Date 08/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Schema morsetti +MCC-XS4 1110
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1109
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F13_AUXEL2014_RIDES_V02(UNICA DEST)

Terminal diagram
A

+MCC-W151

+MCC-W073

+MCC-W072

+MCC-W150

Cable designations

Cable designations
Terminal strip

+MCC-XS30
B

19G1mmq

889D-F4AC-30

889D-F4AC-30

19G1mmq

Cable type

Cable type
EXTERNAL COMPONENT

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL LEVEL

TERMINAL

JUMPERS

INTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF INTERNAL

INTERNAL COMPONENT

PAGE/PATH
C

TERMINAL FUNCTION
D
GATE OPEN CLOSE 13 +JBRAMP1-XS30 1 STTB 2,5 1 1 329.2 3 +MCC-K20205 /329.2:F
GATE OPEN CLOSE 14 +JBRAMP1-XS30 2 2 2 53.3 9 +MCC-XS1 /329.3:F
GATE ENABLE VALVE 15 +JBRAMP1-XS30 3 STTB 2,5 1 3 329.3 0 +MCC-K20205 /329.6:F
GATE ENABLE VALVE 17 +JBRAMP1-XS30 5 STTB 2,5 1 5 329.4 6 +MCC-K20202 /329.8:F
E GATE ENABLE VALVE 16 +JBRAMP1-XS30 4 2 4 53.3 2 +MCC-XSA /329.7:F
GATE ENABLE VALVE 18 +JBRAMP1-XS30 6 2 6 329.5 1 +MCC-K20202 /329.9:F
LEFT GATE LIMIT SWITC BK +LIFT1-B33101H 21 331.1 STTB 2,5 1 13 331.1 0 +MCC-K20213 /331.4:F
LEFT GATE LIMIT SWITC BU +LIFT1-B33101H 1:22 331.2 2 14 331.2 6 +MCC-K20213 /331.4:F
LEFT GATE LIMIT SWITC WH +LIFT1-B33101H 1:13 331.3 STTB 2,5 1 15 331.3 1 +MCC-K20213 /331.5:F
F LEFT GATE LIMIT SWITC BN +LIFT1-B33101H 1:14 331.4 2 16 331.4 7 +MCC-K20213 /331.5:F
RIGHT GATE LIMIT SWITC BK +LIFT1-B33109H 21 331.5 STTB 2,5 1 17 331.5 2 +MCC-K20213 /331.9:F
RIGHT GATE LIMIT SWITC BU +LIFT1-B33109H 1:22 331.2 2 18 331.2 6 +MCC-K20213 /331.9:F
RIGHT GATE LIMIT SWITC WH +LIFT1-B33109H 1:13 331.6 STTB 2,5 1 19 331.6 3 +MCC-K20213 /331.10:F
RIGHT GATE LIMIT SWITC BN +LIFT1-B33109H 1:14 331.3 2 20 331.3 1 +MCC-K20213 /331.10:F
G 17 /423.8:F
GATE ENABLE VALVE +JBRAMP2-XS30 1 STTB 2,5 1 21 423.5 7 +MCC-K20213
GATE ENABLE VALVE 18 +JBRAMP2-XS30 2 2 22 423.6 2 +MCC-K20213 /423.9:F

1109
Date 14/10/2020 Date 07/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Schema morsetti +MCC-XS30 1111
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1110
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F13_AUXEL2014_RIDES_V02(UNICA DEST)

Terminal diagram
A

+MCC-W076

+MCC-W061

+MCC-W059

+MCC-W055

+MCC-W051

+MCC-W049

+MCC-W047

Cable designations

Cable designations
Terminal strip

+MCC-XSA
B

3G1mmq

3G1mmq

3G1mmq

3G1mmq

3G1mmq

3G1mmq

3G1mmq

Cable type

Cable type
EXTERNAL COMPONENT

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL LEVEL

TERMINAL

JUMPERS

INTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF INTERNAL

INTERNAL COMPONENT

PAGE/PATH
C

TERMINAL FUNCTION
D
PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE CONTROL BU +LIFT1A-B30501A 1/2 53.9 STTB 2,5 1 1 53.8 6 +MCC-XS1 /305.2:F
53.9
PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE CONTROL BN +LIFT1A-B30501A 3 53.3 2 2 53.3 3 +MCC-XS1 /305.2:F
301.2
E PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE CONTROL BU +LIFT1A-B30601A 1/2 53.9 STTB 2,5 1 1 53.9 1 +MCC-XSB /306.2:F
53.9
PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE CONTROL BN +LIFT1A-B30601A 3 53.3 2 2 53.3 2 +MCC-XSB /306.2:F
53.3
PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP POSITION BU +LIFT1A-B30801A 1/2 53.9 STTB 2,5 1 1 53.9 1 +MCC-XSB /308.2:F
F 53.9
PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP POSITION BN +LIFT1A-B30801A 3 53.3 2 2 53.3 2 +MCC-XSB /308.2:F
53.3
PHOTOCELL 1 - OCCUPIED ZONE BU +LIFT1A-B31001A 1/2 53.9 STTB 2,5 1 1 53.9 1 +MCC-XSB /310.2:F
53.9
G BN /310.2:F
PHOTOCELL 1 - OCCUPIED ZONE +LIFT1A-B31001A 3 53.3 2 2 53.3 2 +MCC-XSB
53.3
PHOTOCELL 1 - SPLASH ZONE BU +LIFT1A-B31401A 1/2 53.9 STTB 2,5 1 1 53.9 1 +MCC-XSB /314.2:F
53.9
PHOTOCELL 1 - SPLASH ZONE BN +LIFT1A-B31401A 3 53.3 2 2 53.3 2 +MCC-XSB /314.2:F
H
53.3
PHOTOCELL 2 - SPLASH ZONE BU +LIFT1A-B31501A 1/2 53.9 STTB 2,5 1 1 53.9 1 +MCC-XSB /315.2:F
53.9
PHOTOCELL 2 - SPLASH ZONE BN +LIFT1A-B31501A 3 53.3 2 2 53.3 2 +MCC-XSB /315.2:F

I 53.3
LIFT 1 GATE OPEN ENABLE PHOTOCELL +LIFT1A-B34301A + BN 53.9 STTB 2,5 1 1 53.9 12 +MCC-XS1 /343.2:F
53.9
LIFT 1 GATE OPEN ENABLE PHOTOCELL +LIFT1A-B34301A - BU 53.3 2 2 53.3 4 +MCC-XS30 /343.2:F
53.3
J PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE CONTROL BU +LIFT2A-B40501A 1/2 53.10 STTB 2,5 1 3 53.10 31 +MCC-XSB /405.2:F
53.10
PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE CONTROL BN +LIFT2A-B40501A 3 53.3 2 4 53.3 70 +MCC-XSB /405.2:F
53.3

1110
Date 14/10/2020 Date 14/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Schema morsetti +MCC-XSA 1111.a
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1111
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F13_AUXEL2014_RIDES_V02(UNICA DEST)

Terminal diagram
A

+MCC-W146

+MCC-W090

+MCC-W088

+MCC-W084

+MCC-W080

+MCC-W078

Cable designations

Cable designations
Terminal strip

+MCC-XSA
B

3G1mmq

3G1mmq

3G1mmq

3G1mmq

3G1mmq

3G1mmq

Cable type

Cable type
EXTERNAL COMPONENT

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL LEVEL

TERMINAL

JUMPERS

INTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF INTERNAL

INTERNAL COMPONENT

PAGE/PATH
C

TERMINAL FUNCTION
D
PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE CONTROL BU +LIFT2A-B40601A 1/2 53.10 STTB 2,5 1 3 53.10 31 +MCC-XSB /406.2:F
53.10
PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE CONTROL BN +LIFT2A-B40601A 3 53.3 2 4 53.3 32 +MCC-XSB /406.2:F
PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP POSITION BU +LIFT2A-B40801A 1/2 53.10 STTB 2,5 1 3 53.10 31 +MCC-XSB /408.2:F
E 53.10
PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP POSITION BN +LIFT2A-B40801A 3 53.3 2 4 53.3 32 +MCC-XSB /408.2:F
PHOTOCELL 1 - OCCUPIED ZONE BU +LIFT2A-B41001A 1/2 53.10 STTB 2,5 1 3 53.10 31 +MCC-XSB /410.2:F
53.10
PHOTOCELL 1 - OCCUPIED ZONE BN +LIFT2A-B41001A 3 53.3 2 4 53.3 32 +MCC-XSB /410.2:F
F PHOTOCELL 1 - SPLASH ZONE BU +LIFT2A-B41401A 1/2 53.10 STTB 2,5 1 3 53.10 31 +MCC-XSB /414.2:F
53.10
PHOTOCELL 1 - SPLASH ZONE BN +LIFT2A-B41401A 3 53.3 2 4 53.3 32 +MCC-XSB /414.2:F
PHOTOCELL 2 - SPLASH ZONE BU +LIFT2A-B41501A 1/2 53.10 STTB 2,5 1 3 53.10 31 +MCC-XSB /415.2:F
53.10
G BN /415.2:F
PHOTOCELL 2 - SPLASH ZONE +LIFT2A-B41501A 3 53.3 2 4 53.3 32 +MCC-XSB
53.3
PHOTOCELL - CARPET 2 CONTROL BU +LIFT2A-B44401A 1/2 53.10 STTB 2,5 1 3 53.10 24 +MCC-XS1 /444.2:F
53.10
PHOTOCELL - CARPET 2 CONTROL BN +LIFT2A-B44401A 3 53.3 2 4 53.3 4 +MCC-XS3 /444.2:F
H
53.3
LIFT 2 GATE OPEN ENABLE PHOTOCELL +LIFT2A-B44301A + BN 53.10 STTB 2,5 1 3 53.10 +MCC-F5310G /443.2:F
53.10
LIFT 2 GATE OPEN ENABLE PHOTOCELL +LIFT2A-B44301A - BU 53.3 2 4 53.3 69 +MCC-XSB /443.2:F

I 53.3

1111
Date 14/10/2020 Date 14/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Schema morsetti +MCC-XSA 1112
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1111.a
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F13_AUXEL2014_RIDES_V02(UNICA DEST)

Terminal diagram
A

+MCC-W050

+MCC-W062

+MCC-W060

+MCC-W117

+MCC-W052

+MCC-W048

Cable designations

Cable designations
Terminal strip

+MCC-XSB
B

7G1.5mmq

7G1.5mmq

7G1.5mmq

7G1.5mmq

7G1.5mmq

7G1.5mmq

Cable type

Cable type
EXTERNAL COMPONENT

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL LEVEL

TERMINAL

JUMPERS

INTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF INTERNAL

INTERNAL COMPONENT

PAGE/PATH
C

TERMINAL FUNCTION
D
PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE CONTROL 1 +LIFT1B-B30501B 1/2 53.9 STTB 2,5 1 1 53.9 1 +MCC-XSA /305.6:F
53.9
PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP POSITION 2 +LIFT1B-B30801B 3 53.3 2 2 53.3 2 +MCC-XSA /308.6:F
53.3
E PHOTOCELL 1 - OCCUPIED ZONE 1 +LIFT1B-B31001B 1/2 53.9 STTB 2,5 1 1 53.9 1 +MCC-XSA /310.6:F
53.9
PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE CONTROL 2 +LIFT1B-B30501B 3 53.3 2 2 301.2 2 +MCC-XSA /305.6:F
53.3
PHOTOCELL 1 - SPLASH ZONE 1 +LIFT1B-B31401B 1/2 53.9 STTB 2,5 1 1 53.9 1 +MCC-XSA /314.6:F
F 53.9
PHOTOCELL 1 - SPLASH ZONE 2 +LIFT1B-B31401B 3 53.3 2 2 53.3 2 +MCC-XSA /314.6:F
53.3
PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP POSITION 1 +LIFT1B-B30801B 1/2 53.9 STTB 2,5 1 1 53.9 1 +MCC-XSA /308.6:F
53.9
G 2 /315.6:F
PHOTOCELL 2 - SPLASH ZONE +LIFT1B-B31501B 3 53.3 2 2 53.3 2 +MCC-XSA
53.3
PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE CONTROL 1 +LIFT1B-B30601B 1/2 53.9 STTB 2,5 1 1 53.9 1 +MCC-XSA /306.6:F
53.9
PHOTOCELL 1 - OCCUPIED ZONE 2 +LIFT1B-B31001B 3 53.3 2 2 53.3 2 +MCC-XSA /310.6:F
H
53.3
PHOTOCELL 2 - SPLASH ZONE 1 +LIFT1B-B31501B 1/2 53.9 STTB 2,5 1 1 53.9 1 +MCC-XSA /315.6:F
53.9
PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE CONTROL 2 +LIFT1B-B30601B 3 53.3 2 2 53.3 2 +MCC-XSA /306.6:F

I 53.3
LIFT 1 GATE OPEN ENABLE PHOTOCELL +LIFT1B-B34306A +BN 53.9 STTB 2,5 1 1 53.9 1 +MCC-XSA /343.6:F
LIFT 1 GATE OPEN ENABLE PHOTOCELL +LIFT1B-B34306A -BU 53.3 2 2 53.3 2 +MCC-XSA /343.6:F
PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE CONTROL 3 +LIFT1B-B30501B 4 305.1 STTB 2,5 1 3 305.1 0 +MCC-K20206 /305.8:F
PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE CONTROL 4 +LIFT1B-B30501B 5 305.2 1 4 305.2 7 +MCC-K20206 /305.8:F
J PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE CONTROL 5 +LIFT1B-B30501B 8 305.3 STTB 2,5 2 5 305.3 1 +MCC-K20206 /305.11:F
PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE CONTROL 6 +LIFT1B-B30501B 9 305.4 2 6 305.4 6 +MCC-K20206 /305.11:F
PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE CONTROL 3 +LIFT1B-B30601B 4 306.1 STTB 2,5 1 7 306.1 2 +MCC-K20206 /306.8:F
PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE CONTROL 4 +LIFT1B-B30601B 5 305.2 1 8 /306.8:F
PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE CONTROL 5 +LIFT1B-B30601B 8 306.3 STTB 2,5 2 9 306.3 3 +MCC-K20206 /306.11:F
PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE CONTROL 6 +LIFT1B-B30601B 9 305.4 2 10 /306.11:F
K 3 /308.8:F
PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP POSITION +LIFT1B-B30801B 4 308.1 STTB 2,5 1 11 308.1 0 +MCC-K20206

1111.a
Date 14/10/2020 Date 14/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Schema morsetti +MCC-XSB 1112.a
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1112
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F13_AUXEL2014_RIDES_V02(UNICA DEST)

Terminal diagram
A

+MCC-W081

+MCC-W085

+MCC-W077

+MCC-W062

+MCC-W060

+MCC-W117

+MCC-W052

Cable designations

Cable designations
Terminal strip

+MCC-XSB
B

7G1.5mmq

7G1.5mmq

7G1mmq

7G1.5mmq

7G1.5mmq

7G1.5mmq

7G1.5mmq

Cable type

Cable type
EXTERNAL COMPONENT

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL LEVEL

TERMINAL

JUMPERS

INTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF INTERNAL

INTERNAL COMPONENT

PAGE/PATH
C

TERMINAL FUNCTION
D
PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP POSITION 4 +LIFT1B-B30801B 5 308.2 1 12 308.2 6 +MCC-K20206 /308.8:F
PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP POSITION 5 +LIFT1B-B30801B 8 308.3 STTB 2,5 2 13 308.3 1 +MCC-K20206 /308.11:F
PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP POSITION 6 +LIFT1B-B30801B 9 308.4 2 14 308.4 7 +MCC-K20206 /308.11:F
PHOTOCELL 1 - OCCUPIED ZONE 3 +LIFT1B-B31001B 4 310.1 STTB 2,5 1 15 310.1 0 +MCC-K20210 /310.8:F
E PHOTOCELL 1 - OCCUPIED ZONE 4 +LIFT1B-B31001B 5 310.2 1 16 310.2 6 +MCC-K20210 /310.8:F
PHOTOCELL 1 - OCCUPIED ZONE 5 +LIFT1B-B31001B 8 310.3 STTB 2,5 2 17 310.3 1 +MCC-K20210 /310.11:F
PHOTOCELL 1 - OCCUPIED ZONE 6 +LIFT1B-B31001B 9 310.4 2 18 310.4 7 +MCC-K20210 /310.11:F
PHOTOCELL 1 - SPLASH ZONE 3 +LIFT1B-B31401B 4 314.1 STTB 2,5 1 19 314.1 0 +MCC-K20210 /314.8:F
PHOTOCELL 1 - SPLASH ZONE 4 +LIFT1B-B31401B 5 314.2 1 20 314.2 6 +MCC-K20210 /314.8:F
F PHOTOCELL 1 - SPLASH ZONE 5 +LIFT1B-B31401B 8 314.3 STTB 2,5 2 21 314.3 1 +MCC-K20210 /314.11:F
PHOTOCELL 1 - SPLASH ZONE 6 +LIFT1B-B31401B 9 314.4 2 22 314.4 7 +MCC-K20210 /314.11:F
PHOTOCELL 2 - SPLASH ZONE 3 +LIFT1B-B31501B 4 315.1 STTB 2,5 1 23 315.1 2 +MCC-K20210 /315.8:F
PHOTOCELL 2 - SPLASH ZONE 4 +LIFT1B-B31501B 5 314.4 1 24 /315.8:F
PHOTOCELL 2 - SPLASH ZONE 5 +LIFT1B-B31501B 8 315.3 STTB 2,5 2 25 315.3 3 +MCC-K20210 /315.11:F
G 6 /315.11:F
PHOTOCELL 2 - SPLASH ZONE +LIFT1B-B31501B 9 314.2 2 26
PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE CONTROL 1 +LIFT2B-B40501B 1/2 53.10 STTB 2,5 1 31 53.10 3 +MCC-XSA /405.6:F
53.10
PHOTOCELL 1 - OCCUPIED ZONE 2 +LIFT2B-B41001B 3 53.3 2 32 53.3 4 +MCC-XSA /410.6:F
PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP POSITION 1 +LIFT2B-B40801B 1/2 53.10 STTB 2,5 1 31 53.10 3 +MCC-XSA /408.6:F
H
53.10

1112
Date 14/10/2020 Date 14/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Schema morsetti +MCC-XSB 1112.b
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1112.a
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F13_AUXEL2014_RIDES_V02(UNICA DEST)

Terminal diagram
A

+MCC-W081

+MCC-W079

+MCC-W147

+MCC-W077

+MCC-W085

+MCC-W118

+MCC-W091

Cable designations

Cable designations
Terminal strip

+MCC-XSB
B

7G1.5mmq

7G1.5mmq

7G1.5mmq

7G1mmq

7G1.5mmq

7G1.5mmq

7G1.5mmq

Cable type

Cable type
EXTERNAL COMPONENT

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL LEVEL

TERMINAL

JUMPERS

INTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF INTERNAL

INTERNAL COMPONENT

PAGE/PATH
C

TERMINAL FUNCTION
D
PHOTOCELL 2 - SPLASH ZONE 2 +LIFT2B-B41501B 3 53.3 2 32 53.3 4 +MCC-XSA /415.6:F
53.3
PHOTOCELL 1 - SPLASH ZONE 1 +LIFT2B-B41401B 1/2 53.10 STTB 2,5 1 31 53.10 3 +MCC-XSA /414.6:F
53.10
E PHOTOCELL 1 - SPLASH ZONE 2 +LIFT2B-B41401B 3 53.3 2 32 53.3 4 +MCC-XSA /414.6:F
PHOTOCELL 1 - OCCUPIED ZONE 1 +LIFT2B-B41001B 1/2 53.10 STTB 2,5 1 31 53.10 3 +MCC-XSA /410.6:F
53.10
PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE CONTROL 2 +LIFT2B-B40501B 3 53.3 2 32 53.3 4 +MCC-XSA /405.6:F
53.3
F PHOTOCELL -CARPET 2 CONTROL 1 +LIFT2B-B44406A 1/2 53.10 STTB 2,5 1 31 53.10 3 +MCC-XSA /444.6:F
PHOTOCELL -CARPET 2 CONTROL 2 +LIFT2B-B44406A 3 53.3 2 32 53.3 4 +MCC-XSA /444.6:F
PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE CONTROL 1 +LIFT2B-B40601B 1/2 53.10 STTB 2,5 1 31 53.10 3 +MCC-XSA /406.6:F
53.10
PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE CONTROL 2 +LIFT2B-B40601B 3 53.3 2 32 53.3 4 +MCC-XSA /406.6:F
G 1 /415.6:F
PHOTOCELL 2 - SPLASH ZONE +LIFT2B-B41501B 1/2 53.10 STTB 2,5 1 31 53.10 3 +MCC-XSA
53.10
PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP POSITION 2 +LIFT2B-B40801B 3 53.3 2 32 53.3 4 +MCC-XSA /408.6:F
LIFT 2 GATE OPEN ENABLE PHOTOCELL +LIFT2B-B44306A + BN 53.10 STTB 2,5 1 31 53.10 3 +MCC-XSA /443.6:F
53.10
H
LIFT 2 GATE OPEN ENABLE PHOTOCELL +LIFT2B-B44306A - BU 53.3 2 32 53.3 4 +MCC-XSA /443.6:F
PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE CONTROL 3 +LIFT2B-B40501B 4 405.1 STTB 2,5 1 33 405.1 0 +MCC-K20211 /405.8:F
PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE CONTROL 4 +LIFT2B-B40501B 5 405.2 2 34 405.2 6 +MCC-K20211 /405.8:F
PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE CONTROL 5 +LIFT2B-B40501B 8 405.3 STTB 2,5 1 35 405.3 1 +MCC-K20211 /405.11:F
PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE CONTROL 6 +LIFT2B-B40501B 9 405.4 2 36 405.4 7 +MCC-K20211 /405.11:F
I
PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE CONTROL 3 +LIFT2B-B40601B 4 406.1 STTB 2,5 1 37 406.1 2 +MCC-K20211 /406.8:F
PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE CONTROL 4 +LIFT2B-B40601B 5 405.2 2 38 /406.8:F
PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE CONTROL 5 +LIFT2B-B40601B 8 406.3 STTB 2,5 1 39 406.3 3 +MCC-K20211 /406.11:F
PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE CONTROL 6 +LIFT2B-B40601B 9 405.4 2 40 /406.11:F
J PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP POSITION 3 +LIFT2B-B40801B 4 408.1 STTB 2,5 1 41 408.1 0 +MCC-K20211 /408.8:F
PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP POSITION 4 +LIFT2B-B40801B 5 408.2 2 42 408.2 6 +MCC-K20211 /408.8:F
PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP POSITION 5 +LIFT2B-B40801B 8 408.3 STTB 2,5 1 43 408.3 1 +MCC-K20211 /408.11:F
PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP POSITION 6 +LIFT2B-B40801B 9 408.4 2 44 408.4 7 +MCC-K20211 /408.11:F
PHOTOCELL 1 - OCCUPIED ZONE 3 +LIFT2B-B41001B 4 410.1 STTB 2,5 1 45 410.1 0 +MCC-K20212 /410.8:F
PHOTOCELL 1 - OCCUPIED ZONE 4 +LIFT2B-B41001B 5 410.2 2 46 410.2 6 +MCC-K20212 /410.8:F
K 5 /410.11:F
PHOTOCELL 1 - OCCUPIED ZONE +LIFT2B-B41001B 8 410.3 STTB 2,5 1 47 410.3 1 +MCC-K20212

1112.a
Date 14/10/2020 Date 14/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Schema morsetti +MCC-XSB 1112.c
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1112.b
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F13_AUXEL2014_RIDES_V02(UNICA DEST)

Terminal diagram
A

+MCC-W147

+MCC-W091

+MCC-W118

+MCC-W085

Cable designations

Cable designations
Terminal strip

+MCC-XSB
B

7G1.5mmq

7G1.5mmq

7G1.5mmq

7G1.5mmq

Cable type

Cable type
EXTERNAL COMPONENT

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL LEVEL

TERMINAL

JUMPERS

INTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF INTERNAL

INTERNAL COMPONENT

PAGE/PATH
C

TERMINAL FUNCTION
D
PHOTOCELL 1 - OCCUPIED ZONE 6 +LIFT2B-B41001B 9 410.4 2 48 410.4 7 +MCC-K20212 /410.11:F
PHOTOCELL 1 - SPLASH ZONE 3 +LIFT2B-B41401B 4 414.1 STTB 2,5 1 49 414.1 0 +MCC-K20212 /414.8:F
PHOTOCELL 1 - SPLASH ZONE 4 +LIFT2B-B41401B 5 414.2 2 50 414.2 6 +MCC-K20212 /414.8:F
PHOTOCELL 1 - SPLASH ZONE 5 +LIFT2B-B41401B 8 414.3 STTB 2,5 1 51 414.3 1 +MCC-K20212 /414.11:F
E PHOTOCELL 1 - SPLASH ZONE 6 +LIFT2B-B41401B 9 414.4 2 52 414.4 7 +MCC-K20212 /414.11:F
PHOTOCELL 2 - SPLASH ZONE 3 +LIFT2B-B41501B 4 415.1 STTB 2,5 1 53 415.1 2 +MCC-K20212 /415.8:F
PHOTOCELL 2 - SPLASH ZONE 4 +LIFT2B-B41501B 5 414.2 2 54 /415.8:F
PHOTOCELL 2 - SPLASH ZONE 5 +LIFT2B-B41501B 8 415.3 STTB 2,5 1 55 415.3 3 +MCC-K20212 /415.11:F
PHOTOCELL 2 - SPLASH ZONE 6 +LIFT2B-B41501B 9 414.4 2 56 /415.11:F
F LIFT 1 GATE OPEN ENABLE PHOTOCELL +LIFT1B-B34306A WH 343.2 STTB 2,5 1 59 /343.7:F
LIFT 1 GATE OPEN ENABLE PHOTOCELL +LIFT1B-B34306A BK 343.1 1 60 343.1 2 +MCC-K20211 /343.8:F
PHOTOCELL -CARPET 2 CONTROL 3 +LIFT2B-B44406A 4 444.1 STTB 2,5 1 63 444.1 2 +MCC-K20212 /444.8:F
PHOTOCELL -CARPET 2 CONTROL 4 +LIFT2B-B44406A 5 410.2 2 64 /444.8:F
PHOTOCELL -CARPET 2 CONTROL 5 +LIFT2B-B44406A 8 444.3 STTB 2,5 1 65 444.3 3 +MCC-K20212 /444.11:F
G 6 /444.11:F
PHOTOCELL -CARPET 2 CONTROL +LIFT2B-B44406A 9 410.4 2 66
LIFT 2 GATE OPEN ENABLE PHOTOCELL +LIFT2B-B44306A WH 443.2 STTB 2,5 1 67 /443.7:F
LIFT 2 GATE OPEN ENABLE PHOTOCELL +LIFT2B-B44306A BK 443.1 2 68 443.1 3 +MCC-K20211 /443.8:F
LIFT 1 GATE OPEN ENABLE PHOTOCELL +LIFT1B-B34306A OR 1 69 53.3 4 +MCC-XSA /343.9:F
LIFT 2 GATE OPEN ENABLE PHOTOCELL +LIFT2B-B44306A OR 53.3 2 70 53.3 4 +MCC-XSA /443.9:F
H

1112.b
Date 14/10/2020 Date 14/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Schema morsetti +MCC-XSB 1113
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1112.c
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F13_AUXEL2014_RIDES_V02(UNICA DEST)

Terminal diagram
A

+MCC-W114

+MCC-W011

Cable designations

Cable designations
Terminal strip

+OCC-XP1
B

GNYE

4G1.5mmq

Cable type

Cable type
EXTERNAL COMPONENT

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL LEVEL

TERMINAL

JUMPERS

INTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF INTERNAL

INTERNAL COMPONENT

PAGE/PATH
C

TERMINAL FUNCTION
D
POWER SUPPLY 24Vdc OCC_PLC 3 +MCC-XP3 3 52.3 ST 4 1 1 L1 +OCC-U21105D /211.2:E
POWER SUPPLY 24Vdc OCC_PLC 2 +MCC-XP3 2 52.2 ST 4 1 2 L2 +OCC-U21105D /211.2:E
POWER SUPPLY 24Vdc OCC_PLC 1 +MCC-XP3 1 52.1 ST 4 1 3 L3 +OCC-U21105D /211.2:E
POWER SUPPLY 24Vdc OCC_PLC GNYE +MCC-XP3 PE ST 4-PE 1 PE +OCC-XGND /211.5:E
E POWER SUPPLY 24Vdc OCC_PLC GNYE +MCC-XP3 PE ST 4-PE 1 PE +OCC-XGND /211.9:E

1112.c
Date 14/10/2020 Date 24/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Schema morsetti +OCC-XP1 1114
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1113
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F13_AUXEL2014_RIDES_V02(UNICA DEST)

Terminal diagram
A

Cable designations

Cable designations
Terminal strip

+OCC-XP4
B

Cable type

Cable type
EXTERNAL COMPONENT

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL LEVEL

TERMINAL

JUMPERS

INTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF INTERNAL

INTERNAL COMPONENT

PAGE/PATH
C

TERMINAL FUNCTION
D
TEMPERATURE LIMIT +OCC+ONP-E25810J x1 258.5 ST 2,5 1 1 12 +OCC-S25802E /258.10:H
TEMPERATURE LIMIT +OCC+ONP-E25810J x2 211.2 ST 2,5 1 2 211.2 N +OCC-M25808I /258.10:H

1113
Date 14/10/2020 Date 24/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Schema morsetti +OCC-XP4 1115
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1114
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F13_AUXEL2014_RIDES_V02(UNICA DEST)

Terminal diagram
A

+OCC-W040

+OCC-W041

Cable designations

Cable designations
Terminal strip

+OCC-XS
B

2x1mmq

4x1mmq

Cable type

Cable type
EXTERNAL COMPONENT

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL LEVEL

TERMINAL

JUMPERS

INTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF INTERNAL

INTERNAL COMPONENT

PAGE/PATH
C

TERMINAL FUNCTION
D
EMERGENCY GN +STATION EMERGENCY
1-S26001F 12 260.2 ST 2,5 1 1 2 +OCC-K21002 /260.1:H
EMERGENCY WH +STATION EMERGENCY
1-S26001F 11 260.1 ST 2,5 1 2 6 +OCC-K21002 /260.1:C
EMERGENCY YE +STATION EMERGENCY
1-S26001F 12 260.4 ST 2,5 1 3 3 +OCC-K21002 /260.3:H
EMERGENCY BN +STATION EMERGENCY
1-S26001F 11 260.3 ST 2,5 1 4 7 +OCC-K21002 /260.3:C
E HORN BU +HORN-P26303H 0 263.1 ST 2,5 1 9 263.1 6 +OCC-K21003 /263.3:E
HORN BN +HORN-P26303H x2 211.2 ST 2,5 1 10 211.2 N +OCC-M25808I /263.8:E

1114
Date 14/10/2020 Date 24/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Schema morsetti +OCC-XS 1116
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1115
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F13_AUXEL2014_RIDES_V02(UNICA DEST)

Terminal diagram
A

Cable designations

Cable designations
Terminal strip

+OCC-XS1
B

Cable type

Cable type
EXTERNAL COMPONENT

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL LEVEL

TERMINAL

JUMPERS

INTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF INTERNAL

INTERNAL COMPONENT

PAGE/PATH
C

TERMINAL FUNCTION
D
OPERATOR PRESENCE +OCC+ONP-S25302C 13 ST 4 1 9 250.1 11 +OCC-S25001F /253.2:B

OPERATOR PRESENCE +OCC+ONP-S25302C 14 ST 4 1 10 253.1 11 +OCC-S25302E /253.2:D

1115
Date 14/10/2020 Date 24/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Schema morsetti +OCC-XS1 1117
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1116
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F13_AUXEL2014_RIDES_V02(UNICA DEST)

Terminal diagram
A

+LIFT1-W140

+LIFT1-W063

+LIFT 1-W045

+LIFT 1-W043

+MCC-W150
Cable designations

Cable designations
Terminal strip

+JBRAMP1-XS1
B

889D-F4AC-30

3G1mmq

889D-F4AC-30

3G1mmq

19G1mmq
Cable type

Cable type
EXTERNAL COMPONENT

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL LEVEL

TERMINAL

JUMPERS

INTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF INTERNAL

INTERNAL COMPONENT

PAGE/PATH
C

TERMINAL FUNCTION
D
TIGHTENER VALVE BU +LIFT 1-Y26502I 1 265.1 STTB 2,5 1 1 1 +MCC-XS1 1 /265.2:G
TIGHTENER VALVE BN +LIFT 1-Y26502I 2 53.3 2 2 2 +MCC-XS1 2 /265.3:G
STATION TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH BU +LIFT 1-S26500I CN1 53.3 STTB 2,5 1 3 3 +MCC-XS1 3 /265.9:G
STATION TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH WH +LIFT 1-S26500I CN1 265.3 2 4 4 +MCC-XS1 4 /265.9:G
E STATION TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH BK +LIFT 1-S26500I CN1 265.4 STTB 2,5 1 5 5 +MCC-XS1 5 /265.10:G
STATION TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH BN +LIFT 1-S26500I CN1 53.9 2 6 6 +MCC-XS1 6 /265.10:G
TIGHTENER VALVE BU +LIFT1-Y32002I 1 320.1 STTB 2,5 1 7 7 +MCC-XS1 7 /320.2:G
TIGHTENER VALVE BN +LIFT1-Y32002I 2 53.3 2 8 8 +MCC-XS1 8 /320.3:G
RAMP 1 TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH BU +LIFT1-S32008H CN1 STTB 2,5 1 9 9 +MCC-XS1 9 /320.6:G
F RAMP 1 TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH WH +LIFT1-S32008H CN1 320.3 2 10 10 +MCC-XS1 10 /320.6:G
RAMP 1 TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH BK +LIFT1-S32008H CN1 320.2 STTB 2,5 1 11 11 +MCC-XS1 11 /320.7:G
RAMP 1 TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH BN +LIFT1-S32008H CN1 53.9 2 12 12 +MCC-XS1 12 /320.7:G

1116
Date 14/10/2020 Date 08/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Schema morsetti +JBRAMP1-XS1 1118
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1117
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F13_AUXEL2014_RIDES_V02(UNICA DEST)

Terminal diagram
A

+LIFT1-W152

+LIFT1-W069

+LIFT1-W119

+MCC-W150
Cable designations

Cable designations
Terminal strip

+JBRAMP1-XS30
B

3G1mmq

3G1mmq

3G1mmq

19G1mmq
Cable type

Cable type
EXTERNAL COMPONENT

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL LEVEL

TERMINAL

JUMPERS

INTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF INTERNAL

INTERNAL COMPONENT

PAGE/PATH
C

TERMINAL FUNCTION
D
GATE OPEN CLOSE BU +LIFT1-Y32901H 1 329.2 STTB 2,5 1 1 1 +MCC-XS30 13 /329.2:G
GATE OPEN CLOSE BN +LIFT1-Y32901H 2 53.3 2 2 2 +MCC-XS30 14 /329.3:G
GATE ENABLE VALVE BU +LIFT1-Y32904H 1 329.3 STTB 2,5 1 3 3 +MCC-XS30 15 /329.6:G
GATE ENABLE VALVE BU +LIFT1-Y32904H 1 329.4 STTB 2,5 1 5 5 +MCC-XS30 17 /329.8:G
E GATE ENABLE VALVE BN +LIFT1-Y32904H 2 53.3 2 4 4 +MCC-XS30 16 /329.7:G
GATE ENABLE VALVE BN +LIFT1-Y32904H 2 329.5 2 6 6 +MCC-XS30 18 /329.9:G

1117
Date 14/10/2020 Date 07/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Schema morsetti +JBRAMP1-XS30 1119
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1118
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F13_AUXEL2014_RIDES_V02(UNICA DEST)

Terminal diagram
A

+LIFT2-W141

+LIFT2-W095

+LIFT2-W093

+LIFT2-W092

+MCC-W151
Cable designations

Cable designations
Terminal strip

+JBRAMP2-XS1
B

889D-F4AC-30

3G1mmq

889D-F4AC-30

3G1mmq

19G1mmq
Cable type

Cable type
EXTERNAL COMPONENT

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL LEVEL

TERMINAL

JUMPERS

INTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF INTERNAL

INTERNAL COMPONENT

PAGE/PATH
C

TERMINAL FUNCTION
D
TIGHTENER VALVE 1 BU +LIFT2-Y42002I 1 420.1 STTB 2,5 1 1 13 +MCC-XS1 1 /420.2:G
TIGHTENER VALVE 1 BN +LIFT2-Y42002I 2 53.3 2 2 14 +MCC-XS1 2 /420.3:G
RAMP 2 TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH 2A BU +LIFT2-S42005I CN1 53.3 STTB 2,5 1 3 15 +MCC-XS1 3 /420.6:G
RAMP 2 TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH 2A WH +LIFT2-S42005I CN1 420.3 2 4 16 +MCC-XS1 4 /420.6:G
E RAMP 2 TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH 2A BK +LIFT2-S42005I CN1 420.2 STTB 2,5 1 5 17 +MCC-XS1 5 /420.7:G
RAMP 2 TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH 2A BN +LIFT2-S42005I CN1 53.10 2 6 18 +MCC-XS1 6 /420.7:G
TIGHTENER VALVE 2 BU +LIFT2-Y42102I 1 421.1 STTB 2,5 1 19 19 +MCC-XS1 7 /421.2:G
TIGHTENER VALVE 2 BN +LIFT2-Y42102I 2 53.3 2 20 20 +MCC-XS1 8 /421.3:G
RAMP 2 TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH 2B BU +LIFT2-S42105I CN1 53.3 STTB 2,5 1 21 21 +MCC-XS1 9 /421.6:G
F RAMP 2 TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH 2B WH +LIFT2-S42105I CN1 421.3 2 22 22 +MCC-XS1 10 /421.6:G
RAMP 2 TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH 2B BK +LIFT2-S42105I CN1 421.2 STTB 2,5 1 23 23 +MCC-XS1 11 /421.7:G
RAMP 2 TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH 2B BN +LIFT2-S42105I CN1 53.10 2 24 24 +MCC-XS1 12 /421.7:G

1118
Date 14/10/2020 Date 24/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Schema morsetti +JBRAMP2-XS1 1120
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1119
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F13_AUXEL2014_RIDES_V02(UNICA DEST)

Terminal diagram
A

+LIFT2-W120

+MCC-W151
Cable designations

Cable designations
Terminal strip

+JBRAMP2-XS3
B

3G1mmq

19G1mmq
Cable type

Cable type
EXTERNAL COMPONENT

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL LEVEL

TERMINAL

JUMPERS

INTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF INTERNAL

INTERNAL COMPONENT

PAGE/PATH
C

TERMINAL FUNCTION
D
GATE OPEN CLOSE BU +LIFT2-Y42302I 1 423.1 STTB 2,5 1 1 1 +MCC-XS3 13 /423.3:G
GATE OPEN CLOSE BN +LIFT2-Y42302I 2 53.3 2 2 2 +MCC-XS3 14 /423.3:G
GATE ENABLE VALVE +LIFT2-Y42306I 1 423.4 STTB 2,5 1 3 3 +MCC-XS3 15 /423.6:G
GATE ENABLE VALVE +LIFT2-Y42306I 2 53.3 2 4 4 +MCC-XS3 16 /423.7:G
E

1119
Date 14/10/2020 Date 07/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Schema morsetti +JBRAMP2-XS3 1121
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1120
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F13_AUXEL2014_RIDES_V02(UNICA DEST)

Terminal diagram
A

+LIFT2-W153

+MCC-W151
Cable designations

Cable designations
Terminal strip

+JBRAMP2-XS30
B

3G1mmq

19G1mmq
Cable type

Cable type
EXTERNAL COMPONENT

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL LEVEL

TERMINAL

JUMPERS

INTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF INTERNAL

INTERNAL COMPONENT

PAGE/PATH
C

TERMINAL FUNCTION
D
GATE ENABLE VALVE BU +LIFT2-Y42306I 1 423.5 STTB 2,5 1 1 21 +MCC-XS30 17 /423.8:G
GATE ENABLE VALVE BN +LIFT2-Y42306I 2 423.6 2 2 22 +MCC-XS30 18 /423.9:G

1120
Date 14/10/2020 Date 07/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Schema morsetti +JBRAMP2-XS30 1122
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1121
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F13_AUXEL2014_RIDES_V02(UNICA DEST)

Terminal diagram
A

Cable designations

Cable designations
Terminal strip

+JB_PUMP1-X2
B

Cable type

Cable type
EXTERNAL COMPONENT

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL LEVEL

TERMINAL

JUMPERS

INTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF INTERNAL

INTERNAL COMPONENT

PAGE/PATH
C

TERMINAL FUNCTION
D
PUMP 1 +PUMP UNIT-M4702K XSTO:BN ST 4 1 1 +MCC-X2 /47.7:I
PUMP 1 +PUMP UNIT-M4702K XSTO:BK ST 4 2 2 +MCC-X2 /47.7:I

1121
Date 14/10/2020 Date 07/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Schema morsetti +JB_PUMP1-X2 1123
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1122
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F13_AUXEL2014_RIDES_V02(UNICA DEST)

Terminal diagram
A

Cable designations

Cable designations
Terminal strip

+JB_PUMP1-XP
B

Cable type

Cable type
EXTERNAL COMPONENT

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL LEVEL

TERMINAL

JUMPERS

INTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF INTERNAL

INTERNAL COMPONENT

PAGE/PATH
C

TERMINAL FUNCTION
D
PUMP 1 +PUMP UNIT-M4702K XSTO:BN UT 35 1 47.2 T1/U +MCC-T4701D /47.2:I
PUMP 1 +PUMP UNIT-M4702K XSTO:BU UT 35 2 47.4 T2/V +MCC-T4701D /47.2:I
PUMP 1 +PUMP UNIT-M4702K XSTO:BK UT 35 3 47.6 T3/W +MCC-T4701D /47.2:I
PUMP 1 +PUMP UNIT-M4702K XSTO:GNYE USLKG 35 PE PE' +MCC-T4701D /47.3:I
E

1122
Date 14/10/2020 Date 07/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Schema morsetti +JB_PUMP1-XP 1124
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1123
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F13_AUXEL2014_RIDES_V02(UNICA DEST)

Terminal diagram
A

Cable designations

Cable designations
Terminal strip

+JB_PUMP2-X2
B

Cable type

Cable type
EXTERNAL COMPONENT

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL LEVEL

TERMINAL

JUMPERS

INTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF INTERNAL

INTERNAL COMPONENT

PAGE/PATH
C

TERMINAL FUNCTION
D
PUMP 2 +PUMP UNIT-M4801J XSTO:BN ST 4 1 3 +MCC-X2 /48.7:I
PUMP 2 +PUMP UNIT-M4801J XSTO:BK ST 4 2 4 +MCC-X2 /48.7:I

1123
Date 14/10/2020 Date 07/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Schema morsetti +JB_PUMP2-X2 1125
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1124
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

F13_AUXEL2014_RIDES_V02(UNICA DEST)

Terminal diagram
A

Cable designations

Cable designations
Terminal strip

+JB_PUMP2-XP
B

Cable type

Cable type
EXTERNAL COMPONENT

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF EXTERNAL

EXTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL LEVEL

TERMINAL

JUMPERS

INTERNAL WIRE NUMBER

COMPONENT
TERMINAL OF INTERNAL

INTERNAL COMPONENT

PAGE/PATH
C

TERMINAL FUNCTION
D
PUMP 2 +PUMP UNIT-M4801J XSTO:BN UT 35 1 48.2 T1/U +MCC-T4801D /48.2:I
PUMP 2 +PUMP UNIT-M4801J XSTO:BU UT 35 2 48.4 T2/V +MCC-T4801D /48.2:I
PUMP 2 +PUMP UNIT-M4801J XSTO:BK UT 35 3 48.6 T3/W +MCC-T4801D /48.2:I
PUMP 2 +PUMP UNIT-M4801J XSTO:GNYE USLKG 35 PE PE' +MCC-T4801D /48.3:I
E

1124
Date 14/10/2020 Date 07/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Schema morsetti +JB_PUMP2-XP 1300
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1125
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
F10_AUXEL2016_BASE_V03

A
CABLES LIST
Source (from) To Graphical
Cable name Cable Type Cable Description Cable Function
Length [m] Cabinet Terminal Cabinet Terminal page
of cable
Location Conduit Cable name diagram
B +MCC W005 NPI FROR 450/750V 4G4mmq MOTOR LIFT 2 +MCC -XP2 +MOTOR LIFT2 -M5003K /50.1:H

+MCC W006 NPI FROR 450/750V 4G4mmq MOTOR LIFT 1 +MCC -XP2 +MOTOR LIFT1 -M5006K /50.6:H

+MCC W007 NPI FROR 450/750V 4G2.5mmq MOTOR STATION +MCC -XP2 +MOTOR STATION -M5009K /50.10:H

+MCC W008 NPI FROR 450/750V 4G2.5mmq WATERFALL 1 +MCC -XP2 +WATERFALL 1 -M5102K /51.1:H

+MCC W009 NPI FROR 450/750V 4G2.5mmq WATERFALL 2 +MCC -XP2 +WATERFALL 2 -M5106K /51.6:H
C
+MCC W011 NPI FROR 450/750V 4G1.5mmq POWER OCC +MCC -XP3 +OCC -XP1 /52.1:I

+MCC W023 LAKE WATER LEVEL MIN +MCC -XS4 +LAKE -B11007H /110.9:E

+MCC W047 NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE CONTROL +MCC -XSA +LIFT1A -B30501A /305.1:D

+MCC W048 NPI FROR 450/750V 7G1.5mmq PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE CONTROL +MCC -XSB +LIFT1B -B30501B /305.6:D

+MCC W049 NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE CONTROL +MCC -XSA +LIFT1A -B30601A /306.1:D
D
+MCC W050 NPI FROR 450/750V 7G1.5mmq PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE CONTROL +MCC -XSB +LIFT1B -B30601B /306.6:D

+MCC W051 NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP POSITION +MCC -XSA +LIFT1A -B30801A /308.1:D

+MCC W052 NPI FROR 450/750V 7G1.5mmq PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP POSITION +MCC -XSB +LIFT1B -B30801B /308.6:D

+MCC W055 NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq PHOTOCELL 1 - OCCUPIED ZONE +MCC -XSA +LIFT1A -B31001A /310.1:D

E +MCC W059 NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq PHOTOCELL 1 - SPLASH ZONE +MCC -XSA +LIFT1A -B31401A /314.1:D

+MCC W060 NPI FROR 450/750V 7G1.5mmq PHOTOCELL 1 - SPLASH ZONE +MCC -XSB +LIFT1B -B31401B /314.6:D

+MCC W061 NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq PHOTOCELL 2 - SPLASH ZONE +MCC -XSA +LIFT1A -B31501A /315.1:D

+MCC W062 NPI FROR 450/750V 7G1.5mmq PHOTOCELL 2 - SPLASH ZONE +MCC -XSB +LIFT1B -B31501B /315.6:D

+MCC W066 WATER LEVEL SPLASH A ZONE 1 +MCC -XS2 +LIFT1 -B32504I /325.4:F
F +MCC W072 30 889D-F4AC-30 LEFT GATE LIMIT SWITC +MCC -XS30 +LIFT1 -B33101H /331.4:F

+MCC W073 30 889D-F4AC-30 RIGHT GATE LIMIT SWITC +MCC -XS30 +LIFT1 -B33109H /331.8:F

+MCC W076 NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE CONTROL +MCC -XSA +LIFT2A -B40501A /405.1:D

+MCC W077 NPI FROR 450/750V 7G1.5mmq PHOTOCELL 1 - GATE CONTROL +MCC -XSB +LIFT2B -B40501B /405.6:D

+MCC W078 NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE CONTROL +MCC -XSA +LIFT2A -B40601A /406.1:D
G +MCC W079 NPI FROR 450/750V 7G1.5mmq PHOTOCELL 2 - GATE CONTROL +MCC -XSB +LIFT2B -B40601B /406.6:D

+MCC W080 NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP POSITION +MCC -XSA +LIFT2A -B40801A /408.1:D

+MCC W081 NPI FROR 450/750V 7G1.5mmq PHOTOCELL 1 - TOP POSITION +MCC -XSB +LIFT2B -B40801B /408.6:D

+MCC W084 NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq PHOTOCELL 1 - OCCUPIED ZONE +MCC -XSA +LIFT2A -B41001A /410.1:D

+MCC W085 NPI FROR 450/750V 7G1.5mmq PHOTOCELL 1 - OCCUPIED ZONE +MCC -XSB +LIFT2B -B41001B /410.6:D
H
+MCC W088 NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq PHOTOCELL 1 - SPLASH ZONE +MCC -XSA +LIFT2A -B41401A /414.1:D

+MCC W090 NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq PHOTOCELL 2 - SPLASH ZONE +MCC -XSA +LIFT2A -B41501A /415.1:D

+MCC W091 NPI FROR 450/750V 7G1.5mmq PHOTOCELL 2 - SPLASH ZONE +MCC -XSB +LIFT2B -B41501B /415.6:D

+MCC W114 N07V-K 1x10mm² GNYE POWER OCC +MCC -XP3 +OCC -XP1 /52.3:I

+MCC W117 NPI FROR 450/750V 7G1.5mmq PHOTOCELL 1 - OCCUPIED ZONE +MCC -XSB +LIFT1B -B31001B /310.6:D
I
+MCC W118 NPI FROR 450/750V 7G1.5mmq PHOTOCELL 1 - SPLASH ZONE +MCC -XSB +LIFT2B -B41401B /414.6:D

+MCC W127 1 +MCC -F4301D +MCC -F4308G /43.8:F

+MCC W128 1 +MCC -F4301B +MCC -F4308G /43.10:D

+MCC W129 1 +MCC -F4401D +MCC -F4408G /44.8:F

J +MCC W130 1 +MCC -F4401B +MCC -F4408G /44.10:D

+MCC W131 WATER LEVEL SPLASH B ZONE 1 +MCC -XS2 +LIFT1 -B32508I /325.8:F

+MCC W132 WATER LEVEL SPLASH A ZONE 2 +MCC -XS3 +LIFT2 -B43004I /430.4:F

+MCC W133 WATER LEVEL SPLASH B ZONE 2 +MCC -XS3 +LIFT2 -B43008I /430.8:F

+MCC W134 30 889D-F4AC-30 LEFT GATE LIMIT SWITC +MCC -XS3 +LIFT2 -B42504H /425.4:F

+MCC W135 30 889D-F4AC-30 RIGHT GATE LIMIT SWITC +MCC -XS3 +LIFT2 -B42509H /425.8:F
K +MCC W146 NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq PHOTOCELL - CARPET 2 CONTROL +MCC -XSA +LIFT2A -B44401A /444.1:D

1125
Date 14/10/2020 Date 14/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Cable List 1301
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1300
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
F10_AUXEL2016_BASE_V03

A
CABLES LIST
Source (from) To Graphical
Cable name Cable Type Cable Description Cable Function
Length [m] Cabinet Terminal Cabinet Terminal page
of cable
Location Conduit Cable name diagram
B +MCC W147 NPI FROR 450/750V 7G1.5mmq PHOTOCELL -CARPET 2 CONTROL +MCC -XSB +LIFT2B -B44406A /444.6:D

+MCC W150 NPI FROR 450/750V 19G1mmq TIGHTENER VALVE +MCC -XS1 +JBRAMP1 -XS1 /265.2:F

+MCC W151 NPI FROR 450/750V 19G1mmq TIGHTENER VALVE 1 +MCC -XS1 +JBRAMP2 -XS1 /420.2:F

+OCC W040 NPI FROR 450/750V 2x1mmq HORN +OCC -XS +HORN -P26303H /263.3:F

+OCC W041 FROR BLU UV RESISTANT 4x1mmq EMERGENCY +OCC -XS +STATION EMERGENCY
-S26001F
1 /260.1:D
C
+LIFT1 W063 NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq TIGHTENER VALVE +JBRAMP1 -XS1 +LIFT1 -Y32002I /320.2:I

+LIFT1 W069 NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq GATE ENABLE VALVE +JBRAMP1 -XS30 +LIFT1 -Y32904H /329.6:I

+LIFT1 W119 NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq GATE OPEN CLOSE +JBRAMP1 -XS30 +LIFT1 -Y32901H /329.2:I

+LIFT1 W140 30 889D-F4AC-30 RAMP 1 TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH +JBRAMP1 -XS1 +LIFT1 -S32008H /320.6:I

+LIFT1 W152 NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq GATE ENABLE VALVE +JBRAMP1 -XS30 +LIFT1 -Y32904H /329.8:I
D
+LIFT2 W092 NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq TIGHTENER VALVE 1 +JBRAMP2 -XS1 +LIFT2 -Y42002I /420.2:I

+LIFT2 W093 30 889D-F4AC-30 RAMP 2 TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH 2A +JBRAMP2 -XS1 +LIFT2 -S42005I /420.6:I

+LIFT2 W095 NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq TIGHTENER VALVE 2 +JBRAMP2 -XS1 +LIFT2 -Y42102I /421.2:I

+LIFT2 W120 NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq GATE OPEN CLOSE +JBRAMP2 -XS3 +LIFT2 -Y42302I /423.2:I

E +LIFT2 W121 NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq GATE ENABLE VALVE /423.6:I

+LIFT2 W141 30 889D-F4AC-30 RAMP 2 TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH 2B +JBRAMP2 -XS1 +LIFT2 -S42105I /421.6:I

+LIFT2 W153 NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq GATE ENABLE VALVE +JBRAMP2 -XS30 +LIFT2 -Y42306I /423.8:I

+LIFT 1 W043 NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq TIGHTENER VALVE +JBRAMP1 -XS1 +LIFT 1 -Y26502I /265.2:I

+LIFT 1 W045 30 889D-F4AC-30 STATION TIGHTENER PRESSURE SWITCH +JBRAMP1 -XS1 +LIFT 1 -S26500I /265.9:I
F

1300
Date 14/10/2020 Date 14/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi Cable List 1400
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1301
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
F01_AUXEL2014_V01

A
Parts list
Device tag Mounting place Quantity Page / column Designation Type number Supplier Part number

+MCC-W005 MCC 1 /50.1:H MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 4G4mmq
B
+MCC-W006 MCC 1 /50.6:H MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 4G4mmq
+MCC-W007 MCC 1 /50.10:H MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 4G2.5mmq
+MCC-W008 MCC 1 /51.1:H MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 4G2.5mmq
+MCC-W009 MCC 1 /51.6:H MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 4G2.5mmq
+MCC-W011 MCC 1 /52.1:I MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 4G1.5mmq
+MCC-W023 MCC 0 /110.9:E
C
+MCC-W025 MCC 1 /200.4:H Cavo Ethernet: RJ45 - Cavo TPE - 0.3m 1585J-M8TBJM ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1585J-M8TBJM-0M3
+MCC-W027 MCC 1 /200.4:D Cavo Ethernet: RJ45 - Cavo TPE - 1m 1585J-M8TBJM ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1585J-M8TBJM-1
+MCC-W047 MCC 1 /305.1:D MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq
+MCC-W048 MCC 1 /305.6:D MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 7G1.5mmq
+MCC-W049 MCC 1 /306.1:D MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq
+MCC-W050 MCC 1 /306.6:D MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 7G1.5mmq
D
+MCC-W051 MCC 1 /308.1:D MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq
+MCC-W052 MCC 1 /308.6:D MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 7G1.5mmq
+MCC-W055 MCC 1 /310.1:D MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq
+MCC-W059 MCC 1 /314.1:D MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq
+MCC-W060 MCC 1 /314.6:D MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 7G1.5mmq
+MCC-W061 MCC 1 /315.1:D MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq
E
+MCC-W062 MCC 1 /315.6:D MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 7G1.5mmq
+MCC-W066 MCC 0 /325.4:F
+MCC-W072 MCC 1 /331.4:F UNSHIELDED M12 4 PIN 30m M12 FAX ALLEN BRADLEY 889D-F4AC-30
+MCC-W073 MCC 1 /331.8:F UNSHIELDED M12 4 PIN 30m M12 FAX ALLEN BRADLEY 889D-F4AC-30
+MCC-W076 MCC 1 /405.1:D MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq
+MCC-W077 MCC 1 /405.6:D MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 7G1.5mmq
F
+MCC-W078 MCC 1 /406.1:D MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq
+MCC-W079 MCC 1 /406.6:D MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 7G1.5mmq
+MCC-W080 MCC 1 /408.1:D MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq
+MCC-W081 MCC 1 /408.6:D MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 7G1.5mmq
+MCC-W084 MCC 1 /410.1:D MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq
+MCC-W085 MCC 1 /410.6:D MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 7G1.5mmq
G
+MCC-W088 MCC 1 /414.1:D MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq
+MCC-W090 MCC 1 /415.1:D MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq
+MCC-W091 MCC 1 /415.6:D MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 7G1.5mmq
+MCC-W114 MCC 1 /52.3:I SINGLE WIRE CABLE N07V-K 1x10mmq GNYE
+MCC-W117 MCC 1 /310.6:D MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 7G1.5mmq
+MCC-W118 MCC 1 /414.6:D MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 7G1.5mmq
H
+MCC-W127 MCC 1 /43.8:F BRC.B0804050
+MCC-W128 MCC 1 /43.10:D BRC.B0804050
+MCC-W129 MCC 1 /44.8:F BRC.B0804050
+MCC-W130 MCC 1 /44.10:D BRC.B0804050
+MCC-W131 MCC 0 /325.8:F
+MCC-W132 MCC 0 /430.4:F
I
+MCC-W133 MCC 0 /430.8:F
+MCC-W134 MCC 1 /425.4:F UNSHIELDED M12 4 PIN 30m M12 FAX ALLEN BRADLEY 889D-F4AC-30
+MCC-W135 MCC 1 /425.8:F UNSHIELDED M12 4 PIN 30m M12 FAX ALLEN BRADLEY 889D-F4AC-30
+MCC-W138 MCC 1 /47a.9:E EtherNet Cable: RJ45 / TPE Cable 1585J-M8TBJM ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1585J-M8TBJM-2
+MCC-W139 MCC 1 /48a.9:E EtherNet Cable: RJ45 / TPE Cable 1585J-M8TBJM ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1585J-M8TBJM-2
+MCC-W146 MCC 1 /444.1:D MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq
J
+MCC-W147 MCC 1 /444.6:D MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 7G1.5mmq
+MCC-W150 MCC 1 /265.2:F MULTI CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 19G1mmq
+MCC-W151 MCC 1 /420.2:F MULTI CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 19G1mmq
+MCC MCC 4 /20.0:A;/21.0:A;/21.6:A ASSEMBLED CABINET 2000x1000x800 (HxWxD) HM CEB CEB.HM2105DN
+MCC-A20100 MCC 1 /201.4:D RIGHT END CAP/TERMINATOR 1769 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1769-ECR
+MCC-B4207G MCC 1 /42.7:F POSITION SWITCH WITH PISTON PLUNGER FOR ELECTRIC PANELS FR PIZZATO PIZ.FR 5F1-M2
+MCC-B4207G MCC 1 /42.7:F FIXED PLATE FOR LIMIT SWITCH FR SERIES FR PIZZATO PIZ.VF SFP1
K

1301
Date 14/10/2020 Date 14/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi ITEM LIST 1401
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1400
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
F01_AUXEL2014_V01

A
Parts list
Device tag Mounting place Quantity Page / column Designation Type number Supplier Part number

+MCC-B4207H MCC 1 /42.7:H POSITION SWITCH WITH PISTON PLUNGER FOR ELECTRIC PANELS FR PIZZATO PIZ.FR 5F1-M2
B
+MCC-B4207H MCC 1 /42.7:H FIXED PLATE FOR LIMIT SWITCH FR SERIES FR PIZZATO PIZ.VF SFP1
+MCC-B4207I MCC 1 /42.7:I POSITION SWITCH WITH PISTON PLUNGER FOR ELECTRIC PANELS FR PIZZATO PIZ.FR 5F1-M2
+MCC-B4207I MCC 1 /42.7:I FIXED PLATE FOR LIMIT SWITCH FR SERIES FR PIZZATO PIZ.VF SFP1
+MCC-B11001E MCC 1 /20.7:I CONDUCTIVE LEVEL CONTROLLER K8DT-LS OMRON K8DT-LS1CD 24V AC/DC
+MCC-B32601E MCC 1 /20.7:I CONDUCTIVE LEVEL CONTROLLER K8DT-LS OMRON K8DT-LS1CD 24V AC/DC
+MCC-B42601E MCC 1 /20.7:I CONDUCTIVE LEVEL CONTROLLER K8DT-LS OMRON K8DT-LS1CD 24V AC/DC
C
+MCC-F4203C MCC 0 /42.2:E;/42.3:E;/42.4:E
+MCC-F4203C MCC 1 /42.2:C UL CIRCUIT BREAKER ADJUSTABLE TRIP UNIT 3P 250A 140G-J ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.140G-JTF3-D25
+MCC-F4203C MCC 1 /42.2:C UL CIRCUIT BREAKER FRAME 25kA 480V 50/60Hz 3P 250A 140G-J ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.140G-J2X3
+MCC-F4203C MCC 1 /42.2:C UNDERVOLTAGE RELEASE 220/240V 140G-G ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.140G-G-UVA
+MCC-F4203C MCC 1 /42.2:C 140G-H-NVM21R
+MCC-F4203C MCC 2 /20.5:D;/42.2:C 140G-J-TC3H
D
+MCC-F4203C MCC 1 /42.2:C 140G-J-MTL63
+MCC-F4203C MCC 1 /42.2:C 140G-G-EAM1B
+MCC-F4209D MCC 2 /42.9:D FUSE 10,3x38 Type gG 500V 1A CH10 gG ITALWEBER ITW.1421001
+MCC-F4209D MCC 1 /42.9:D SWITCH FUSEHOLDER 2Ph 10.3x38 BCH ITALWEBER ITW.2302038
+MCC-F4209H MCC 1 /42.9:H CIRCUIT BREAKERS iC60N 2P CURVA C 2A A9F SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC SCH.A9F74202
+MCC-F4209H MCC 1 /42.9:H RESIDUAL CURRENT DEVICES iC60 2P TIPO A SI 30mA 25A A9Q SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC SCH.A9Q61225
E
+MCC-F4301B MCC 1 /43.1:B 9D60 TOROIDAL CURRENT TRANSDUCER SERIES “D” Ø60mm 9D DOSSENA DOS.9D60
+MCC-F4301D MCC 1 /43.1:D 9B60 TOROIDAL CURRENT TRANSDUCER SERIES “B” Ø60mm 9B DOSSENA DOS.9B60
+MCC-F4308G MCC 1 /43.8:G EARTH DIFFERENTIAL RELAY CLASS B FOR AC, DC OR MIXED CURRENTS DER3BDUAL DOSSENA DOS.9DER3BDUAL/6D
+MCC-F4401B MCC 1 /44.1:B 9D60 TOROIDAL CURRENT TRANSDUCER SERIES “D” Ø60mm 9D DOSSENA DOS.9D60
+MCC-F4401D MCC 1 /44.1:D 9B60 TOROIDAL CURRENT TRANSDUCER SERIES “B” Ø60mm 9B DOSSENA DOS.9B60
+MCC-F4408G MCC 1 /44.8:G EARTH DIFFERENTIAL RELAY CLASS B FOR AC, DC OR MIXED CURRENTS DER3BDUAL DOSSENA DOS.9DER3BDUAL/6D
F
+MCC-F4702B MCC 3 /47.2:B FUSE NH-00 125A gG 500Vac NH ITALWEBER ITW.1500125
+MCC-F4702B MCC 1 /47.2:B SCREW FUSEHOLDER 3Ph NHU-00 DINx3S/IP20 FOR NH-00 FUSES NHU ITALWEBER ITW.2573310
+MCC-F4802B MCC 3 /48.2:B FUSE NH-00 125A gG 500Vac NH ITALWEBER ITW.1500125
+MCC-F4802B MCC 1 /48.2:B SCREW FUSEHOLDER 3Ph NHU-00 DINx3S/IP20 FOR NH-00 FUSES NHU ITALWEBER ITW.2573310
+MCC-F5003C MCC 1 /50.6:C CIRCUIT BREAKER 65KA 480V 60Hz 6.3-10A 140M ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.140M-C2E-C10
+MCC-F5003C MCC 1 /50.6:C FRONT AUXILIARY CONTACT BLOCK FOR 140M-C/D/F - 1NO 140M ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.140M-C-AFA10
G
+MCC-F5003C MCC 1 /50.6:C BUS BAR 45mm 3 CIRCUIT BREAKERS 140M-C/D MAX 64A 140M ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.140M-C-W453N
+MCC-F5003C MCC 1 /50.6:C TYPE-E TERMINALS FOR 140M-C/D BUS BARS 140M-C-WTEN ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.140M-C-WTEN
+MCC-F5003C MCC 1 /20.6:H CIRCUIT BREAKER 30KA 480V 60Hz 14.5-20A 140M ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.140M-C2E-C20
+MCC-F5006C MCC 1 /50.2:C CIRCUIT BREAKER 30KA 480V 60Hz 10-16A 140M ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.140M-C2E-C16
+MCC-F5006C MCC 1 /50.2:C FRONT AUXILIARY CONTACT BLOCK FOR 140M-C/D/F - 1NO 140M ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.140M-C-AFA10
+MCC-F5009C MCC 1 /50.10:C CIRCUIT BREAKER 65KA 480V 60Hz 2.5-4.0A 140M ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.140M-C2E-B40
H
+MCC-F5009C MCC 1 /50.10:C FRONT AUXILIARY CONTACT BLOCK FOR 140M-C/D/F - 1NO 140M ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.140M-C-AFA10
+MCC-F5009C MCC 1 /20.6:H CIRCUIT BREAKER 65KA 480V 60Hz 4.0-6.3A 140M ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.140M-C2E-B63
+MCC-F5102C MCC 1 /51.2:C CIRCUIT BREAKER 65KA 480V 60Hz 2.5-4.0A 140M ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.140M-C2E-B40
+MCC-F5102C MCC 1 /51.2:C FRONT AUXILIARY CONTACT BLOCK FOR 140M-C/D/F - 1NO 140M ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.140M-C-AFA10
+MCC-F5102C MCC 1 /51.2:C BUS BAR 45mm 4 CIRCUIT BREAKERS 140M-C/D MAX 64A 140M ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.140M-C-W454N
+MCC-F5102C MCC 1 /51.2:C TYPE-E TERMINALS FOR 140M-C/D BUS BARS 140M-C-WTEN ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.140M-C-WTEN
I
+MCC-F5106C MCC 1 /51.6:C CIRCUIT BREAKER 65KA 480V 60Hz 2.5-4.0A 140M ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.140M-C2E-B40
+MCC-F5106C MCC 1 /51.6:C FRONT AUXILIARY CONTACT BLOCK FOR 140M-C/D/F - 1NO 140M ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.140M-C-AFA10
+MCC-F5202C MCC 3 /52.1:C FUSE 10,3x38 Type gG 500V 6A CH10 gG ITALWEBER ITW.1421006
+MCC-F5202C MCC 1 /52.1:C SWITCH FUSEHOLDER 3Ph 10.3x38 BCH ITALWEBER ITW.2303038
+MCC-F5205C MCC 3 /52.5:C FUSE 10,3x38 Type gG 500V 6A CH10 gG ITALWEBER ITW.1421006
+MCC-F5205C MCC 1 /52.5:C SWITCH FUSEHOLDER 3Ph 10.3x38 BCH ITALWEBER ITW.2303038
J
+MCC-F5209C MCC 2 /52.8:C FUSE 10,3x38 Type gG 500V 6A CH10 gG ITALWEBER ITW.1421006
+MCC-F5209C MCC 1 /52.8:C 2Ph SECTIONABLE FUSE HOLDER FOR 10.3x38 FUSES BCH 2x38 WOHNER WOH.31 112
+MCC-F5211C MCC 2 /52.11:C FUSE 10,3x38 Type gG 500V 6A CH10 gG ITALWEBER ITW.1421006
+MCC-F5211C MCC 1 /52.11:C 2Ph SECTIONABLE FUSE HOLDER FOR 10.3x38 FUSES BCH 2x38 WOHNER WOH.31 112
+MCC-F5211H MCC 1 /52.11:H FUSE 10,3x38 Type gG 500V 4A CH10 gG ITALWEBER ITW.1421004
+MCC-F5211H MCC 1 /52.11:H SWITCH FUSEHOLDER 1Ph 10.3x38 BCH ITALWEBER ITW.2301038
+MCC-F5304H MCC 1 /53.5:G FUSE 10,3x38 Type gG 500V 4A CH10 gG ITALWEBER ITW.1421004
K

1400
Date 14/10/2020 Date 08/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi ITEM LIST 1402
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1401
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
F01_AUXEL2014_V01

A
Parts list
Device tag Mounting place Quantity Page / column Designation Type number Supplier Part number

+MCC-F5304H MCC 1 /53.5:G SWITCH FUSEHOLDER 1Ph 10.3x38 BCH ITALWEBER ITW.2301038
B
+MCC-F5306H MCC 1 /53.6:G FUSE 10,3x38 Type gG 500V 4A CH10 gG ITALWEBER ITW.1421004
+MCC-F5306H MCC 1 /53.6:G SWITCH FUSEHOLDER 1Ph 10.3x38 BCH ITALWEBER ITW.2301038
+MCC-F5308H MCC 1 /53.8:G FUSE 10,3x38 Type gG 500V 4A CH10 gG ITALWEBER ITW.1421004
+MCC-F5308H MCC 1 /53.8:G SWITCH FUSEHOLDER 1Ph 10.3x38 BCH ITALWEBER ITW.2301038
+MCC-F5309H MCC 1 /53.9:G FUSE 10,3x38 Type gG 500V 4A CH10 gG ITALWEBER ITW.1421004
+MCC-F5309H MCC 1 /53.9:G SWITCH FUSEHOLDER 1Ph 10.3x38 BCH ITALWEBER ITW.2301038
C
+MCC-F5310G MCC 1 /53.10:G FUSE 10,3x38 Type gG 500V 4A CH10 gG ITALWEBER ITW.1421004
+MCC-F5310G MCC 1 /53.10:G SWITCH FUSEHOLDER 1Ph 10.3x38 BCH ITALWEBER ITW.2301038
+MCC-F5502C MCC 1 /55.2:C CIRCUIT BREAKERS iC60N 2P CURVA C 10A A9F SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC SCH.A9F79210
+MCC-F5502C MCC 1 /55.2:C RESIDUAL CURRENT DEVICES iC60 2P TIPO A SI 30mA 25A A9Q SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC SCH.A9Q61225
+MCC-F5507B MCC 1 /55.3:E FUSE 10,3x38 Type gG 500V 2A CH10 gG ITALWEBER ITW.1421002
+MCC-F5507B MCC 1 /55.3:E SWITCH FUSEHOLDER 1Ph+N 10.3x38 BCH ITALWEBER ITW.2301137
D
+MCC-F10002C MCC 1 /100.2:B CIRCUIT BREAKER 65KA 480V 60Hz 6.3-10A 140M ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.140M-C2E-C10
+MCC-F10002C MCC 1 /100.2:B FRONT AUXILIARY CONTACT BLOCK FOR 140M-C/D/F - 1NO 140M ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.140M-C-AFA10
+MCC-F10002C MCC 1 /20.6:G CIRCUIT BREAKER 65KA 480V 60Hz 2.5-4.0A 140M ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.140M-C2E-B40
+MCC-F10010C MCC 1 /20.6:G CIRCUIT BREAKER 65KA 480V 60Hz 2.5-4.0A 140M ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.140M-C2E-B40
+MCC-K20100 MCC 1 /201.1:D COMPACT GUARDLOGIX CONTROLLER 1MB + 0.5MB SAFETY 1769 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1769-L30ERMS
+MCC-K20101 MCC 1 /201.2:D POWER SUPPLY 24VDC 2A 1769 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1769-PB2
E
+MCC-K20200 MCC 1 /202.2:C 2-PORT ETHERNET I/O ADAPTER MODULE 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-AENTR
+MCC-K20201 MCC 1 /202.3:C 24Vdc 8 POINT INPUT SAFETY MODULE 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-IB8S
+MCC-K20201 MCC 2 /202.3:C TERMINAL BASE WITH SCREW CLAMP 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-TOP
+MCC-K20202 MCC 1 /202.4:C 24Vdc 8 POINT INPUT SAFETY MODULE 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-IB8S
+MCC-K20202 MCC 2 /202.4:C TERMINAL BASE WITH SCREW CLAMP 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-TOP
+MCC-K20203 MCC 1 /202.5:C 24Vdc 8 POINT INPUT SAFETY MODULE 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-IB8S
F
+MCC-K20203 MCC 2 /202.5:C TERMINAL BASE WITH SCREW CLAMP 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-TOP
+MCC-K20204 MCC 1 /202.6:C 24Vdc 8 POINT OUTPUT SAFETY MODULE 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-OB8S
+MCC-K20204 MCC 2 /202.6:C TERMINAL BASE WITH SCREW CLAMP 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-TOP
+MCC-K20205 MCC 1 /202.7:C 24Vdc 8 POINT OUTPUT SAFETY MODULE 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-OB8S
+MCC-K20205 MCC 2 /202.7:C TERMINAL BASE WITH SCREW CLAMP 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-TOP
+MCC-K20206 MCC 1 /202.8:C 24Vdc 8 POINT INPUT SAFETY MODULE 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-IB8S
G
+MCC-K20206 MCC 2 /202.8:C TERMINAL BASE WITH SCREW CLAMP 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-TOP
+MCC-K20206A MCC 1 /203.1:C POINT I/O POWER SUPPLY 1734 24Vdc 10A 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-EP24DC
+MCC-K20207 MCC 1 /203.2:C 24Vdc 8 POINT INPUT MODULE 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-IB8
+MCC-K20207 MCC 2 /203.2:C TERMINAL BASE WITH SCREW CLAMP 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-TOP
+MCC-K20208 MCC 1 /203.3:C 24Vdc 8 POINT INPUT MODULE 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-IB8
+MCC-K20208 MCC 2 /203.3:C TERMINAL BASE WITH SCREW CLAMP 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-TOP
H
+MCC-K20209 MCC 1 /203.4:C 24Vdc 4 POINT OUTPUT MODULE 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-OB8E
+MCC-K20209 MCC 2 /203.4:C TERMINAL BASE WITH SCREW CLAMP 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-TOP
+MCC-K20209 MCC 1 /20.8:D 24Vdc 8 POINT INPUT MODULE 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-IB8
+MCC-K20210 MCC 1 /203.5:C 24Vdc 8 POINT INPUT SAFETY MODULE 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-IB8S
+MCC-K20210 MCC 2 /203.5:C TERMINAL BASE WITH SCREW CLAMP 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-TOP
+MCC-K20211 MCC 1 /203.6:C 24Vdc 8 POINT INPUT SAFETY MODULE 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-IB8S
I
+MCC-K20211 MCC 2 /203.6:C TERMINAL BASE WITH SCREW CLAMP 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-TOP
+MCC-K20212 MCC 1 /203.7:C 24Vdc 8 POINT INPUT SAFETY MODULE 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-IB8S
+MCC-K20212 MCC 2 /203.7:C TERMINAL BASE WITH SCREW CLAMP 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-TOP
+MCC-K20213 MCC 1 /203.8:C 24Vdc 8 POINT INPUT SAFETY MODULE 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-IB8S
+MCC-K20213 MCC 2 /203.8:C TERMINAL BASE WITH SCREW CLAMP 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-TOP
+MCC-K20214 MCC 1 /203.9:C 24Vdc 8 POINT OUTPUT SAFETY MODULE 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-OB8S
J
+MCC-K20214 MCC 2 /203.9:C TERMINAL BASE WITH SCREW CLAMP 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-TOP
+MCC-M5503J MCC 1 /55.3:J AXIAL FAN 230Vac 39W 302mᶟ/h H51 EZM EZM.091102
+MCC-M5503J MCC 1 /55.3:J METALLIC PROTECTION GRID 150x150mm 091110 EZM EZM.091110
+MCC-M5503J MCC 1 /55.3:J FAN 150x150mm ADAPTER 091226 EZM EZM.091226
+MCC-M5503J MCC 2 /55.3:J FAN FILTER 250x250 FPF FANDIS FDS.FPF15KUG-100
+MCC-M5505J MCC 1 /55.5:J AXIAL FAN 230Vac 39W 302mᶟ/h H51 EZM EZM.091102
+MCC-M5505J MCC 1 /55.5:J METALLIC PROTECTION GRID 150x150mm 091110 EZM EZM.091110
K

1401
Date 14/10/2020 Date 24/09/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi ITEM LIST 1403
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1402
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
F01_AUXEL2014_V01

A
Parts list
Device tag Mounting place Quantity Page / column Designation Type number Supplier Part number

+MCC-M5505J MCC 1 /55.5:J FAN 150x150mm ADAPTER 091226 EZM EZM.091226

B
+MCC-M5505J MCC 2 /55.5:J FAN FILTER 250x250 FPF FANDIS FDS.FPF15KUG-100
+MCC-M5507J MCC 1 /55.7:J AXIAL FAN 230Vac 39W 302mᶟ/h H51 EZM EZM.091102
+MCC-M5507J MCC 1 /55.7:J METALLIC PROTECTION GRID 150x150mm 091110 EZM EZM.091110
+MCC-M5507J MCC 1 /55.7:J FAN 150x150mm ADAPTER 091226 EZM EZM.091226
+MCC-M5507J MCC 2 /55.7:J FAN FILTER 250x250 FPF FANDIS FDS.FPF15KUG-100
+MCC-Q8003F MCC 1 /80.2:G 23A 24VDC 1NC 100-C ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.100-C23EJ01
C
+MCC-Q8003F MCC 1 /20.7:G 16A 24VDC 1NC 100-C ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.100-C16EJ01
+MCC-Q8004F MCC 1 /80.3:G 23A 24VDC 1NC 100-C ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.100-C23EJ01
+MCC-Q8004F MCC 1 /20.7:H 16A 24VDC 1NC 100-C ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.100-C16EJ01
+MCC-Q8005F MCC 1 /80.6:G 23A 24VDC 1NC 100-C ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.100-C23EJ01
+MCC-Q8005F MCC 1 /20.7:G 16A 24VDC 1NC 100-C ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.100-C16EJ01
+MCC-Q8006F MCC 1 /80.7:G 23A 24VDC 1NC 100-C ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.100-C23EJ01
D
+MCC-Q8006F MCC 1 /20.7:H 16A 24VDC 1NC 100-C ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.100-C16EJ01
+MCC-Q8007F MCC 1 /80.9:G 9A 24VDC 1NC 100-C ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.100-C09EJ01
+MCC-Q8008F MCC 1 /80.11:G 9A 24VDC 1NC 100-C ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.100-C09EJ01
+MCC-Q9601F MCC 1 /96.2:G 9A 24VDC 1NC 100-C ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.100-C09EJ01
+MCC-Q9602F MCC 1 /96.6:G 9A 24VDC 1NC 100-C ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.100-C09EJ01
+MCC-Q10102H MCC 1 /101.2:H 9A 24VDC 1NC 100-C ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.100-C09EJ01
E
+MCC-Q10102H MCC 1 /20.8:G MINICONTACTOR 9A 24VDC 2NO+2NC 100-K ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.100-K09DJ200
+MCC-S5507E MCC 1 /55.3:G THERMOSTAT UL 0-60 C° 10A 250V 1 N.C. + 1 N.O. NSYCCOTHD SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC SCH.NSYCCOTHD
+MCC-S5507E MCC 0 /55.10:G
+MCC-S5511E MCC 1 /55.12:E THERMOSTAT UL 0-60 C° 10A 250V 1 N.C. + 1 N.O. NSYCCOTHD SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC SCH.NSYCCOTHD
+MCC-S5511E MCC 0 /55.12:G
+MCC-S6002F MCC 1 /60.2:F TWIST TO RELEASE RED MUSHROOM PUSHBUTTON 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800FP-MT44
F
+MCC-S6002F MCC 1 /60.2:F EMERGENCY STOP ROUND YELLOW LABEL D22 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800F-15YSE112
+MCC-S6002F MCC 1 /60.2:F PLASTIC LATCH 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800F-ALP
+MCC-S6002F MCC 2 /60.2:F 1NC SELF MONITORING CONTACT BLOCK 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800F-X01S
+MCC-SW20001E MCC 1 /200.1:E 5 PORTS UNMANAGED SWITCH 1783 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1783-US5T
+MCC-T4210C MCC 1 /42.9:F 500VA 0-460-480/0-220-230 SINGLE PHASE TRANSFORMER TECNOCABLAGGI 500VA 0-460-480/0-220-230
+MCC-T4701D MCC 1 /47.1:D ACS880-01 single drive 55 kW, 500 V, IP21 ACS880-01-096A-5+E200+D150 ABB ABB.ACS880-01-096A-5+E200+D150
G
+MCC-T4701D MCC 1 /47.1:D ETHERNET ADAPTER 2 PORT FEIP-21 ABB ABB.FEIP-21
+MCC-T4706D MCC 1 /47.6:C MiniCASII.835857 24V AC/DC MiniCASII.835857 XYleminc MiniCASII.835857
+MCC-T4801D MCC 1 /48.1:D ACS880-01 single drive 55 kW, 500 V, IP21 ACS880-01-096A-5+E200+D150 ABB ABB.ACS880-01-096A-5+E200+D150
+MCC-T4801D MCC 1 /48.1:D ETHERNET ADAPTER 2 PORT FEIP-21 ABB ABB.FEIP-21
+MCC-T4806C MCC 1 /48.6:C MiniCASII.835857 24V AC/DC MiniCASII.835857 XYleminc MiniCASII.835857
+MCC-T5209F MCC 1 /52.8:F 2.0KVA 0-460-480/0-220-230V SINGLE PHASE TRANSFORMER TECNOCABLAGGI 2.0KVA 0-460-480/0-220-230V
H
+MCC-T5211F MCC 1 /52.11:F 100VA 0-460-480/0-24 SINGLE PHASE TRANSFORMER 100VA 0-460-480/0-24
+MCC-U5305C MCC 1 /53.2:C POWER SUPPLY UNIT 3PH 24VDC 20A QUINT POWER PHOENIX PHO.1018299
+MCC-X2 MCC 4 /47.7:H;/48.7:H SPRING GREY TERMINAL BLOCK ST4 ST 4 PHOENIX PHO.3031364
+MCC-X5502J MCC 1 /55.2:J 2P+T 16A universal outlet white 09967 VIMAR VIM.09967
+MCC-XGND MCC 2 /20.7:K;/41.6:F COPPER BAR 12x4 FORATA M5 COPPER BAR EZM EZM.081991
+MCC-XP1 MCC 3 /100.2:G;/100.3:G SPRING GREY TERMINAL BLOCK ST6 ST 6 PHOENIX PHO.3031487
I
+MCC-XP1 MCC 1 /100.3:G SPRING G/V GROUNDING TERMINAL BLOCK ST6-PE ST 6-PE PHOENIX PHO.3031500
+MCC-XP2 MCC 15 /50.2:H;/50.6:H;/50.10:H;/50.11:H;/51.2:H;/51.6:H
SPRING GREY TERMINAL BLOCK ST4 ST 4 PHOENIX PHO.3031364
+MCC-XP2 MCC 5 /50.2:H;/50.7:H;/50.11:H;/51.2:H;/51.7:H SPRING G/V GROUNDING TERMINAL BLOCK ST4-PE ST 4-PE PHOENIX PHO.3031380
+MCC-XP3 MCC 3 /52.1:H;/52.2:H SPRING GREY TERMINAL BLOCK ST4 ST 4 PHOENIX PHO.3031364
+MCC-XP3 MCC 2 /52.2:H;/52.4:H SPRING G/V GROUNDING TERMINAL BLOCK ST4-PE ST 4-PE PHOENIX PHO.3031380
+MCC-XP4 MCC 2 /55.10:I SPRING GREY TERMINAL BLOCK ST2.5 ST 2,5 PHOENIX PHO.3031212
J
+MCC-XPE MCC 1 /41.6:C SCREW G/V GROUNDING TERMINAL BLOCK USLKG95 USLKG 95 PHOENIX PHO.0441041
+MCC-XPE MCC 2 /41.6:C CLAMP TERMINAL E/NS 35 N E/NS 35 N PHOENIX PHO.0800886
+MCC-XS1 MCC 12 /265.2:E;/265.9:E;/265.10:E;/320.2:F;/320.6:F;/320.7:F;/420.2:F;/420.6:F;/420.7:F;/421.2:F;/421.6:F;/421.7:F
DUBLE LEVEL SPRING GREY TERMINAL BLOCK STTB2.5 STTB 2,5 PHOENIX PHO.3031270
+MCC-XS2 MCC 4 /325.5:F;/325.9:F DUBLE LEVEL SPRING GREY TERMINAL BLOCK STTB2.5 STTB 2,5 PHOENIX PHO.3031270
+MCC-XS3 MCC 9 /423.3:F;/423.6:F;/425.4:F;/425.5:F;/425.9:F;/425.10:F;/430.5:F;/430.9:F
DUBLE LEVEL SPRING GREY TERMINAL BLOCK STTB2.5 STTB 2,5 PHOENIX PHO.3031270
+MCC-XS4 MCC 2 /110.9:E;/110.10:E SPRING GREY TERMINAL BLOCK ST2.5 ST 2,5 PHOENIX PHO.3031212
+MCC-XS30 MCC 8 /329.2:F;/329.6:F;/329.8:F;/331.4:F;/331.5:F;/331.9:F;/331.10:F;/423.8:F
DUBLE LEVEL SPRING GREY TERMINAL BLOCK STTB2.5 STTB 2,5 PHOENIX PHO.3031270
K

1402
Date 14/10/2020 Date 08/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi ITEM LIST 1404
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1403
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
F01_AUXEL2014_V01

A
Parts list
Device tag Mounting place Quantity Page / column Designation Type number Supplier Part number

+MCC-XSA MCC 15 /305.2:F;/306.2:F;/308.2:F;/310.2:F;/314.2:F;/315.2:F;/343.2:F;/405.2:F;/406.2:F;/408.2:F;/410.2:F;/414.2:F;/415.2:F;/443.2:F;/444.2:F

DUBLE LEVEL SPRING GREY TERMINAL BLOCK STTB2.5 STTB 2,5 PHOENIX PHO.3031270
B
+MCC-XSB MCC 43 /305.6:F;/305.8:F;/305.11:F;/306.6:F;/306.8:F;/306.11:F;/308.6:F;/308.8:F;/308.11:F;/310.6:F;/310.8:F;/310.11:F;/314.6:F;/314.8:F;/314.11:F;/315.6:F;/315.8:F;/315.11:F;/343.6:F;/343.7:F;/405.6:F;/405.8:F;/405.11:F;/406.6:F;/406.8:F;/406.11:F;/408.6:F;/408.8:F;/408.11:F;/410.6:F;/410.8:F;/410.11:F;/414.6:F;/414.8:F;/414.11:F;/415.6:F;/415.8:F;/415.11:F;/443.6:F;/443.7:F;/444.6:F;/444.8:F;/444.11:F

DUBLE LEVEL SPRING GREY TERMINAL BLOCK STTB2.5 STTB 2,5 PHOENIX PHO.3031270
+OCC-W024 OCC 1 /200A.5:E EtherNet Cable: RJ45 / TPE Cable 1585J-M8TBJM ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1585J-M8TBJM-35
+OCC-W040 OCC 1 /263.3:F MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 2x1mmq
+OCC-W041 OCC 1 /260.1:D FROR BLUE 4x1mmq FROR BLUE BERICA CAVI BRC.B8004100
+OCC-W136 OCC 1 /200A.11:E EtherNet Cable: RJ45 / TPE Cable 1585J-M8TBJM ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1585J-M8TBJM-35
+OCC OCC 1 /22.0:A INCLINED DESK L=500 EC CEB CEB.ECT500
C
+OCC OCC 1 /22.0:A BOX ECB L=500 EC CEB CEB.ECB500
+OCC OCC 0 /23.3:A
+OCC OCC 1 /22.0:A PLINTH FOR BOX ECB L=500 EC CEB CEB.Z453
+OCC OCC 1 /28.5:D THERMOPLASTIC ENCLOSURES 94X94 1 HOLES 080 NEW ELFIN ELF.080C0909-8P1
+OCC-2206C OCC 1 /22.5:C PLINTH FOR BOX ECB L=500 EC CEB CEB.Z453
+OCC-F21107E OCC 1 /211.1:I FUSE 10,3x38 Type gG 500V 4A CH10 gG ITALWEBER ITW.1421004
D
+OCC-F21107E OCC 1 /211.1:I SWITCH FUSEHOLDER 1Ph 10.3x38 BCH ITALWEBER ITW.2301038
+OCC-K21000 OCC 1 /210.2:C 2-PORT ETHERNET I/O ADAPTER MODULE 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-AENTR
+OCC-K21001 OCC 1 /210.4:C 24Vdc 8 POINT INPUT SAFETY MODULE 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-IB8S
+OCC-K21001 OCC 2 /210.4:C TERMINAL BASE WITH SCREW CLAMP 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-TOP
+OCC-K21002 OCC 1 /210.5:C 24Vdc 8 POINT INPUT SAFETY MODULE 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-IB8S
+OCC-K21002 OCC 2 /210.5:C TERMINAL BASE WITH SCREW CLAMP 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-TOP
E
+OCC-K21003 OCC 1 /210.6:C 24Vdc 4 POINT OUTPUT MODULE 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-OB8E
+OCC-K21003 OCC 2 /210.6:C TERMINAL BASE WITH SCREW CLAMP 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-TOP
+OCC-K21004 OCC 1 /210.7:C 24Vdc 8 POINT INPUT MODULE 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-IB8
+OCC-K21004 OCC 2 /210.7:C TERMINAL BASE WITH SCREW CLAMP 1734 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.1734-TOP
+OCC-M25808I OCC 1 /258.7:I FPF series fan filter FPF12KUD24B-110 FANDIS FDS.FPF12KUD24B-110
+OCC-M25808I OCC 2 /258.7:I FILTER ADAPTER + SEAL FPF FANDIS FDS.FPFA12-7035G
F
+OCC-M25808I OCC 1 /258.7:I METALLIC PROTECTION GRID 119x119mm 091019 EZM EZM.091019
+OCC-P24902A OCC 1 /249.2:A PANEL VIEW 7'' TFT 800x480 LCD iE WEINTEK WNT.MT8073iE
+OCC-P25107F OCC 1 /251.8:F PANEL MOUNT BUZZER 855P ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.855P-B30SE22
+OCC-P25107G OCC 1 /251.7:F RED PILOT LIGHT 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800FP-P4
+OCC-P25107G OCC 1 /251.7:F PLASTIC LATCH 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800F-ALP
+OCC-P25107G OCC 1 /251.7:F MODULO LED 24V AC/DC ROSSO 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800F-N3R
G
+OCC-S25001F OCC 1 /250.1:F KEY TWIST TO RELEASE RED MUSHROOM PUSHBUTTON 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800FP-MK44
+OCC-S25001F OCC 1 /250.1:F PLASTIC LATCH 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800F-ALP
+OCC-S25001F OCC 2 /250.1:F 1NC SELF MONITORING CONTACT BLOCK 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800F-X01S
+OCC-S25001F OCC 1 /250.1:F EMERGENCY STOP ROUND YELLOW LABEL 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800F-15YE112
+OCC-S25102E OCC 1 /251.2:E 2 SPRING RETURN POSITION KEY SELECTOR SWITCH 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800FP-KR21
+OCC-S25102E OCC 1 /251.2:E PLASTIC LATCH 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800F-ALP
H
+OCC-S25102E OCC 1 /251.2:E 1NO CONTACT BLOCK 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800F-X10
+OCC-S25202F OCC 1 /252.2:F 2 SPRING RETURN POSITION KEY SELECTOR SWITCH 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800FP-KR2101R
+OCC-S25202F OCC 1 /252.2:F PLASTIC LATCH 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800F-ALP
+OCC-S25202F OCC 1 /252.2:F 1NO CONTACT BLOCK 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800F-X10
+OCC-S25202F OCC 1 /23.3:F 2 SPRING RETURN POSITION KEY SELECTOR SWITCH 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800FP-KR21
+OCC-S25205F OCC 1 /252.5:F GUARDED WHITE LIGHTING PUSHBUTTON 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800FP-LG7
I
+OCC-S25205F OCC 1 /252.5:F PLASTIC LATCH 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800F-ALP
+OCC-S25205F OCC 2 /252.5:F 1NO CONTACT BLOCK 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800F-X10
+OCC-S25205F OCC 1 /252.5:F MODULO LED 24V AC/DC VERDE 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800F-N3G
+OCC-S25302E OCC 1 /253.2:E MOMENTARY 40mm MUSHROOM PUSH BUTTON 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800FP-MM42
+OCC-S25302E OCC 1 /253.2:E PLASTIC LATCH 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800F-ALP
+OCC-S25302E OCC 1 /253.2:E 1NC SELF MONITORING CONTACT BLOCK 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800F-X01S
J
+OCC-S25306C OCC 1 /253.6:C PULSANTE PLASTICA PIATTO GIALLO 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800FP-F5
+OCC-S25306C OCC 1 /253.6:C PLASTIC LATCH 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800F-ALP
+OCC-S25306C OCC 1 /253.6:C 1NO CONTACT BLOCK 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800F-X10
+OCC-S25405D OCC 1 /254.2:C 2 FIXED POSITION KEY SELECTOR SWITCH (3825) LEFT REMOVAL POSITION 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800FP-KM21
+OCC-S25405D OCC 1 /254.2:C PLASTIC LATCH 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800F-ALP
+OCC-S25405D OCC 3 /254.2:C 1NO CONTACT BLOCK 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800F-X10
+OCC-S25603E OCC 1 /256.3:F 3 POSITION SPRING RETURN FROM BOTH WHITE ILLUMINATED SELECTOR SWITCH 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800FP-LSB37
K

1403
Date 14/10/2020 Date 08/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi ITEM LIST 1405
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1404
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
F01_AUXEL2014_V01

A
Parts list
Device tag Mounting place Quantity Page / column Designation Type number Supplier Part number

+OCC-S25603E OCC 1 /256.3:F PLASTIC LATCH 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800F-ALP

B
+OCC-S25603E OCC 1 /256.3:F 1NO CONTACT BLOCK 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800F-X10
+OCC-S25603E OCC 1 /256.3:F 1NC CONTACT BLOCK 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800F-X01
+OCC-S25603E OCC 1 /256.3:F MODULO LED 24V AC/DC WHITE 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800F-N3W
+OCC-S25802E OCC 1 /258.7:F THERMOSTAT UL 0-60 C° 10A 250V 1 N.C. + 1 N.O. NSYCCOTHD SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC SCH.NSYCCOTHD
+OCC-S25802E OCC 0 /258.10:G
+OCC-S25804E OCC 1 /258.3:E THERMOSTAT UL 0-60 C° 10A 250V 1 N.C. + 1 N.O. NSYCCOTHD SCHNEIDER ELECTRIC SCH.NSYCCOTHD
C
+OCC-S25804E OCC 0 /258.3:G
+OCC-U21105D OCC 1 /211.1:F POWER SUPPLY UNIT 3PH 24VDC 10A QUINT POWER PHOENIX PHO.1018291
+OCC-XGND OCC 0 /211.5:G
+OCC-XP1 OCC 3 /211.2:E SPRING GREY TERMINAL BLOCK ST4 ST 4 PHOENIX PHO.3031364
+OCC-XP1 OCC 2 /211.5:E;/211.9:E SPRING G/V GROUNDING TERMINAL BLOCK ST4-PE ST 4-PE PHOENIX PHO.3031380
+OCC-XP4 OCC 2 /258.10:H SPRING GREY TERMINAL BLOCK ST2.5 ST 2,5 PHOENIX PHO.3031212
D
+OCC-XS OCC 6 /260.1:C;/260.1:H;/260.3:C;/260.3:H;/263.3:E;/263.8:E
SPRING GREY TERMINAL BLOCK ST2.5 ST 2,5 PHOENIX PHO.3031212
+OCC-XS1 OCC 2 /253.2:B;/253.2:D SPRING GREY TERMINAL BLOCK ST4 ST 4 PHOENIX PHO.3031364
+OCC+ONP-E25810J OCC+ONP 1 /258.10:J ANTI-CONDENSATION HEATERS 100W 110...240Vac IP55 EZM091084 EZM EZM.091084
+OCC+ONP-S25302C OCC+ONP 0 /253.2:C
+PUMP UNIT-M4702K PUMP UNIT 0 /47.1:J
+PUMP UNIT-M4801J PUMP UNIT 0 /48.1:J
E
+HORN-P26303H HORN 1 /263.3:H Transducer-Style Sound Module, Black Housing, 70mm 855T ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.855T-B24TA1
+HORN-P26303H HORN 1 /263.3:H Stack Light Base, Black Housing 855T ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.855T-BVM
+MOTOR LIFT2-M5003K MOTOR LIFT2 0 /50.2:K
+MOTOR STATION-M5009K MOTOR STATION 0 /50.10:K
+WATERFALL 2-M5106K WATERFALL 2 0 /51.6:K
+WATERFALL 1-M5102K WATERFALL 1 0 /51.2:K
F
+COMPRESSOR-M10002I COMPRESSOR 0 /100.2:I
+LIFT1-W063 LIFT1 1 /320.2:I MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq
+LIFT1-W069 LIFT1 1 /329.6:I MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq
+LIFT1-W119 LIFT1 1 /329.2:I MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq
+LIFT1-W140 LIFT1 1 /320.6:I UNSHIELDED M12 4 PIN 30m M12 FAX ALLEN BRADLEY 889D-F4AC-30
+LIFT1-W152 LIFT1 1 /329.8:I MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq
G
+LIFT1-B32504I LIFT1 1 /325.4:I LEVEL SWITCH 1NO ILM.8 LOVATO LOV.ILM.8
+LIFT1-B32504I LIFT1 0 /325.5:I
+LIFT1-B32508I LIFT1 1 /325.8:I LEVEL SWITCH 1NO ILM.8 LOVATO LOV.ILM.8
+LIFT1-B32508I LIFT1 0 /325.9:I
+LIFT1-B33101H LIFT1 1 /331.4:H LIMIT SWITCH 1NO+1NC 3SE5232-0HK21 SIEMENS SIE.3SE5232-0HK21
+LIFT1-B33109H LIFT1 1 /331.9:H LIMIT SWITCH 1NO+1NC 3SE5232-0HK21 SIEMENS SIE.3SE5232-0HK21
H
+LIFT1-S32008H LIFT1 1 /320.5:I ISE70, Digital Pressure Switch for Positive Pressure ISE70 SMC SMC.ISE70-F02-L2-1,0MPa
+LIFT1-Y32002I LIFT1 0 /320.2:I
+LIFT1-Y32901H LIFT1 1 /329.2:I VP542/742-X536, Single Residual Pressure Release Valve, 3 port Solenoid Valve, ISO13849-1 VP542-5YO1-03FA 24/00 -NA- SMC SMC.VP542-5YO1-03FA 24/00 -NA-
+LIFT1-Y32904H LIFT1 1 /329.6:I VP-X536 -NC, Solenoid Valve with Feedback, ISO13849-1 VP-X536 -NC SMC SMC.VP-X536 -NC
+LIFT1-Y32904H LIFT1 0 /329.8:J;/329.10:J
+LIFT2-W092 LIFT2 1 /420.2:I MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq
I
+LIFT2-W093 LIFT2 1 /420.6:I UNSHIELDED M12 4 PIN 30m M12 FAX ALLEN BRADLEY 889D-F4AC-30
+LIFT2-W095 LIFT2 1 /421.2:I MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq
+LIFT2-W120 LIFT2 1 /423.2:I MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq
+LIFT2-W121 LIFT2 1 /423.6:I MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq
+LIFT2-W141 LIFT2 1 /421.6:I UNSHIELDED M12 4 PIN 30m M12 FAX ALLEN BRADLEY 889D-F4AC-30
+LIFT2-W153 LIFT2 1 /423.8:I MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq
J
+LIFT2-B42504H LIFT2 1 /425.4:H LIMIT SWITCH 1NO+1NC 3SE5232-0HK21 SIEMENS SIE.3SE5232-0HK21
+LIFT2-B42509H LIFT2 1 /425.9:H LIMIT SWITCH 1NO+1NC 3SE5232-0HK21 SIEMENS SIE.3SE5232-0HK21
+LIFT2-B43004I LIFT2 1 /430.4:H LEVEL SWITCH 1NO ILM.8 LOVATO LOV.ILM.8
+LIFT2-B43004I LIFT2 0 /430.5:I
+LIFT2-B43008I LIFT2 1 /430.8:H LEVEL SWITCH 1NO ILM.8 LOVATO LOV.ILM.8
+LIFT2-B43008I LIFT2 0 /430.9:I
+LIFT2-S42005I LIFT2 1 /420.5:I ISE70, Digital Pressure Switch for Positive Pressure ISE70 SMC SMC.ISE70-F02-L2-1,0MPa
K

1404
Date 14/10/2020 Date 08/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi ITEM LIST 1406
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1405
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
F01_AUXEL2014_V01

A
Parts list
Device tag Mounting place Quantity Page / column Designation Type number Supplier Part number

+LIFT2-S42105I LIFT2 1 /421.5:I ISE70, Digital Pressure Switch for Positive Pressure ISE70 SMC SMC.ISE70-F02-L2-1,0MPa
B
+LIFT2-Y42002I LIFT2 0 /420.2:I
+LIFT2-Y42102I LIFT2 0 /421.2:I
+LIFT2-Y42302I LIFT2 1 /423.2:I VP542/742-X536, Single Residual Pressure Release Valve, 3 port Solenoid Valve, ISO13849-1 VP542-5YO1-03FA 24/00 -NA- SMC SMC.VP542-5YO1-03FA 24/00 -NA-
+LIFT2-Y42306I LIFT2 1 /423.6:I VP-X536 -NC, Solenoid Valve with Feedback, ISO13849-1 VP-X536 -NC SMC SMC.VP-X536 -NC
+LIFT2-Y42306I LIFT2 0 /423.8:J;/423.10:J
+MCC+ONP-E25810J MCC+ONP 1 /55.10:J ANTI-CONDENSATION HEATERS 100W 110...240Vac IP55 EZM091084 EZM EZM.091084
C
+MOTOR LIFT1-M5006K MOTOR LIFT1 0 /50.6:K
+STATION EMERGENCY 1 STATION EMERGENCY 1 1 /28.0:A THERMOPLASTIC ENCLOSURES 94X94 1 HOLES 080 NEW ELFIN ELF.080C0909-8P1
+STATION EMERGENCY 1-S26001F STATION EMERGENCY 1 1 /260.1:E KEY TWIST TO RELEASE RED MUSHROOM PUSHBUTTON 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800FP-MK44
+STATION EMERGENCY 1-S26001F STATION EMERGENCY 1 1 /260.1:E PLASTIC LATCH 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800F-ALP
+STATION EMERGENCY 1-S26001F STATION EMERGENCY 1 2 /260.1:E 1NC SELF MONITORING CONTACT BLOCK 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800F-X01S
+STATION EMERGENCY 1-S26001F STATION EMERGENCY 1 1 /260.1:E EMERGENCY STOP ROUND YELLOW LABEL 800F ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.800F-15YE112
D
+LIFT1A-B30501A LIFT1A 1 /305.1:A AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM 440L ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.440L-T4F2070-Q
+LIFT1A-B30601A LIFT1A 1 /306.1:A AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM 440L ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.440L-T4F2070-Q
+LIFT1A-B30801A LIFT1A 1 /308.1:A AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM 440L ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.440L-T4F2070-Q
+LIFT1A-B31001A LIFT1A 1 /310.1:A AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM 440L ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.440L-T4F2070-Q
+LIFT1A-B31401A LIFT1A 1 /314.1:A AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM 440L ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.440L-T4F2070-Q
+LIFT1A-B31501A LIFT1A 1 /315.1:A AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM 440L ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.440L-T4F2070-Q
E
+LIFT1A-B34301A LIFT1A 1 /343.1:A Transmitted Beam, 61m (200ft), 10-264V AC/DC 9000 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.42GRL-9000
+LIFT1B-B30501B LIFT1B 1 /305.6:A AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM 440L ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.440L-R4F0020-Q
+LIFT1B-B30601B LIFT1B 1 /306.6:A AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM 440L ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.440L-R4F0020-Q
+LIFT1B-B30801B LIFT1B 1 /308.6:A AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM 440L ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.440L-R4F0020-Q
+LIFT1B-B31001B LIFT1B 1 /310.6:A AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM 440L ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.440L-R4F0020-Q
+LIFT1B-B31401B LIFT1B 1 /314.6:A AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM 440L ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.440L-R4F0020-Q
F
+LIFT1B-B31501B LIFT1B 1 /315.6:A AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM 440L ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.440L-R4F0020-Q
+LIFT1B-B34306A LIFT1B 1 /343.6:A Transmitted Beam Receiver, 10-55V DC / 20-40V AC 9001 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.42GRR-9001
+LIFT2A-B40501A LIFT2A 1 /405.1:A AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM 440L ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.440L-T4F2070-Q
+LIFT2A-B40601A LIFT2A 1 /406.1:A AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM 440L ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.440L-T4F2070-Q
+LIFT2A-B40801A LIFT2A 1 /408.1:A AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM 440L ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.440L-T4F2070-Q
+LIFT2A-B41001A LIFT2A 1 /410.1:A AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM 440L ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.440L-T4F2070-Q
G
+LIFT2A-B41401A LIFT2A 1 /414.1:A AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM 440L ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.440L-T4F2070-Q
+LIFT2A-B41501A LIFT2A 1 /415.1:A AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM 440L ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.440L-T4F2070-Q
+LIFT2A-B44301A LIFT2A 1 /443.1:A Transmitted Beam, 61m (200ft), 10-264V AC/DC 9000 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.42GRL-9000
+LIFT2A-B44401A LIFT2A 1 /444.1:A AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM 440L ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.440L-T4F2070-Q
+LIFT2B-B40501B LIFT2B 1 /405.6:A AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM 440L ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.440L-R4F0020-Q
+LIFT2B-B40601B LIFT2B 1 /406.6:A AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM 440L ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.440L-R4F0020-Q
H
+LIFT2B-B40801B LIFT2B 1 /408.6:A AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM 440L ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.440L-R4F0020-Q
+LIFT2B-B41001B LIFT2B 1 /410.6:A AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM 440L ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.440L-R4F0020-Q
+LIFT2B-B41401B LIFT2B 1 /414.6:A AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM 440L ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.440L-R4F0020-Q
+LIFT2B-B41501B LIFT2B 1 /415.6:A AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM 440L ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.440L-R4F0020-Q
+LIFT2B-B44306A LIFT2B 1 /443.6:A Transmitted Beam Receiver, 10-55V DC / 20-40V AC 9001 ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.42GRR-9001
+LIFT2B-B44406A LIFT2B 1 /444.6:A AREA ACCESS CONTROL SAFETY SINGLE BEAM 440L ALLEN BRADLEY A-B.440L-R4F0020-Q
I
+LIFT 1-W043 LIFT 1 1 /265.2:I MULTI WIRE CABLE NPI FROR 450/750V 3G1mmq
+LIFT 1-W045 LIFT 1 1 /265.9:I UNSHIELDED M12 4 PIN 30m M12 FAX ALLEN BRADLEY 889D-F4AC-30
+LIFT 1-S26500I LIFT 1 1 /265.8:I ISE70, Digital Pressure Switch for Positive Pressure ISE70 SMC SMC.ISE70-F02-L2-1,0MPa
+LIFT 1-Y26502I LIFT 1 0 /265.2:I
+JBRAMP1-XS1 JBRAMP1 6 /265.2:G;/265.9:G;/265.10:G;/320.2:G;/320.6:G;/320.7:G
DUBLE LEVEL SPRING GREY TERMINAL BLOCK STTB2.5 STTB 2,5 PHOENIX PHO.3031270
+JBRAMP1-XS30 JBRAMP1 3 /329.2:G;/329.6:G;/329.8:G DUBLE LEVEL SPRING GREY TERMINAL BLOCK STTB2.5 STTB 2,5 PHOENIX PHO.3031270
J
+JBRAMP2-XS1 JBRAMP2 6 /420.2:G;/420.6:G;/420.7:G;/421.2:G;/421.6:G;/421.7:G
DUBLE LEVEL SPRING GREY TERMINAL BLOCK STTB2.5 STTB 2,5 PHOENIX PHO.3031270
+JBRAMP2-XS3 JBRAMP2 2 /423.3:G;/423.6:G DUBLE LEVEL SPRING GREY TERMINAL BLOCK STTB2.5 STTB 2,5 PHOENIX PHO.3031270
+JBRAMP2-XS30 JBRAMP2 1 /423.8:G DUBLE LEVEL SPRING GREY TERMINAL BLOCK STTB2.5 STTB 2,5 PHOENIX PHO.3031270
+LAKE-B11007H LAKE 1 /110.9:H LEVEL SWITCH 1NO ILM.8 LOVATO LOV.ILM.8
+LAKE-B11007H LAKE 0 /110.10:H
+JB_PUMP1-X2 JB_PUMP1 2 /47.7:I SPRING GREY TERMINAL BLOCK ST4 ST 4 PHOENIX PHO.3031364
+JB_PUMP1-XP JB_PUMP1 3 /47.2:I SCREW GREY TERMINAL BLOCK UT35 UT 35 PHOENIX PHO.3044225
K

1405
Date 14/10/2020 Date 08/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi ITEM LIST 1407
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1406
 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
F01_AUXEL2014_V01

A
Parts list
Device tag Mounting place Quantity Page / column Designation Type number Supplier Part number

+JB_PUMP1-XP JB_PUMP1 1 /47.3:I SCREW G/V GROUNDING TERMINAL BLOCK USLKG35 USLKG 35 PHOENIX PHO.0444019
B
+JB_PUMP2-X2 JB_PUMP2 2 /48.7:I SPRING GREY TERMINAL BLOCK ST4 ST 4 PHOENIX PHO.3031364
+JB_PUMP2-XP JB_PUMP2 3 /48.2:I SCREW GREY TERMINAL BLOCK UT35 UT 35 PHOENIX PHO.3044225
+JB_PUMP2-XP JB_PUMP2 1 /48.3:I SCREW G/V GROUNDING TERMINAL BLOCK USLKG35 USLKG 35 PHOENIX PHO.0444019

1406
Date 14/10/2020 Date 07/10/2020 Customer ANTONIO ZAMPERLA SPA Project 9009074 Page Description Follow Page
Page
Revision 02 Proj. nicola.filippi ITEM LIST
Customer document number
Plant FLUME RIDE
20162
Order 200284 Total pages nbr
1407 1407
Gearmotors \ Industrial Gear Units \ Drive Electronics \ Drive Automation \ Services

Gear Units, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series,

SPIROPLAN® W

Edition 10/2007
11226811 / US Operating Instructions
SEW-EURODRIVE – Driving the world
 Contents

1 Important Notes................................................................................................. 4
2 Safety Notes ...................................................................................................... 6
3 Gear Unit Structure ........................................................................................... 9
3.1 Basic structure of helical gear units .......................................................... 9
3.2 Basicstructure of parallel shaft helical gear units.................................... 10
3.3 Basic structure of helical-bevel gear units .............................................. 11
3.4 Basic structure of helical-worm gear units .............................................. 12
3.5 Basic structure of SPIROPLAN® gear units ........................................... 13
3.6 Nameplate, unit designation ................................................................... 14
4 Mechanical Installation................................................................................... 15
4.1 Required tools / aids ............................................................................... 15
4.2 Prerequisites for assembly...................................................................... 15
4.3 Installing the gear unit............................................................................. 16
4.4 Gear unit with solid shaft......................................................................... 19
4.5 Torque arms for shaft mounted gear units.............................................. 21
4.6 Mounted gear unit with keyway or splined hollow shaft .......................... 23
4.7 Mounted gear units with shrink disc........................................................ 27
4.8 Mounted gear units with TorqLOC® ....................................................... 30
4.9 AM adapter coupling ............................................................................... 36
4.10 AQ adapter coupling ............................................................................... 38
4.11 AD input shaft assembly ......................................................................... 40
5 Startup.............................................................................................................. 44
5.1 Startup of helical-worm and SPIROPLAN® W gear units....................... 44
5.2 Startup of helical, parallel shaft helical and helical-bevel gear units....... 44
6 Inspection and Maintenance .......................................................................... 45
6.1 Inspection and maintenance intervals..................................................... 45
6.2 Lubricant change intervals ...................................................................... 45
6.3 Inspection and maintenance of the gear unit .......................................... 46
6.4 Inspection / maintenance of AM / AQA adapters .................................... 47
6.5 Inspection / maintenance of AD adapters ............................................... 47
7 Malfunctions .................................................................................................... 48
7.1 Gear unit malfunctions ............................................................................ 48
7.2 AM / AQA / AL adapter malfunctions ...................................................... 48
7.3 AD input shaft assembly malfunctions .................................................... 49
8 Mounting Positions......................................................................................... 50
8.1 General information on mounting positions ............................................ 50
8.2 Key to the mounting position sheets ....................................................... 51
8.3 Mounting positions for R helical gearmotors........................................... 52
8.4 Mounting positions of RX helical gearmotors.......................................... 55
8.5 Mounting positions for parallel shaft helical gearmotors ......................... 57
8.6 Mounting positions for helical-bevel gearmotors..................................... 60
8.7 Mounting positions for helical-worm gearmotors .................................... 65
8.8 Mounting positions for SPIROPLAN® W gearmotors ............................. 71
9 Lubricants........................................................................................................ 74
9.1 Lubricant table ........................................................................................ 74
9.2 Lubricant fill quantities ............................................................................ 77
10 Appendix.......................................................................................................... 82
10.1 Index of changes..................................................................................... 82
11 Index................................................................................................................. 83

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 3
 Important Notes
1

1 Important Notes
Operating instructions

Safety and Always follow the safety and warning instructions in this publication!
warning
instructions
Electrical hazard
Possible consequences: Severe or fatal injuries.

Hazard
Possible consequences: Severe or fatal injuries.

Hazardous situation
Possible consequences: Slight or minor injuries.

Harmful situation
Possible consequences: Damage to the drive and the environment.

Tips and useful information.

You must adhere to the operating instructions to ensure:

• Trouble-free operation
• Fulfillment of any rights to claim under guarantee
Consequently, read the operating instructions before you start working with the gear
unit!
The operating instructions contain important information about servicing. Therefore,
keep the operating instructions close to the gear unit.

• Adjust the lubricant fill volume and position of the breather valve accordingly in the
event of a change of mounting position (see Sec. "Lubricants" and "Mounting
Positions").
• Follow the instructions in Sec. "Mechanical installation" / "Installing the gear unit"!

4 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Important Notes
1

Waste disposal Please follow the latest instructions: Dispose of the following materials in accordance
with the regulations in force:
• Steel scrap:
– Housing parts
– Gears
– Shafts
– Anti-friction bearing
– Gray-cast iron (if there is no special collection)
• Parts of the worm gears are made of non-ferrous metals. Dispose of the worm gears
as appropriate.
• Collect waste oil and dispose of it correctly.

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 5
 Safety Notes
2

2 Safety Notes
Preface The following safety notes are primarily concerned with the use of gear units. If using
gearmotors, please also refer to the safety notes for motors in the relevant operating
instructions.
Please also consider the supplementary safety notes in the individual sections of
these operating instructions.

General During and after operation, gearmotors, gear units and motors have:
information • Live parts
• Moving parts
• Hot surfaces (may be the case)
Only qualified personnel may carry out the following work:
• Transportation
• Putting into storage
• Installation / assembly
• Connection
• Startup
• Maintenance
• Servicing
The following information and documents must be observed during these processes:
• Relevant operating instructions and wiring diagrams
• Warning and safety signs on the gear unit / gearmotor
• System-specific regulations and requirements
• National / regional regulations governing safety and the prevention of accidents
Serious injuries and property damage may result from:
• Improper use
• Incorrect installation or operation
• Unauthorized removal of necessary protection covers or the housing

Designated use Gearmotors / gear units from SEW are intended for industrial systems. They correspond
to the applicable standards and regulations.
Technical data and information about the permitted conditions can be found on the
nameplate and in the documentation.
It is essential that you follow all the instructions!

6 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Safety Notes
2

Transportation Inspect the shipment for any damage that may have occurred in transit as soon
as you receive the delivery. Inform the shipping company immediately. It may be
that you are not permitted to startup the drive due to the damage.
Tighten installed eyebolts. The eyebolts are only designed for the weight of the
gearmotor / gear unit. Do not attach any additional loads.
The installed lifting eyebolts comply with DIN 580. The loads and regulations specified
in this standard must always be observed. If two eyebolts are available, use both of them
for transport. In this case, the tension force vector of the slings must not exceed a 45°
angle in accordance with DIN 580.
Use suitable, sufficiently rated handling equipment if necessary. Remove any
transportation fixtures prior to startup.

Extended stor- Gear units of the "extended storage" type have:

age of gear units • An oil fill suitable for the mounting position so the unit is ready to run (mineral oil CLP
and synthetic oil CLP HC). You should still check the oil level before startup (see Sec.
"Inspection / Maintenance" / "Inspection and maintenance of the gear unit").
• A higher oil level in some cases (synthetic oil CLP PG / food grade oil). Correct the
oil level before startup (see Sec. "Inspection / Maintenance" / "Inspection and
maintenance of the gear unit").

Comply with the storage conditions specified in the following table for extended storage:
Climate zone Packaging1) Storage location Storage time
Up to three years with regular
Packed in containers, with
checks on the packaging and
desiccant and moisture With roof, protected against rain and snow, no
moisture indicator (relative
Temperate indicator sealed in the plas- shock loads.
atmospheric humidity
(Europe, USA, tic wrap.
< 50 %).
Canada, China
and Russia, With roof, enclosed at constant temperature and Two years or more given reg-
excluding tropi- atmospheric humidity (5 °C < ϑ < 60 °C, < 50 % ular inspections. Check for
cal zones) relative atmospheric humidity). cleanliness and mechanical
Open
No sudden temperature fluctuations and con- damage as part of the inspec-
trolled ventilation with filter (free from dirt and tion. Check corrosion
dust). No aggressive vapors and no shock loads. protection.
Packed in containers, with
desiccant and moisture Up to three years with regular
indicator sealed in the plas- checks on the packaging and
tic wrap. With roof, protected against rain, no shock loads. moisture indicator (relative
Tropical (Asia, Protected against insect atmospheric humidity
Africa, Central damage and mildew by < 50 %).
and South Amer- chemical treatment.
ica, Australia,
New Zealand With roof, enclosed at constant temperature and
Two years or more given reg-
excluding temper- atmospheric humidity (5 °C < ϑ < 60 °C, < 50 %
ular inspections. Check for
ate zones) relative atmospheric humidity).
cleanliness and mechanical
Open No sudden temperature fluctuations and con-
damage as part of the inspec-
trolled ventilation with filter (free from dirt and
tion. Check corrosion
dust). No aggressive vapors and no shock loads.
protection.
Protection against insect damage.
1) Packaging must be performed by an experienced company using the packaging materials that have been expressly specified for the
particular application.

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 7
 Safety Notes
2

Installation / Observe the instructions in the sections "Installation" and "Assembly/Removal"!

assembly

Startup / Check that the direction of rotation is correct in decoupled status. Listen out for unusual
operation grinding noises as the shaft rotates.
Secure the shaft keys for test mode without drive components. Do not render monitoring
and protection equipment inoperative even for test mode.
Switch off the gearmotor if in doubt whenever changes occur in relation to normal
operation (e.g. increased temperature, noise, vibration). Determine the cause; contact
SEW-EURODRIVE if necessary.

Inspection / Follow the instructions in the section "Inspection and Maintenance"!

maintenance

8 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Gear Unit Structure
Basic structure of helical gear units
3

3 Gear Unit Structure

The following figures are block diagrams. Their purpose is only to make it easier to
assign components to the spare parts lists. Discrepancies may occur depending on the
gear unit size and version!

3.1 Basic structure of helical gear units

03438AXX
Figure 1: Basic structure of helical gear units
Key
1 Pinion 19 Key 42 Anti-friction bearing 507 Shim ring
2 Gear 20 Breather valve 43 Key 508 Shim ring
3 Pinion shaft 22 Gearcase 45 Anti-friction bearing 515 Shim ring
4 Gear 24 Lifting eyebolt 47 Circlip 516 Shim ring
5 Pinion shaft 25 Anti-friction bearing 59 Screw plug 517 Shim ring
6 Gear 30 Anti-friction bearing 88 Circlip 521 Shim ring
7 Output shaft 31 Key 100 Gearcase cover 522 Shim ring
8 Key 32 Spacer 101 Hex head bolt 523 Shim ring
9 Oil seal 34 Anti-friction bearing 102 Gasket
11 Anti-friction bearing 37 Anti-friction bearing 131 Closing cap
12 Circlip 39 Circlip 181 Closing cap
17 Spacer 41 Circlip 506 Shim ring

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 9
 Gear Unit Structure
3 Basicstructure of parallel shaft helical gear units

3.2 Basicstructure of parallel shaft helical gear units

2 45 20
59
43 22
515 1
516 42 3
517
181 41
161
4 30
32
59
31
5
506 37
507 39 183
508
131 165

160
19

102
94 521 88
93 25 522 100
92 523
91
101
7
59

17
9 11 6
81

14
16

05676AXX
Figure 2: Basic structure of parallel shaft helical gear units

Key
1 Pinion 22 Gearcase 91 Circlip 506 Shim ring
2 Gear 25 Anti-friction bearing 92 Washer 507 Shim ring
3 Pinion shaft 30 Anti-friction bearing 93 Lock washer 508 Shim ring
4 Gear 31 Key 94 Hex head bolt 515 Shim ring
5 Pinion shaft 32 Spacer 100 Gearcase cover 516 Shim ring
6 Gear 37 Anti-friction bearing 101 Hex head bolt 517 Shim ring
7 Hollow shaft 39 Circlip 102 Gasket 521 Shim ring
9 Oil seal 41 Circlip 131 Closing cap 522 Shim ring
11 Anti-friction bearing 42 Anti-friction bearing 160 Closing plug 523 Shim ring
14 Hex head bolt 43 Key 161 Closing cap
16 Output flange 45 Anti-friction bearing 165 Closing plug
17 Spacer 59 Screw plug 181 Closing cap
19 Key 81 O-ring 183 Oil seal
20 Breather valve 88 Circlip

10 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Gear Unit Structure
Basic structure of helical-bevel gear units
3

3.3 Basic structure of helical-bevel gear units

100 102

20
536
3 43 537 533 59
534 22
538
535
45 2

114
101 113
42 119 59

(116)
523 89 59
522 88
521
25
1
84
19

7 59
8

6 59

17
83
11
12
9 161
132
133
31 542
30 543
135 544

4
5
131 37
506
507
137 508
39

05675AXX
Figure 3: Basic structure of helical-bevel gear units

Key
1 Pinion 25 Anti-friction bearing 102 Adhesive and sealing 522 Shim ring
compound
2 Gear 30 Anti-friction bearing 113 Slotted round nut 523 Shim ring
3 Pinion shaft 31 Key 114 Multi-tang washer 533 Shim ring
4 Gear 37 Anti-friction bearing 116 Thread lock 534 Shim ring
5 Pinion shaft 39 Circlip 119 Spacer 535 Shim ring
6 Gear 42 Anti-friction bearing 131 Closing cap 536 Shim ring
7 Output shaft 43 Key 132 Circlip 537 Shim ring
8 Key 45 Anti-friction bearing 133 Spacer 538 Shim ring
9 Oil seal 59 Screw plug 135 Nilos ring 542 Shim ring
11 Anti-friction bearing 83 Nilos ring 161 Closing cap 543 Shim ring
12 Circlip 84 Nilos ring 506 Shim ring 544 Shim ring
17 Spacer 88 Circlip 507 Shim ring
19 Key 89 Closing cap 508 Shim ring
20 Breather valve 100 Gearcase cover 521 Shim ring
22 Gearcase 101 Hex head bolt 521 Shim ring

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 11
 Gear Unit Structure
3 Basic structure of helical-worm gear units

3.4 Basic structure of helical-worm gear units

59
101 20

100
131
39 506
137
507
37 102
22
5
43 30 2 61 59

19

89
88 59
523
25 522
521

6
11
520
12 519
518
9

50884AXX
Figure 4: Basic structure of helical-worm gear units

Key
1 Pinion 20 Breather valve 88 Circlip 518 Shim ring
2 Gear 22 Gearcase 89 Closing cap 519 Shim ring
5 Worm 25 Anti-friction bearing 100 Gearcase cover 520 Shim ring
6 Worm gear wheel 30 Anti-friction bearing 101 Hex head bolt 521 Shim ring
7 Output shaft 37 Anti-friction bearing 102 Rubber seal 522 Shim ring
9 Oil seal 39 Circlip 131 Closing cap 523 Shim ring
11 Anti-friction bearing 43 Key 137 Spacer
12 Circlip 59 Screw plug 506 Shim ring
19 Key 61 Circlip 507 Shim ring

12 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Gear Unit Structure
Basic structure of SPIROPLAN® gear units
3

3.5 Basic structure of SPIROPLAN® gear units

100 101

102 65 66 143
71 68
72
1
22

89
88
521
522
523
25

19 250
251
17
8
7

11

518
519
520
12
9

05674AXX
Figure 5: Basic structure of SPIROPLAN® gear units

Key
1 Pinion 19 Key 88 Circlip 251 Circlip
6 Gear 22 Gearcase 89 Closing cap 518 Shim ring
7 Output shaft 25 Anti-friction bearing 100 Gearcase cover 519 Shim ring
8 Key 65 Oil seal 101 Hex head bolt 520 Shim ring
9 Oil seal 66 Anti-friction bearing 102 Gasket 521 Shim ring
11 Anti-friction bearing 71 Spacer 132 Circlip 522 Shim ring
12 Circlip 72 Circlip 183 Oil seal 523 Shim ring
17 Spacer 143 Spacer 250 Circlip

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 13
 Gear Unit Structure
3 Nameplate, unit designation

3.6 Nameplate, unit designation

Sample nameplate

Type R77DT100L4
S.O. 850012345 . 00 . 00 . 001

In 1680 rpm Out 58 rpm

HP Torque 5440 lb-in

Ratio 29.00 Factor 1.4

Service

Mounting
Position B3
MOBILGEAR 600 XP 220 0 C 40
Lubrication
A Mobil C
Product
See Operating Instructions for lubrication details Min Amb Max Amb

06687AUS
Figure 6: Sample nameplate

Unit designation
Example: Helical gear unit, category II2GD
RF 47 / A / II2GD

Explosion-proof design to directive 94/9/EC

For direct motor mounting

Gear unit size

Helical gear unit series (flange mounted)

Example: Serial number

87 0012345. 07. 07. 001

Multiple unit identifier

Year shipped (2-digit)

Year ordered (2-digit)

Order number (7 digits)

Sales organization

14 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Mechanical Installation
Required tools / aids
4

4 Mechanical Installation
4.1 Required tools / aids
• Set of spanners
• Torque wrench for:
– Shrink discs
– AQH motor adapter
– Input shaft assembly with centering shoulder
• Mounting device
• Shims and distance rings if necessary
• Fixing devices for input and output elements
• Lubricant (e.g. NOCO® Fluid)
• Bolt adhesive (for input shaft assembly with centering shoulder), e.g. Loctite® 243
• Standard parts are not part of the delivery
Installation
tolerances
Shaft end Flanges
Diameter tolerance in accordance with DIN 748 Centering shoulder tolerance in accordance with
• ISO k6 for solid shafts with ∅ ≤ 50 mm (1.97") DIN 42948
• ISO m6 for solid shafts with ∅ > 50 mm (1.97") • ISO j6 with b1 ≤ 230 mm (9.06")
• ISO H7 for hollow shafts • ISO h6 with b1> 230 mm (9.06")
• Center bore in accordance with DIN 332, shape
DR

4.2 Prerequisites for assembly

Check that the following conditions have been met:
• The data on the nameplate of the gearmotor matches the voltage supply system.
• The drive has not been damaged during transportation or storage.
• Ensure that the following requirements have been met:
– For standard gear units:
Ambient temperature according to the lubricant table in Sec. "Lubricants" (see
standard).
The drive must not be assembled in the following ambient conditions:
– Potentially explosive atmosphere
– Oil
– Acids
– Gas
– Vapors
– Radiation
– For special versions:
The drive configured in accordance with the ambient conditions.
– For helical-worm / SPIROPLAN® W gear units:
No large external mass moments of inertia which could exert a retrodriving load
on the gear unit.
[At η’ (retrodriving) = 2 – 1/η < 0.5 self-locking]

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 15
 Mechanical Installation
4 Installing the gear unit

• You must clean the output shafts and flange surfaces thoroughly to ensure they are
free of anti-corrosion agents, contamination or similar. Use a commercially available
solvent. Do not let the solvent come into contact with the sealing lips of the oil seals
– danger of damage to the material!
• When the drive is installed in abrasive ambient conditions, protect the output end oil
seals against wear.

4.3 Installing the gear unit

The gear unit or gearmotor is only allowed to be installed in the specified mounting
position. SPIROPLAN® gear units are not dependent on the mounting position.
The support structure must have the following characteristics:
• Level
• Vibration damping
• Torsionally rigid
Maximum permitted flatness error for foot and flange mounting (approximate values with
reference to DIN ISO 1101):
• Gear unit size ≤ 67: max. 0.4 mm (0.016")
• Gear unit size 77 ... 107: max. 0.5 mm (0.020")
• Gear unit size 137 ... 147: max. 0.7 mm (0.028")
• Gear unit size 157 ... 187: max. 0.8 mm (0.031")
Do not tighten the housing legs and mounting flanges against one another and ensure
that you comply with the permitted overhung and axial loads!
Secure the gearmotors with bolts of quality 8.8.
Secure the following gearmotors with bolts of quality 10.9:
• RF37, R37F with flange ∅ 120 mm (4.72")
• RF47, R47F with flange ∅ 140 mm (5.51")
• RF57, R57F with flange ∅ 160 mm (6.30")

The oil checking and drain screws and the breather valves must be freely
accessible!

At the same time, also check that the oil fill is as specified for the mounting position (see
Sec. "Lubricants" / "Lubricant fill quantities" or refer to the information on the nameplate).
The gear units are filled with the required oil volume at the factory. There may be slight
deviations at the oil level plug as a result of the mounting position, which are permitted
within the manufacturing tolerances.

16 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Mechanical Installation
Installing the gear unit
4

Adjust the lubricant fill volumes and the position of the breather valve accordingly
in the event of a change of mounting position.
Please contact our SEW customer service if you change the mounting position of K gear
units to M5 or M6 or between M5 and M6.
Please contact our SEW customer service if you change the mounting position of size
S47 S97 S gear units to mounting position M2.
Use plastic inserts (2 ... 3 mm thick) if there is a risk of electrochemical corrosion
between the gear unit and the driven machine. The material used must have an electri-
cal bleeder resistor < 109 Ω. Electrochemical corrosion can occur between various
metals, for example, cast iron and high-grade steel. Also install the bolts with plastic
washers! Ground the housing additionally – use the grounding bolts on the motor.
Installation in Drives are supplied in corrosion-resistant versions for use in damp areas or in the open
damp locations or air. Repair any damage to the paint work (e.g. on the breather valve).
in the open When mounting the motors onto AM, AQ, AR, AT adapters, seal the flange areas with a
suitable sealing compound, e.g. Loctite® 574.

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 17
 Mechanical Installation
4 Installing the gear unit

Gear unit venting No breather plug is required for the following gear units:
• R07 in mounting positions M1, M2, M3, M5 and M6
• R17, R27 and F27 in mounting positions M1, M3, M5 and M6
• SPIROPLAN® W gear units
SEW-EURODRIVE supplies all other gear units with the breather valve installed and
activated according to the particular mounting position.
Exceptions:
1. SEW supplies the following gear units with a screw plug on the vent hole provided:
• Gear units for extended storage
• Pivoted mounting positions, if possible
• Gear units for mounting on a slant
The breather valve is supplied with the unit. Before startup, you must install the
breather plug in the location specified.
2. SEW supplies a breather valve in a plastic bag for gear head units requiring venting
on the input end.
3. Enclosed gear units are supplied without a breather valve.

Activating the If the breather valve has not been activated, you must remove the transport fixture from
breather valve the breather valve before starting up the gear unit!
1. Breather valve with 2. Remove the transport fixture 3. Breather valve activated
transport fixture

02053BXX 02054BXX 02055BXX

Painting the gear If you paint or respray the drive, ensure that you cover the breather valve and oil seals
unit carefully. Remove the strips of tape after completing the painting work.

18 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Mechanical Installation
Gear unit with solid shaft
4

4.4 Gear unit with solid shaft

Installing input The following figure shows a mounting device for installing couplings or hubs on gear
and output unit or motor shaft ends. It may be possible to dispense with the thrust bearing on the
elements mounting device.

1) Gear shaft end

2) Thrust bearing
3) Coupling hub

03371BXX

Avoid impermissibly high overhung loads: Install the gear or chain sprocket according
to figure B.

1 = Hub

A = Unfavorable
B = Correct

03369BXX

• Only use a mounting device for installing input and output elements. Use the center
bore and the thread on the shaft end for positioning.
• Never drive belt pulleys, couplings, pinions, etc. onto the shaft end by hitting
them with a hammer This will damage the bearings, housing and the shaft!
• In the case of belt pulleys, make sure the belt is tensioned correctly in accor-
dance with the manufacturer's instructions.
• Power transmission elements should be balanced after fitting and must not give rise
to any impermissible radial or axial forces (see the "Gearmotor" or "Explosion-Proof
Drives" catalogs for permitted values).

Note:
Assembly is easier if you first apply lubricant to the output element or heat it up briefly
to 80 ... 100 °C (176 ... 212°F).

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 19
 Mechanical Installation
4 Gear unit with solid shaft

Installing Couplings must be mounted and balanced according to the information provided by the
couplings coupling manufacturer:
a) Maximum and minimum clearance
b) Axial misalignment
c) Angular misalignment

a) b) c)

03356AXX
Figure 7: Clearance and misalignment for coupling installation

Input and output elements such as belt pulleys, couplings, etc. must be protected
against contact!

20 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Mechanical Installation
Torque arms for shaft mounted gear units
4

4.5 Torque arms for shaft mounted gear units

Do not place torque arms under strain during installation!
Parallel shaft
helical gear units

01029BXX
Figure 8: Torque arm for parallel shaft helical
gear units

Helical-bevel gear • Secure on each side of torque arm→ (1).

units • Install connection end B as a mirror image of A.

01030CXX
Figure 9: Torque arm for helical-bevel gear units

Gear unit Bolts Tightening torque

KA37 4 × M10 × 25 – 8.8 48 Nm (425 lb-in)
KA47 4 × M10 × 30 – 8.8 48 Nm (425 lb-in)
KA67 4 × M12 × 35 – 8.8 86 Nm (761 lb-in)
KA77 4 × M16 × 40 – 8.8 210 Nm (1858 lb-in)
KA87 4 × M16 × 45 – 8.8 210 Nm (1858 lb-in)
KA97 4 × M20 × 50 – 8.8 410 Nm (3628 lb-in)
KA107 4 × M24 × 60 – 8.8 710 Nm (6283 lb-in)
KA127 4 × M36 × 130 – 8.8 2500 Nm (22125 lb-in)
KA157 4 × M36 × 130 – 8.8 2500 Nm (22152 lb-in)

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 21
 Mechanical Installation
4 Torque arms for shaft mounted gear units

Helical-worm • Secure on each side of torque arm → (1).

gear units

01031CXX
Figure 10: Torque arm for helical-worm gear units
Gear unit Bolts Tightening torque
SA37 M6 × 16 – 8.8 11 Nm (97 lb-in)
SA47 M8 × 20 – 8.8 25 Nm (222 lb-in)
SA57 M8 × 20 – 8.8 25 Nm (222 lb-in)
SA67 M12 × 25 – 8.8 86 Nm (761 lb-in)
SA77 M12 × 35 – 8.8 86 Nm (761 lb-in)
SA87 M16 × 35 – 8.8 210 Nm (1858 lb-in)
SA97 M16 × 35 – 8.8 210 Nm (1858 lb-in)

SPIROPLAN® W • Secure on each side of torque arm → (1)

gear units
45°

(1)

02050CXX
Figure 11: Torque arm for SPIROPLAN® W gear units
Gear unit Bolts Tightening torque
WA10 M6 × 16 11 Nm (97 lb-in)
WA20 M6 × 16 11 Nm (97 lb-in)
WA30 M6 × 16 11 Nm (97 lb-in)

22 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Mechanical Installation
Mounted gear unit with keyway or splined hollow shaft
4

4.6 Mounted gear unit with keyway or splined hollow shaft

For the configuration of customer shafts, please also refer to the design notes in the
Gearmotors catalog!

Installation notes 1. Apply NOCO® fluid.

®
O
C
O I
N U
L
F

®
O
C
O I
N U
L
F

02042BXX

2. Distribute the NOCO® fluid carefully.

02043AXX

3. Install the shaft and secure it axially

(mounting is facilitated by using a mounting device)
3A: Mounting with standard scope of delivery

1
2 1 Short retaining bolt
3 (standard scope of delivery)
4 2 Lock washer

A 3
4
Washer
Circlip
6 Customer shaft

6
03361BXX

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 23
 Mechanical Installation
4 Mounted gear unit with keyway or splined hollow shaft

3B: Assembly with SEW-EURODRIVE assembly/disassembly kit (→ page 26)

– Customer's shaft with contact shoulder

1 1 Retaining bolt
2 2 Lock washer
3
4 3 Washer
B 4
6
Circlip
Customer's shaft with contact
shoulder

6
03362BXX

3C: Assembly with SEW-EURODRIVE assembly/disassembly kit (→ page 26)

– Customer's shaft without contact shoulder

1 1 Retaining bolt
23 2 Lock washer
4 3 Washer
5 4 Circlip
5 Spacer
C 6 Customer's shaft without
contact shoulder

6
03363AXX

4. Tighten the retaining bolt to the appropriate torque (see table).

Bolt Tightening torque
M5 5 Nm (44 lb-in)
M6 8 Nm (70 lb-in)
M10/12 20 Nm (177 lb-in)
M16 40 Nm (354 lb-in)
M20 80 Nm (708 lb-in)
M24 200 Nm (1770 lb-in)

03364AXX

Note:
To avoid contact corrosion, we recommend that the customer's shaft should additionally
be recessed between the two contact surfaces!

24 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Mechanical Installation
Mounted gear unit with keyway or splined hollow shaft
4

Removal notes This description is only applicable when the gear unit was assembled using the installa-
tion/removal kit from SEW-EURODRIVE(→ page 26) (see the previous description,
point 3B or 3C).
1. Loosen the retaining bolt [1].
2. Remove parts 2 to 4 and, if fitted, spacer 5.

1
2 1 Retaining bolt
3 2 Lock washer
4
5 3 Washer
4 Circlip
5 Spacer
6 Customer shaft

03366AXX

3. Insert the forcing washer [8] and the fixed nut [7] from the SEW-EURODRIVE instal-
lation/removal kit between the customer's shaft [6] and the circlip [4].
4. Re-insert the circlip [4].
5. Screw the retaining bolt [1] back in. Now you can force the gear unit off the shaft by
tightening the bolt.

1
1 Retaining bolt
4 4 Circlip
7 6 Customer shaft
8
7 Fixed nut
8 Forcing washer

03367AXX

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 25
 Mechanical Installation
4 Mounted gear unit with keyway or splined hollow shaft

SEW The SEW-EURODRIVE installation/removal kit can be ordered under the following part
installation/remo number. The kits are currently only available for metric shaft sizes.
val kit

8 7

03394AXX
Figure 12: SEW-EURODRIVE installation/removal kit

1 Retaining bolt
7 Fixed nut for disassembly
8 Forcing washer

Type DH7 M1) C4 C5 C6 U-0.5 T -0.5 D3-0.5 L4 Part number of

[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] installa-
tion/removal kit
WA..10 16 M5 5 5 12 4.5 18 15.7 50 643 712 5
WA..20 18 M6 5 6 13.5 5.5 20.5 17.7 25 643 682 X
WA..20, WA..30, SA..37 20 M6 5 6 15.5 5.5 22.5 19.7 25 643 683 8
FA..27, SA..47 25 M10 5 10 20 7.5 28 24.7 35 643 684 6
FA..37, KA..37, SA..47, SA..57 30 M10 5 10 25 7.5 33 29.7 35 643 685 4
FA..47, KA..47, SA..57 35 M12 5 12 29 9.5 38 34.7 45 643 686 2
FA..57, KA..57, FA..67, KA..67, SA..67 40 M16 5 12 34 11.5 41.9 39.7 50 643 687 0
SA..67 45 M16 5 12 38.5 13.5 48.5 44.7 50 643 688 9
FA..77, KA..77, SA..77 50 M16 5 12 43.5 13.5 53.5 49.7 50 643 689 7
FA..87, KA..87, SA..77, SA..87 60 M20 5 16 56 17.5 64 59.7 60 643 690 0
FA..97, KA..97, SA..87, SA..97 70 M20 5 16 65.5 19.5 74.5 69.7 60 643 691 9
FA..107, KA..107, SA..97 90 M24 5 20 80 24.5 95 89.7 70 643 692 7
FA..127, KA..127 100 M24 5 20 89 27.5 106 99.7 70 643 693 5
FA..157, KA..157 120 M24 5 20 107 31 127 119.7 70 643 694 3
1) Retaining bolt

The SEW assembly kit for mounting the customer shaft is a recommendation from SEW-EURODRIVE.
You must always check whether this design can compensate the axial loads. In particular applications (e.g.
mounting mixer shafts), a different design may have to be used to secure the shaft axially. In these cases,
customers can use their own devices. However, you must ensure that these designs do not cause potential
sources of combustion according to DIN EN 13463 (for example, impact sparks).

26 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Mechanical Installation
Mounted gear units with shrink disc
4

4.7 Mounted gear units with shrink disc

Installation notes • Do not tighten the locking bolts unless the shaft is installed - the hollow shaft could
become deformed!
1. Loosen the locking bolts by a few turns 2. Carefully degrease the hollow shaft hole
(do not unscrew them completely!). and the input shaft.

A B

51092AXX 51093AXX

3. Hollow shaft/input shaft after degreasing 4. Apply NOCO® fluid to the input shaft1) in
the area of the bushing.

51094AXX 51095AXX

1)
It is essential to make sure that the clamping area of the shrink disk is free from
grease!
For this reason, never apply NOCO® fluid directly to the bushing as the paste may
be able to get into the clamping area of the shrink disk when the input shaft is put
on.

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 27
 Mechanical Installation
4 Mounted gear units with shrink disc

5. Install the input shaft, making sure that the locking collars of the shrink disk are in-
stalled in parallel to each other2). For gear unit housing with a shaft collar, mount
the shrink disc to the stop on the shaft collar. For gear unit housing without a
shaft collar, mount the shrink disk with a clearance of 1 to 2 mm from the gear
unit housing. Tighten the locking bolts with the torque wrench by working round
several times from one bolt to the next (not in diametrically opposite sequence) until
the bolts cannot be tightened any more. See the following table for tightening
torques.

1-2mm s>1mm

51096AXX
2)After installation
• There must be a gap s > 1 mm between the locking collars
• Grease the outside of the hollow shaft in the area of the shrink disk to prevent corro-
sion.
Gear unit type Bolt Nm (lb-in) max.1)
SH37 M5 5 Nm (44 lb-in)
KH37...77 FH37...77 SH47...77 M6 12 Nm (106 lb-in)
KH87/97 FH87/97 SH87/97 M8 30 Nm (265 lb-in)
KH107 FH107 M10 59 Nm (522 lb-in) 60°
KH127/157 FH127 M12 100 Nm (885 lb-in)
KH167 M16 250 Nm (2212 lb-in)
KH187 M20 470 Nm (4159 lb-in)
1) Maximum tightening angle per cycle

28 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Mechanical Installation
Mounted gear units with shrink disc
4

Notes on 1. Unscrew the locking bolts evenly one after the other. Each locking bolt may only be
removing the unscrewed by about one quarter turn in the initial cycle. This is in order to avoid tilting
shrink disk and jamming the locking collars. Do not fully unscrew the locking bolts!
2. Remove the shaft or pull the hub off the shaft. (You must first remove any rust that
may have formed between the hub and the end of the shaft.)
3. Pull the shrink disk off the hub.

Caution!
Risk of injury if the shrink disk is not removed correctly!

Cleaning and There is no need to strip down and re-grease disassembled shrink disks before they are
lubricating the screwed back on.
shrink disk The shrink disk only needs to be cleaned and re-greased if it is contaminated.
Use one of the following solid lubricants for the tapered surfaces.
Lubricant (Mo S2) Sold as
Molykote 321 (lube coat) Spray
Molykote spray (powder spray) Spray
Molykote G Rapid Spray or paste
Aemasol MO 19P Spray or paste
Aemasol DIO-sétral 57 N (lube coat) Spray

Grease the locking bolts with a multipurpose grease such as Molykote BR 2 or similar.

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 29
 Mechanical Installation
4 Mounted gear units with TorqLOC®

4.8 Mounted gear units with TorqLOC®

1. Clean the inside of the hollow shaft and the customer shaft. Ensure that all traces of
grease or oil are removed.
2. Install the split ring and the bushing on the customer shaft.

52089AXX

3. Apply NOCO® fluid to the bushing and distribute it carefully.

O
C
®

O D
N UI
L
F

52090AXX

4. Push the gear unit onto the customer shaft.

52091AXX

30 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Mechanical Installation
Mounted gear units with TorqLOC®
4

5. Preassemble the torque arm (do not tighten the bolts). Refer to "Torque arms for
shaft mounted gear units" on page 21.

K...

F...
S...

52092AXX

6. Push the bushing onto the gear unit up to the stop.

52093AXX

7. Tighten all the retaining bolts for the torque arm. Refer to "Torque arms for shaft
mounted gear units" on page 21.

52094AXX

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 31
 Mechanical Installation
4 Mounted gear units with TorqLOC®

8. Secure the bushing with the split ring. Tighten the split ring on the bushing using the
appropriate torque as specified in the following table.

52095AXX

Type Torque [Nm (lb-in)]

KT/FT ST Steel Stainless steel
- 37 18 (159) 7.5 (66)
37 47 18 (159) 7.5 (66)
47 57 18 (159) 7.5 (66)
57, 67 67 35 (309) 18 (159)
77 77 35 (309) 18 (159)
87 87 35 (309) 18 (159)
97 97 35 (309) 18 (159)

9. Slide the shrink disk onto the hollow shaft. Ensure that all bolts have been loosened.

52096AXX

32 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Mechanical Installation
Mounted gear units with TorqLOC®
4

10.Push the counter bushing onto the customer shaft and into the hollow shaft or shrink
disk right into the seat.

52097AXX

11.Tap lightly on the flange of the counter bushing to ensure that the socket is fitted se-
curely in the hollow shaft.

52098AXX

12.Ensure that the customer shaft is fitted in the counter bushing.

53478AXX

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 33
 Mechanical Installation
4 Mounted gear units with TorqLOC®

13.Tighten the bolts of the shrink disk by hand and ensure that the end rings of the shrink
disc are parallel.

52100AXX

14.Tighten the locking bolts by working round several times from one bolt to the next
(not in diametrically opposite sequence). See the table for tightening torques.

After installation, the remaining gap between the outer rings of the shrink
discs must be > 0 mm.

> 0mm

52101AXX

Type Steel Stainless steel

KT/FT ST Torque [Nm (lb-in)]
- 37 4.1 (36) 6.8 (60)
37 47 10 (89) 6.8 (60)
47 57 12 (106) 6.8 (60)
57, 67 67 12 (106) 15 (133)
77 77 30 (266) 30 (266)
87 87 30 (266) 50 (443)
97 97 30 (266) 50 (443)

34 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Mechanical Installation
Mounted gear units with TorqLOC®
4

15.The distance between the counter bushing and the hollow shaft end and between the
split ring and the clamping ring must not exceed the following values. The following
table lists the maximum and minimum gap width.

52102AXX

Type Distance [mm (in)]

KT/FT ST a min. a max.
- 37 3.3 (0.130) 5.6 (0.220)
37 47 3.3 (0.130) 5.6 (0.220)
47 57 5.0 (0.197) 7.6 (0.299)
57, 67 67 5.0 (0.197) 7.6 (0.299)
77 77 5.0 (0.197) 7.6 (0.299)
87 87 5.8 (0.228) 8.6 (0.339)
97 97 5.8 (0.228) 8.6 (0.339)

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 35
 Mechanical Installation
4 AM adapter coupling

4.9 AM adapter coupling

IEC adapter AM63
225 / NEMA
04469CXX
adapter AM56
365

1 = Motor shaft

1. Clean the motor shaft and flange surfaces of the motor and adapter.
2. Remove the key from the motor shaft and replace it with the supplied key (484) (not
AM63 and AM250).
3. Heat the coupling half (479) to approx. 80 – 100 °C (176 – 212°F) and push the cou-
pling half onto the motor shaft until stop at motor shaft shoulder (position to point A
for AM250 / AM280 and NEMA).

4. Secure key and coupling half using set screw (481) and tightening torque TA on mo-
tor shaft according to the table.
5. Check point A.
6. Seal the contact surfaces between the adapter and motor using a suitable sealing
compound.
7. Mount the motor on the adapter. When doing this, make sure the coupling jaws of the
adapter shaft engage the plastic spider.

IEC AM uom 63 / 71 80 / 90 100 / 112 132 160 / 180 200 225 250 / 280
mm 24.5 31.5 41.5 54 76 78.5 93.5 139
A
in 0.965 1.240 1.634 2.126 2.992 3.091 3.681 5.472
Nm 1.5 1.5 4.8 4.8 10 17 17 17
TA
lb-in 13.3 13.3 42.5 42.5 88.5 150 150 150
Thread M4 M4 M6 M6 M8 M10 M10 M10
NEMA AM uom 56 143 / 145 182 / 184 213 / 215 254 / 256 284 / 286 324 / 326 364 / 365
mm 46 43 55 63.5 78.5 85.5 107 107
A
in 1.811 1.693 2.165 2.500 3.091 3.366 4.213 4.213
Nm 1.5 1.5 4.8 4.8 10 17 17 17
TA
lb-in 13.3 13.3 42.5 42.5 88.5 150 150 150
Thread M4 M4 M6 M6 M8 M10 M10 M10

36 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Mechanical Installation
AM adapter coupling
4

To avoid contact corrosion, we recommend applying NOCO® fluid to the motor shaft
before mounting the coupling half.

When installing a motor onto the adapter, you must use an anaerobic sealant to
ensure that moisture cannot penetrate the adapter.

Permitted loads

The load data specified in the following table must not be exceeded when a motor
is mounted.

Fq
51102AXX

Adapter type Fq1) [N (lb)]

IEC NEMA x1) [mm (in)] IEC adapter NEMA adapter
AM63/71 AM56 77 (3.03) 530 (119) 410 (92)
AM80/90 AM143/145 113 (4.45) 420 (94) 380 (85)
AM100/112 AM182/184 144 (5.67) 2000 (450) 1760 (396)
AM132 2) AM213/2152) 1600 (360) 1250 (281)
186 (7.32)
AM132.. AM213/215 4700 (1057) 3690 (830)
AM160/180 AM254/286 251 (9.88) 4600 (1034) 4340 (976)
AM200/225 AM324 - AM365 297 (11.69) 5600 (1259) 5250 (1180)
AM250/280 - 390 (15.35) 11200 (2518) -
1) The maximum permitted weight of the attached motor Fqmax must be reduced proportionally as the distance
between the adapter flange and the middle of the motor (x) increases. When this distance is reduced, the
maximum permitted weight Fqmax cannot be increased.
2) Diameter of the adapter drive flange: 160 mm (6.30 in)

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 37
 Mechanical Installation
4 AQ adapter coupling

Adapter AM with Check the direction of rotation of the drive before installation and startup. Please inform
backstop AM../RS the SEW-EURODRIVE customer service if the direction of rotation is incorrect.
The backstop is maintenance-free in operation, and does not require any further main-
tenance work.
The backstops have a minimum lift-off speed depending on the size (→ following table).
If the minimum lift-off speeds are violated, the backstops are subject to wear, and the
resulting friction causes the temperature to increase.
Maximum locking torque of backstop Minimum lift-off speed
Type
[Nm (lb-in)] [rpm]
AM80/90/RS,
90 (797) 640
AM143/145/RS
AM100/112/RS,
340 (3009) 600
AM182/184/RS
AM132/RS,
700 (6195) 550
AM213/215/RS
AM160/180/RS,
1200 (10620) 630
AM254/286/RS
AM200/225/RS,
1450 (12832) 430
AM324-365/RS

In rated operation, the lift-off speeds must not drop below the minimum values.
The lift-off speeds are only permitted to drop below the minimum values during
start-up or braking.

4.10 AQ adapter coupling

AQA AQH

479
479

1 Motor shaft
2 Setscrew
1
3 Bolt
1
AQA = With keyway
AQH = Without keyway
2 3

A A

53512AXX

1. Clean the motor shaft and flange surfaces of the motor and adapter.
2. Type AQH: Unscrew the bolts of the coupling half (479) and loosen the conical
connection.
3. Heat the coupling half 80°C – 100°C (176°F – 212°F) and push it onto the motor
shaft.
Type AQA / AQH: Up to clearance "A" (see table).

38 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Mechanical Installation
AQ adapter coupling
4

4. Type AQH: Tighten the bolts on the coupling half in diametrically opposite sequence
(work round several times tightening the bolts evenly one after the other) until all
bolts reach the tightening torque TA specified in the table.
Type AQA: Use a setscrew to secure the coupling half (see table).
5. Check the position of the coupling half (clearance "A", see table).
Install motor onto the adapter making sure that the dogs of the two coupling halves
engage in each other. The force that must be applied when joining the two coupling
halves is dissipated after final assembly, so there is no risk of any axial load being
applied to adjacent bearings.

Only for AQA, not permitted for AQH: To avoid contact corrosion, we recommend
applying NOCO® fluid to the motor shaft before mounting the coupling half.

When installing a motor onto the adapter, you must use an anaerobic sealant to
ensure that moisture cannot penetrate the adapter.

Setting dimen-
sions, tightening Type Coupling size Clearance "A" Bolts DIN 912 Tightening torque TA
torques [mm (in)] [Nm (lb-in)]
AQA AQH AQA AQH
AQA /AQH 80 /1/2/3 44.5 (1.75)
AQA /AQH 100 /1/2 39 (1.54)
19/24 M5 M4 2 (17.7) 3 (26.5)
AQA /AQH 100 /3/4 53 (2.09)
AQA /AQH 115 /1/2 62 (2.44)
AQA /AQH 115 /3 62 (2.44)
24/28 M5 M5 2 (17.7) 6 (53.1)
AQA /AQH 140 /1/2 62 (2.44)
AQA /AQH 140 /3 74.5 (2.93)
28/38 M8 M5 10 (88.5) 6 (53.1)
AQA /AQH 190 /1/2 76.5 (3.01)
AQA /AQH 190 /3 38/45 100 (3.94) M8 M6 10 (88.5) 10 (88.5)

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 39
 Mechanical Installation
4 AD input shaft assembly

4.11 AD input shaft assembly

Please refer to Sec. "Installing input and output shafts" for information on mounting of
input elements.
Cover with motor Mounting the motor and adjusting the motor mounting platform.
mounting plat-
form AD../P

1 Motor mounting platform

2 Stud bolt (only AD6/P / AD7/P)
3 Support (only AD6/P / AD7/P)
4 Nut
5 Threaded column

03519BXX

1. Set the motor mounting platform to the required mounting position by evenly tighten-
ing the adjusting nuts. It may be necessary to remove the lifting eyebolt from helical
gear units in order to achieve the lowest adjustment position. Touch up any damage
to the paint work.
2. Align the motor on the motor mounting platform (shaft ends must be in alignment)
and secure it.
3. Mount the input elements on the input shaft end and the motor shaft. Line them up
with one another. Correct the motor position again if necessary.
4. Put on traction elements (V-belt, chain, etc.) and apply a preload by evenly adjusting
the motor mounting platform. Do not stress the motor mounting platform and the
columns against one another when doing this.
5. Tighten the threaded columns using the nuts which are not used for adjustment.
Only AD6/P and Unscrew the nuts on the stud bolts before adjustment to allow the stud bolts to move
AD7/P: axially in the support without restriction. Do not tighten the nuts until the final adjustment
position has been achieved. Do not adjust the motor mounting platform using the
support.

40 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Mechanical Installation
AD input shaft assembly
4

Type with center- Mounting applications on the input shaft assembly with centering shoulder.
ing shoulder 1. Retaining bolts of a suitable length must be used to secure the application. The
AD../ZR length l of the new bolts is calculated as follows:

l= t+a
t = Screw-in depth (see table)
a = Thickness of the application
s = Retaining thread (see table)

02725CXX

Round down the calculated bolt length to the next smaller standard length.
2. Remove the retaining bolts from the centering shoulder.
3. Clean the contact surface and the centering shoulder.
4. Clean the threads of the new bolts and apply a bolt locking compound (e.g. Loctite
243) to the first few threads.
5. Position the application against the centering shoulder and tighten the retaining bolts
to the specified tightening torque TA (see table).
Screw-in Tightening torque
Retaining thread
Type depth TA for connection bolts in strength class 8.8
s
t [mm (in)] [Nm (lb-in)]
AD2/ZR 25.5 (1.00) M8 25 (221)
AD3/ZR 31.5 (1.24) M10 48 (425)
AD4/ZR 36 (1.42) M12 86 (761)
AD5/ZR 44 (1.73) M12 86 (761)
AD6/ZR 48.5 (1.91) M16 210 (1859)
AD7/ZR 49 (1.93) M20 410 (3629)
AD8/ZR 42 (1.65) M12 86 (761)

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 41
 Mechanical Installation
4 AD input shaft assembly

Permitted loads

The load values specified in the following table must not be exceeded.

Fq

53513AXX

x1) Fq1)
Type
[mm (in)] [N (lb)]
AD2/ZR 193 (7.60) 330 (74)
AD3/ZR 274 (10.79) 1400 (315)
AD4/ZR2) 1120 (252)
361 (14.21)
AD4/ZR 3300 (742)
AD5/ZR 487 (19.17) 3200 (719)
AD6/ZR 567 (22.32) 3900 (877)
AD7/ZR 663 (26.10) 10000 (2248)
AD8/ZR 516 (20.31) 4300 (967)
1) Maximum load values for connection bolts in strength class 8.8. The maximum permitted weight of the
attached motor Fqmax must be reduced proportionally as the distance between the adapter flange and the
middle of the motor (x) increases When this distance is reduced, the Fqmax cannot be increased.
2) Diameter of the adapter output flange: 160 mm (6.30 in)

42 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Mechanical Installation
AD input shaft assembly
4

Cover with back- Check the direction of rotation of the drive before installation and startup. Please inform
stop AD../RS the SEW-EURODRIVE customer service if the direction of rotation is incorrect.
The backstop is maintenance-free in operation, and does not require any further main-
tenance work.
The backstops have a minimum lift-off speed depending on the size (→ following table).
If the minimum lift-off speeds are violated, the backstops are subject to wear, and the
resulting friction causes the temperature to increase.
Maximum locking torque of backstop Minimum lift-off speed
Type
[Nm (lb-in)] [rpm]
AD2/RS 90 (797) 640
AD3/RS 340 (3009) 600
AD4/RS 700 (6195) 550
AD5/RS 1200 (10620) 630
AD6/RS 1450 (12833) 430
AD7/RS 1450 (12833) 430
AD8/RS 2860 (25311) 430

In rated operation, the lift-off speeds must not drop below the minimum values.
The lift-off speeds are only permitted to drop below the minimum values during
start-up or braking.

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 43
 I Startup
5 Startup of helical-worm and SPIROPLAN® W gear units
0

5 Startup
Prior to startup check that the oil level is as specified for the mounting position.
The oil checking and drain screws and the breather valves must be freely acces-
sible.

5.1 Startup of helical-worm and SPIROPLAN® W gear units

Note: The direction of rotation of the output shaft in series S..7 helical-worm gear units
has been changed from CW to CCW; this is different from the S..2 series. Change
direction of rotation: Swap over two motor feeder cables.

Run-in period SPIROPLAN® and helical-worm gear units require a run-in period of at least 24 hours
before reaching their maximum efficiency. A separate run-in period applies for each
direction of rotation if the gear unit is operated in both directions of rotation. The table
shows the average power reduction during the run-in period.

No. of Worm Spiroplan®

starts Power reduction i range Power reduction i range
1 start ca. 12 % ca. 50...280 ca. 15 % approx. 40 ... 75
2 start ca. 6 % ca. 20...75 ca. 10 % ca. 20...30
3 start ca. 3 % ca. 20...90 ca. 8 % ca. 15
4 start - - ca. 8 % ca. 10
5 start ca. 3 % ca. 6...25 ca. 5 % ca. 8
6 start ca. 2 % ca. 7...25 - -

5.2 Startup of helical, parallel shaft helical and helical-bevel gear units
No special startup instructions are required for helical, parallel shaft helical and helical-
bevel gear units providing the gear units have been installed in accordance with Sec.
"Mechanical Installation".

44 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Inspection and Maintenance
Inspection and maintenance intervals
6

6 Inspection and Maintenance

6.1 Inspection and maintenance intervals

Frequency What to do?

• Every 3000 machine hours, at least every 6
months.
• Depending on the operating conditions (see chart
below), every 3 years at the latest.
• According to oil temperature.
• Depending on the operating conditions (see chart
below), every 5 years at the latest.
• According to oil temperature.
• Gear unitsR07, R17, R27, F27 and Spiroplan® are have lubrication for life and are therefore mainte-
nance-free
• Varying (depending on external factors).
• Check oil and oil level.
• Check the seals visually for leakage.
• For gear units with a torque arm: Check the
rubber buffer and change it, if necessary
• Change mineral oil.
• Replace anti-friction bearing grease (recom-
mendation).
• Replace oil seal (do not install it in the same
track).
• Change synthetic oil
• Replace anti-friction bearing grease (recom-
mendation).
• Replace oil seal (do not install it in the same
track).
• Touch up or renew the surface/anticorrosion
coating.

6.2 Lubricant change intervals

30000
[h]

25000
[3]
20000

15000
[4]

[1]
10000
[5]

5000

0
70 80 90 100 110 115 120
[2] [°C]

53232AXX
Figure 13: Oil change intervals for standard gear units under normal environmental conditions

[1] Operating hours [3] CLP PG

[2] Sustained oil bath temperature [4] CLP HC / HCE
• Average value per oil type at 70 °C [5] CLP / HLP / E Oil

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 45
 Inspection and Maintenance
6 Inspection and maintenance of the gear unit

6.3 Inspection and maintenance of the gear unit

Do not intermix synthetic lubricants and do not mix synthetic and mineral lubricants
together!
The standard lubricant is mineral oil (except for Spiroplan® gear units).
The position of the oil level and oil drain plug and the breather valve depends on
the mounting position. Refer to the diagrams of the mounting positions.

Checking the oil 1. De-energize the gearmotor and secure it to prevent it from being switched on
level inadvertently!
Wait until the gear unit has cooled off – Danger of burns!
2. Refer to Sec. "Installing the gear unit" when changing the mounting position!
3. For gear units with an oil level plug: Remove the oil level plug, check the fill level and
correct it if necessary. Screw the oil level plug back in.

Checking the oil 1. De-energize the gearmotor and secure it to prevent it from being switched on
inadvertently!
Wait until the gear unit has cooled off – Danger of burns!
2. Remove a little oil from the oil drain plug.
3. Check the oil consistency.
– Viscosity
– If you can see that the oil is heavily contaminated, we recommend that you
change the oil even if this is outside the service intervals specified in "Inspection
and maintenance periods".
4. For gear units with an oil level plug: Remove the oil level plug, check the fill level and
correct it if necessary. Screw the oil level plug back in.

Changing the oil Only change the oil when the gear unit is at operating temperature.
De-energize the gearmotor and secure it to prevent it from being switched back
on inadvertently!
Wait until the gear unit cools down - Danger of burns!
Note: The gear unit must still be warm otherwise the high viscosity of excessively
cold oil will make it harder to drain the oil correctly.
With oil drain plug / 1. Place a container underneath the oil drain plug
oil level screw 2. Remove the oil level plug, breather plug/breather valve and oil drain plug.
3. Drain all the oil.
4. Screw in the oil drain plug.
5. Pour in new oil of the same type through the vent hole (if changing the oil type, please
first contact our customer service). Do not mix synthetic lubricants.
– Pour in the volume of oil in accordance with the mounting position (see Sec. "Lu-
bricant fill quantities") or as specified on the nameplate.
– Check at the oil level plug.
6. Screw the oil level plug back in
7. Screw in the breather plug/breather valve.

46 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Inspection and Maintenance
Inspection / maintenance of AM / AQA adapters
6

Without oil drain 1. Remove cover plate.

plug / oil level plug 2. Drain the oil through the cover plate opening.
3. Pour in new oil of the same type through the vent hole (if changing the oil type, please
first contact our customer service). Do not mix synthetic lubricants.
– Pour in the volume of oil in accordance with the mounting position (see Sec. "Lu-
bricant fill quantities") or as specified on the nameplate.
4. Check the oil level (→ Sec. "Check oil level for gear units with oil level plug")
5. Attach cover plate (observe the tightening torque and series → Sec. "Check the oil
level for gear units without an oil level plug")

Changing the oil 1. De-energize the gearmotor and secure it to prevent it from being switched on
seal inadvertently!
Wait until the gear unit has cooled off – Danger of burns!
2. When changing the oil seal, ensure that there is a sufficient grease reservoir between
the dust lip and protective lip, depending on the type of gear unit.
3. If you use double oil seals, the space has to be filled one-third with grease.

6.4 Inspection / maintenance of AM / AQA adapters

Frequency
• Every 3000 machine hours, at least every 6 months
• After 25000 - 30000 machine hours
What to do?
• Check torsional play
• Visually check the elastic annular gear
• Check the adapter visually for leakage
• Renew the anti-friction bearing grease
• Replace oil seal (do not install it in the
same track)
• Change the elastic coupling spider

6.5 Inspection / maintenance of AD adapters

Frequency
• Every 3000 machine hours, at least every 6 months
• After 25000 - 30000 machine hours
What to do?
• Check running noise for possible bearing
damage
• Check the adapter visually for leakage
• Renew the anti-friction bearing grease
• Change the oil seal

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 47
 Malfunctions
7 Gear unit malfunctions

7 Malfunctions
Customer service
Please have the following information to hand if you require the assistance of our
customer service:
• Data from the nameplate (complete)
• Nature and extent of the fault
• Time and peripheral circumstances of the fault
• Presumed cause

7.1 Gear unit malfunctions

Problem
Unusual, regular running
noise
Unusual, irregular running
noise
Oilleaking1)
• From the gear cover
plate
• From the motor flange
• From the motor oil seal
• From the gear unit
flange
• From the output end oil
seal
Oil leaking from breather
valve
Output shaft does not turn
although the motor is run-
ning or the input shaft is
rotated
1) Short-term oil/grease leakage at the oil seal is possible in the run-in phase (24 hours running time).
Possible cause Remedy
A Meshing/grinding noise: Bearing damage. A Check the oil (see Sec. "Inspection and Mainte-
B Knocking noise: Irregularity in the gearing nance"), change bearings
B Contact customer service
Foreign bodies in the oil • Check the oil (see Sec. "Inspection and Mainte-
nance")
• Stop the drive, contact customer service
A Rubber seal on the gear cover plate leak- A Tighten the bolts on the gear cover plate and
ing observe the gear unit. Oil still leaking: Contact cus-
B Seal defective tomer service
C Gear unit not vented B Contact customer service
C Vent the gear unit (see Sec. "Mounting Positions")
A Too much oil A Correct the oil level (see Sec. "Inspection and
B Drive operated in incorrect mounting posi- Maintenance")
tion B Mount the breather valve correctly (see Sec.
C Frequent cold starts (oil foams) and/or "Mounting Positions") and correct the oil level (see
high oil level "Lubricants")
Connection between shaft and hub in gear unit Send in the gear unit/gearmotor for repair
interrupted

7.2 AM / AQA / AL adapter malfunctions

Problem
Unusual, regular running
noise
Oil leaking
Output shaft does not turn
although the motor is run-
ning or the input shaft is
rotated
Change in running noise
and / or vibrations occur
Premature wear in annular
gear
Possible cause Remedy
Meshing/grinding noise: Bearing damage Contact SEW-EURODRIVE customer service
Seal defective Contact SEW-EURODRIVE customer service
Connection between shaft and hub in gear Send the gear unit to SEW-EURODRIVE for repair.
unit interrupted
A Annular gear wear, short-term torque A Change the coupling spider
transfer through metal contact B Tighten the bolts
B Bolts to secure hub axially are loose.
A Contact with aggressive fluids / oil; ozone Contact SEW-EURODRIVE customer service
influence; too high ambient temperatures
etc, which can cause a change in the
physical properties of the annular gear.
B Impermissibly high ambient/contact tem-
perature for the annular gear; maximum
permitted temperature –20 °C to +80 °C.
C Overload

48 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Malfunctions
AD input shaft assembly malfunctions
7

7.3 AD input shaft assembly malfunctions

Problem Possible cause Remedy
Unusual, regular running Meshing/grinding noise: Bearing damage. Contact SEW-EURODRIVE customer service
noise
Oil leaking Seal defective Contact SEW-EURODRIVE customer service
Output shaft does not turn Connection between shaft and hub in gear Send the gear unit to SEW-EURODRIVE for repair.
although the input shaft is unit or cover interrupted
rotated.

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 49
 Mounting Positions
8 M1 … M6 General information on mounting positions

8 Mounting Positions
8.1 General information on mounting positions
Mounting position designation
SEW differentiates between six mounting positions M1 ... M6 for gear units. The following figure shows the
spatial orientation of the gearmotor in mounting positions M1 ... M6.

M6 M6

M1 M1
M2 M2
M5 M5
M4 M4

R..
M3 M3

M6
M6 M1
M2
M2
M1

M5
M5 M4
M4

F..
M3 M3

M6

M1
M1 M6
M2 M2
M5
M5
M4
K..
M4 W..
S.. M3
M3

03203AXX
Figure 14: Depiction of mounting positions M1 ... M6

50 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Mounting Positions
Key to the mounting position sheets M1 … M6
8

8.2 Key to the mounting position sheets

SPIROPLAN® gearmotors do not depend on any particular mounting position. However,

mounting positions M1 to M6 are also shown for SPIROPLAN® gearmotors to assist you
in working with this documentation.

Important: SPIROPLAN® gearmotors cannot be equipped with breather valves, oil

level plugs or drain plugs.

Symbols used The following table shows the symbols used in the mounting position sheets and what
they mean:
Symbol Meaning

Breather valve

Oil level plug

Oil drain plug

Churning losses Increased churning losses may arise in some mounting positions. Contact
SEW-EURODRIVE in case of the following combinations:
Input speed
Mounting position Gear unit type Gear unit size
[rpm]
97 ... 107 > 2500
M2, M4 R
> 107 >1500
97 ... 107 > 2500
F
> 107 > 1500
M2, M3, M4, M5, M6 77 ... 107 > 2500
K
> 107 > 1500
S 77 ... 97 > 2500

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 51
 Mounting Positions
8 M1 … M6 Mounting positions for R helical gearmotors

8.3 Mounting positions for R helical gearmotors

R07-R167

* → page 51

52 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Mounting Positions
Mounting positions for R helical gearmotors M1 … M6
8

RF07-RF167

* → page 51

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 53
 Mounting Positions
8 M1 … M6 Mounting positions for R helical gearmotors

R07F-R87F

* → page 51

Important: See the information in the "Gearmotors" catalog, section "Project Planning for Gear Units/Overhung and
axial loads."

54 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Mounting Positions
Mounting positions of RX helical gearmotors M1 … M6
8

8.4 Mounting positions of RX helical gearmotors

RX57-RX107

* → page 51

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 55
 Mounting Positions
8 M1 … M6 Mounting positions of RX helical gearmotors

RXF57 - RXF107

* → page 51

56 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Mounting Positions
Mounting positions for parallel shaft helical gearmotors M1 … M6
8

8.5 Mounting positions for parallel shaft helical gearmotors

F/FA..B/FH27B-157B, FV27B-107B

* → page 51

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 57
 Mounting Positions
8 M1 … M6 Mounting positions for parallel shaft helical gearmotors

FF/FAF/FHF/FAZ/FHZ27-157, FVF/FVZ27-107

* → page 51

58 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Mounting Positions
Mounting positions for parallel shaft helical gearmotors M1 … M6
8

FA/FH27-157, FV27-107, FT37-97

* → page 51

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 59
 Mounting Positions
8 M1 … M6 Mounting positions for helical-bevel gearmotors

8.6 Mounting positions for helical-bevel gearmotors

K/KA..B/KH37B-157B, KV37B-107B

* → page 51

Important: See the information in the "Gearmotors" catalog, section "Project Planning for Gear Units/Overhung and
axial loads."

60 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Mounting Positions
Mounting positions for helical-bevel gearmotors M1 … M6
8

K167-187, KH167B-187B

* → page 51

Important: See the information in the "Gearmotors" catalog, section "Project Planning for Gear Units/Overhung and
axial loads."

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 61
 Mounting Positions
8 M1 … M6 Mounting positions for helical-bevel gearmotors

KF/KAF/KHF/KAZ/KHZ37-157, KVF/KVZ37-107

* → page 51

62 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Mounting Positions
Mounting positions for helical-bevel gearmotors M1 … M6
8

KA/KH37-157, KV37-107, KT37-97

* → page 51

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 63
 Mounting Positions
8 M1 … M6 Mounting positions for helical-bevel gearmotors

KH167-187

* → page 51

64 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Mounting Positions
Mounting positions for helical-worm gearmotors M1 … M6
8

8.7 Mounting positions for helical-worm gearmotors

S37

Important: See the information in the "Gearmotors" catalog, section "Project Planning for Gear Units/Overhung and
axial loads."

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 65
 Mounting Positions
8 M1 … M6 Mounting positions for helical-worm gearmotors

S47 - S97

* → page 51

Important: See the information in the "Gearmotors" catalog, section "Project Planning for Gear Units/Overhung and
axial loads."

66 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Mounting Positions
Mounting positions for helical-worm gearmotors M1 … M6
8

SF/SAF/SHF37

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 67
 Mounting Positions
8 M1 … M6 Mounting positions for helical-worm gearmotors

SF/SAF/SHF/SAZ/SHZ47-97

* → page 51

68 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Mounting Positions
Mounting positions for helical-worm gearmotors M1 … M6
8

SA/SH/ST37

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 69
 Mounting Positions
8 M1 … M6 Mounting positions for helical-worm gearmotors

SA/SH/ST47-97

* → page 51

70 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Mounting Positions
Mounting positions for SPIROPLAN® W gearmotors M1 … M6
8

8.8 Mounting positions for SPIROPLAN® W gearmotors

W10-30

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 71
 Mounting Positions
8 M1 … M6 Mounting positions for SPIROPLAN® W gearmotors

WF/WAF10-30

72 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Mounting Positions
Mounting positions for SPIROPLAN® W gearmotors M1 … M6
8

WA10-30

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 73
 Lubricants
9 Lubricant table

9 Lubricants
General Unless a special arrangement is made, SEW-EURODRIVE supplies the drives with a
information lubricant fill adapted for the specific gear unit and mounting position. The decisive factor
is the mounting position (M1 ... M6, → Sec. "Mounting Positions and Important Order
Information") specified when ordering the drive. You must adapt the lubricant fill to any
subsequent changes made to the mounting position (→ Lubricant fill quantities).

9.1 Lubricant table

The lubricant table on the following page shows the permitted lubricants for
SEW-EURODRIVE gear units. Please note the following key to the lubricant table.
Key to the Abbreviations used, meaning of shading and notes:
lubricant table CLP = Mineral oil
CLP PG = Polyglycol (W gear units, NSF cerfitied H1)
CLP HC = Synthetic hydrocarbons
E = Ester oil (water hazard class 1 (German regulation))
HCE = Synthetic hydrocarbons + ester oil (NSF certified H1)
HLP = Hydraulic oil
= Synthetic lubricant (= synthetic-based anti-friction bearing grease)
= Mineral lubricant (= mineral-based anti-friction bearing grease)
1) Helical-worm gear units with PG oil: Please contact SEW-Eurodrive
2) Special lubricant for Spiroplan® gear units only
3) SEW fB ≥ 1.2 required
4) Pay attention to critical starting behavior at low temperatures!
5) Ambient temperature

Lubricant for the food industry (food grade oil)

Biodegradable oil (lubricant for use in agriculture, forestry and water resources)
Oil

74 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Lubricants
Lubricant table
9

Anti-friction The anti-friction bearings in gear units and motors are given a factory-fill with the
bearing greases greases listed below. SEW-EURODRIVE recommends regreasing anti-friction bearings
with a grease fill at the same time as changing the oil.
Ambient temperature Manufacturer Type
Anti-friction bearing in -20 °C ... +60°C Mobil Mobilux EP2
gear unit -40 °C ... +60 °C Mobil Mobiltemp SHC 100
-20 °C ... +80 °C Esso Polyrex EM
Anti-friction bearing in
+20 °C ... +100 °C Klüber Barrierta L55/2
motor1)2)
-40 °C ... +60 °C Kyodo Yushi Multemp SRL3)
Special greases for anti-friction bearings in gear units:
-35 °C ... +40 °C Shell Shell Cassida Grease EPS 2
-25 °C ... +40 °C Klüber Klübersynth UH1 14-222

-40 °C ... +40 °C Klüber Klüberbio M 72-82

Oil
Oil

1) The motor anti-friction bearings are covered on both sides and cannot be regreased.
2) Greases providing equivalent performance are acceptable
3) Recommended for continuous operation at ambient temperature below 0°C, example in a cold storage.

The following grease quantities are required:

• For fast-running bearings (motor and gear unit input end): Fill the cavities between
the rolling elements one third full with grease.
• For slow-running bearings (in gear units and at gear unit output end): Fill the cavities
between the rolling elements two thirds full with grease.

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 75
 9

76
5)
Oil ISO,NLGI
DIN (ISO) TO T A L
°C -50 0 +50 +100
Standard Mobilgear Shell Omala Klüberoil Aral Degol BP Energol Tribol Optigear Renolin
R... -10 +40 CLP(CC) VG 220 Meropa 220 Carter EP 220
600XP 220 220 GEM 1-220 N BG 220 GR-XP 220 1100/220 BM 220 CLP 220
Lubricant table

Mobil Shell Tivela Klübersynth Aral Degol BP Enersyn Tribol Synlube Optiflex A
-25 +80 CLP PG VG 220 Carter SY 220
Glygoyle 30 S 220 GH 6-220 GS 220 SG-XP 220 800/220 CLP 220 220
4) Mobil Shell Omala Klübersynth Aral Degol Tribol Pinnacle Optigear Syn- Renolin Unisyn
-40 +80 VG 220 thetic A 220 CLP 220
SHC 630 HD 220 GEM 4-220 N PAS 220 1510/220 EP 220
K...(HK...) CLP HC
4) -40 +40 Mobil Shell Omala Klübersynth Pinnacle Carter SH 150
VG 150
SHC 629 HD 150 GEM 4-150 N EP 150
Lubricants

-20 CLP (CC) VG 150 Mobilgear Shell Omala Klüberoil Aral Degol BP Energol Tribol Optigear Renolin
+25 Meropa 150 Carter EP 100
VG 100 600XP 100 100 GEM 1-150 N BG 100 GR-XP 100 1100/100 BM 100 CLP 150
Lubricant table

VG 68-46 Mobil Shell Tellus Klüberoil Aral Degol Tribol Rando EP Optigear Renolin Equivis ZS 46
F... -30 +10 HLP (HM)
VG 32 D.T.E. 13M T 32 GEM 1-68 N BG 46 1100/68 Ashless 46 32 B 46 HVI
4) Mobil Klüber-Summit Cetus Dacnis SH 32
-40 +10 CLP HC VG 32 HySyn FG-32
SHC 624 PAO 46
4) -40
VG 22 Mobil Shell Tellus Isoflex BP Energol Rando
-20 HLP (HM) Equivis ZS 15
VG 15 D.T.E. 11M T 15 MT 30 ROT HLP-HM 15 HDZ 15
Standard Mobilgear Shell Omala Klüberoil Aral Degol BP Energol Tribol Optigear Renolin
0 +40 CLP (CC) VG 680 Meropa 680 Carter EP 680
600XP 680 680 GEM 1-680 N BG 680 GR-XP 680 1100/680 BM 680 CLP 680
1) Shell Tivela Klübersynth BP Enersyn Tribol Synlube
-20 +60 CLP PG VG 680
S 680 GH 6-680 SG-XP 680 800/680 CLP 680
S...(HS...) 4) Mobil Shell Omala Klübersynth Pinnacle
-30 +80 VG 460
SHC 634 HD 460 GEM 4-460 N EP 460
CLP HC
4) Mobil Shell Omala Klübersynth Pinnacle
-40 +10 VG 150 Carter SH 150
SHC 629 HD 150 GEM 4-150 N EP 150
VG 150 Mobilgear
Shell Omala Klüberoil Aral Degol BP Energol Tribol Optigear Renolin
-20 +10 CLP (CC) Meropa 150 Carter EP 100
VG 100 600XP 100 100 GEM 1-150 N BG 100 GR-XP 100 1100/100 BM 100 CLP 150
1) Mobil Shell Tivela Klübersynth Aral Degol BP Enersyn Tribol Synlube Optiflex A Carter SY 220
-25 +20 CLP PG VG 220
Glygoyle 30 S 220 GH 6-220 GS 220 SG-XP 220 800/220 CLP 220 220
4) Mobil Klüber-Summit Cetus
-40 0 CLP HC VG 32 Dacnis SH 32
SHC 624 HySyn FG-32 PAO 46
Standard 1) Klübersynth
-20 +40 CLP PG VG 460
R...,K...(HK...), UH1 6-460
F...,S...(HS...) 4) Shell Cassida Klüberoil Aral Eural Optileb
-30 +40 HCE VG 460 Fluid GL 460 4UH1-460 N Gear 460 GT 460
-20 +40
Klüberbio Aral Degol Optisynt
E VG 460
Oil CA2-460 BAB 460 BS 460
Standard 2) Klüber SEW
W...(HW...) -20 +40 SEW PG VG 460
HT-460-5
4) -40 +10 API GL5
SAE 75W90 Mobilube SHC
(~VG 100) 75 W90-LS
3) Klübersynth
-20 +40 CLP PG VG 460
UH1 6-460
01 805 09 92US

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Lubricants
Lubricant fill quantities
9

9.2 Lubricant fill quantities

The specified fill quantities are recommended values. The precise values vary depend-
ing on the number of stages and gear ratio. When filling, it is essential to check the oil
level plug since it indicates the precise oil capacity.
The following tables show guide values for lubricant fill quantities in relation to the
mounting position M1 ... M6.
Helical (R) gear
units Gear unit Fill quantity in liters
type 1) 1)
R.., R..F M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
R07/R07F 0.12 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20
R17/R17F 0.25 0.55 0.35 0.55 0.35 0.35
R27/R27F 0.25/0.40 0.70 0.50 0.70 0.50 0.50
R37/R37F 0.30/0.95 0.85 0.95 1.05 0.75 0.95
R47/R47F 0.70/1.50 1.60 1.50 1.65 1.50 1.50
R57/R57F 0.80/1.70 1.90 1.70 2.10 1.70 1.70
R67/R67F 1.10/2.30 2.60/3.50 2.80 3.20 1.80 2.00
R77/R77F 1.20/3.00 3.80/4.10 3.60 4.10 2.50 3.40
R87/R87F 2.30/6.0 6.7/8.2 7.2 7.7 6.3 6.5
R97 4.60/9.8 11.7/14.0 11.7 13.4 11.3 11.7
R107 6.0/13.7 16.3 16.9 19.2 13.2 15.9
R137 10.0/25.0 28.0 29.5 31.5 25.0 25.0
R147 15.4/40.0 46.5 48.0 52.0 39.5 41.0
R167 27.0/70.0 82.0 78.0 88.0 66.0 69.0
Gear unit Fill quantity in liters
type
RF.. / RM.. M11) M21) M3 M4 M5 M6
RF07 0.12 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.20
RF17 0.25 0.55 0.35 0.55 0.35 0.35
RF27 0.25/0.40 0.70 0.50 0.70 0.50 0.50
RF37 0.35/0.95 0.90 0.95 1.05 0.75 0.95
RF47 0.65/1.50 1.60 1.50 1.65 1.50 1.50
RF/RM57 0.80/1.70 1.80 1.70 2.00 1.70 1.70
RF/RM67 1.20/2.50 2.70/3.60 2.70 2.60 1.90 2.10
RF/RM77 1.20/2.60 3.80/4.10 3.30 4.10 2.40 3.00
RF/RM87 2.40/6.0 6.8/7.9 7.1 7.7 6.3 6.4
RF/RM97 5.1/10.2 11.9/14.0 11.2 14.0 11.2 11.8
RF/RM107 6.3/14.9 15.9 17.0 19.2 13.1 15.9
RF/RM137 9.5/25.0 27.0 29.0 32.5 25.0 25.0
RF/RM147 16.4/42.0 47.0 48.0 52.0 42.0 42.0
RF/RM167 26.0/70.0 82.0 78.0 88.0 65.0 71.0
1) The output end gear unit of multi-stage gear units must be filled with the larger oil volume.

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 77
 Lubricants
9 Lubricant fill quantities

Helical (RX) gear

units Gear unit Fill quantity in liters
type
RX.. M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
RX57 0.60 0.80 1.30 1.30 0.90 0.90
RX67 0.80 0.80 1.70 1.90 1.10 1.10
RX77 1.10 1.50 2.60 2.70 1.60 1.60
RX87 1.70 2.50 4.80 4.80 2.90 2.90
RX97 2.10 3.40 7.4 7.0 4.80 4.80
RX107 3.90 5.6 11.6 11.9 7.7 7.7
Gear unit Fill quantity in liters
type
RXF.. M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
RXF57 0.50 0.80 1.10 1.10 0.70 0.70
RXF67 0.70 0.80 1.50 1.40 1.00 1.00
RXF77 0.90 1.30 2.40 2.00 1.60 1.60
RXF87 1.60 1.95 4.90 3.95 2.90 2.90
RXF97 2.10 3.70 7.1 6.3 4.80 4.80
RXF107 3.10 5.7 11.2 9.3 7.2 7.2

Parallel shaft
helical (F) gear
units
F.., FA..B, FH..B, FV..B:
Gear unit Fill quantity in liters
type M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
F..27 0.60 0.80 0.65 0.70 0.60 0.60
F..37 0.95 1.25 0.70 1.25 1.00 1.10
F..47 1.50 1.80 1.10 1.90 1.50 1.70
F..57 2.60 3.50 2.10 3.50 2.80 2.90
F..67 2.70 3.80 1.90 3.80 2.90 3.20
F..77 5.9 7.3 4.30 8.0 6.0 6.3
F..87 10.8 13.0 7.7 13.8 10.8 11.0
F..97 18.5 22.5 12.6 25.2 18.5 20.0
F..107 24.5 32.0 19.5 37.5 27.0 27.0
F..127 40.5 54.5 34.0 61.0 46.3 47.0
F..157 69.0 104.0 63.0 105.0 86.0 78.0

FF..:
Gear unit Fill quantity in liters
type M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
FF27 0.60 0.80 0.65 0.70 0.60 0.60
FF37 1.00 1.25 0.70 1.30 1.00 1.10
FF47 1.60 1.85 1.10 1.90 1.50 1.70
FF57 2.80 3.50 2.10 3.70 2.90 3.00
FF67 2.70 3.80 1.90 3.80 2.90 3.20
FF77 5.9 7.3 4.30 8.1 6.0 6.3
FF87 10.8 13.2 7.8 14.1 11.0 11.2
FF97 19.0 22.5 12.6 25.6 18.9 20.5
FF107 25.5 32.0 19.5 38.5 27.5 28.0
FF127 41.5 55.5 34.0 63.0 46.3 49.0
FF157 72.0 105.0 64.0 106.0 87.0 79.0

78 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Lubricants
Lubricant fill quantities
9

FA.., FH.., FV.., FAF.., FHF.., FVF.., FAZ.., FHZ.., FVZ..:

Gear unit Fill quantity in liters
type M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
F..27 0.60 0.80 0.65 0.70 0.60 0.60
F..37 0.95 1.25 0.70 1.25 1.00 1.10
F..47 1.50 1.80 1.10 1.90 1.50 1.70
F..57 2.70 3.50 2.10 3.40 2.90 3.00
F..67 2.70 3.80 1.90 3.80 2.90 3.20
F..77 5.9 7.3 4.30 8.0 6.0 6.3
F..87 10.8 13.0 7.7 13.8 10.8 11.0
F..97 18.5 22.5 12.6 25.2 18.5 20.0
F..107 24.5 32.0 19.5 37.5 27.0 27.0
F..127 39.0 54.5 34.0 61.0 45.0 46.5
F..157 68.0 103.0 62.0 104.0 85.0 77.0

Helical-bevel (K)
gear units
K.., KA..B, KH..B, KV..B:
Gear unit Fill quantity in liters
type M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
K..37 0.50 1.00 1.00 1.25 0.95 0.95
K..47 0.80 1.30 1.50 2.00 1.60 1.60
K..57 1.20 2.30 2.50 2.80 2.60 2.40
K..67 1.10 2.40 2.60 3.45 2.60 2.60
K..77 2.20 4.10 4.40 5.8 4.20 4.40
K..87 3.70 8.0 8.7 10.9 8.0 8.0
K..97 7.0 14.0 15.7 20.0 15.7 15.5
K..107 10.0 21.0 25.5 33.5 24.0 24.0
K..127 21.0 41.5 44.0 54.0 40.0 41.0
K..157 31.0 62.0 65.0 90.0 58.0 62.0
K..167 33.0 95.0 105.0 123.0 85.0 84.0
K..187 53.0 152.0 167.0 200 143.0 143.0

KF..:
Gear unit Fill quantity in liters
type M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
KF37 0.50 1.10 1.10 1.50 1.00 1.00
KF47 0.80 1.30 1.70 2.20 1.60 1.60
KF57 1.30 2.30 2.70 3.15 2.90 2.70
KF67 1.10 2.40 2.80 3.70 2.70 2.70
KF77 2.10 4.10 4.40 5.9 4.50 4.50
KF87 3.70 8.2 9.0 11.9 8.4 8.4
KF97 7.0 14.7 17.3 21.5 15.7 16.5
KF107 10.0 21.8 25.8 35.1 25.2 25.2
KF127 21.0 41.5 46.0 55.0 41.0 41.0
KF157 31.0 66.0 69.0 92.0 62.0 62.0

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 79
 Lubricants
9 Lubricant fill quantities

KA.., KH.., KV.., KAF.., KHF.., KVF.., KAZ.., KHZ.., KVZ..:

Gear unit Fill quantity in liters
type M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6
K..37 0.50 1.00 1.00 1.40 1.00 1.00
K..47 0.80 1.30 1.60 2.15 1.60 1.60
K..57 1.30 2.30 2.70 3.15 2.90 2.70
K..67 1.10 2.40 2.70 3.70 2.60 2.60
K..77 2.10 4.10 4.60 5.9 4.40 4.40
K..87 3.70 8.2 8.8 11.1 8.0 8.0
K..97 7.0 14.7 15.7 20.0 15.7 15.7
K..107 10.0 20.5 24.0 32.4 24.0 24.0
K..127 21.0 41.5 43.0 52.0 40.0 40.0
K..157 31.0 66.0 67.0 87.0 62.0 62.0
KH167 33.0 95.0 105.0 123.0 85.0 84.0
KH187 53.0 152.0 167.0 200 143.0 143.0

Spiroplan® (W) The fill quantity of Spiroplan® gear units does not vary, irrespective of their mounting
gear units position:
Gear unit
Fill quantity in liters, regardless of mounting position
type
W..10 0.16
W..20 0.26
W..30 0.50

Helical-worm (S)
gear units
S..:
Gear unit Fill quantity in liters
type M1 M2 M31) M4 M5 M6
S37 0.25 0.40 0.50 0.55 0.40 0.40
S47 0.35 0.80 0.70/0.90 1.00 0.80 0.80
S57 .50 1.20 1.00/1.20 1.45 1.30 1.30
S67 1.00 2.00 2.20/3.10 3.10 2.60 2.60
S77 1.90 4.20 3.70/5.4 5.9 4.40 4.40
S87 3.30 8.1 6.9/10.4 11.3 8.4 8.4
S97 6.8 15.0 13.4/18.0 21.8 17.0 17.0
1) The larger gear unit of multi-stage gear units must be filled with the larger oil volume.

SF..:
Gear unit Fill quantity in liters
type M1 M2 M31) M4 M5 M6
SF37 0.25 0.40 0.50 0.55 0.40 0.40
SF47 0.40 0.90 0.90/1.05 1.05 1.00 1.00
SF57 0.50 1.20 1.00/1.50 1.55 1.40 1.40
SF67 1.00 2.20 2.30/3.00 3.20 2.70 2.70
SF77 1.90 4.10 3.90/5.8 6.5 4.90 4.90
SF87 3.80 8.0 7.1/10.1 12.0 9.1 9.1
SF97 7.4 15.0 13.8/18.8 22.6 18.0 18.0
1) The larger gear unit of multi-stage gear units must be filled with the larger oil volume.

80 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Lubricants
Lubricant fill quantities
9

SA.., SH.., SAF.., SHF.., SAZ.., SHZ..:

Gear unit Fill quantity in liters
type M1 M2 M31) M4 M5 M6
S..37 0.25 0.40 0.50 0.50 0.40 0.40
S..47 0.40 0.80 0.70/0.90 1.00 0.80 0.80
S..57 0.50 1.10 1.00/1.50 1.50 1.20 1.20
S..67 1.00 2.00 1.80/2.60 2.90 2.50 2.50
S..77 1.80 3.90 3.60/5.0 5.8 4.50 4.50
S..87 3.80 7.4 6.0/8.7 10.8 8.0 8.0
S..97 7.0 14.0 11.4/16.0 20.5 15.7 15.7
1) The larger gear unit of multi-stage gear units must be filled with the larger oil volume.

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 81
 Appendix
10

10 Appendix
10.1 Index of changes
The following additions and changes have been made compared to the previous edition
of the "Explosion-Proof Gear Units R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7, SPIROPLAN® W" (publication
number: 1055520x, edition 11/2002) operating instructions:

General additions and corrections.

Mechanical • Installing the gear unit: Data on flatness error

installation • Installing torque arms for mounted gear units: Data on retaining bolts
• Mounted gear units with shrink disks: Information on assembly / removal has been
added
• Mounted gear units with TorqLOC®
• AM adapter coupling: Point A
Inspection and • Lubricant change intervals
maintenance

General Manual adapted for US market.

82 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Index
11

11 Index
A Installing couplings 20
AD inspection / maintenance 47
AD, mounting on the input shaft assembly
Adapter coupling 36
Adjusting the mounting position 17
AM with backstop 38
Anti-friction bearing greases 75
AQ, installing the coupling adapter 38
AQA, maintenance / inspection 47
Installing input and output elements 19
40 Installing the AM coupling adapter 36
Installing the AQ coupling adapter 38
Installing the gear unit 16
K
K gear units, lubricant fill quantities 79
Keyway 23

B L
Backstop RS 38 Lubricant change intervals 45
Breather valve 18 Lubricant fill quantities 77
Lubricant fill quantities for helical gear units 77,
C 78
Centering shoulder AD../ZR 41 Lubricant fill quantities for helical-bevel gear units
Change the oil seal 47 79
Check oil 46 Lubricant fill quantities for helical-worm gear units
Check oil level 46 80
Churning losses 51 Lubricant fill quantities for parallel shaft helical gear
Couplings, installation 20 units 78
Cover with backstop AD../RS 43 Lubricant fill quantities for Spiroplan® gear units
Cover with motor mounting platform AD../P 40 80
Customer service 48 Lubricant table 74, 76
Lubricants 74
D
Damp locations 17 M
Designated use 6 Maintenance / inspection 47
Maintenance intervals 45
E Maintenance of AD adapter 47
Extended storage 7 Maintenance of AM / AQA adapters 47
F Malfunctions 48
F gear units, lubricant fill quantities 78 AD input shaft assembly 49
Flatness error 16 AM / AQA / AL adapters 48
Gear units 48
G Mechanical installation 15
Gear unit inspection 46 Motor mounting platform 40
Gear unit maintenance 46 Mounted gear units 23, 27, 30
Gear unit structure 9 Mounting on the input shaft assembly AD 40
Gear unit venting 18 Mounting position designation 50
Mounting positions
H Helical gear units 52, 55
Helical gear units, lubricant fill quantities 77, 78 Helical-bevel gear units 60
helical gear units, structure 9 Helical-worm gear units 65
Helical-bevel gear units, lubricant fill quantities 79 Parallel shaft helical gear units 57
Helical-bevel gear units, structure 11 Spiroplan® gear units 71
Helical-worm gear unit, structure 12 Mounting torque arms 21
Helical-worm gear units, lubricant fill quantities 80
N
I Nameplate 14
IEC adapter 36 NEMA adapter 36
Input and output elements, installation 19
Inspection intervals 45 O
Inspection of AD adapter 47 Oil change 46
Inspection of AM / AQA adapters 47 Open air 17
Installation tolerances 15

Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W 83
11 Index

P
Painting gear units 18
Parallel shaft helical gear unit, structure 10
Parallel shaft helical gear units, lubricant fill quanti-
ties 78

R
R gear units, lubricant fill quantities 77
RS backstop 43
RX gear units, lubricant fill quantities 78

S
S gear units, lubricant fill quantities 80
Safety notes 6
Serial number 14
Shrink disk 27
Solid shaft 19
Spiroplan® gear units, lubricant fill quantities 80
Spiroplan® W gear units, structure 13
Splined hollow shaft 23
Startup 44
Helical, parallel shaft helical and helical-bevel
gear units 44
Helical-worm and Spiroplan® W gear units 44
Structure
Helical gear units 9
Helical-bevel gear units 11
Helical-worm gear unit 12
Parallel shaft helical gear unit 10
Spiroplan® gear units 13

T
TorqLOC® 30
Torque arm for helical-bevel gear units 21
Torque arm for helical-worm gear units 22
Torque arm for Spiroplan® W gear units 22
Torque arms for parallel shaft helical gear units 21
Torque arms, mounting 21
Transportation 7

U
Unit designation 14

W
W gear units, lubricant fill quantities 80
Waste disposal 5

84 Operating Instructions – Gear Unit, R..7, F..7, K..7, S..7 Series, SPIROPLAN® W
 Address List

Address List

USA
Assembly Ohio SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. 937 335-0036
Sales 2001 West Main Street Fax 937 440-3799
Service Troy, Ohio 45373 cstroy@seweurodrive.com
New Jersey SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. 856 467-2277
Pureland Ind. Complex Fax 856 845-3179
2107 High Hill Road, P.O. Box 481 csbridgeport@seweurodrive.com
Bridgeport, New Jersey 08014
South Carolina SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. 864 439-7537
1295 Old Spartanburg Highway Fax Sales 864 439-7830
P.O. Box 518 Fax Ass. 864 439-0566
Lyman, SC 29365 cslyman@seweurodrive.com
Texas SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. 214 330-4824
3950 Platinum Way Fax 214 330-4724
Dallas, Texas 75237 csdallas@seweurodrive.com
California SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. 510 487-3560
30599 San Antonio St. Fax 510 487-6381
Hayward, CA 94544 cshayward@seweurodrive.com
Production South Carolina SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. 864 439-8792
1275 Old Spartanburg Highway Fax Manuf. 864 439-9948
P.O. Box 518 http://www.seweurodrive.com
Lyman, SC 29365
District Sales Alabama Bob Whittlesey Tel. 205 408-8886
Offices 5374 Pineywood Rd. Fax 205 408-8883
Birmingham, AL 35242 bwhittlesey@seweurodrive.com
Alaska William A. Aschenbrenner Tel. 253 333-8517
4132 B Place N.W. Fax 253 333-8518
Suite 200 baschenbrenner@seweurodrive.com
Auburn, WA 98001
Arizona Rick A. Burdick Tel./Fax 714 970-6197
3942 Canyon Terrace rburdick@seweurodrive.com
Yorba Linda, CA 92886
Arkansas Ed Lockett Tel. 501 336-8620
1402 Trails Edge Drive Fax 501 327-8579
Conway, AR 72032 elockett@seweurodrive.com
California Rick A. Burdick Tel./Fax 714 970-6197
3942 Canyon Terrace rburdick@seweurodrive.com
Yorba Linda, CA 92886
Michael Haskins Tel./Fax 707 453-1550
7750 Chisamore Ranch Lane mhaskins@seweurodrive.com
Vacaville, CA 95688
Robert Hoehn Tel./Fax 951 352-9255
10406 Indiana Avenue Apt. 217 bhoehn@seweurodrive.com
Riverside, CA 92503
Michael S. Johnson Tel./Fax 360 256-1785
15804 N.E. 160 Ct. mjohnson@seweurodrive.com
Brush Prairie, WA 98606
John McNamee Tel./Fax 209 473-4887
5610 Havencrest Circle Mobile 209 481-6928
Stockton, CA 95219 jmcnamee@seweurodrive.com
Colorado SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. 510 487-3560
30599 San Antonio St. Fax 510 487-6381
Hayward, CA 94544 cshayward@seweurodrive.com
Connecticut David Danforth Tel. 860 875-7938
9 Windmill Road Fax 860 870-1025
Ellington, CT 06029 ddanforth@seweurodrive.com
Delaware Edward Tucker Tel. 856 939-2535
806 Front Street Fax 856 939 2114
Glendora, NJ 08029 etucker@seweurodrive.com

01/2008 85
 Address List

USA
District Sales District of Edward Tucker Tel. 856 939-2535
Offices (Cont.) Columbia 806 Front Street Fax 856 939 2114
Glendora, NJ 08029 etucker@seweurodrive.com
Florida Tony O. Toledo Tel. 941 729-0717
901 25th Avenue W. Fax 941 729-7507
Palmetto, FL 34221 ttoledo@seweurodrive.com
Bob Whittlesey Tel. 205 408-8886
5374 Pineywood Rd. Fax 205 408-8883
Birmingham, AL 35242 bwhittlesey@seweurodrive.com
Georgia Jim Garrett Tel. 706 210-0116
3843 Boulder Creek Road Fax 706 228-4990
Martinez, GA 30907 jgarrett@seweurodrive.com
Jim Walsh Tel. 770 237-8734
1806 Scholar Drive Fax 770 237-5735
Lawrenceville, GA 30044 jwalsh@seweurodrive.com
Abraham Masourian Tel. 770 965-0077
6358 Flat Rock Drive Fax 770 965-0097
Flowery Branch, GA 30542 amasourian@seweurodrive.com
Idaho Duwayne Hogan Tel. 208 667-0414
3622 Hillcrest Drive dhogan@sewdurodrive.com
Coeur d’Alene, ID 83815
Steven Jacobson Tel. 801 612-9558
5520 S. 225 E. Fax 801 612-9561
Ogden, UT 84405 sjacobson@seweurodrive.com
Illinois Tom Ellis Tel. 630 579-4500
3807 Sunburst Lane Fax 630 579-4540
Naperville, IL 60564 tellis@seweurodrive.com
John Hohnstein Tel. 319 378-1642
10505 Hawks Haven Road Fax 319 378-5585
Cedar Rapids, IA 52411 jhohnstein@seweurodrive.com
Scott R. Johnson Tel. 847 639-9774
52 Boxwood Lane Fax 847 639-9775
Cary, IL 60013 sjohnson@seweurodrive.com
Ted Knue Tel 317 422-9352
2852 Coventry Lane Fax 317 422-9357
Greenwood, IN 46143 tknue@seweurodrive.com
Gregory R. Tucker Tel. 314 845-6128
3618 Coffee Tree Court Fax 314 845-6129
St. Louis, MO 63129 Mobile 314 973-7060
gtucker@seweurodrive.com
Jeffrey L. Westrom Tel. 630 790-2868
2 S. 111 Stratford Road Fax 630 790-2878
Glen Ellyn, IL 60137 jwestrom@seweurodrive.com
Indiana Tom Ellis Tel. 630 579-4500
3807 Sunburst Lane Fax 630 579-4540
Naperville, IL 60564 tellis@seweurodrive.com
Ted Knue Tel 317 422-9352
2852 Coventry Lane Fax 317 422-9357
Greenwood, IN 46143 tknue@seweurodrive.com
Jay Kunz Tel. 502 762-0106
9400 Doewood Lane Fax 502 762-0108
Louisville, KY 40291 jkunz@seweurodrive.com
Mike Kushman Tel. 812 537-9318
20610 Sugar Ridge Lane Fax 812 537-4268
Lawrenceburg, IN 47025 mkushman@seweurodrive.com
Iowa John Hohnstein Tel. 319 378-1642
10505 Hawks Haven Road Fax 319 378-5585
Cedar Rapids, IA 52411 jhohnstein@seweurodrive.com
Mike Marksbury Tel. 712 255-3662
3510 Lindenwood Street Fax 712 258-9299
Sioux City, IA 51104 mmarksbury@seweurodrive.com

86 01/2008
 Address List

USA
District Sales Kansas Louis Brankel Tel. 918 437-4370
Offices (Cont.) 3301 S. 139th E. Avenue Fax 918 437-4390
Tulsa, OK 74134 lbrankel@seweurodrive.com
Greg White Tel. 913 310-0399
7634 Bell Road Fax 913 310-0323
Shawnee, KS 66217 gwhite@seweurodrive.com
Kentucky Jay Kunz Tel. 502 762-0106
9400 Doewood Lane Fax 502 762-0108
Louisville, KY 40291 jkunz@seweurodrive.com
Mike Kushman Tel. 812 537-9318
20610 Sugar Ridge Lane Fax 812 537-4268
Lawrenceburg, IN 47025 mkushman@seweurodrive.com
Gregory R. Tucker Tel. 314 845-6128
3618 Coffee Tree Court Fax 314 845-6129
St. Louis, MO 63129 Mobile 314 973-7060
gtucker@seweurodrive.com
Louisiana Sheldon Anderson Tel. 225 223-6440
4949 Stumberg Lane #117 Fax 225 223-6447
Baton Rouge, LA 70816 sanderson@seweurodrive.com
Maine Kevin Molloy Tel. 603 659-3361
84 Pear Tree Lane Fax 603 659-3365
Newmarket, NH 03857 kmolloy@seweurodrive.com
Maryland John Shoop Tel. 570 713-1593
4 Crestview Court Fax 570 713-1595
Milton, PA 17847 jshoop@seweurodrive.com
Edward Tucker Tel. 856 939-2535
806 Front Street Fax 856 939 2114
Glendora, NJ 08029 etucker@seweurodrive.com
Massachusetts David Danforth Tel. 860 875-7938
9 Windmill Road Fax 860 870-1025
Ellington, CT 06029 ddanforth@seweurodrive.com
Kevin Molloy Tel. 603 659-3361
84 Pear Tree Lane Fax 603 659-3365
Newmarket, NH 03857 kmolloy@seweurodrive.com
Michigan Charles F. McLaughlin Tel. 248 391-0543
2918 Walmsley Circle Fax 248 391-0563
Lake Orion, MI 48360 cmclaughlin@seweurodrive.com
Jeff Robinson Tel. 419 823-0920
17443 Harley Woods Drive Fax 419 823-0950
Bowling Green, OH 43402 jrobinson@seweurodrive.com
Automotive Technical Sales Center Tel. 248 668-0404
51183 West Pontiac Trail Fax 248 668-9363
Wixom, MI 48393
District Sales Representative Tel. 616 245-9266 / 800 878-0081
L.H. Flaherty Company Fax 616 241-0954
Larry Flaherty / Denny Duimstra
1577 Jefferson, S.E.
Grand Rapids, MI 49507
Minnesota Andy Semelis Tel. 715 248-4892
154 147th Street Fax 715 248-7890
Deer Park, WI 54007 asemelis@seweurodrive.com
Mississippi Sheldon Anderson Tel. 225 223-6440
4949 Stumberg Lane #117 Fax 225 223-6447
Baton Rouge, LA 70816 sanderson@seweurodrive.com
Russell Mook Tel. 931 486-3242
2501 Golden Pond Lane Fax 931 486-1281
Spring Hill, TN 37174 rmook@seweurodrive.com
Missouri Gregory R. Tucker Tel. 314 845-6128
3618 Coffee Tree Court Fax 314 845-6129
St. Louis, MO 63129 Mobile 314 973-7060
gtucker@seweurodrive.com
Greg White Tel. 913 310-0399
7634 Bell Road Fax 913 310-0323
Shawnee, KS 66217 gwhite@seweurodrive.com

01/2008 87
 Address List

USA
District Sales Montana Duwayne Hogan Tel. 208 667-0414
Offices (Cont.) 3622 Hillcrest Drive dhogan@seweurodrive.com
Coeur d’Alene, ID 83815
Nebraska Mike Marksbury Tel. 712 255-3662
3510 Lindenwood Street Fax 712 258-9299
Sioux City, IA 51104 mmarksbury@seweurodrive.com
Nevada Rick A. Burdick Tel./Fax 714 970-6197
3942 Canyon Terrace rburdick@seweurodrive.com
Yorba Linda, CA 92886
Michael Haskins Tel./Fax 707 453-1550
7750 Chisamore Ranch Lane mhaskins@seweurodrive.com
Vacaville, CA 95688
New Hampshire Kevin Molloy Tel. 603 659-3361
84 Pear Tree Lane Fax 603 659-3365
Newmarket, NH 03857 kmolloy@seweurodrive.com
New Jersey Edward McLaughlin Tel. 845 856-8811
7 Ridgeview Lane Fax 845 856-8844
Port Jervis, NY 12771 emclaughlin@seweurodrive.com
Edward Tucker Tel. 856 939-2535
806 Front Street Fax 856 939 2114
Glendora, NJ 08029 etucker@seweurodrive.com
New Mexico SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. 510 487-3560
30599 San Antonio St. Fax 510 487-6381
Hayward, CA 94544 cshayward@seweurodrive.com
New York Art Conner Tel. 716 741-7728
6273 Pine Cone Ct. Fax 716 568-8441
Clarence Center, NY 14032 aconner@seweurodrive.com
Richard Maggio Tel. 631 549-8750
38 Roe Street Fax 631 351-0872
Melville, NY 11747 rmaggio@seweurodrive.com
Edward McLaughlin Tel. 845 856-8811
7 Ridgeview Lane Fax 845 856-8844
Port Jervis, NY 12771 emclaughlin@seweurodrive.com
Peter T. Schmitt Tel. 315 682-5369
4627 Slippery Rock Fax 315 682-3556
Manlius, NY 13104 pschmitt@seweurodrive.com
North Carolina Brent Craft Tel. 336 674-5361
4004 Smithfield Road Tax 336 674-1290
Greensboro, NC 27406 bcraft@seweurodrive.com
Jack F. Jung Tel. 704 362-2674
117 N. Brackenbury Lane Fax 704 362-2961
Charlotte, NC 28270 jjung@seweurodrive.com
North Dakota Mike Marksbury Tel. 712 255-3662
3510 Lindenwood Street Fax 712 258-9299
Sioux City, IA 51104 mmarksbury@seweurodrive.com
Ohio Lowell Bishop Tel. 614 538-0880
4080 Bayberry Court Fax 614 538-0889
Columbus, OH 43220 lbishop@seweurodrive.com
Guy Borchers Tel. 937 339-1333
82 Countryside Drive N. Fax 937 339-1140
Troy, OH 45373 gborchers@seweurodrive.com
John Herstine Tel. 330 866-2544
248 Plain Street Fax 330 886-2553
PO Box 82 jherstine@seweurodrive.com
Magnolia, OH 44643
Mike Kushman Tel. 812 537-9318
20610 Sugar Ridge Lane Fax 812 537-4268
Lawrenceburg, IN 47025 mkushman@seweurodrive.com

88 01/2008
 Address List

USA
District Sales Ohio Jeff Robinson Tel. 419 823-0920
Offices (Cont.) (Cont.) 17443 Harley Woods Drive Fax 419 823-0950
Bowling Green, OH 43402 jrobinson@seweurodrive.com
Robert Schmidt Tel. 330 678-2550
1214 Shady Lakes Drive Fax 330 678-2446
Kent, OH 44240 bschmidt@seweurodrive.com
Oklahoma Louis Brankel Tel. 918 437-4370
3301 S. 139th E. Avenue Fax 918 437-4390
Tulsa, OK 74134 lbrankel@seweurodrive.com
Oregon Michael S. Johnson Tel./Fax 360 256-1785
15804 N.E. 160 Ct. mjohnson@seweurodrive.com
Brush Prairie, WA 98606
Pennsylvania Scott Bansky Tel. 412 243-9040
1213 Milton Street Fax 412 243-9041
Pittsburgh, PA 15218 sbansky@seweurodrive.com
Mark Betzer Tel. 570 673-3443
17 West Main Street Fax 570 673-3552
Canton, PA 17724 mbetzer@seweurodrive.com
Paul E. Decker Tel. 215 679-5638
245 Washington Street Fax 215 679-6281
Red Hill, PA 18076 pdecker@seweurodrive.com
John Shoop Tel. 570 713-1593
4 Crestview Court Fax 570 713-1595
Milton, PA 17847 jshoop@seweurodrive.com
Rhode Island Kevin Molloy Tel. 603 659-3361
84 Pear Tree Lane Fax 603 659-3365
Newmarket, NH 03857 kmolloy@seweurodrive.com
South Carolina Bill Kinard Tel. 864 288-2725
20 Wrenwood Court Fax 864 288-3573
Greer, SC 29651 bkinard@seweurodrive.com
South Dakota Mike Marksbury Tel. 712 255-3662
3510 Lindenwood Street Fax 712 258-9299
Sioux City, IA 51104 mmarksbury@seweurodrive.com
Tennessee Russell Mook Tel. 931 486-3242
2501 Golden Pond Lane Fax 931 486-1281
Spring Hill, TN 37174 rmook@seweurodrive.com
Texas SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. 510 487-3560
30599 San Antonio St. Fax 510 487-6381
Hayward, CA 94544 cshayward@seweurodrive.com
John Hill Tel. 254 939-0033
956 Benchmark Trail Fax 254 939-0040
Belton, TX 76513 jhill@seweurodrive.com
Ed Lockett Tel. 501 336-8620
1402 Trails Edge Drive Fax 501 327-8579
Conway, AR 72032 elockett@seweurodrive.com
Kyle M. Sandy Tel. 214 696-5595
3804 Southwestern Blvd. Fax 214 696-0242
Dallas, TX 75225 ksandy@seweurodrive.com
Stewart Sappington Tel. 281 893-2377
13519 Fawcett Fax 281 893-1554
Houston, TX 77069 ssappington@seweurodrive.com
Mike Stewart Tel. 972 289-7996
2903 Shadwell Lane Fax 972 288-3549
Mesquite, TX 75149 mstewart@seweurodrive.com
Utah Steven Jacobson Tel. 801 612-9558
5520 S. 225 E. Fax 801 612-9561
Ogden, UT 84405 sjacobson@seweurodrive.com
Vermont Kevin Molloy Tel. 603 659-3361
84 Pear Tree Lane Fax 603 659-3365
Newmarket, NH 03857 kmolloy@seweurodrive.com

01/2008 89
 Address List

USA
District Sales Virginia Todd Bauer Tel. 540 248-2420
Offices (Cont.) 35 Kenwood Drive Fax 540 248-2430
Verona, VA 24482 tbauer@seweurodrive.com
Mike Nojaim Tel. 804 744-2179
13606 Winterberry Ridge Road Fax 757 282-5800
Midlothian, VA 23112 mnojaim@seweurodrive.com
Edward Tucker Tel. 856 939-2535
806 Front Street Fax 856 939 2114
Glendora, NJ 08029 etucker@seweurodrive.com
Washington William A. Aschenbrenner Tel. 253 333-8517
4132 B Place N.W. Fax 253 333-8518
Suite 200 baschenbrenner@seweurodrive.com
Auburn, WA 98001
Duwayne Hogan Tel. 208 667-0414
3622 Hillcrest Drive dhogan@seweurodrive.com
Coeur d’Alene, ID 83815
Michael S. Johnson Tel./Fax 360 256-1785
15804 N.E. 160 Ct. mjohnson@seweurodrive.com
Brush Prairie, WA 98606
West Virginia Lowell Bishop Tel. 614 538-0880
4080 Bayberry Court Fax 614 538-0889
Columbus, OH 43220 lbishop@seweurodrive.com
Todd Bauer Tel. 540 248-2420
35 Kenwood Drive Fax 540 248-2430
Verona, VA 24482 tbauer@seweurodrive.com
John Herstine Tel. 330 866-2544
248 Plain Street Fax 330 886-2553
PO Box 82 jherstine@seweurodrive.com
Magnolia, OH 44643
Wisconsin Frank Carr Tel. 920 751-3871
1171 W. Cecil Street Fax 920 751-0107
Neenah, WI 54956 fcarr@seweurodrive.com
John Hohnstein Tel. 319 378-1642
10505 Hawks Haven Road Fax 319 378-5585
Cedar Rapids, IA 52411 jhohnstein@seweurodrive.com
Andy Semelis Tel. 715 248-4892
154 147th Street Fax 715 248-7890
Deer Park, WI 54007 asemelis@seweurodrive.com
Walter Sturgeon Tel. 262 790-9715
17065 El Dorado Drive Fax 262 790-9716
Brookfield, WI 53005 Mobile 414 418-9993
wsturgeon@seweurodrive.com
Wyoming Robert Stevenson Tel./Fax 970 513-4482
604 Alpine Road rstevenson@seweurodrive.com
Dillon, CO 80435
Steven Jacobson Tel. 801 612-9558
5520 S. 225 E. Fax 801 612-9561
Ogden, UT 84405 sjacobson@seweurodrive.com
Duwayne Hogan Tel. 208 667-0414
3622 Hillcrest Drive dhogan@seweurodrive.com
Coeur d’Alene, ID 83815
Additional addresses for service in the USA provided on request!

Germany
Headquarters Bruchsal SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7251 75-0
Production Ernst-Blickle-Straße 42 Fax +49 7251 75-1970
Sales D-76646 Bruchsal http://www.sew-eurodrive.de
P.O. Box sew@sew-eurodrive.de
Postfach 3023 • D-76642 Bruchsal
Service Central SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7251 75-1710
Competence Center Ernst-Blickle-Straße 1 Fax +49 7251 75-1711
D-76676 Graben-Neudorf sc-mitte@sew-eurodrive.de

90 01/2008
 Address List

Germany
North SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 5137 8798-30
Alte Ricklinger Straße 40-42 Fax +49 5137 8798-55
D-30823 Garbsen (near Hannover) sc-nord@sew-eurodrive.de
East SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 3764 7606-0
Dänkritzer Weg 1 Fax +49 3764 7606-30
D-08393 Meerane (near Zwickau) sc-ost@sew-eurodrive.de
South SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 89 909552-10
Domagkstraße 5 Fax +49 89 909552-50
D-85551 Kirchheim (near München) sc-sued@sew-eurodrive.de
West SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 2173 8507-30
Siemensstraße 1 Fax +49 2173 8507-55
D-40764 Langenfeld (near Düsseldorf) sc-west@sew-eurodrive.de
Electronics SEW-EURODRIVE GmbH & Co KG Tel. +49 7251 75-1780
Ernst-Blickle-Straße 42 Fax +49 7251 75-1769
D-76646 Bruchsal sc-elektronik@sew-eurodrive.de
Drive Service Hotline / 24 Hour Service +49 180 5 SEWHELP
+49 180 5 7394357
Additional addresses for service in Germany provided on request!

France
Production Haguenau SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 3 88 73 67 00
Sales 48-54, route de Soufflenheim Fax +33 3 88 73 66 00
Service B. P. 20185 http://www.usocome.com
F-67506 Haguenau Cedex sew@usocome.com
Production Forbach SEW-EUROCOME Tel. +33 3 87 29 38 00
Zone Industrielle
Technopôle Forbach Sud
B. P. 30269
F-57604 Forbach Cedex
Assembly Bordeaux SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 5 57 26 39 00
Sales Parc d'activités de Magellan Fax +33 5 57 26 39 09
Service 62, avenue de Magellan - B. P. 182
F-33607 Pessac Cedex
Lyon SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 4 72 15 37 00
Parc d'Affaires Roosevelt Fax +33 4 72 15 37 15
Rue Jacques Tati
F-69120 Vaulx en Velin
Paris SEW-USOCOME Tel. +33 1 64 42 40 80
Zone industrielle Fax +33 1 64 42 40 88
2, rue Denis Papin
F-77390 Verneuil I'Etang
Additional addresses for service in France provided on request!

Algeria
Sales Alger Réducom Tel. +213 21 8222-84
16, rue des Frères Zaghnoun Fax +213 21 8222-84
Bellevue El-Harrach reducom_sew@yahoo.fr
16200 Alger

Argentina
Assembly Buenos Aires SEW EURODRIVE ARGENTINA S.A. Tel. +54 3327 4572-84
Sales Centro Industrial Garin, Lote 35 Fax +54 3327 4572-21
Service Ruta Panamericana Km 37,5 sewar@sew-eurodrive.com.ar
1619 Garin

01/2008 91
 Address List

Australia
Assembly Melbourne SEW-EURODRIVE PTY. LTD. Tel. +61 3 9933-1000
Sales 27 Beverage Drive Fax +61 3 9933-1003
Service Tullamarine, Victoria 3043 http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.au
enquires@sew-eurodrive.com.au
Sydney SEW-EURODRIVE PTY. LTD. Tel. +61 2 9725-9900
9, Sleigh Place, Wetherill Park Fax +61 2 9725-9905
New South Wales, 2164 enquires@sew-eurodrive.com.au
Townsville SEW-EURODRIVE PTY. LTD. Tel. +61 7 4779 4333
12 Leyland Street Fax +61 7 4779 5333
Garbutt, QLD 4814 enquires@sew-eurodrive.com.au

Austria
Assembly Wien SEW-EURODRIVE Ges.m.b.H. Tel. +43 1 617 55 00-0
Sales Richard-Strauss-Strasse 24 Fax +43 1 617 55 00-30
Service A-1230 Wien http://sew-eurodrive.at
sew@sew-eurodrive.at

Belarus
Sales Minsk SEW-EURODRIVE BY Tel.+375 (17) 298 38 50
RybalkoStr. 26 Fax +375 (17) 29838 50
BY-220033 Minsk sales@sew.by

Belgium
Assembly Brüssel SEW Caron-Vector S.A. Tel. +32 10 231-311
Sales Avenue Eiffel 5 Fax +32 10 231-336
Service B-1300 Wavre http://www.sew-eurodrive.be
info@caron-vector.be

Brazil
Production Sao Paulo SEW-EURODRIVE Brasil Ltda. Tel. +55 11 6489-9133
Sales Avenida Amâncio Gaiolli, 50 Fax +55 11 6480-3328
Service Caixa Postal: 201-07111-970 http://www.sew.com.br
Guarulhos/SP - Cep.: 07251-250 sew@sew.com.br
Additional addresses for service in Brazil provided on request!

Bulgaria
Sales Sofia BEVER-DRIVE GmbH Tel. +359 2 9151160
Bogdanovetz Str.1 Fax +359 2 9151166
BG-1606 Sofia bever@fastbg.net

Cameroon
Sales Douala Electro-Services Tel. +237 33 431137
Rue Drouot Akwa Fax +237 33 431137
B.P. 2024
Douala

Canada
Assembly Toronto SEW-EURODRIVE CO. OF CANADA LTD. Tel. +1 905 791-1553
Sales 210 Walker Drive Fax +1 905 791-2999
Service Bramalea, Ontario L6T3W1 http://www.sew-eurodrive.ca
marketing@sew-eurodrive.ca
Vancouver SEW-EURODRIVE CO. OF CANADA LTD. Tel. +1 604 946-5535
7188 Honeyman Street Fax +1 604 946-2513
Delta. B.C. V4G 1 E2 marketing@sew-eurodrive.ca
Montreal SEW-EURODRIVE CO. OF CANADA LTD. Tel. +1 514 367-1124
2555 Rue Leger Fax +1 514 367-3677
LaSalle, Quebec H8N 2V9 marketing@sew-eurodrive.ca
Additional addresses for service in Canada provided on request!

92 01/2008
 Address List

Chile
Assembly Santiago de SEW-EURODRIVE CHILE LTDA. Tel. +56 2 75770-00
Sales Chile Las Encinas 1295 Fax +56 2 75770-01
Service Parque Industrial Valle Grande http://www.sew-eurodrive.cl
LAMPA ventas@sew-eurodrive.cl
RCH-Santiago de Chile
P.O. Box
Casilla 23 Correo Quilicura - Santiago - Chile

China
Production Tianjin SEW-EURODRIVE (Tianjin) Co., Ltd. Tel. +86 22 25322612
Assembly No. 46, 7th Avenue, TEDA Fax +86 22 25322611
Sales Tianjin 300457 info@sew-eurodrive.cn
Service http://www.sew-eurodrive.cn
Assembly Suzhou SEW-EURODRIVE (Suzhou) Co., Ltd. Tel. +86 512 62581781
Sales 333, Suhong Middle Road Fax +86 512 62581783
Service Suzhou Industrial Park suzhou@sew-eurodrive.cn
Jiangsu Province, 215021
P. R. China
Guangzhou SEW-EURODRIVE (Guangzhou) Co., Ltd. Tel. +86 20 82267890
No. 9, JunDa Road Fax +86 20 82267891
East Section of GETDD guangzhou@sew-eurodrive.cn
Guangzhou 510530
P. R. China
Shenyang SEW-EURODRIVE (Shenyang) Co., Ltd. Tel. +86 24 25382538
10A-2, 6th Road Fax +86 24 25382580
Shenyang Economic Technological shenyang@sew-eurodrive.cn
Development Area
Shenyang, 110141
P. R. China
Additional addresses for service in China provided on request!

Colombia
Assembly Bogotá SEW-EURODRIVE COLOMBIA LTDA. Tel. +57 1 54750-50
Sales Calle 22 No. 132-60 Fax +57 1 54750-44
Service Bodega 6, Manzana B http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.co
Santafé de Bogotá sewcol@sew-eurodrive.com.co

Croatia
Sales Zagreb KOMPEKS d. o. o. Tel. +385 1 4613-158
Service PIT Erdödy 4 II Fax +385 1 4613-158
HR 10 000 Zagreb kompeks@net.hr

Czech Republic
Sales Praha SEW-EURODRIVE CZ S.R.O. Tel. +420 220121234
Business Centrum Praha Fax +420 220121237
Lužná 591 http://www.sew-eurodrive.cz
CZ-16000 Praha 6 - Vokovice sew@sew-eurodrive.cz

Denmark
Assembly Kopenhagen SEW-EURODRIVEA/S Tel. +45 43 9585-00
Sales Geminivej 28-30 Fax +45 43 9585-09
Service DK-2670 Greve http://www.sew-eurodrive.dk
sew@sew-eurodrive.dk

Egypt
Sales Cairo Copam Egypt Tel. +20 2 22566-299 + 1 23143088
Service for Engineering & Agencies Fax +20 2 22594-757
33 EI Hegaz ST, Heliopolis, Cairo http://www.copam-egypt.com/
copam@datum.com.eg

01/2008 93
 Address List

Estonia
Sales Tallin ALAS-KUUL AS Tel. +372 6593230
Reti tee 4 Fax +372 6593231
EE-75301 Peetri küla, Rae vald, Harjumaa veiko.soots@alas-kuul.ee

Finland
Assembly Lahti SEW-EURODRIVE OY Tel. +358 201 589-300
Sales Vesimäentie 4 Fax +358 3 780-6211
Service FIN-15860 Hollola 2 sew@sew.fi
http://www.sew-eurodrive.fi
Production Karkkila SEW Industrial Gears OY Tel. +358 201 589-300
Assembly Valurinkatu 6 Fax +358 201 589-310
Service FIN-03600 Karkkila sew@sew.fi
http://www.sew-eurodrive.fi

Gabon
Sales Libreville Electro-Services Tel. +241 7340-11
B.P. 1889 Fax +241 7340-12
Libreville

Great Britain
Assembly Normanton SEW-EURODRIVE Ltd. Tel. +44 1924 893-855
Sales Beckbridge Industrial Estate Fax +44 1924 893-702
Service P.O. Box No.1 http://www.sew-eurodrive.co.uk
GB-Normanton, West- Yorkshire WF6 1QR info@sew-eurodrive.co.uk

Greece
Sales Athen Christ. Boznos & Son S.A. Tel. +30 2 1042 251-34
Service 12, Mavromichali Street Fax +30 2 1042 251-59
P.O. Box 80136, GR-18545 Piraeus http://www.boznos.gr
info@boznos.gr

Hong Kong
Assembly Hong Kong SEW-EURODRIVE LTD. Tel. +852 2 7960477 + 79604654
Sales Unit No. 801-806, 8th Floor Fax +852 2 7959129
Service Hong Leong Industrial Complex contact@sew-eurodrive.hk
No. 4, Wang Kwong Road
Kowloon, Hong Kong

Hungary
Sales Budapest SEW-EURODRIVE Kft. Tel. +36 1 437 06-58
Service H-1037 Budapest Fax +36 1 437 06-50
Kunigunda u. 18 office@sew-eurodrive.hu

India
Assembly Baroda SEW-EURODRIVE India Pvt. Ltd. Tel. +91 265 2831086
Sales Plot No. 4, Gidc Fax +91 265 2831087
Service Por Ramangamdi • Baroda - 391 243 http://www.seweurodriveindia.com
Gujarat mdoffice@seweurodriveindia.com

Ireland
Sales Dublin Alperton Engineering Ltd. Tel. +353 1 830-6277
Service 48 Moyle Road Fax +353 1 830-6458
Dublin Industrial Estate info@alperton.ie
Glasnevin, Dublin 11

Israel
Sales Tel-Aviv Liraz Handasa Ltd. Tel. +972 3 5599511
Ahofer Str 34B / 228 Fax +972 3 5599512
58858 Holon office@liraz-handasa.co.il

94 01/2008
 Address List

Italy
Assembly Milano SEW-EURODRIVE di R. Blickle & Co.s.a.s. Tel. +39 02 96 9801
Sales Via Bernini,14 Fax +39 02 96 799781
Service I-20020 Solaro (Milano) http://www.sew-eurodrive.it
sewit@sew-eurodrive.it

Ivory Coast
Sales Abidjan SICA Tel. +225 2579-44
Ste industrielle et commerciale pour l'Afrique Fax +225 2584-36
165, Bld de Marseille
B.P. 2323, Abidjan 08

Japan
Assembly Iwata SEW-EURODRIVE JAPAN CO., LTD Tel. +81 538 373811
Sales 250-1, Shimoman-no, Fax +81 538 373814
Service Iwata http://www.sew-eurodrive.co.jp
Shizuoka 438-0818 sewjapan@sew-eurodrive.co.jp

Korea
Assembly Ansan-City SEW-EURODRIVE KOREA CO., LTD. Tel. +82 31 492-8051
Sales B 601-4, Banweol Industrial Estate Fax +82 31 492-8056
Service 1048-4, Shingil-Dong http://www.sew-korea.co.kr
Ansan 425-120 master@sew-korea.co.kr
Busan SEW-EURODRIVE KOREA Co., Ltd. Tel. +82 51 832-0204
No. 1720 - 11, Songjeong - dong Fax +82 51 832-0230
Gangseo-ku master@sew-korea.co.kr
Busan 618-270

Latvia
Sales Riga SIA Alas-Kuul Tel. +371 7139253
Katlakalna 11C Fax +371 7139386
LV-1073 Riga http://www.alas-kuul.com
info@alas-kuul.com

Lebanon
Sales Beirut Gabriel Acar & Fils sarl Tel. +961 1 4947-86
B. P. 80484 +961 1 4982-72
Bourj Hammoud, Beirut +961 3 2745-39
Fax +961 1 4949-71
gacar@beirut.com

Lithuania
Sales Alytus UAB Irseva Tel. +370 315 79204
Naujoji 19 Fax +370 315 56175
LT-62175 Alytus info@irseva.lt
http://www.sew-eurodrive.lt

Luxembourg
Assembly Brüssel CARON-VECTOR S.A. Tel. +32 10 231-311
Sales Avenue Eiffel 5 Fax +32 10 231-336
Service B-1300 Wavre http://www.sew-eurodrive.lu
info@caron-vector.be

Malaysia
Assembly Johore SEW-EURODRIVE SDN BHD Tel. +60 7 3549409
Sales No. 95, Jalan Seroja 39, Taman Johor Jaya Fax +60 7 3541404
Service 81000 Johor Bahru, Johor sales@sew-eurodrive.com.my
West Malaysia

01/2008 95
 Address List

Mexico
Assembly Queretaro SEW-EURODRIVE MEXIKO SA DE CV Tel. +52 442 1030-300
Sales SEM-981118-M93 Fax +52 442 1030-301
Service Tequisquiapan No. 102 http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.mx
Parque Industrial Queretaro scmexico@seweurodrive.com.mx
C.P. 76220
Queretaro, Mexico

Morocco
Sales Casablanca Afit Tel. +212 22618372
5, rue Emir Abdelkader Fax +212 22618351
MA 20300 Casablanca ali.alami@premium.net.ma

Netherlands
Assembly Rotterdam VECTOR Aandrijftechniek B.V. Tel. +31 10 4463-700
Sales Industrieweg 175 Fax +31 10 4155-552
Service NL-3044 AS Rotterdam http://www.vector.nu
Postbus 10085 info@vector.nu
NL-3004 AB Rotterdam

New Zealand
Assembly Auckland SEW-EURODRIVE NEW ZEALAND LTD. Tel. +64 9 2745627
Sales P.O. Box 58-428 Fax +64 9 2740165
Service 82 Greenmount drive http://www.sew-eurodrive.co.nz
East Tamaki Auckland sales@sew-eurodrive.co.nz
Christchurch SEW-EURODRIVE NEW ZEALAND LTD. Tel. +64 3 384-6251
10 Settlers Crescent, Ferrymead Fax +64 3 384-6455
Christchurch sales@sew-eurodrive.co.nz

Norway
Assembly Moss SEW-EURODRIVE A/S Tel. +47 69 241-020
Sales Solgaard skog 71 Fax +47 69 241-040
Service N-1599 Moss http://www.sew-eurodrive.no
sew@sew-eurodrive.no

Peru
Assembly Lima SEW DEL PERU MOTORES REDUCTORES Tel. +51 1 3495280
Sales S.A.C. Fax +51 1 3493002
Service Los Calderos, 120-124 http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.pe
Urbanizacion Industrial Vulcano, ATE, Lima sewperu@sew-eurodrive.com.pe

Poland
Assembly Lodz SEW-EURODRIVE Polska Sp.z.o.o. Tel. +48 42 67710-90
Sales ul. Techniczna 5 Fax +48 42 67710-99
Service PL-92-518 Łódź http://www.sew-eurodrive.pl
sew@sew-eurodrive.pl

Portugal
Assembly Coimbra SEW-EURODRIVE, LDA. Tel. +351 231 20 9670
Sales Apartado 15 Fax +351 231 20 3685
Service P-3050-901 Mealhada http://www.sew-eurodrive.pt
infosew@sew-eurodrive.pt

Romania
Sales Bucureşti Sialco Trading SRL Tel. +40 21 230-1328
Service str. Madrid nr.4 Fax +40 21 230-7170
011785 Bucuresti sialco@sialco.ro

96 01/2008
 Address List

Russia
Assembly St. Petersburg ZAO SEW-EURODRIVE Tel. +7 812 3332522 +7 812 5357142
Sales P.O. Box 36 Fax +7 812 3332523
Service 195220 St. Petersburg Russia http://www.sew-eurodrive.ru
sew@sew-eurodrive.ru

Senegal
Sales Dakar SENEMECA Tel. +221 849 47-70
Mécanique Générale Fax +221 849 47-71
Km 8, Route de Rufisque senemeca@sentoo.sn
B.P. 3251, Dakar

Serbia
Sales Beograd DIPAR d.o.o. Tel. +381 11 347 3244 / +381 11 288
Ustanicka 128a 0393
PC Košum, IV floor Fax +381 11 347 1337
SCG-11000 Beograd dipar@yubc.net

Singapore
Assembly Singapore SEW-EURODRIVE PTE. LTD. Tel. +65 68621701
Sales No 9, Tuas Drive 2 Fax +65 68612827
Service Jurong Industrial Estate http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.sg
Singapore 638644 sewsingapore@sew-eurodrive.com

Slovakia
Sales Bratislava SEW-Eurodrive SK s.r.o. Tel. +421 2 49595201
Rybničná 40 Fax +421 2 49595200
SK-83554 Bratislava sew@sew-eurodrive.sk
http://www.sew-eurodrive.sk
Žilina SEW-Eurodrive SK s.r.o. Tel. +421 41 700 2513
ul. Vojtecha Spanyola 33 Fax +421 41 700 2514
SK-010 01 Žilina sew@sew-eurodrive.sk
Banská Bystrica SEW-Eurodrive SK s.r.o. Tel. +421 48 414 6564
Rudlovská cesta 85 Fax +421 48 414 6566
SK-97411 Banská Bystrica sew@sew-eurodrive.sk

Slovenia
Sales Celje Pakman - Pogonska Tehnika d.o.o. Tel. +386 3 490 83-20
Service UI. XIV. divizije 14 Fax +386 3 490 83-21
SLO - 3000 Celje pakman@siol.net

South Africa
Assembly Johannesburg SEW-EURODRIVE (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED Tel. +27 11 248-7000
Sales Eurodrive House Fax +27 11 494-3104
Service Cnr. Adcock Ingram and Aerodrome Roads http://www.sew.co.za
Aeroton Ext. 2 dross@sew.co.za
Johannesburg 2013
P.O.Box 90004
Bertsham 2013
Capetown SEW-EURODRIVE (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED Tel. +27 21 552-9820
Rainbow Park Fax +27 21 552-9830
Cnr. Racecourse & Omuramba Road Telex 576 062
Montague Gardens dswanepoel@sew.co.za
Cape Town
P.O.Box 36556
Chempet 7442
Cape Town

01/2008 97
 Address List

South Africa
Durban SEW-EURODRIVE (PROPRIETARY) LIMITED Tel. +27 31 700-3451
2 Monaceo Place Fax +27 31 700-3847
Pinetown dtait@sew.co.za
Durban
P.O. Box 10433, Ashwood 3605

Spain
Assembly Bilbao SEW-EURODRIVE ESPAÑA, S.L. Tel. +34 94 43184-70
Sales Parque Tecnológico, Edificio, 302 Fax +34 94 43184-71
Service E-48170 Zamudio (Vizcaya) http://www.sew-eurodrive.es
sew.spain@sew-eurodrive.es

Sweden
Assembly Jönköping SEW-EURODRIVE AB Tel. +46 36 3442-00
Sales Gnejsvägen 6-8 Fax +46 36 3442-80
Service S-55303 Jönköping http://www.sew-eurodrive.se
Box 3100 S-55003 Jönköping info@sew-eurodrive.se

Switzerland
Assembly Basel Alfred lmhof A.G. Tel. +41 61 417 1717
Sales Jurastrasse 10 Fax +41 61 417 1700
Service CH-4142 Münchenstein bei Basel http://www.imhof-sew.ch
info@imhof-sew.ch

Thailand
Assembly Chonburi SEW-EURODRIVE (Thailand) Ltd. Tel. +66 38 454281
Sales 700/456, Moo.7, Donhuaroh Fax +66 38 454288
Service Muang sewthailand@sew-eurodrive.com
Chonburi 20000

Tunisia
Sales Tunis T. M.S. Technic Marketing Service Tel. +216 71 4340-64 + 71 4320-29
5, Rue El Houdaibiah Fax +216 71 4329-76
1000 Tunis tms@tms.com.tn

Turkey
Assembly Istanbul SEW-EURODRIVE Tel. +90 216 4419163 / 164 3838014/15
Sales Hareket Sistemleri San. ve Tic. Ltd. Sti. Fax +90 216 3055867
Service Bagdat Cad. Koruma Cikmazi No. 3 http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.tr
TR-34846 Maltepe ISTANBUL sew@sew-eurodrive.com.tr

Ukraine
Sales Dnepropetrovsk SEW-EURODRIVE Tel. +380 56 370 3211
Service Str. Rabochaja 23-B, Office 409 Fax +380 56 372 2078
49008 Dnepropetrovsk http://www.sew-eurodrive.ua
sew@sew-eurodrive.ua

USA
Production Greenville SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. +1 864 439-7537
Assembly 1295 Old Spartanburg Highway Fax Sales +1 864 439-7830
Sales P.O. Box 518 Fax Manuf. +1 864 439-9948
Service Lyman, S.C. 29365 Fax Ass. +1 864 439-0566
Telex 805 550
http://www.seweurodrive.com
cslyman@seweurodrive.com
Assembly San Francisco SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. +1 510 487-3560
Sales 30599 San Antonio St. Fax +1 510 487-6381
Service Hayward, California 94544-7101 cshayward@seweurodrive.com

98 01/2008
 Address List

USA
Philadelphia/PA SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. +1 856 467-2277
Pureland Ind. Complex Fax +1 856 845-3179
2107 High Hill Road, P.O. Box 481 csbridgeport@seweurodrive.com
Bridgeport, New Jersey 08014
Dayton SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. +1 937 335-0036
2001 West Main Street Fax +1 937 440-3799
Troy, Ohio 45373 cstroy@seweurodrive.com
Dallas SEW-EURODRIVE INC. Tel. +1 214 330-4824
3950 Platinum Way Fax +1 214 330-4724
Dallas, Texas 75237 csdallas@seweurodrive.com
Additional addresses for service in the USA provided on request!

Venezuela
Assembly Valencia SEW-EURODRIVE Venezuela S.A. Tel. +58 241 832-9804
Sales Av. Norte Sur No. 3, Galpon 84-319 Fax +58 241 838-6275
Service Zona Industrial Municipal Norte http://www.sew-eurodrive.com.ve
Valencia, Estado Carabobo ventas@sew-eurodrive.com.ve
sewfinanzas@cantv.net

01/2008 99
 Gearmotors \ Industrial Gear Units \ Drive Electronics \ Drive Automation \ Services
How we’re driving the world
With a global presence
that offers responsive
and reliable solutions.
Anywhere
With a worldwide
service network that
is always close at hand.
SEW-Eurodrive ...Wherever you are, we are
North America:
Midwest Region
Assembly Center
SEW-Eurodrive, Inc.
Troy, OH
Tel. (937) 335-0036
Fax (937) 440-3799
cstroy@seweurodrive.com
Mexico
SEW-Eurodrive Sales and
Distribution SA de CV
Queretaro, Mexico
Tel. (011) 52-422-103-0300
Fax (011) 52-422-103-0301
scmexico@seweurodrive.com.mx
With uncompromising
quality that reduces
the cost and complexity
of daily operations.
Northeast Region
Assembly Center
SEW-Eurodrive, Inc.
Bridgeport, NJ
Tel. (856) 467-2277
FAX (856) 845-3179
csbridgeport@seweurodrive.com
SEW-Eurodrive Co.
of Canada Ltd.
Bramalea, Ontario
Tel. (905) 791-1553
Fax (905) 791-2999
marketing@sew-eurodrive.ca
With drives and With comprehensive
controls that knowledge in virtually
automatically improve every branch of
your productivity. industry today.
With innovative With online information
technology that solves and software updates,
problems today. via the Internet, available
around the clock.
Southeast Region Southwest Region
Assembly Center Assembly Center
SEW-Eurodrive, Inc. SEW-Eurodrive, Inc.
Lyman, SC Dallas, TX
Tel. (864) 439-7537 Tel. (214) 330-4824
Fax (864) 439-7830 Fax (214) 330-4724
cslyman@seweurodrive.com csdallas@seweurodrive.com
Sew-Eurodrive Co. SEW-Eurodrive Co.
of Canada Ltd. of Canada Ltd.
Delta, B.C. LaSalle, Quebec
Tel. (604) 946-5535 Tel. (514) 367-1124
Fax (604) 946-2513 Fax (514) 367-3677
marketing@sew-eurodrive.ca marketing@sew-eurodrive.ca
With industry-leading
training and 24-hour
technical support,
nationwide.
SEW-EURODRIVE
Driving the world
Western Region
Assembly Center
SEW-Eurodrive, Inc.
Hayward, CA
Tel. (510) 487-3560
Fax (510) 487-6381
cshayward@seweurodrive.com
www.seweurodrive.com (U.S.)
www.seweurodrive.ca (Canada)
 1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, Introduction 1
___________________
1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, ___________________
Safety information 2
1PP6/7/9
___________________
Description 3

Low-Voltage Motors
1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9,
1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3,
1PP6/7/9
Operating Instructions
___________________
Preparing for use 4
___________________
Assembly 5
___________________
Electrical connection 6
___________________
Commissioning 7

___________________
Operation 8

___________________
Maintenance 9

___________________
Spare parts 10

___________________
Disposal 11

___________________
Appendix A

___________________
Technical data and drawings B

___________________
Notes 12

06/2011
5 610 00000 02 000
Legal information
Legal information
Warning notice system
This manual contains notices you have to observe in order to ensure your personal safety, as well as to prevent
damage to property. The notices referring to your personal safety are highlighted in the manual by a safety alert
symbol, notices referring only to property damage have no safety alert symbol. These notices shown below are
graded according to the degree of danger.

DANGER
indicates that death or severe personal injury will result if proper precautions are not taken.

WARNING
indicates that death or severe personal injury may result if proper precautions are not taken.

CAUTION
with a safety alert symbol, indicates that minor personal injury can result if proper precautions are not taken.

CAUTION
without a safety alert symbol, indicates that property damage can result if proper precautions are not taken.

NOTICE
indicates that an unintended result or situation can occur if the relevant information is not taken into account.
If more than one degree of danger is present, the warning notice representing the highest degree of danger will
be used. A notice warning of injury to persons with a safety alert symbol may also include a warning relating to
property damage.
Qualified Personnel
The product/system described in this documentation may be operated only by personnel qualified for the specific
task in accordance with the relevant documentation, in particular its warning notices and safety instructions.
Qualified personnel are those who, based on their training and experience, are capable of identifying risks and
avoiding potential hazards when working with these products/systems.
Proper use of Siemens products
Note the following:

WARNING
Siemens products may only be used for the applications described in the catalog and in the relevant technical
documentation. If products and components from other manufacturers are used, these must be recommended
or approved by Siemens. Proper transport, storage, installation, assembly, commissioning, operation and
maintenance are required to ensure that the products operate safely and without any problems. The permissible
ambient conditions must be complied with. The information in the relevant documentation must be observed.

Trademarks
All names identified by ® are registered trademarks of Siemens AG. The remaining trademarks in this publication
may be trademarks whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owner.
Disclaimer of Liability
We have reviewed the contents of this publication to ensure consistency with the hardware and software
described. Since variance cannot be precluded entirely, we cannot guarantee full consistency. However, the
information in this publication is reviewed regularly and any necessary corrections are included in subsequent
editions.

Siemens AG Order number: 5 610 00000 02 000 Copyright © Siemens AG 2011.

Industry Sector Ⓟ 08/2011 Technical data subject to change
Postfach 48 48
90026 NÜRNBERG
GERMANY
Table of contents

1 Introduction................................................................................................................................................ 9
1.1 About these instructions.................................................................................................................9
1.2 Information for the reader ..............................................................................................................9
2 Safety information.................................................................................................................................... 11
2.1 Information for those responsible for the plant or system............................................................11
2.2 The five safety rules:....................................................................................................................11
2.3 Qualified personnel ......................................................................................................................12
2.4 The safe use of electrical machines ............................................................................................12
2.5 Safety instructions: Explosion-proof machines ............................................................................13
2.6 Special designs and construction versions..................................................................................13
2.7 Special conditions for explosion-proof machines.........................................................................14
3 Description............................................................................................................................................... 15
3.1 Area of application .......................................................................................................................15
3.1.1 CE marking ..................................................................................................................................15
3.2 Delivery ........................................................................................................................................16
3.3 Rating plates ................................................................................................................................16
3.4 Installation ....................................................................................................................................18
3.4.1 Machine design ............................................................................................................................18
3.4.2 Regulations ..................................................................................................................................18
3.4.3 Cooling and ventilation.................................................................................................................19
3.4.3.1 General ........................................................................................................................................19
3.4.3.2 Machines with a fan .....................................................................................................................20
3.4.3.3 Machines without a fan (optional) ................................................................................................21
3.4.4 Bearings .......................................................................................................................................22
3.4.5 Balancing .....................................................................................................................................22
3.4.6 Types of construction/method of installation................................................................................22
3.4.7 Degree of protection ....................................................................................................................25
3.4.8 Optional built-on and built-in accessories ....................................................................................26
4 Preparing for use ..................................................................................................................................... 27
4.1 Transport......................................................................................................................................27
4.2 Storage.........................................................................................................................................28
4.3 Electromagnetic compatibility ......................................................................................................29
5 Assembly ................................................................................................................................................. 31
5.1 Installation ....................................................................................................................................31
5.1.1 Safety instructions........................................................................................................................31
5.1.2 Safety instructions: Explosion-proof machines ............................................................................31
5.1.3 Machine installation .....................................................................................................................32

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 3
Table of contents

5.1.4 Cooling ........................................................................................................................................ 33

5.1.4.1 Ventilation.................................................................................................................................... 33
5.1.5 Machines with type of construction IM B15, IM B9, IM V8 and IM V9 ........................................ 34
5.1.6 Balancing..................................................................................................................................... 35
5.1.6.1 Mounting and withdrawing output elements................................................................................ 36
5.1.7 Noise emission............................................................................................................................ 37
5.2 Alignment and fastening.............................................................................................................. 37
5.2.1 Flatness of supporting surfaces .................................................................................................. 39
5.2.2 Machine frame mounting feet (special design) ........................................................................... 39
6 Electrical connection................................................................................................................................ 41
6.1 Connection of the machine ......................................................................................................... 41
6.1.1 General........................................................................................................................................ 41
6.1.2 Terminal designations ................................................................................................................. 43
6.1.3 Direction of rotation ..................................................................................................................... 43
6.1.4 Connection with/without cable lugs............................................................................................. 43
6.1.5 Connection with cable lug for explosion-protected machines..................................................... 44
6.1.6 Connecting protruding cables ..................................................................................................... 44
6.1.7 Cable glands ............................................................................................................................... 45
6.1.7.1 Mounting position of sheet metal nuts in screw-type connections.............................................. 45
6.1.8 Terminal box ............................................................................................................................... 46
6.1.8.1 General........................................................................................................................................ 46
6.1.8.2 Versions ...................................................................................................................................... 47
6.1.8.3 Protruding connection cables...................................................................................................... 49
6.1.8.4 Connecting the temperature sensor/anti-condensation heater................................................... 50
6.1.8.5 Cable entry .................................................................................................................................. 52
6.1.8.6 Thread sizes in terminal box ....................................................................................................... 53
6.2 Tightening torques ...................................................................................................................... 56
6.2.1 Electrical connections - Termincal board connections................................................................ 56
6.2.2 Cable glands ............................................................................................................................... 56
6.2.3 Terminal boxes, end shields, grounding conductors, sheet metal fan covers ............................ 57
6.3 Conductor connection ................................................................................................................. 58
6.3.1 General information on conductor connection ............................................................................ 58
6.3.2 Type of conductor connection..................................................................................................... 59
6.4 Connecting the ground conductor............................................................................................... 62
6.4.1 General information on connecting the grounding conductor ..................................................... 62
6.4.2 Grounding connection type ......................................................................................................... 62
6.4.3 Minimum surface area of grounding conductor........................................................................... 63
6.4.4 Size of grounding conductor screw............................................................................................. 64
6.5 Final measures............................................................................................................................ 64
6.6 Connection of optional add-on units ........................................................................................... 65
6.6.1 External fan, incremental encoder, brake ................................................................................... 65
6.6.1.1 Mounting a brake ........................................................................................................................ 65
6.6.1.2 Mounted external fan .................................................................................................................. 65
6.7 Connection to the converter ........................................................................................................ 66
7 Commissioning ........................................................................................................................................ 69
7.1 Insulation resistance ................................................................................................................... 69
7.1.1 Checking the insulation resistance ............................................................................................. 69

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

4 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Table of contents

7.2 Measures before start-up.............................................................................................................71

7.3 Switching on.................................................................................................................................73
8 Operation................................................................................................................................................. 75
8.1 Safety instructions........................................................................................................................75
8.1.1 Safety instructions during operation ............................................................................................75
8.1.2 Safety instructions for cleaning ....................................................................................................77
8.1.3 Safety information for explosion-protected machines in operation..............................................77
8.1.4 Machines with textile fan covers ..................................................................................................78
8.2 Stoppages ....................................................................................................................................78
8.3 Fault tables...................................................................................................................................79
8.4 Deactivating .................................................................................................................................80
8.5 Class ............................................................................................................................................81
8.5.1 Zone 1 with type of protection Ex de II (Flameproof Enclosure "d" for the machine and
Increased Safety "e" for the terminal box) ...................................................................................81
8.5.2 Zone 1 with Ex e II type of protection (Increased Safety "e") ......................................................81
8.5.3 Zone 2 with type of protection Ex nA II (non-sparking)................................................................82
8.5.4 Zone 21 ........................................................................................................................................82
8.5.5 Zone 22 ........................................................................................................................................83
9 Maintenance ............................................................................................................................................ 85
9.1 Preparation and notes..................................................................................................................85
9.1.1 North American market ................................................................................................................86
9.1.2 Touch up any damaged paintwork...............................................................................................86
9.1.3 Repainting ....................................................................................................................................86
9.2 Inspection.....................................................................................................................................87
9.2.1 General inspection specifications ................................................................................................87
9.2.2 Optional built-on accessories.......................................................................................................87
9.2.3 Initial inspection............................................................................................................................87
9.2.4 Main inspection ............................................................................................................................88
9.3 Maintenance.................................................................................................................................89
9.3.1 Maintenance intervals ..................................................................................................................89
9.3.2 Regreasing (optional)...................................................................................................................90
9.3.3 Cleaning .......................................................................................................................................90
9.3.4 Drain condensate.........................................................................................................................91
9.4 Corrective maintenance ...............................................................................................................92
9.4.1 Instructions for repair ...................................................................................................................92
9.4.2 Storage.........................................................................................................................................92
9.4.2.1 Changing bearings.......................................................................................................................94
9.4.2.2 Replacing bearings in explosion-proof machines ........................................................................94
9.4.3 Dismantling ..................................................................................................................................94
9.4.3.1 Bearing bushes ............................................................................................................................95
9.4.3.2 Links.............................................................................................................................................95
9.4.4 Assembly......................................................................................................................................95
9.4.4.1 Assemly........................................................................................................................................96
9.4.4.2 Assemly........................................................................................................................................96
9.4.4.3 Installing bearing bushes .............................................................................................................96
9.4.4.4 Reassembling bearings ...............................................................................................................96

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 5
Table of contents

9.4.4.5 Reassembling fans...................................................................................................................... 97

9.4.4.6 Refitting the fan cover ................................................................................................................. 97
9.4.4.7 Refitting the canopy; incremental encoder under canopy........................................................... 97
9.4.4.8 Reassembly: Miscellaneous information..................................................................................... 98
9.4.5 Screw-type connections .............................................................................................................. 98
9.4.6 Electrical connections - Termincal board connections................................................................ 98
9.4.7 Cable glands ............................................................................................................................... 98
9.4.8 Terminal boxes, end shields, grounding conductors, sheet metal fan covers ............................ 99
9.4.9 Optional add-on units ................................................................................................................ 100
10 Spare parts ............................................................................................................................................ 101
10.1 Spare parts ordering ................................................................................................................. 101
10.2 Spare parts................................................................................................................................ 102
10.2.1 Spare parts frame size 100 ... 315 cast iron ............................................................................. 104
10.2.2 Spare parts 1LG........................................................................................................................ 105
10.3 Standardized parts .................................................................................................................... 106
11 Disposal................................................................................................................................................. 109
11.1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................... 109
11.2 Preparing for disassembly......................................................................................................... 109
11.3 Dismantling the machine........................................................................................................... 109
11.4 Disposal of components............................................................................................................ 110
A Appendix................................................................................................................................................ 111
A.1 SIEMENS Service Center ......................................................................................................... 111
A.2 Language versions on the Internet ........................................................................................... 111
A.3 Further documents .................................................................................................................... 112
B Technical data and drawings ................................................................................................................. 113
B.1 Exploded drawings.................................................................................................................... 113
B.1.1 1LA,1LP,1MA,1MF,1PP6/7/9 FS 56 ... 90L .............................................................................. 113
B.1.2 1LA,1LP,1MA,1MF,1PP6/7/9 FS 100 ... 160 ............................................................................ 114
B.1.3 1LA5180 ... 225......................................................................................................................... 115
B.1.4 1MA6180 ... 200........................................................................................................................ 116
B.1.5 Terminal boxes 1MA6180 ... 200 .............................................................................................. 117
B.1.6 1MJ6070 ... 200 ........................................................................................................................ 118
B.1.7 Terminal boxes 1MJ6070 ... 160............................................................................................... 119
B.1.8 Terminal boxes 1MJ6180 ... 200 (Ex e) .................................................................................... 120
B.1.9 Terminal boxes 1MJ6180 ... 200 (Ex d) .................................................................................... 121
B.1.10 1LE1 FS 80 ... 160 aluminum ................................................................................................... 122
B.1.11 1LE1 FS 100 ... 200 cast iron.................................................................................................... 123
B.1.12 1LE1 FS 225 ... 315 cast iron.................................................................................................... 124
B.1.13 1LG4/6 FS 180 ... 315............................................................................................................... 125
B.1.14 1LG4/6 gk330, gt320, gk430, gt420.......................................................................................... 126
B.1.15 1LG4/6 gk431, gt421, gt520, gt540 .......................................................................................... 127
B.1.16 1LG4/6 gt620, gt640, gt791 ...................................................................................................... 128
12 Notes ..................................................................................................................................................... 129
Glossary ................................................................................................................................................ 130

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

6 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Table of contents

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 7
Introduction 1
1.1 About these instructions
These instructions describe the machine and explain best practices in machine handling,
from initial delivery to final disposal of the equipment.
Read these operating instructions before you handle the machine to become familiar with its
design and operating principles and thus ensure safe, problem-free machine operation and
long service life.
If you find any mistakes or have suggestions for improvements, please contact our
Service Center.

Text format features

The warning notice system is explained on the rear of the inside front. Always follow the
safety instructions and notices in these instructions.
In addition to the safety-related warning notices which you must read, you will find the text in
these instructions is formatted in the following way:
1. Handling instructions are always formatted as a numbered list. Always perform the steps
in the order given.
● Lists are formatted as bulleted lists.
– Lists on the second level are hyphenated.

Note
A Note is an important item of information about the product, handling of the product or the
relevant section of the document. Notes provide you with help or further suggestions/ideas.

1.2 Information for the reader

Explanation of the icons

Information for 1LE1, 1PC1, and 1PC3 machines

Information about explosion-protected machines

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 9
Introduction
1.2 Information for the reader

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

10 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
Safety information 2
2.1 Information for those responsible for the plant or system
This electric machine has been designed and built in accordance with the specifications
contained in Directive 2006/95/EC ("Low-Voltage Directive") and is intended for use in
industrial plants. Please observe the country-specific regulations when using the electric
machine outside the European Community.
Follow the local and industry-specific safety and setup regulations.
The persons responsible for the plant must ensure the following:
● Planning and configuration work and all work carried out on and with the machine is only
to be done by qualified personnel.
● The operating instructions must always be available for all work.
● The technical data as well as the specifications relating to the permissible installation,
connection, ambient and operating conditions are taken into account at all times.
● The specific setup and safety regulations as well as regulations on the use of personal
protective equipment are observed.

Note
Use the services and support provided by the appropriate Service Center for planning,
installation, commissioning, and servicing work.

In the individual chapters of this document, you will find safety instructions that must be
obeyed absolutely, for your own safety, to protect other people and to avoid damage to
property.
Observe the following safety instructions for all activities on and with the machine.

2.2 The five safety rules:

For your personal safety and to prevent material damage when working on the machine,
always observe the safety instructions and the following five safety rules, according to
EN 50110-1 ("Working in a voltage-free state). Apply the five safety rules in the order stated
before starting work at the machine.

Five safety rules

1. Disconnect the system.
Disconnect the auxiliary circuits, for example anti-condensation heating
2. Prevent reconnection.
3. Make sure that the equipment is at zero voltage

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 11
Safety information
2.3 Qualified personnel

4. Ground and short-circuit

5. Cover or isolate nearby components that are still live.
To energize the system, apply the measures in reverse order.

2.3 Qualified personnel

All work at the machine must be carried out by qualified personnel only. For the purpose of
this documentation, qualified personnel is taken to mean people who fulfill the following
requirements:
● Through appropriate training and experience, they are able to recognize and avoid risks
and potential dangers in their particular field of activity.
● They have been instructed to carry out work on the machine by the appropriate person
responsible.

2.4 The safe use of electrical machines

WARNING
Live parts
Electrical machines contain live parts.
Fatal or severe injuries and substantial material damage can occur if the required covers
are removed or if the machines are not handled, operated, or maintained properly.
• Only remove covers in compliance with the applicable regulations.
• Operate the machines properly.
• Perform regular maintenance on the machine.

WARNING
Rotating parts
Electrical machines contain dangerous rotating parts.
Fatal or severe injuries and substantial material damage can occur if the required covers
are removed or if the machines are not handled, operated, or maintained properly.
• Only remove covers in compliance with the applicable regulations.
• Operate the machines properly.
• Perform regular maintenance on the machine.
• Secure free-standing shaft extensions.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

12 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Safety information
2.5 Safety instructions: Explosion-proof machines

WARNING
Hot surfaces
Electrical machines have hot surfaces.
Fatal or severe injuries and substantial material damage can occur if the required covers
are removed or if the machines are not handled, operated, or maintained properly.
• Allow the machine to cool down before starting any work on it.
• Only remove covers in compliance with the applicable regulations.
• Operate the machines properly.

2.5 Safety instructions: Explosion-proof machines

CAUTION

The increased level of danger in hazardous areas demands that you pay particular
attention to the notes marked with .

2.6 Special designs and construction versions

NOTICE

If any problems or uncertainties arise, we urgently recommend that you contact the
manufacturer specifying the type designation and serial number (No. ...., see rating plate)
or have the equipment repaired by a Siemens Service Center.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 13
Safety information
2.7 Special conditions for explosion-proof machines

2.7 Special conditions for explosion-proof machines

Special conditions for the safe application of explosion-protected machines marked with X
(excerpt from the EC type-examination certificate, point 17)
Flameproof enclosure "d"
Flameproof joints may only be repaired strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's design
specifications. Repair in accordance with the values in Tables 1 and 2 of EN 60079-1 is not
permitted.
Zone 21
● Do not operate the motors with excessively thick deposits of dust.
● When the motors are mounted with the free shaft end pointing upwards, prevent foreign
bodies from dropping into the ventilation openings using an appropriate mechanical
design.
● For motors with a fixed connecting cable: The free end of the cable must be connected
according to valid regulations for electrical installations.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

14 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
Description 3
3.1 Area of application

Overview
The three-phase machines of this series are used as industrial drives. They are designed for
a wide range of drive applications both for line operation as well as in conjunction with
frequency converters.
They are characterized by their high power density, extreme robustness, long service life
and outstanding reliability.

Intended use of the machines

These machines are intended for industrial installations. They comply with the harmonized
standards of the series IEC/EN 60034 (VDE 0530). Their use in hazardous areas is
forbidden unless the marking on the rating plate expressly permits this operation. If
other/more wide-ranging demands (e.g. protection so that they cannot be touched by
children) are made in special cases – i.e. use in non-industrial installations – these conditions
must have been complied with in the plant or system itself when the motors are installed.

Note
Machine directive
Low-voltage motors are components designed for installation in machines in accordance
with the current Machinery Directive. They must not be commissioned until it has been
verified that the end product complies with this directive (refer to EN 60204-1).

3.1.1 CE marking

Note
Use of machines without CE identification
Machines without marking are intended for operation outside the European Economic
Area (EEA). Do not use any machines without CE mark within of the EEA!

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 15
Description
3.2 Delivery

3.2 Delivery

Checking the delivery for completeness

The drive systems are put together on an individual basis. When you take receipt of the
delivery, please check immediately whether the items delivered are in accordance with the
accompanying documents. Siemens will not accept any claims relating to items missing from
the delivery and which are submitted at a later date.
Register a complaint about
● any apparent transport damage with the delivery agent immediately.
● any apparent defects/missing components with the appropriate SIEMENS office
immediately.
Keep the safety and commissioning notes, which are part of the scope of delivery, in an
accessible place; this also applies to the optionally available operating instructions.
The rating plate optionally enclosed as a loose item with the delivery is provided to enable
the machine data to be shown on or near the machine or installation.

3.3 Rating plates

Rating plate
The rating plate shows the identification data and the most important technical data. The
data on the rating plate and the contractual agreements define the limits of proper usage.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

16 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Description
3.3 Rating plates

Data on the rating plate

Table 3- 1 Machine rating plate

Item Description Item Description

General data Electrical data
1 Type of machine 31 50 Hz data
2 Machine type 32 60 Hz data
3 Serial number (incl. date of manufacture YY.MM ) 33 Rated voltage [V]
4 Standards 34 Winding connections
5 Additional details (optional) 35 Frequency [Hz]
6 Customer data (optional) 36 Rated power [kW]
7 Country of origin 37 Rated current [A]
8 Production location 38 Power factor [cosφ]
9 Identification number of testing agency (optional) 39 Rated speed [rpm]
10 Regulations (optional) 40 Efficiency class
Mechanical data 41 Efficiency
11 Frame size 42 Torque [Nm] (optional)
12 Type of construction 43 Rated power [hp] (optional)
13 Degree of protection 44 Service factor (optional)
14 Machine weight [kg] 45 Starting current ratio (optional)
15 Temperature class 46 Operating mode (optional)
16 Coolant temperature range (optional) 47 NEMA data (optional)
17 Installation altitude (only if higher than 1000 m) 48 Anti-condensation heating (optional)
18 Vibration severity grade
19 Bearing sizes
20 Relubrication data (optional)
21 Brake data (optional)

(1) (2)
(4/40)
(3) (3) (4/10)
(7/8) (14) (12) (11) (13) (15) (16)

(31/43) (10) (32/43)

(17/18/19/41/46) (44/45/48) (6/41/47)

(10) (7)
 (15)
   (1) (2) (3)
 (11) (12) (13) (14) (4) (11) (12) (13) (14)
(15) (16) (17) (18) (33) (34) (35) (36) (37) (38) (39)
(19) (20) (21) (31)
(9) (32)

(33)   (36) (37) (38) (39) (40) (41) (42)    

(31)
(32)

(47) (48)
(5) (6) (7)

Figure 3-1 Rating plates

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 17
Description
3.4 Installation

3.4 Installation

3.4.1 Machine design

Machines of this series are self-ventilated low-voltage three-phase asynchronous drives with
a cylindrical shaft end and featherkey way. They can be supplied as single-speed machines
with different efficiency classes or as pole changing machines for several speeds.
In the case of machines with feet (IM B3 type of construction), the feet are cast or bolted on.
It is possible to change the feet bolted on the housing of the machine, e.g. to change the
position of the terminal box; however, only have this performed by an authorized retrofit
partner.
With the appropriate post working, ensure that the foot mounting surfaces are again on one
plane and parallel to the machine shaft, and shim when required. Professionally touch up
damaged painted surfaces.

3.4.2 Regulations

Machine design
The regulations and standards used as basis to design and test this machine are stamped
on the rating plate. The machine design basically complies with the following standards:

Table 3- 2 Applicable general regulations

Feature Standard
Dimensions and operating performance IEC / EN 60034-1
Degree of protection IEC / EN 60034-5
Cooling IEC / EN 60034-6
Type of construction IEC / EN 60034-7
Terminal designations and direction of rotation IEC / EN 60034-8
Noise emission IEC / EN 60034-9
Restart characteristics for rotating electrical IEC / EN 60034-12
machines
Vibration severity grades IEC / EN 60034-14
Efficiency classification of three-phase squirrel- IEC / EN 60034-30
cage induction motors
IEC standard voltages IEC 60038

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

18 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Description
3.4 Installation

Supplementary regulations for explosion-proof machines

Table 3- 3 Regulations applied for explosion-proof machines

Feature Standard
Electrical equipment for hazardous gas atmospheres, Part 0: IEC / EN 60079-0
General requirements
Electrical equipment for hazardous gas atmospheres, Part 1: IEC / EN 60079-1
Flameproof enclosure "d"
Electrical equipment for hazardous gas atmospheres, Part 7: IEC / EN 60079-7
Increased safety "e"
Electrical equipment for hazardous gas atmospheres, Part IEC / EN 60079-14
14: Electric installations for endangered atmospheres (except
underground excavation)
Electrical equipment for hazardous gas atmospheres, Part IEC / EN 60079-15
15: Type of protection "n"
Electrical equipment for hazardous gas atmospheres, Part IEC / EN 60079-19
19: Repairs and overhauls
Electrical equipment for use in the presence of combustible IEC / EN 61241-0
dust - Part 0: General requirements
Electrical equipment for use in the presence of combustible IEC / EN 61241-1
dust - Part 1: Protection by enclosure "tD"
Electrical equipment for use in the presence of combustible IEC / EN 61241-17
dust - Part 17: Inspection and maintenance of electrical IEC / EN 60079-17
systems in hazardous areas (except underground excavation)
Directive on the approximation of the laws of the Member RL94/9/EC
States concerning equipment and protective systems
intended for use in hazardous areas.

3.4.3 Cooling and ventilation

3.4.3.1 General
The machines of this series are three-phase asynchronous machines with a closed primary
(internal) cooling circuit and an open secondary cooling circuit (surface cooling). The surface
cooling varies depending on the version.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 19
Description
3.4 Installation

3.4.3.2 Machines with a fan

Self-ventilation (standard): Type of cooling IC 411 in accordance with IEC / EN 60034-6

Located at the ND end of the stator housing is an air intake cowl that guides the external air
on its way to the motor. The external air is drawn in through openings in the air intake cowl
and flows axially across the outer cooling ribs of the motor frame. The fan wheel responsible
for the external flow of cooling air is attached to the machine shaft.
The fan wheels are independent of the direction of rotation.
Check the cooling effect below rated speed in the case of frequent switching or braking or if
the speed is controlled continually below the rated speed.
Machines for use in Zone 21 and Zone 22 have a metal fan.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

20 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Description
3.4 Installation

Forced ventilation (optional): Cooling method IC 416 in accordance with IEC/EN 60034-6

WARNING
Hot surfaces
Operating the machine without external fan results in overheating. This may result in
personal injury and material damage.
Never commission the machine without an external fan.

Cooling that does not depend on the speed is achieved by means of a separately driven fan
wheel (forced ventilation). Forced ventilation does not depend on the operating state of the
machine.
The fan wheel for the external flow of cooling air is powered by an independent module and
is enclosed by the fan cover.

3.4.3.3 Machines without a fan (optional)

Surface cooling by free convection: Type of cooling IC 410 in accordance with IEC / EN 60034-6

,&,&$$

Figure 3-2 IC410

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 21
Description
3.4 Installation

Surface cooling by relative movement of cooling air: Type of cooling IC 418 in accordance with IEC /
EN 60034-6

,&,&$$

Figure 3-3 IC418

3.4.4 Bearings
In order to support the machine shaft and maintain its position in the non-moving part of the
machine, only 2 rolling-contact bearings are used. One roller bearing performs the function
of a location bearing that transfers axial and radial forces from the rotating machine shaft to
the non-moving part of the machine. The second roller bearing is implemented as floating
and support bearing in order to allow thermal expansion inside the machine and transfer
radial forces.
The nominal (calculated) useful life of the bearings according to ISO 281 is at least 20,000
hours with utilization of the permissible radial/axial forces. However, the achievable useful
life of the bearings can be significantly longer in the case of lower forces (e.g. operation with
self-aligning couplings).
Avoid rigid couplings.
Roller bearings with permanent lubrication are maintenance-free. For bearings that can be
relubricated, observe the data on the rating plate or lubricant plate.

3.4.5 Balancing
The machines are balanced dynamically with a half featherkey (code "H") in accordance with
ISO 8821.
The balancing quality corresponds to vibration severity grade "A" for the complete machine;
vibration severity grade "B" is possible as an option.

3.4.6 Types of construction/method of installation

Further possible fields of application

The type of construction of the machine is stated on the rating plate.
CAUTION

When lifting the machines for transport, only lift them in a position that corresponds to their
basic construction type.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

22 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Description
3.4 Installation

Table 3- 4 Type of construction

Basic type of Graphics-Based Other methods of Graphics-Based

construction code Representation installation Representation

IM B3 (IM 1001) IM V5 (IM 1011)

IM V6 (IM 1031)

IM B6 (IM 1051)

IM B7 (IM 1061)

IM B8 (IM 1071)

Basic type of Graphics-Based Other methods of Graphics-Based

construction code Representation installation Representation

IM B5 (IM 3001) IM V1 (IM 3011)

IM V3 (IM 3031)

Basic type of Graphics-Based Other methods of Graphics-Based

construction code Representation installation Representation

IM B14 (IM 3601) IM V18 (IM 3611)

IM V19 (IM 3631)

Basic type of Graphics-Based

construction code Representation

IM B35 (IM 2001)

IM B34 (IM 2101)

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 23
Description
3.4 Installation

Types of construction/Installation conditions for explosion-proof machines

The type of construction of the machine is stated on the rating plate.

DANGER

In the case of explosion-proof machines where the shaft extensions point downwards
(types of construction IM V5, IM V1 or IM V18 ) a protective top cover is mandatory.
Explosion-proof machines with IM V5, IM V1 and IM V18 types of construction are fitted
with a canopy at the factory.
• For types of construction with a shaft extension facing upwards, a suitable cover must
be fitted to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see also standard IEC/EN
60079-0).
• Prevent the cooling airflow from being reduced as a result of covers that might be in
place.

Table 3- 5 Construction type with protective top cover

Conditions of installation Graphics-Based Representation

IM V5 (IM 1011)

IM V1 (IM 3011)

IM V18 (IM 3611)

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

24 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Description
3.4 Installation

3.4.7 Degree of protection

The degree of protection the machines feature is stated on the rating plate. They can be
installed in dusty or humid environments.

WARNING
Dangerous voltage
Condensation drain holes (optional)
Inserting objects into the condensation drain holes can damage the winding and can result
in death, serious injury and damage to property!
Note the following to maintain the degree of protection:
• Switch off the machine so that it is in a no-voltage condition, before you open the
condensation drain holes.
• Close the condensation drain holes (e.g. using T-plugs) before commissioning the
machine.

NOTICE
Storage
If the machines are used or stored outdoors, we recommend keeping them under a shelter
or an additional cover.
• Avoid exposing them to direct, intense solar radiation, rain, snow, ice, or dust for
extended periods.
• If necessary, please consult us or seek advice regarding technical issues.

Environmental requirements
The machines are suitable for operation in tropical climates.
Guide value for the standard version 60 % relative humidity at a coolant temperature (CT) of
40 °C.
Ambient temperature: -20 °C to +40 °C
Installation altitude: ≤ 1000 m
Air with normal oxygen content, usually 21 % (V/V)
If the environmental requirements are different from the details listed here, then the values
on the rating plate will apply.
Machines intended for use in Zone 1 (type of protection Flameproof Enclosure "d" or
Increased Safety "e") or in Zone 2 (type of protection "n") are designed with IP 55 degree of
protection.
Machines intended for use in Zone 21 have IP 65 degree of protection. Machines intended
for use in Zone 22 have IP 55 degree of protection and can be used in dusty environments
such as grinders, silos, animal feed plants, and malthouses, as well as in certain areas of the
chemical industry.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 25
Description
3.4 Installation

3.4.8 Optional built-on and built-in accessories

In addition to the current-dependent overload protective device located in the connecting
leads, we recommend that you use temperature sensors embedded in the stator winding in
order to monitor the temperature and protect the stator winding from overheating.
Machines whose winding is exposed to the danger of condensation due to the climate, e.g.
machines at a standstill in a damp environment or machines which are exposed to large
temperature fluctuations, can be equipped with an anti-condensation heater.
As an option, the machines can be fitted with additional built-on accessories on the
ventilation side (e.g. brake, rotary pulse encoder).

Optional built-on and built-in accessories for explosion-proof machines

If the temperatures are within the specified limits at the mounting location, in the case of
external sources of heat or cold, no additional measures are necessary. Using the type tests,
for special applications with external sources of heat or cold, check the effect on the max.
surface and operating temperatures, and if necessary, apply suitable measures.
Select mounted equipment such as brakes, forced ventilation or incremental encoders
according to the requirements of the Directive 94/9/EC.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

26 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
Preparing for use 4
4.1 Transport

WARNING
Use lifting eyes
The machine must only be transported and lifted using the lifting eyes, in a position that is
appropriate for its type of construction. Otherwise, it could fall over or slip in the lifting
tackle.
This can result in death, serious injury, or material damage.
• Use all the lifting eyes on the machine.
• Any eyes that are screwed in must be tightly fastened.
• Eyebolts must be screwed in right up to their supporting surface.
• If necessary, use suitable, sufficiently-sized transport equipment such as lifting straps
(EN1492-1) and lashing straps (EN12195-2).

WARNING
Suspended transport
If several items of transport material are used for fastening, two straps must be able to
carry the whole load.
• Use additional, suitable means of support for transport and during installation.
• Secure the support equipment to prevent it from slipping.

Remove any transport locks before start-up and either keep them in a safe place or unlock
them. You can then use them again for transporting further items or you can apply them
again.
The machines are packed in different ways depending on how they are transported and their
size. If not otherwise contractually agreed, the packaging corresponds to the packing
guidelines according to ISPM (International Standards for Phytosanitary Measures).
Comply with the images shown on the packaging. Their meaning is as follows:

Up Fragile Protect Protect Center of Hand hooks Attach

goods against against gravity forbidden here
moisture heat

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 27
Preparing for use
4.2 Storage

4.2 Storage

Storing outdoors
Choose a dry storage location which is safe from flooding and free from vibration. Repair any
damage to the packaging before putting the equipment into storage if this is necessary to
ensure proper storage conditions. In order to ensure protection against ground moisture,
locate machines, equipment and crates on pallets, wooden beams or foundations. Prevent
equipment from sinking into the ground. Do not impede air circulation under the stored items.
Covers or tarpaulins used to protect the equipment against the weather must not come into
contact with the surfaces of the equipment. Use wooden spacer elements to ensure that air
can circulate freely around the equipment.

CAUTION

Take all appropriate precautions under extreme climatic conditions, e.g. salt-laden and/or
dusty, moist/humid atmospheres.

Storing indoors
The storage rooms must provide protection against extreme weather conditions. They must
be dry, free from dust, frost and vibration and well ventilated.

Bare metal surfaces

For transport, the bare fitting surfaces (shaft ends, flange surfaces, centering edges) should
be coated with an anti-corrosion agent which will last for a limited amount of time (<6
months). Apply suitable anti-corrosion measures for longer storage times.

Condensation drain hole

Open any condensation drain holes to drain the condensation (<6 months).

Storage time
Turn the shafts 1x every year to avoid bearing brinelling. Prolonged storage periods reduce
the useful life of the bearing grease (aging).
Open bearings
● For open bearings e.g. 1Z, check the state of the bearing grease over 12 months.
● Replace the grease if it can be identified that the grease has lost oil content or has
become dirty (ingress of condensation leads to consistency changes of the grease).
Closed bearings
● For closed bearings, replace the DE and NDE bearings after a storage time of 48 months

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

28 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Preparing for use
4.3 Electromagnetic compatibility

4.3 Electromagnetic compatibility

NOTICE

If the torque levels are very unequal (e.g. when a reciprocating compressor is being driven),
a non-sinusoidal machine current will be induced whose harmonics can have an
impermissible effect on the supply system and cause impermissible interference emissions
as a result.

NOTICE
Converter
• If operated with a frequency converter, the emitted interference varies in strength,
depending on the design of the converter (type, interference suppression measures,
manufacturer).
• Prevent the limit values stipulated by EN 61000-6-3 for the drive system (consisting of
the machine and converter) from being exceeded.
• You must observe the EMC information from the manufacturer of the converter.
• The most effective method of shielding is to conductively connect a shielded machine
supply cable to the metal terminal box of the machine (with a metal screw connection)
over a large surface area.
• On machines with integrated sensors (e.g. PTC thermistors), disturbance voltages
caused by the converter may occur on the sensor cable.

When used in accordance with their intended purpose and operated on an electrical supply
system with characteristics in accordance with EN 50160, the enclosed motors (IP 55 and
higher) comply with the requirements of the current guidelines for electromagnetic
compatibility.

Immunity to interference
The machines fulfill the requirements relating to interference immunity in conformance with
EN 61000-6-2. If machines with integrated sensors (e.g. PTC thermistors) are used, the
operating company must ensure sufficient interference immunity by selecting a suitable
sensor signal lead (possibly with shielding, connected in the same way as the machine
feeder cable) and a suitable evaluation unit.
When operating the machines from a converter at speeds higher than the rated speed, then
the mechanical speed limits must be carefully observed (safe operating speed IEC / EN
60034-1).

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 29
Preparing for use
4.3 Electromagnetic compatibility

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

30 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
Assembly 5
5.1 Installation

5.1.1 Safety instructions

WARNING
Hot surfaces
Electrical machines have hot surfaces.
Fatal or severe injuries and substantial material damage can occur if the required covers
are removed or if the machines are not handled, operated, or maintained properly.
• Allow the machine to cool down before starting any work on it.
• Only remove covers in compliance with the applicable regulations.
• Operate the machines properly.
It must be ensured that parts (cables etc.) do not come into contact with the machine
enclosure.

CAUTION
Before start-up, please check that
• the customer has set the correct direction of rotation of the machine - e.g. by decoupling
from the driven machine - by taking appropriate measures!
• there are no temperature-sensitive parts (cables etc.), which are in contact with the
machine enclosure.
• condensation drain holes are always located at the lowest point of the motor!

NOTICE

Please note the technical data on the rating plates on the machine enclosure.

5.1.2 Safety instructions: Explosion-proof machines

CAUTION

The increased level of danger in hazardous areas demands that you pay particular
attention to the notes marked with .

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 31
Assembly
5.1 Installation

5.1.3 Machine installation

General

NOTICE

After installing, tighten the eyebolts or remove them!

Note
Do not use mounted components (e.g. rotary pulse encoder) to help lift the motor!

● For vertical installation, use all of the eyebolts provided and when necessary, hoisting
straps (DIN EN 1492-1) and/or lashing straps (DIN EN 12195-2) to stabilize the position
of the motor.
● Prevent foreign bodies from falling into the fan cover! For vertical machine installation
with the shaft end facing downwards, attach a protective canopy.
● If the shaft extension is facing upwards, users must prevent liquid from flowing along the
shaft and entering the motor!
● Clean bare metal surfaces with anti-corrosion agent using white spirit to ensure proper
installation and / or machine mounting!
● Do not obstruct the ventilation! Do not draw off the discharged air directly – also from
adjacent equipment!
● Avoid exposing them to direct, intense solar radiation, rain, snow, ice, or also dust for
extended periods. Attach a covering structure or an additional cover when using or
storing outdoors.
● Do not exceed the permissible axial and radial forces!
● Only use explosion-protected machines in appropriate areas in accordance with directive
1999/92/EG .
If the certificate is supplemented by an X, observe the special conditions listed in the EC
type examination certificate. Auto-Hotspot
● When installing electrical systems in hazardous zones, carefully observe EN 60079-14
and the corresponding country regulations.
● The machine temperature class specified on the rating plate must be equal to or greater
than the temperature class of any combustible gases that may develop.

See also
Special conditions for explosion-proof machines (Page 14)

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

32 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Assembly
5.1 Installation

5.1.4 Cooling

5.1.4.1 Ventilation

CAUTION
Ventilation
• Do not obstruct ventilation.
• Prevent the air expelled by neighboring equipment from being immediately sucked in
again.
• On the vertical type of machine construction with air intake from above, protect the air
inlets from the ingress of foreign bodies and water.
• If the shaft extension is facing upwards, liquid must be prevented from entering by
moving along the shaft.

Table 5- 1 Air guidance

Incorrect Correct

[

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 33
Assembly
5.1 Installation

Incorrect Correct

The minimum dimension "x" for the distance between neighboring modules

Table 5- 2 Minimum dimension "X" for the distance between neighboring modules

Frame size X
(BG) mm
63 ... 71 15
80 ... 100 20
112 25
132 30
160 40
180 ... 225 45
180 ... 200 (1LG) 90
225 ... 250 (1LG, 1MA6, 1MJ7) 100
280 ... 315 110

5.1.5 Machines with type of construction IM B15, IM B9, IM V8 and IM V9

Special types of construction

CAUTION
Follow these instructions:
• The IM B3 bearing shield with built-in distance ring mounted at the DE is only used as
transport lock. A warning label is attached to this bearing shield!
• The spacer ring is not a roller bearing!
• Remove the bearing shield and the spacer ring!
• Remove the transport lock before commissioning!

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

34 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Assembly
5.1 Installation

These machines do not have their own bearing system for the machine shaft at the drive end
(DE). The machine shaft is accepted by the (hollow) shaft or coupling of the plant or driven
machine.
Using the centering flange, the machine is aligned with respect to enclosures, flanges or
driven machines.
Note that the temperature of the machine and machine shaft increases during operation. The
thermal expansion of the machine shaft must be compensated by the customer in the form of
suitable measures.
Use the spring washers provided to locate the NDE bearing without any play.

5.1.6 Balancing

CAUTION
Safety precautions
• The general touch protection measures for drive output elements must be observed.
• Output elements may only be attached or withdrawn using the correct equipment.
• The feather keys are only secured against falling out during shipping. If you commission
a machine without an output element, the feather keys must be secured to prevent them
from being thrown out.

The rotors are balanced dynamically. The balancing quality corresponds to vibration severity
grade "A" for the complete machine as standard. The optional vibration severity grade "B" is
indicated on the rating plate.
The declaration regarding the type of featherkey for balancing is generally marked on the
rating plate and optionally on the face of the shaft end.

Designation:
● As a standard measure, balancing is carried out dynamically with a half featherkey (code
"H") in accordance with ISO 8821.
● "F" means balancing with a whole featherkey (optional version).
● "N" means balancing without a featherkey (optional version).

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 35
Assembly
5.1 Installation

The featherkey declaration on the shaft and transmission element must indicate the correct
type of balancing in each case and must be correctly mounted.
The balancing quality corresponds to vibration severity grade "A" for the complete machine;
vibration severity grade "B" is possible as an option, i.e. in order to ensure the desired
balancing quality, it must be ensured that the featherkey declarations on the hub and
machine shaft complement each other in the case of a shorter or longer transmission
element.

Note
Measures conforming to ISO 10816 must be taken in order to compensate any offset
between electrical machines and driven machines.
The foundation must be designed according to DIN 4024.

5.1.6.1 Mounting and withdrawing output elements

Withdrawing output elements

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

36 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Assembly
5.2 Alignment and fastening

Mounting output elements

Note
• When mounting output elements (coupling, gear wheel, belt pulley etc. ) use the thread at
the shaft end and - if possible - heat up the output elements as required.
• Use a suitable device when withdrawing output elements.
• Do not apply any blows when mounting and withdrawing the output element (e.g. with
hammer or similar).
• Transfer no more than the radial or axial forces specified in the catalog to the machine
bearings via the shaft extension.

5.1.7 Noise emission

NOTICE

When the noise that is emitted at workplaces of the personnel responsible for operating the
equipment is assessed, it must be borne in mind that the A-weighted sound pressure level,
measured in accordance with ISO 1680, namely 70 dB(A), is not exceeded if the three-
phase machines are operated with the rated output.

5.2 Alignment and fastening

General
When aligning and fastening the machine, please bear the following in mind:
● The machine must be level.
● Feet and flanges must be fastened securely.
● Alignment must be precise in the case of direct coupling.
● Fastening surfaces must be clean
● Look out for any damage to paint; this must be rectified immediately and correctly.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 37
Assembly
5.2 Alignment and fastening

● Look out for traces of anti-corrosion protection agents; these must be removed using
mineral turpentine.
● Look out for installation-related resonances with the rotating frequency and double line
frequency; these must be prevented.
● Listen for unusual noises when turning the rotor manually.
● Check the direction of rotation with the machine decoupled.
● Avoid using rigid coupling measures.

Measures
The following measures are required in order to compensate any radial offset at the coupling
and to horizontally adjust the electrical machine with respect to the driven load:
● Vertical positioning.
When vertically positioning the machine, place thin metal shins under the mounting feet in
order to avoid tensioning and deforming the machine. The number of shims should be
kept as low as possible i.e. only stack a few shims.
● Horizontal positioning
To position the machine horizontally, push it sideways on the foundation and ensure that
the axial position is maintained (angularity error).
● When positioning the motor, ensure that a uniform axial gap is maintained around the
coupling.
● Smooth running
Stable, vibration-free design of the foundations in accordance with DIN 4024 and precise
alignment of the coupling, as well as a well-balanced output element (coupling, belt
pulleys, fans, etc.), are prerequisites for smooth running with low vibration levels.
● Complete balancing of the machine with the output element may be necessary.
For details and evaluation criteria, refer to ISO 10816.
● Foot/flange mounting
Use thread sizes specified in EN 50347 for mounting the machine to foundations or to
machine flanges. Attach the machine at four foot or flange holes in a rectangular
configuration with respect to one another. The customer is responsible for selecting the
strength of the fixing elements.
For the fixing elements up to and including frame size 160, property class 5.6 or higher is
recommended, from frame size 180, property class 8.8 or higher.
For IM B14 flanges, select the correct screw length.

Note
Only use authorized retrofit partners to change over the mounting feet bolted to the
machine frame, e.g. in order to change the position of the terminal box.
In order to prevent the machine from being deformed, ensure that the mounting feet
surfaces are located in one plane and parallel to the machine shaft by post working or by
using shims.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

38 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Assembly
5.2 Alignment and fastening

5.2.1 Flatness of supporting surfaces

Flatness of the supporting surfaces for conventional motors

Frame size Flatness

(FS) mm
≤ 132 0.10
160 0.15
≥ 180 0.20

5.2.2 Machine frame mounting feet (special design)

Frame size Type of feet

(FS)
1LA / 1MA FS 90S/L
1LE16/5 frame size 132S/M, 160M/L
1MA6/1MJ6 FS 180M/L
1LG/LE frame size 180 ... 280 S/L
1LG/LE frame size 315 S/M/L
1LG/LE frame size 315 S
1LG/LE frame size 315 M/L
1MA6 frame size 180 / 225
1MA6 frame size 280 ... 315
1MJ7 frame size 180 / 225
1MJ7 frame size 280 ... 315
Cast-on feet with double hole
Cast-on feet with double hole
Screwed-on feet with double hole
Cast or bolted-on feet with double hole
Screwed-on feet with double hole
Screwed-on feet with double hole
Screwed-on feet with double hole
Cast or bolted-on feet with double hole
Screwed-on feet with double hole

NOTICE

Maintain the standardized foot dimensions with type of construction IM B3 according to EN

50347!

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 39
Assembly
5.2 Alignment and fastening

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

40 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
Electrical connection 6
6.1 Connection of the machine

6.1.1 General

WARNING

Note the following safety information before connecting-up the machine:

• Only qualified and trained personnel should carry out work on the machine while it is
stationary.
• Disconnect the machine from the power supply and take measures to prevent it being
reconnected. This also applies to auxiliary circuits, e.g. anti-condensation heating.
• Check that the machine really is in a no-voltage condition.
• Establish a safe protective conductor connection before starting any work.
• If the incoming power supply system displays any deviations from the rated values in
terms of voltage, frequency, curve form or symmetry, such deviations will increase the
temperature and influence electromagnetic compatibility.

WARNING
Line supply with non-grounded neutral point
Operating the machine on a line supply system with a non-grounded neutral point is only
permitted over short time intervals that occur rarely, e.g. the time leading to a fault being
eliminated (ground fault of a cable, EN 60034-1).

Observe the information in IEC / EN 60034-1 (VDE 0530-1) regarding operation at the limits
of the A zones (±5 % voltage difference or ±2 % frequency difference) and the B zones,
especially in respect of temperature increase and deviation of the operating data from the
rated data on the rating plate. Never exceed the specified limits!
Connect up so that a permanently safe electrical connection is guaranteed (no protruding
wire ends); use the assigned cable-end fittings (e.g. cable lugs, end sleeves).
Connect up the line supply voltage and arranged the disconnecting link in accordance with
the circuit diagram provided in the terminal box.
Select the connecting cables in accordance with DIN VDE 0100 and in accordance with the
rated current and the installation-specific conditions (e.g. ambient temperature, routing
method etc. according to DIN VDE 0298 and/or IEC/EN 60204-1).
The technical specifications stipulate the following that have to be taken into account with
respect to the motor connection:

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 41
Electrical connection
6.1 Connection of the machine

● Direction of rotation.
● The number and arrangement of the terminal boxes.
● The circuit and connection of the machine winding.
The following features make this type of electrical connection different from that for standard
machines:
● Maintain the area A in IEC/EN 60034-1 (VDE 0530-1) (±5 % voltage or ±2 % frequency
deviation, waveform, line supply symmetry) so that the temperature rise remains within
the permissible limits.
● Larger deviations from the rated data may result in electrical machines heating up to
impermissible levels. This information must be specified on the rating plate. Under no
circumstances exceed the limits!
● Protect every machine with type of protection increased safety "e" in accordance with EN
60079-14 against an inadmissible temperature rise using a current-dependent, delayed
circuit breaker with phase failure protection and asymmetry detection corresponding to
EN 60947 or using an equivalent device in all phases.
● For machines with type of protection increased safety "e", select the overcurrent device
with current-dependent delayed trip so that the tripping time, which should be taken from
the characteristic of the switch for the ratio IA / IN of the machine to be protected, is no
longer than the safe-locked rotor time tE. Take the ratio IA / IN as well as the safe-locked
rotor time tE from the rating plate. Set the protective device to the rated current. Use a
certified tripping unit in accordance with RL 94/9/EC.
● For machines with increased safety "e" type of protection, in the event of a locked rotor
the protective device must disconnect within the tE time specified for the relevant
temperature class. Protect electrical machines for heavy duty starting (acceleration time >
1.7 x tE time) according to the specifications of the EC-type examination certificate using
a starting monitoring function.
Direct monitoring of the winding temperature is permissible as a means of thermal
machine protection, provided that this is certified and specified on the rating plate.
● With pole-changing machines, separate, interlocked protective devices are required for
each speed step. Devices with an EC-type examination certificate are recommended.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

42 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Electrical connection
6.1 Connection of the machine

6.1.2 Terminal designations

The following definitions apply in principle to the terminal designations of three-phase
machines in accordance with DIN VDE 0530 Part 8 or IEC 60034-8:

Table 6- 1 Terminal designations (with the 1U1-1 as an example)

1 U 1 - 1 Designation
x Index showing the pole assignment for pole-changing machines (where
applicable, a lower number indicates a lower speed) or, in special cases, for a
subdivided winding.
x Phase designation (U, V, W)
x Index showing the start (1) / end (2) or tapping point of the winding (if there is
more than one connection per winding)
x Additional index for cases in which it is obligatory to connect parallel power
feed cables to several terminals with otherwise identical designations

6.1.3 Direction of rotation

The standard motors are suitable for clockwise and counter-clockwise rotation.
Connection of the power cables in the phase sequence L1, L2, L3 to U, V, W results in
clockwise rotation (looking at the DE shaft end on the drive side). If two of the connections
are interchanged then the resulting direction of rotation is counter-clockwise (e.g. L1, L2, L3
at V, U, W).
In the case of machines intended for only one direction of rotation, the defined direction of
rotation e.g. for machines with an axial fan, is marked by a direction arrow on the machine.

6.1.4 Connection with/without cable lugs

In the case of terminals with terminal clamps, distribute the conductors in such a way that the
clamping heights on both sides of the fillet are about the same. This method of connection
requires that you must bend a single conductor in a U shape or use a cable lug. The same
applies to the inner and outer terminals of the ground conductor
When connecting up using cable lugs, select their size corresponding to the required cable
cross-section and the stud size. A inclined arrangement is only permitted provided the
required air clearances and creepage distances are carefully maintained.
Remove the insulation from the conductor ends so that the remaining insulation is almost
long enough to reach the cable lug.

Note
The direct contact between the cable lug surfaces and the contact nuts or contact screws
ensure that the connection can conduct current.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 43
Electrical connection
6.1 Connection of the machine

6.1.5 Connection with cable lug for explosion-protected machines

CAUTION
Connection using cable lugs
You must bend single-core line conductors into a U shape in order to prevent the contact
force being transferred at just one side.
In order to prevent the cable lug from rotating, for a line connection using a cable lug, angle
single- or multi-core cables through approx. 40° downwards!

6.1.6 Connecting protruding cables

In the case of connection cables brought out of the machine, no terminal board is installed
on the terminal base of the machine housing. The connection cables are directly connected
to stator winding terminals at the factory.
The connection cables are color coded or labeled and are provided with end sleeves by the
customer. The customer directly connects individual cables in the control cabinet for their
system in accordance with the labeling.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

44 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Electrical connection
6.1 Connection of the machine

6.1.7 Cable glands

Cable glands with (sheet metal) nuts (EN 50262)



① Nut
② O ring

Cable glands with reductions and (sheet metal) nuts (EN 50262)




① Nut
② O ring

6.1.7.1 Mounting position of sheet metal nuts in screw-type connections



O ring

②
Mounting position of metal-sheet
③ nuts

Cable glands with connecting thread in the terminal box (EN 50262)



② O ring

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 45
Electrical connection
6.1 Connection of the machine

6.1.8 Terminal box

6.1.8.1 General

DANGER
Dangerous voltage
Electric machines contain hazardous voltages.
If the machine is not de-energized and brought into a no-voltage condition, death or serious
injury will occur.
When work is carried out on the machine with the terminal box open, it must not be
electrically connected!

CAUTION
Damage to property
Note the following information to avoid damage to the terminal box.
• Make sure that the components inside the terminal box e.g. terminal board and cable
connections) are not damaged!
• It must be ensured that there are no foreign bodies, dirt or moisture in the terminal box.
Cable entries into the terminal box according to DIN 42925.
• Close any additional open cable entries with O-rings or suitable flat gaskets, the terminal
box itself must be sealed so that it is dust and water tight using the original seal.
• Please observe the tightening torques for cable glands and other screws.
• When performing a test run, secure the feather keys without output elements.

NOTICE

The terminal box must be sealed so that dust and water cannot enter.

Frame sizes 80 to 90

WARNING
Dangerous voltage
Loosening the safety torx screw can result in death, serious injury or material damage!
Do not loosen the safety torx screw with respect to the center terminal, as this ensures a
conductive connection between the grounding conductor and frame!

CAUTION
Serious damage to the machine
Failure to observe these measures will result in serious damage to the machine!
• Do not rotate the terminal box unless the connection cables have not yet been laid.
• If you release the safety torx screw to both sides of the outer connecting terminals, this
can destroy the machine!
• Remove the three large snap hooks on the terminal board before rotating the the
terminal box. Keep the snap hooks pressed while rotating the terminal box and use a
screwdriver to re-engage when finished.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

46 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Electrical connection
6.1 Connection of the machine

6.1.8.2 Versions

Standard design
It is possible to turn the top side of a machine terminal box 4 x 90 degrees (if screwed on).
The terminal box can be turned 4x90 degrees on the terminal base of the machine's housing
in the case of a terminal board with 6 terminal studs (standard design).

Frame sizes 80 to 90
For machines with frame sizes 80 to 90, it is possible to rotate the terminal box continuously
through 360 degrees.

Installation instructions
1. Press the three large snap hooks ③ over the flange ① of the terminal box towards the
inside.
2. Hold the snap hooks ③ pressed inwards, detach the terminal box, raise it slightly and
rotate it to the required POSITION. Observe the arrow for the position of the terminal box
②.
3. Press the terminal box lightly towards the machine housing. Use a screwdriver to allow
the large snap hooks ③ to engage over the flange ① of the terminal box.
  

① Flange
② Terminal box positioner
③ Snap hooks
④ Safety Torx screws

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 47
Electrical connection
6.1 Connection of the machine

Terminal box 1LE 80...90 optional terminal board

Frame sizes 80 to 90

CAUTION
Arcing at the optional terminal board can destroy the machine
Failure to observe this information can result in destruction of the machine as a result of
arcing.
To change the operating mode, always press the jumper fully into the base of the slot and
use the red locking lever to ensure that it is engaged.

Connection methods for two-pole and four-pole machines

Frame sizes 80 to 90
Machines of sizes 80 to 90 can be delivered with standard terminal board or with optional
terminal board.
All electrical connections and locking elements on the terminal board are operable using flat-
head/cross-tip screwdrivers.

Optional terminal board (star or delta circuit)

You can use the jumpers to set the operating mode for machines that have an optional
terminal board.

Installation instructions
1. Open the red locking lever ① and remove the jumper ② from the slot.
2. Release the snap hook on the compartment and remove the jumper ③.
3. Press the jumper ③ fully into the base of the slot and engage the locking lever at its end
position.
4. Press the jumper ② into the compartment and allow the snap hooks to re-engage at the
compartment.
 

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

48 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Electrical connection
6.1 Connection of the machine

Explosion-protected machines (with the exception of machines for Zone 22) are equipped
with terminal boxes with type of protection increased safety "e".
For 1MJ machines, terminal boxes with type of protection flameproof enclosure "d" with
explosion group IIC are available as an option.

Please note in this regard design, connection options and spare parts.
Note the explosion protection information designated with in the operating instructions!
Have authorized Siemens workshops perform any repairs.

6.1.8.3 Protruding connection cables

WARNING
Short-circuit hazard
During disassembly and particularly when installing the cover plate, make sure that the
connection cables are not clamped between enclosure parts and the cover plate.

CAUTION

It must be ensured that there are no foreign bodies, dirt, or moisture in the terminal base of
the machine enclosure.
• Use O-rings or suitable flat gaskets to seal entries in cover plates (DIN 42925) and other
open entries.
• Seal the terminal base of the machine enclosure using the original seal of the cover
plate to prevent dust and water from entering.
• Please observe the tightening torques for cable glands and other screws.
• When performing a test run, secure the feather keys without output elements.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 49
Electrical connection
6.1 Connection of the machine

6.1.8.4 Connecting the temperature sensor/anti-condensation heater

The temperature sensor / anti-condensation heater is connected in the terminal box.

Figure 6-1 Connection to terminal strip

Figure 6-2 Connection to terminal board

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

50 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Electrical connection
6.1 Connection of the machine

The temperature sensor / anti-condensation heater is connected in the terminal box.

Table 6- 2 Connection to terminal strip

Aluminum Cast iron

Connection at the temperature sensor using a spring-loaded connection system

Frame sizes 80 to 90

 

① Flat-head screwdriver
② Sensor cable
③ Tension spring

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 51
Electrical connection
6.1 Connection of the machine

6.1.8.5 Cable entry

Knockout openings

NOTICE
Knockout openings
• Knockout openings in the terminal box must be knocked out using appropriate methods.
• Take care not to damage the terminal box or its interior components (the terminal board,
cable connections, and so on).

Assembly and laying of cables

Screw the screw-type connection into the housing or fasten with a nut.

Note
The screw-type connections must have been matched to the connecting cables used
(armoring, braid, shield).

Frame sizes 80 to 90

CAUTION
Damage to terminal board
Observe the following measures to prevent damage to the terminal board:
• Remove the screw-type connections (EN 50262) only when the terminal box is closed.
• Tighten the screw-type connections to rated torque value only when the terminal box is
closed.
• Tighten the screw-type connections only finger tight when the terminal box is open.
• Make sure that the three large snap hooks are engaged when tightening the screw-type
connections!

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

52 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Electrical connection
6.1 Connection of the machine

Cable entries for explosion-proof machines

The cable glands must have an EC-type examination certificate and be certified for the
respective hazardous zone.
● Any openings that are not being used must be sealed using the corresponding certified
plugs.
● Please observe the manufacturer's specifications when fitting cable entries.
● Before installing the cable, remove the dust protection element or plug from the cable
gland.

6.1.8.6 Thread sizes in terminal box

Table 6- 3 Thread sizes in the cast iron terminal box

Frame size Type Type of protection/Zone Standard thread Additional threads with
(BG) mounting parts
Size Number Size Number
Increased safety "e" M 25x1.5 2
71 ... 90 1MJ6
Zone 21 M 16x1.5 1
Flameproof enclosure "d"
71 ... 90 1MJ6 M 25x1.5 1 M 20x1.5 1
Zone 21
Increased safety "e"
1LA6
100 ... 132 Non sparking "n" M 32x1.5 2 M 16x1.5 1
1MA6
Zone 22
Increased safety "e" M 32x1.5 2
100 ... 132 1MJ6
Zone 21 M 16x1.5 1
Flameproof enclosure "d"
100 ... 132 1MJ6 M 32x1.5 M 20x1.5 1
Zone 21 1
1LA6
160 Increased safety "e" M 40x1.5 2 M 16x1.5 1
1MA6
Increased safety "e"
160M/L 1MJ6 M 40x1.5 2 M 16x1.5 2
Zone 21
Flameproof enclosure "d"
160 1MJ6 M 40x1.5 1 M 20x1.5 1
Zone 21
1MA6 Increased safety "e"
180 M 40x1.5 2 M 16x1.5 2
1MJ6 Zone 21
Flameproof enclosure "d"
180 1MJ6 M 40x1.5 1 M 20x1.5 1
Zone 21
Non sparking "n"
1LG4
180 Zone 21 M 40x1.5 2 M 20x1.5 2
1LG6
Zone 22
1MA6 Increased safety "e"
200 M 50x1.5 2 M 16x1.5 2
1MJ6 Zone 21
Flameproof enclosure "d"
200 1MJ6 M 50x1.5 1 M 20x1.5 1
Zone 21

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 53
Electrical connection
6.1 Connection of the machine

Frame size Type Type of protection/Zone Standard thread Additional threads with
(BG) mounting parts
Non sparking "n"
1LG4
200 Zone 21 M 50x1.5 2 M 20x1.5 2
1LG6
Zone 22
Increased safety "e"
1LG4
1LG6 Non sparking "n"
225 M 50x1.5 2 M 20x1.5 2
1MA6 Zone 21
1MJ7
Zone 22
Increased safety "e"
1LG4
1LG6 Non sparking "n"
250 ... 315 M63 x 1.5 2 M 20x1.5 2
1MA6 Zone 21
1MJ7
Zone 22

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

54 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Electrical connection
6.1 Connection of the machine

Table 6- 4 Thread sizes in the aluminum terminal box

Frame size Type Type of protection/Zone Standard thread Additional threads

(BG) with mounting
parts
Size Number Size Number
Increased safety "e"
1LA7 Non sparking "n" M 16 x 1.5 1
63 ... 90 1LA9
Zone 21 M 25 x 1.5 1
1MA7
Zone 22
Increased safety "e"
71 ... 90 1MJ6 M 25x1.5 2 M 16x1.5 1
Zone 21
Increased safety "e"
1LA7 Non sparking "n"
100 ... 132 1LA9 M 32x1.5 4
1MA7 Zone 21
Zone 22
Increased safety "e"
100 ... 132 1MJ6 M 32x1.5 2 M 16x1.5 1
Zone 21
1LA7 Increased safety "e"
160 1LA9 Zone 21 M 40x1.5 4
1MA7 Zone 22
Increased safety "e"
160M 1MJ6 M 40x1.5 2 M 16x1.5 1
Zone 21
Zone 21
180 1LA5 M 40x1.5 2 M 16x1.5 1
Zone 22
Non sparking "n"
1LG4
180 Zone 21 M 40x1.5 2 M 20x1.5 2
1LG6
Zone 22
1MA6 Increased safety "e"
180 M 40x1.5 2 M 16x1.5 2
1MJ6 Zone 21
Zone 21
200 ... 225 1LA5 M 50x1.5 2 M 16x1.5 1
Zone 22
1MA6 Increased safety "e"
200 M 50x1.5 2 M 16x1.5 2
1MJ6 Zone 21
Non sparking "n"
1LG4
200 Zone 21 M 50x1.5 2 M 20x1.5 2
1LG6
Zone 22
Increased safety "e"
1LG4 Non sparking "n"
225 1LG6 M 50x1.5 2 M 20x1.5 2
1MA6 Zone 21
Zone 22

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 55
Electrical connection
6.2 Tightening torques

6.2 Tightening torques

6.2.1 Electrical connections - Termincal board connections

Table 6- 5 Tightening torques for electrical connections on the terminal board

Thread ∅ M 3,5 M4 M5 M6 M8 M 10 M 12 M 16

min 0,8 0,8 1,8 2,7 5,5 9 14 27

Nm
Max. 1,2 1,2 2,5 4 8 13 20 40

6.2.2 Cable glands

NOTICE

Take care not to damage the cable jacket.

Tightening torques must be adapted to suit the type of cable jacket material in use.

You should refer to the table in order to find the correct tightening torque for any metal and
plastic cable glands that are to be mounted directly on the machine, as well as for any other
screw-type connections (such as adapters).

Table 6- 6 Tightening torques for cable glands

Metal Plastic Clamping range in mm O ring

± 10% ± 10% Standard Cord ∅
Nm Nm mm
-30 °C ... 100 °C
Ex Ex
-30 °C ... 90 °C -60 °C ... 105 °C
M 12 x 1,5 8 1,5 3,0 ... 7,0 -
M 16 x 1,5 10 2 4,5 ... 10,0 6,0 ... 10,0
M 20 x 1,5 12 4 7,0 ... 13,0 6,0 ... 12,0
M 25 x 1,5 9,0 ... 17,0 10,0 ... 16,0
M 32 x 1,5 18 11,0 ... 21,0 13,0 ... 20,0 2
M 40 x 1,5 6 19,0 ... 28,0 20,0 ... 26,0
M 50 x 1,5 20 26,0 ... 35,0 25,0 ... 31,0
M 63 x 1,5 34,0 ... 45,0 -

The cable glands must have an EC-type examination certificate and be certified for the
respective hazardous zone.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

56 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Electrical connection
6.2 Tightening torques

● Any openings that are not being used must be sealed using using the appropriate
certified plugs.
● Please observe the manufacturer's specifications when fitting cable glands.

6.2.3 Terminal boxes, end shields, grounding conductors, sheet metal fan covers

Note
The specified tightening torques are applicable unless other values are indicated.

Table 6- 7 Tightening torques for screws on the terminal box, end shields, screw-type grounding conductor connections

Thread ∅ M4 M5 M6 M8 M 10 M 12 M 16 M20

min 2 3.5 6 16 28 46 110 225

Nm
max 3 5 9 24 42 70 165 340

Table 6- 8 Tightening torques for self-tapping screws on the terminal box, end shields, screw-type grounding
conductor connections, sheet metal fan covers

Thread ∅ M4 M5 M6

min 4 7,5 12,5

Nm
Max. 5 9,5 15,5

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 57
Electrical connection
6.3 Conductor connection

6.3 Conductor connection

6.3.1 General information on conductor connection

Cross-sections that can be connected depending on the size of the terminal (possibly
reduced due to size of cable entries)
Frame sizes 80 to 90

WARNING
Short-circuit hazard
Electric machines contain hazardous voltages.
If the appropriate precautions are not taken, death or serious physical injury can occur.
• Do not lay connection cables over the central dome of the terminal board.
• Observe the opening direction and the mounting position of the cover washers on the
terminal board.

Table 6- 9 Max. conductor connection for standard machines and Zone 22

Frame size Max. connectable conductor cross-section

(BG) mm2
56 ... 90 1,5
2.5 with cable lug
100 ... 112 4,0
132 6,0
160 ... 180 16,0
200 25,0
225 35.0 with cable lug
250 ... 280 120,0
315 240,0

Table 6- 10 Max. conductor connection for explosion-proof machines (with the exception of Zone 22
and 1MJ) and VIK standard version

Frame size Max. connectable conductor cross-section

(BG) mm2
56 ... 112 4,0
132 6,0
160 16,0
180 10,0
180 (1LG4, 1LG6) 16,0
200 ... 225 50,0
250 ... 280 120,0
315 240,0

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

58 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Electrical connection
6.3 Conductor connection

Table 6- 11 Max. conductor connection for standard 1MJ machines

Frame size Max. connectable conductor cross-section

(BG) mm2
71 ... 80 4,0
90 ... 160 M 6,0
160 L 16,0
180 25,0
200 ... 225 50,0
250 ... 280 120,0
315 240,0

6.3.2 Type of conductor connection

Table 6- 12 Type of connection

If a connection is made with a DIN cable lug, then this must be angled downwards. DIN 46 234
 … 25 mm 2

Connection of an individual conductor with terminal clamp.

   … 10 mm 2

 



 
 

Connection of two conductors of approximately the same thickness with terminal clamp.
 … 25 mm 2

① Link rail
② Power supply cord
③ Motor connection cable
④ Cover washer

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 59
Electrical connection
6.3 Conductor connection

If a connection is made with a DIN cable lug, the latter must be angled downwards.

… 10 mm 2 1MA618.

… 35 mm 2 1MA620.

Connection of an individual conductor with terminal clamp

… 25 mm 2 1MA618. ... 20.

Connection of two conductors of the same thickness with terminal clamp

… 25 mm 2 1MA618. ... 20.

Connecting terminal for cross-sections ≥ 16 mm2

2,5 … 25 mm 2 1MA618. ... 22.
10 … 95 mm 2 1MA625. ... 28.
25 … 135 mm 2 1MA631.
50 … 300 mm 2 1MA631. + L00
… 16 mm 2 1MA618. ... 22.
… 35 mm 2 1MA625. ... 28.
… 70 mm 2 1MA631.
… 120 mm 2 1MA631. + L00
16 … 50 mm 2 1MA618. ... 22.
50 … 120 mm 2 1MA625. ... 28.
95 … 240 mm 2 1MA631.
120 … 400 mm 2 1MA631. + L00

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

60 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Electrical connection
6.3 Conductor connection

Connecting terminal
0
1P

2,5 ... 25 mm 2 1MJ618.

0
1P

0
1P

Connecting terminal 1MJ62.. / 1MJ722. ... 31.

1MJ62. /
01P 2,5 ... 25 mm 2
01P 1MJ722.
10 ... 95 mm 2 1MJ725. ... 28.
25 ... 135 mm 2 1MJ731.
1MJ62. /
16 mm 2
1MJ722.
35 mm 2 1MJ725. ... 28.
01P 70 mm 2 1MJ731.
01P
1MJ62. /
01P 16 ... 50 mm 2
01P 1MJ722.
01P
01P
50 ... 120 mm 2 1MJ725. ... 28.
95 ... 240 mm 2 1MJ731.

Recommended connection variants

Frame sizes 80 to 90

 

① Cable lugs DIN 46237 with insulating sleeve (round and open)
② Rigid cable (insulation removed at ends ≤ 8 mm)
③ End sleeves DIN 46228 ≤ 8 mm
If air gaps ≥ 5.5 mm (up to 690 V) are observed between non-insulated components, you can also use
alternative connection elements without insulating sleeve, for example cable lugs acc. to DIN 46234 .

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 61
Electrical connection
6.4 Connecting the ground conductor

6.4 Connecting the ground conductor

6.4.1 General information on connecting the grounding conductor

Note
The machine's grounding conductor cross-section must comply with DIN EN 60034-1 .
Please also observe installation regulations such as those specified in IEC 60204-1..

Frame sizes 80 to 90
Basically, there are two ways of connecting a grounding conductor to the machine.
● Internal grounding with connection in terminal box at the location intended for this
purpose and marked accordingly.
● External grounding with connection at the stator housing at one of the two locations
intended for this purpose and marked accordingly.

6.4.2 Grounding connection type

Table 6- 13 Type of connection

Connection of an individual conductor under the external grounding bracket.

… 10 mm 2

Where a connection is made using a DIN cable lug under the external grounding bracket. DIN 46 234

… 25 mm 2

External grounding

... 25 mm 2 1MJ6071 ... 132

... 35 mm 2 1MJ6160 L
',1

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

62 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Electrical connection
6.4 Connecting the ground conductor

01P
01P

... 35 mm 2 1MJ618.

01P
01P

',1

... 50 mm 2 1MJ620.

6.4.3 Minimum surface area of grounding conductor

Table 6- 14 Minimum cross-sectional area of grounding conductor

Minimum cross-sectional area of phase Minimum surface area of associated grounding

conductor for installation connection
S
mm2 mm2
S ≤ 16 S
16 < S ≤ 35 16
S > 35 0.5 S

Internal ground terminal

Please note when connecting, that
● the connecting surface is bare and is protected against corrosion using a suitable
substance, e.g. acid-free Vaseline
● The cable lug must be inserted between the terminal clamps.
● The spring washer must be under the head of the screw.

External ground terminal

Please note when connecting, that
● the connecting surface is bare and is protected against corrosion using a suitable
substance, e.g. acid-free Vaseline
● The cable lug must be inserted between the contact bracket and the grounding bracket; it
is not permissible to remove the contact bracket pressed into the enclosure.
● The spring washer must be under the head of the screw.
● The tightening torque of the terminal screw must be as specified in the table.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 63
Electrical connection
6.5 Final measures

6.4.4 Size of grounding conductor screw

Table 6- 15 Size of grounding conductor screw (except for 1MJ machines)

Frame size Thread size for the grounding conductor

(BG)
63 ... 90 M3.5 / M4
100 ... 112 M5
132 ... 180 M6
200 ... 225 M8
200 1LG4/6, 1LE1 2x M6
200 ... 315 1LG, 1LE, 1MA 2x M8

Table 6- 16 Size of grounding conductor screw for 1MJ machines

Frame size Thread size for the grounding conductor

(BG)
71 ... 180 2x M6
200 ... 315 2x M8

6.5 Final measures

Before closing the terminal box/terminal base of the machine enclosure, check the following:
● Establish the electrical connections in the terminal box in accordance with the details in
the sections above and tighten with the correct torque.
● The clearances between non-insulated parts have been maintained:
≥ 5.5 mm to 690 V, ≥ 8 mm to 1000 V.
● Avoid protruding wire ends!
● In order not to damage the cable insulation, freely arrange the connecting cables.
● Connect the machine corresponding to the specified direction of rotation.
● Keep the inside of the terminal box clean and free from trimmed-off ends of wire.
● Ensure that all seals and sealing surfaces are undamaged and clean.
● Correctly and professionally close unused openings in the terminal boxes.
● The pressure relief device is undamaged (depending on the type of terminal box, this
involves either cast-in slots or an overpressure diaphragm). Only repair damage after
prior consultation with the person responsible for the safety of the equipment and use
only original parts.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

64 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Electrical connection
6.6 Connection of optional add-on units

Before closing the terminal box, check that

● the air clearances for explosion-protected machines (with the exception of machines for
Zone 22) between non-insulated parts are maintained: ≥ 10 mm to 690 V.
● the minimum creepage distance for explosion-protected machines (with the exception of
machines for Zone 22) between non-insulated parts is maintained: ≥ 12 mm to 690 V.

6.6 Connection of optional add-on units

6.6.1 External fan, incremental encoder, brake

See the list of additional operating instructions: Further documents (Page 112)
Select mounted components such as external fans, incremental encoders or brakes
according to the requirements of the directive 94/9/EG .

6.6.1.1 Mounting a brake

Table 6- 17 Assigning standard brakes for 1LE1 machines

Frame size Brake type Size assignment of the Tightening torque of manual
(BG) company INTORQ lifting lever
for PINTSCH BUBENZER Nm
100 2LM8 040–5NA10 12 4,8
112 2LM8 060–6NA10 14 12
132 2LM8 100–7NA10 16 12
160 2LM8 260–8NA10 20 23
180 2LM8 315–0NA10 20 23
200 2LM8 400–0NA10 25 23
225 2LM8 400–0NA10 25 23
250 KFB 63 63 40
280 KFB 100 100 40
315 KFB 160 160 40

6.6.1.2 Mounted external fan

Tightening torque applied to the fastening screws used for attaching external fans to the
housing, see Terminal boxes, end shields, grounding conductors, sheet metal fan covers
(Page 57)

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 65
Electrical connection
6.7 Connection to the converter

6.7 Connection to the converter

CAUTION

The standard insulating system is suitable for converter voltages up to 460 V. For higher
voltages, a special insulating system must be used or special measures must be taken,
e.g. an output filter.

CAUTION

Machines must always be connected to frequency converters using shielded machine

supply cables. The most effective method of shielding is to conductively connect the cable
to the metal terminal box of the machine (with a metal screw connections) over a large
surface area.

Note
EMC
Please observe the section containing instructions on ensuring electromagnetic compatibility.

See the list of additional operating instructions: Further documents (Page 112)

WARNING
Operating explosion-protected machines on a converter
Always with PTC thermistor monitoring. For this purpose, tripping units according to
directive 94/9/EC are necessary.

Machines with increased safety "e" type of protection

Converter operation for these machines must be expressly certified. It is essential that you
observe the separate manufacturer's information and instructions. Converter and protective
devices must be marked as belonging together and the permitted operating data must be
defined in the common EC-type examination certificate.
Machines operated from a converter for Zone 21 and Zone 22
These machines are generally equipped with 3 PTC thermistors in accordance withDIN
44082 with a rated response temperature that depends on the max. possible surface
temperature. Select the PTC thermistors in accordance with this standard. The maximum
temperature at the cable entries is 120 °C. Use suitable cables for this temperature. Do not
exceed the maximum frequency dependent on the number of poles, which is stamped on the
rating plate.
System, converter-cable-electrical machine
For line supplies with operating voltages up to 690 V, the maximum value of the voltage
peaks at the end of the cable must not exceed twice the value of DC link voltage of the
converter (approx. 2 KV). Also observe the information provided in EN 60034-17 and EN
60034-25.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

66 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Electrical connection
6.7 Connection to the converter

Machines with type of protection flameproof enclosure "d" or "de"

Temperature sensors for tripping
These machines are equipped with three temperature sensors in the winding and one
temperature sensor in the gland plate in order that the temperature class is maintained.
Connect the temperature sensors in series according to circuit diagram.
Temperature sensors for alarm and trip
These machines have three temperature sensors in the winding and one temperature sensor
in the gland plate. Connect the temperature sensors in series according to circuit diagram.

Mechanical limit speeds for converter operation

Table 6- 18 Explosion-protected motors in Zone 1 with type of protection "de" (motor series 1MJ)

Motor- Motor type 2-pole 1) 4-pole 6-pole 8-pole

frame size nmax fmax nmax fmax nmax fmax nmax fmax
rpm Hz rpm Hz rpm Hz rpm Hz
1MJ6
71 M 1MJ6 07. 6000 100 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100
80 M 1MJ6 08 . 6000 100 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100
90 L 1MJ6 09 . 6000 100 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100
100 L 1MJ6 10 . 5400 90 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100
112 M 1MJ6 11 . 5400 90 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100
132 S/M 1MJ6 13 . 4800 80 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100
160 M/L 1MJ6 16 . 4500 75 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100
180 M/L 1MJ6 18 . 5100 85 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100
200 L 1MJ6 20 . 5100 85 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100
1MJ7
225 S/M 1MJ7 22 . 4500 75 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100
250 M 1MJ7 25 . 3900 65 3700 100 2000 100 1500 100
280 S 1MJ7 28 . 3600 60 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100
315 S/M 1MJ7 31 . 3600 2) 60 2) 2600 87 2000 100 1500 100

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 67
Electrical connection
6.7 Connection to the converter

Table 6- 19 Explosion-proof motors in Zones 2, 21 and 22 with type of protection "n" or protection against dust explosions
(motor series 1LA, 1LG)

Motor- Motor type 2-pole 1) 4- 6-pole 8-pole

frame size nmax fmax pole fmax nmax fmax nmax fmax
rpm Hz nmax Hz rpm Hz rpm Hz
rpm
1LA5, 1LA6, 1LA7, 1LA9
56 M 1LA7/1LA9 05. 6000 100 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100
63 M 1LA7/1LA9 06. 6000 100 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100
71 M 1LA7/1LA9 07. 6000 100 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100
80 M 1LA7/1LA9 08. 6000 100 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100
90 L 1LA7/1LA9 09. 6000 100 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100
100 L 1LA6/1LA7/1LA9 10. 5400 90 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100
112 M 1LA6/1LA7/1LA9 11. 5400 90 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100
132 S/M 1LA6/1LA7/1LA9 13. 4800 80 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100
160 M/L 1LA6/1LA7/1LA9 16. 4500 75 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100
180 M/L 1LA5/1LA9 18. 5100 3) 4) 85 3) 4) 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100
200 L 1LA5/1LA9 20. 5100 3) 4) 85 3) 4) 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100
225 S/M 1LA5 22. 5100 4) 85 4) 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100
1LG4, 1LG6
180 M/L 1LG4/1LG6 18. 4500 75 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100
200 L 1LG4/1LG6 20. 4500 75 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100
225 S/M 1LG4/1LG6 22. 4500 75 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100
250 M 1LG4/1LG6 25. 3900 65 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100
280 S/M 1LG4/1LG6 28. 3600 60 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100
315 S/M/L 1LG4/1LG6 31. 3600 1) 60 1) 2600 87 2000 87 1500 100
1) For continuous operation in the range fmax(nmax), an inquiry is required.
2) For vertical mounting nmax= 3000 rpm, fmax= 50 Hz.
3) For 1LA9 motors, frame sizes 180 M/L and 200 L, nmax= 4500 min-1and fmax= 75 Hz.
4) For explosion-protected motors with option D19

Frame size Nmax fmax

rpm Hz
180 M/L 3300 55
200 L 3100 51
225 S/M 3000 50

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

68 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
Commissioning 7
7.1 Insulation resistance

7.1.1 Checking the insulation resistance

WARNING
Working on electrical power installations
Only appropriately trained personnel may carry out this work.
Before starting commissioning, install all covers that are designed to prevent active or
rotating parts from being touched, or which are necessary to ensure correct air guidance
and thus effective cooling.

WARNING
Hazardous voltage at the terminals
Dangerous voltages are sometimes present on the terminals during and immediately after
measurement of the winding insulation resistance. Contact with these can result in death,
serious injury or material damage.
If any power cables are connected, check to make sure line supply voltage cannot be
connected. Once you have measured the insulation resistance, discharge the winding by
connecting to the ground potential.

Checking the insulation resistance

CAUTION

The insulation resistance needs to be checked prior to start-up and again after any
extended periods of storage or periods during which the equipment is not in operation.
Before you begin measuring the insulation resistance, please read the operating manual for
the insulation resistance meter you are going to use. Disconnect any main-circuit cables
that are connected to the terminals before measuring the insulation resistance.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 69
Commissioning
7.1 Insulation resistance

NOTICE

If the critical insulation resistance is less than or equal to this value, the windings must be
dried or, if the fan is removed, cleaned thoroughly and dried.
Please note that the insulation resistance of dried, clean windings is lower than that of
warm windings. The insulation resistance can only be properly assessed after conversion to
the reference temperature of 25 °C.

NOTICE

If the measured value is close to the critical value, you must check the insulation resistance
at suitably frequent intervals.

Measuring the insulation resistance

1. Before you begin measuring the insulation resistance, please read the operating manual
for the insulation resistance meter you are going to use.
2. Disconnect any main circuit cables from the terminals before measuring the insulation
resistance.
3. Where possible, measure the insulation resistance of the winding with respect to the
motor enclosure when the winding temperature is between 20 ... 30 °C. Different
insulation resistance values apply for other temperatures.
4. When measuring, wait until the final resistance value is reached. This is reached after
approximately one minute. Then read off the insulation resistance.

Limit values of the stator winding insulation resistance

The following table indicates the measuring circuit voltage and the limit values for the
minimum insulation resistance and the critical insulation resistance of the stator winding.

Table 7- 1 Insulation resistance of the stator unwinding at 25 °C

Rated voltage Urated< 2 kV

Measuring circuit voltage 500 V
Minimum insulation resistance for new, cleaned or 10 MΩ
repaired windings
Critical specific insulation resistance after a long operating 0,5 MΩ / kV
time

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

70 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Commissioning
7.2 Measures before start-up

Note the following:

● If the measurements are performed at winding temperatures ≠ 25 °C, convert the
measured value to the reference temperature of 25 °C in order to be able to compare the
values with the table above.
– The insulation resistance halves every time the temperature rises by 10 K.
– The resistance doubles every time the temperature falls by 10 K.
● Dry, new windings have a typical insulation resistance of more than 100 ... 2000 MΩ
depending on the winding size, design and rated voltage. An insulation resistance value
close to the minimum value could be due to moisture and/or dirt accumulation.
● During operation, the insulation resistance of the windings can fall to the critical insulation
resistance due to ambient and operational influences. The critical insulation resistance
value for a winding temperature of 25 °C can be calculated by multiplying the rated
voltage (kV) by the specific critical resistance value (0,5 MΩ / kV).
Example:
Critical resistance for rated voltage UN = 690 V:
690 V x 0,5 MΩ / kV = 0,345 MΩ

NOTICE
Critical insulation resistance reached or fallen below
If the critical insulation resistance is reached or fallen below, this can result in damage to
the insulation or voltage flashovers.
• Contact your Siemens Service Center.
• If the measured value is close to the critical value, you must check the insulation
resistance at suitably frequent intervals.

See also
SIEMENS Service Center (Page 111)

7.2 Measures before start-up

Measures before commissioning

Once the system has been correctly installed, you should check the following prior to
commissioning:
● The machine has been assembled and aligned correctly.
● The machine has been connected so that it rotates in the direction specified.
● The operating conditions match the data specified on the rating plate.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 71
Commissioning
7.2 Measures before start-up

● The bearings have been lubricated as appropriate for the version used. Rolling-contact
bearing machines which have been in storage for more than 24 months have been
relubricated.
● Any supplementary machine monitoring equipment has been connected correctly and is
functioning as it should.
● For versions with bearing thermometers, the bearing temperatures must be checked
during the machine's first period of operation. The warning and shutdown values are set
on the monitoring device.
● Appropriately configured control and speed monitoring functions ensure that the machine
cannot exceed the permissible speeds specified on the rating plate.
● The output elements have the correct settings for their type (e.g. alignment and balancing
of couplings, belt forces in the case of a belt drive, tooth forces and tooth face clearance
in the case of toothed-wheel power output, radial and axial clearance in the case of
coupled shafts).
● The minimum insulation resistance and minimum clearance values have been adhered
to.
● The grounding and equipotential bonding connections have been established correctly.
● All fixing screws, connection elements, and electrical connections have been tightened to
the specified torques.
● Lifting eyes that were screwed in have been removed following installation or secured to
prevent them becoming loose.
● The rotor can turn without coming into contact with the stator.
● All touch protection measures for both moving and live parts have been implemented.
● In cases where the shaft extension is not being used and is, therefore, exposed, it has
been covered and the feather key has been secured to prevent it from being thrown out.
● If being used, the external fan is ready for operation and connected so that it rotates in
the direction specified.
● The flow of cooling air is not obstructed.
● If a brake is being used, it is functioning correctly.
● The specified mechanical limit speed n max is adhered to.
If the design of the machine requires the converter to be assigned in a particular way, the
relevant information will be provided on the rating plate or an additional label.

Note
It may be necessary to perform additional checks and tests in accordance with the specific
situation on site.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

72 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Commissioning
7.3 Switching on

7.3 Switching on

Measures for start-up

After installation or inspections, the following measures are recommended for normal start-
up of the machines:
● Start the machine without a load; to do this, close the motor starter protector and do not
switch the machine off prematurely. You should limit how often you switch the machine
off while it is starting up and still running at a slow speed, for checking the direction of
rotation or the required dimensions, for example. Allow the machine to run to a standstill
before switching it back on again.
● Check the mechanical operation for noises or vibrations at the bearings and bearing end
shields.
● If the motor does not run smoothly and/or there are any abnormal noises, switch it off and
determine the cause as it slows down.
● If mechanical operation improves immediately after the machine is switched off, then the
cause is magnetic or electrical. If mechanical operation does not improve immediately
after switching the machine off, then the cause is mechanical, such as an imbalance in
the electrical machines or in the driven machine, inadequate alignment of the machine
set, operation of the machine with the system resonating (system = machine + base
frame + foundation, etc.).
● If there are no problems with the machine's mechanical operation, switch on any cooling
devices that are being used and continue to monitor the machine for a while during no-
load operation.
● If it runs perfectly, connect a load. Check that it runs smoothly, and read off and
document the values for voltage, current and power. As far as possible, read off and
document the corresponding values for the driven machine as well.

WARNING

The vibration values encountered during operation comply with ISO 10816 (otherwise
the machine could be damaged or destroyed).

● Monitor and document the temperatures of the bearings, windings, etc. until the system
reaches a steady state, in as much as this is possible with the available measuring
instruments.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 73
Commissioning
7.3 Switching on

Measures to take when commissioning explosion-proof machines

After installation or inspections, the following measures are recommended for normal start-
up of the machines:
● Start the machine without a load; to do this, close the motor starter protector and do not
switch the machine off prematurely.
● You should limit how often you switch the machine off while it is starting up and still
running at a slow speed, for checking the direction of rotation or the required dimensions,
for example.
● Allow machines to reach a standstill before switching them back on.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

74 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
Operation 8
8.1 Safety instructions

8.1.1 Safety instructions during operation

Switching on the machine with anti-condensation heating (optional)

CAUTION

Before switching on, always make sure that the (optional) anti-condensation heating is
switched off.

Machine operation

WARNING
Line supply with non-grounded neutral point
Operating the machine on a line supply system with a non-grounded neutral point is only
permitted over short time intervals that occur rarely, e.g. the time leading to a fault being
eliminated (ground fault of a cable, EN 60034-1).

WARNING
Do not remove covers when the motor is running
Rotating or live parts are dangerous. Death, serious injury, or material damage can result if
the required covers are removed.
• De-energize the machine and bring it into a no voltage condition before removing any
covers.
• Ensure that any covers, which are designed to prevent active or rotating parts from
being touched, which are necessary to ensure correct air guidance and thus effective
cooling, or which guarantee the degree of protection of the machine, remain closed
during operation.

CAUTION

The surfaces of the machines can reach high temperatures, which can lead to burns if
touched.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 75
Operation
8.1 Safety instructions

CAUTION
Minimum load for cylindrical roller bearings
Be sure to comply with the minimum radial load of 30% of the cylindrical roller bearings in
accordance with catalog data.

WARNING
Faults during operation
Deviations from conditions during normal operation, such as an increase in power
consumption, temperatures or vibrations, unusual noises or odors, tripping of monitoring
devices, etc., indicate that the machine is not functioning properly. This can cause faults
which can result in eventual or immediate death, severe injury or material damage.
• Immediately inform the maintenance personnel.
• If you are in doubt, immediately switch off the machine, being sure to observe the
system-specific safety conditions.

CAUTION
Risk of corrosion due to condensation
When changing machines and/or ambient temperatures, air humidity can condense within
the machines.
• If available, remove the screw plugs to drain the water depending on the ambient and
operating conditions.
• Reinsert them afterwards.
If the machine is equipped with drainage plugs, the water can drain away automatically.

WARNING
Machines with textile fan covers
The machine fan is not completely protected against contact.
The customer must put suitable measures in place, e.g. housings or protective grating, to
prevent manual intervention.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

76 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Operation
8.1 Safety instructions

8.1.2 Safety instructions for cleaning

Cleaning
To ensure problem-free machine cooling, the air ducts (ventilation grilles, channels, cooling
fins, tubes) must be free of pollution.

DANGER
Explosion hazard
This electrical equipment is not suitable for operation in a hybrid explosive environment.
This may result in death, serious injury and material damage.
Usage in atmospheres where there is a risk of explosion caused by both gas and dust is
prohibited.

DANGER
Explosion hazard
It is forbidden to clean the machine in an explosive atmosphere!
This can result in death, serious injury or material damage.
Surfaces can become statically charged and discharge to ignite potentially explosive
atmospheres.

8.1.3 Safety information for explosion-protected machines in operation

Only install machines with type of protection flameproof enclosure "d", increased safety "e",
and machines for Zone 2 in hazardous areas, according to the regulations laid down by the
responsible supervisory authority. They are responsible for determining the hazard level of
each area (division into zones). Layers of dust on machines for Zone 21 and Zone 22 must –
under no circumstances – be higher than 5 mm.
● If there are no other specifications in the EC-type examination certificate or on the rating
plate regarding operating mode and tolerance, electrical machines are designed for
continuous duty and normal startup procedures that are performed infrequently and do
not result in excessive temperature rise. Only use these machines for the operating mode
specified on the rating plate.
● Measures for maintaining the temperature class:
For S1 line supply operation, a function-tested, current-dependent protective device that
monitors all three phase conductors provides sufficient protection for the machine. This
protective device is set to the rated current and must switch off machines with 1.2x the
rated current within 2 hours or less. Do not switch off the machines within 2 hours for 1.05
times the rated current. Pole-changing machines require a separate switch for each
number of poles. If an anti-condensation heating system is available, it may only be
switched on when the machines are not in operation.
For S2 to S9 line supply operation, equip machines with type of protection flameproof
enclosure "d" with at least 3 temperature sensors (one per phase) and a suitable
electronic tripping device with a temperature sensor in the gland plate.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 77
Operation
8.2 Stoppages

8.1.4 Machines with textile fan covers

In order to guarantee an essentially unobstructed flow of cooling air containing fluff, remains
of materials or similar dirt, machines with a fan cover for textile applications have a larger air
discharge cross-section between the edge of the cover and the cooling ribs of the machine
frame.
These machines have a warning sticker on the fan cover.

8.2 Stoppages

Overview
If the machine remains out of service for an extended period of time (> 1 month), it should be
commissioned regularly (around once a month) or, at the very least, the rotor should be
turned. Please refer to the instructions in the section titled "Switching on" before
recommissioning the machine. If a rotor locking device has been fitted to the machine, you
must remove it before the rotor starts to turn.

CAUTION

If the machine is to be out of service for a period in excess of 12 months, you must take
suitable anti-corrosion, mothballing, packaging, and drying measures.

Switching on the anti-condensation heater

If an anti-condensation heater is provided, switch it on during the machine stoppages.

Taking the machine out of service

For details of measures that need to be implemented, please refer to Section Preparing for
use (Page 27).

Lubricating before recommissioning

CAUTION

The machine must be relubricated during commissioning if it has been out of service for
more than 1 year, in order to ensure that the grease is distributed throughout the bearings.
The shaft must rotate for the grease to be distributed.
Please observe the information on the lubricant plate if carrying out relubrication using
relubrication equipment.
See also the section titled "Application planning - Bearing lifetime".

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

78 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Operation
8.3 Fault tables

8.3 Fault tables

Overview

NOTICE

Before rectifying any faults, please read the information in the section titled Safety
information (Page 11).

Note
In the event that electrical faults occur while the machine is being operated with a converter,
please also refer to the operating instructions for the frequency converter.

The tables below list general faults caused by mechanical and electrical influences.

Table 8- 1 Fault table, electrical causes

Electrical fault characteristics

↓ Machine will not start up
↓ Machine starts up reluctantly
↓ Rumbling noise during startup
↓ Rumbling noise during operation
↓ Overheating during no-load operation
↓ Overheating when under load
↓ Overheating of individual winding sections

Possible causes of faults Remedial measures1)

X X X X Overload Reduce load
X Interruption of a phase in the supply line Check switches and supply lines
X X X X X Interruption of a phase in the supply line Check switches and supply lines
after switching on
X X Supply voltage too low, frequency too Check power supply conditions
high
X Supply voltage too high, frequency too Check power supply conditions
low
X X X X X Stator winding incorrectly connected Check winding connections
X X X X Winding short circuit or phase short Measure the winding resistances and insulation
circuit in stator winding resistances, repair after consultation with
manufacturer
X Incorrect direction of rotation of axial fan Check connections

(1) As well as eliminating the cause of the fault (as described under "Remedial measures"),
you must also rectify any damage the machine may have suffered.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 79
Operation
8.4 Deactivating

Table 8- 2 Fault table, mechanical causes

Mechanical fault characteristics

↓ Grinding noise
↓ Overheating
↓ Radial vibrations
↓ Axial vibrations

Possible causes of faults Remedial measures1)

X Rotating parts are grinding Determine cause and adjust parts concerned
X Reduced air supply, fan possibly rotating in the wrong Check airways, clean machine
direction
X Rotor not balanced. Check feather key declaration (H, F, N)
X Rotor out of true, shaft bent Please consult the manufacturer.
X X Poor alignment Align machine set,
check coupling 2)
X Coupled machine not balanced Re-balance coupled machine
X Surges from coupled machine Inspect coupled machine
X X Imbalance originating from gearing Adjust/repair gearing
X X Resonance in the overall system (comprising machine Reinforce foundation following consultation
and foundation)
X X Changes in foundation Determine cause of changes; eliminate if
necessary; realign machine

(1) As well as eliminating the cause of the fault (as described under "Remedial measures"),
you must also rectify any damage the machine may have suffered.
2) Note any changes that take place while the temperature is rising.

8.4 Deactivating

Note
Switch off the machine and disconnect it from the power supply!

Measures for shutting down the machine

Commission any devices provided for protection against condensation after switching off the
machine, e.g. anti-condensation heating.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

80 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Operation
8.5 Class

8.5 Class

8.5.1 Zone 1 with type of protection Ex de II (Flameproof Enclosure "d" for the
machine and Increased Safety "e" for the terminal box)

158 II 2 G Ex d e IIC T4

① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ⑩ ⑪

① CE marking
② Identification number of designated testing agency
③ Code for prevention of explosions
④ Device group: II For hazardous areas, except mines
⑤ Device category: 2 For occasional danger, and for use in Zone 1
⑥ Atmosphere: G For gas
⑦ Explosion protection: International
⑧ Type of protection: "d" Flameproof Enclosure of machine
⑨ Type of protection: "e" Increased Safety of terminal box
⑩ Explosion group: IIC For acetylene
⑪ Temperature class: T4 For maximum surface temperature of 135°C

8.5.2 Zone 1 with Ex e II type of protection (Increased Safety "e")

158 II 2 G Ex e II T3

① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ⑩

① CE marking
② Identification number of designated testing agency
③ Code for prevention of explosions
④ Device group: II For hazardous areas, except mines
⑤ Device category: 2 for occasional danger
⑥ Atmosphere: G For gas
⑦ Explosion protection: International
⑧ Type of protection: "e" Increased Safety
⑨ Device group: II For hazardous areas, except mines
⑩ Temperature class: T3 For maximum surface temperature of 200°C

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 81
Operation
8.5 Class

8.5.3 Zone 2 with type of protection Ex nA II (non-sparking)

PTB 05 ATEX 3006 II 3 G Ex nA II T3

① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ⑩

① CE marking
② Declaration of conformity no. for designated testing agency
③ Code for prevention of explosions
④ Device group: II For hazardous areas, except mines
⑤ Device category: 3 For infrequent, short-term danger
⑥ Atmosphere: G For gas
⑦ Explosion protection: International
⑧ Type of protection: "nA" For non-sparking
⑨ Device group: II For hazardous areas, except mines
⑩ Temperature class: T3 For maximum surface temperature of 200°C

8.5.4 Zone 21

158 II 2 D Ex tD A 21 IP65 T125°C

① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ⑩ ⑪ ⑫

① CE marking
② Identification number of designated testing agency
③ Code for prevention of explosions
④ Device group: II For hazardous areas, except mines
⑤ Device category: 2 For occasional danger
⑥ Atmosphere: D For dust
⑦ Explosion protection: International
⑧ Type of protection: "tD" For protection by enclosure
⑨ Version: A For process A to EN 61241-1
⑩ Zone in which the equipment can be used: 21 For Zone 21
⑪ Degree of protection of enclosure: IP 65
⑫ Maximum surface temperature: T 125° C or T 135° C

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

82 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Operation
8.5 Class

8.5.5 Zone 22

II 3 D Ex tD A 22 IP55 T125°C

① ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ ⑧ ⑨ ⑩ ⑪

① CE marking
② Code for prevention of explosions
③ Device group: II For hazardous areas, except mines
④ Device category: 3 For infrequent, short-term danger
⑤ Atmosphere: D For dust
⑥ Explosion protection: International
⑦ Type of protection: "tD" For protection by enclosure
⑧ Version: A For process A to EN 61241-1
⑨ Zone in which the equipment can be used: 22 For Zone 22
⑩ Degree of protection of enclosure: IP 55
⑪ Maximum surface temperature: T 125° C or T 135° C

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 83
Operation
8.5 Class

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

84 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
Maintenance 9
9.1 Preparation and notes

WARNING

Safety instructions
• Before starting work on the machines, make sure that the plant or system has been
disconnected in a manner that is compliant with the appropriate specifications and
regulations.
• In addition to the main currents, make sure that supplementary and auxiliary circuits,
particularly in heating devices, are also disconnected.
• Certain parts of the machine may reach temperatures above 50 °C. Physical contact
with the machine could result in burn injuries! Check the temperature of parts before
touching them.
• When carrying out cleaning using compressed air, make sure that appropriate methods
of extracting fumes are in place and that personal protective gear such as gloves,
goggles, face masks, or similar are worn.
• If you are using chemical cleaning agents, observe the instructions and any warnings
provided in the relevant safety data sheet. Chemical agents must be compatible with the
machine's components, especially if these contain plastics.

Note
Operation characteristics can vary widely. For this reason, only general maintenance
intervals can be specified here.

Preparation and notes for explosion-protected machines

● Only have the machines repaired in authorized Siemens workshops!
● For machines intended for use in hazardous areas, only have modifications, repairs and
overhaul work carried out by appropriately qualified personnel.
It is essential that you observe the regulations laid down in IEC 60079-19!
● When making changes or performing repair or overhauling work on machines intended
for use with combustible dust, please observe the regulations laid down by EN 61241-17.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 85
Maintenance
9.1 Preparation and notes

9.1.1 North American market

Machines for the North American market (optional)

When making changes or repairs, maintain the corresponding design standards! These
machines are labeled on the rating plate with the following markings.

Table 9- 1 Markings for the North American market

Underwriters Laboratories

Canadian Standard Association

Canadian Standard Association Energy Efficiency Verification

9.1.2 Touch up any damaged paintwork

If the paint is damaged, it must be repaired in order to protect the unit against corrosion.

CAUTION
Paint system
Contact the Service Center before you repair any paint damage. They will provide you with
more information about the correct paint system and methods of repairing paint damage.

9.1.3 Repainting

WARNING
Repainting explosion-proof motors
The paint coat can become electrostatically charged where there is a thick coat. A
discharge may occur, e.g. by diversion of the charge to ground when a person approaches.
There is a risk of explosion if potentially explosive mixtures are also present at this moment.
This can result in personal injury or damage.

You must comply with one of the following requirements when you repaint painted surfaces:

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

86 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Maintenance
9.2 Inspection

● Limit the total paint coating thickness according to the explosion protection group:
– IIA, IIB: Total paint coating thickness ≤ 2 mm
– IIC: Overall coating thickness ≤ 0.2 mm for motors of group II (gas)
● Limit the surface resistance of the paint used:
– IIA, IIB, IIC, III: Surface resistance ≤ 1 GΩ for motors of groups II and III (gas and
dust)
● Breakdown voltage ≤ 4 kV for explosion group III (dust only)

9.2 Inspection

9.2.1 General inspection specifications

Instructions relevant to safety

NOTICE

Pay particular attention to the relubrication intervals required for rolling bearings that
deviate from the inspection intervals.

Note
When servicing a three-phase machine, it is generally not necessary to dismantle it. The
machine only has to be dismantled if the bearings are to be replaced.

9.2.2 Optional built-on accessories

See the list of additional operating instructions: Appendix (Page 111)

9.2.3 Initial inspection

Inspection interval
The first inspection after installation or repair of the three-phase machine is, under normal
circumstances, conducted after approx. 500 operating hours, but at the latest after 1/2 year.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 87
Maintenance
9.2 Inspection

Procedure
While the motor is running, check that:
● The electrical parameters are maintained.
● The permissible bearing temperatures are not exceeded.
● The smooth running characteristics and noise of the three-phase machine have not
deteriorated during operation.
With the machine at a standstill, check that:
● The motor foundations have no indentations or cracks.

NOTICE

Further tests are also necessary in line with the additional instructions assigned or in
line with the particular system-specific conditions.

NOTICE

Immediately correct any impermissible deviations that are determined in the inspection.

9.2.4 Main inspection

Inspection interval
1x yearly

Procedure
While the motor is running, check that:
● The electrical parameters are maintained.
● The permissible bearing temperatures are not exceeded.
● The smooth running characteristics and noise of the three-phase machine have not
deteriorated during operation.
With the machine at a standstill, check that:
● The machine foundation has no indentations or cracks.
● The three-phase machine is aligned within the permissible tolerance ranges.
● All of the fixing bolts/screws for the mechanical and electrical connections are tight.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

88 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Maintenance
9.3 Maintenance

● The winding insulation resistances are sufficiently high.

● Cables and insulating parts and components are in a good condition and are not
discolored.

NOTICE

Immediately correct any impermissible deviations that are determined in the inspection.

9.3 Maintenance

9.3.1 Maintenance intervals

General
The machines have grease-lubricated, rolling-contact bearings. A regreasing device is
optional.
Carry out careful and regular maintenance, inspections, and revisions to detect faults at an
early stage and eliminate them before they can cause further damage.
Operating situations and characteristics can vary widely. For this reason, only general
maintenance intervals can be specified here. Maintenance intervals should therefore be
scheduled to suit the local conditions (dirt, starting frequency, load, etc.).

NOTICE

In the event of faults or extraordinary conditions that lead to the three-phase machine being
overloaded either electrically or mechanically (e.g. overload, short circuit, etc.), immediately
carry out an inspection.

Measures, intervals
Measures after operating period intervals have elapsed:

Table 9- 2 Operating period intervals

Measures Operating period intervals Intervals

Initial inspection
Relubrication (optional)
Clean
Main inspection
Drain condensate
After 500 operating hours After 1/2 year at the latest
(see lubrication instruction plate)
depending on local degree of pollution
Approximately every 16000 operating After 2 years at the latest
hours
depending on climatic conditions

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 89
Maintenance
9.3 Maintenance

9.3.2 Regreasing (optional)

General
As a standard feature, the machines have rolling-contact bearings which are permanently
lubricated with grease (UNIREX N3, made by ESSO). A regreasing device is possible as an
option. In this case, you can find information about relubrication intervals, quantities and
types of grease, and, if required, additional data on the rating plate or lubricant plate.

Note
Do not mix different types of grease!

Prolonged storage periods reduce the useful life of the bearing grease. Check the condition
of the grease if the equipment has been in storage for more than 12 months. If the grease is
found to have lost oil content or to be contaminated, the machine must be immediately
relubricated before commissioning. For information on permanently-greased bearings,
please refer to the section titled Storage (Page 92).

Note
Regreasing
1. Clean the grease nipples at the drive end and non-drive end.
2. Press in the type and quantity of grease specified (see rating/lubricant plate data).
• Please observe the information on the rating and lubricant plates.
• Regreasing should be carried out when the machine is running (max. 3600 rpm)!

The bearing temperature rises sharply at first, then drops to the normal value again when the
excess grease is displaced out of the bearing.

9.3.3 Cleaning

Cleaning the greasing channels and used grease chambers

The used grease collects outside each bearing in the used grease chamber of the outer
bearing cap. When replacing bearings, remove the used grease.

NOTICE

You have to separate the active parts of the bearings to replace the grease that is in the
greasing channel.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

90 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Maintenance
9.3 Maintenance

Cleaning the cooling air passages

Regularly clean the cooling air passages through which the ambient air flows, e.g. using dry
compressed air.

NOTICE

Never direct compressed air in the direction of the shaft outlet or machine openings.

In the case of machines with textile fan covers, regularly remove fluff balls, fabric remnants,
and similar types of contamination (particularly at the air passage opening between the fan
cover and cooling fins of the machine enclosure) to ensure that the cooling air can flow
without obstruction.

NOTICE

The frequency of the cleaning intervals depends on the local degree of contamination.

WARNING

Particularly when carrying out cleaning using compressed air, make sure you use suitable
extraction equipment and wear personal protective gear (safety goggles, respiratory filter,
etc.).

See also
Safety instructions for cleaning (Page 77)

9.3.4 Drain condensate

If there are condensate drain holes present, these must be opened at regular intervals,
depending on climatic conditions.

NOTICE

To maintain the degree of protection, any condensation drain holes need to be closed.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 91
Maintenance
9.4 Corrective maintenance

9.4 Corrective maintenance

9.4.1 Instructions for repair

Qualified personnel
Only appropriately qualified persons should be deployed to commission and operate
equipment. Qualified persons, as far as the safety instructions specified in this manual are
concerned, are those who have the necessary authorization to commission, ground and
identify/tag equipment, systems and circuits in accordance with the relevant safety
standards.

Instructions relevant to safety

WARNING

Before you begin working on the three-phase machine, in particular before you open the
covers of active parts, make sure that the three-phase machine or system is properly
isolated from the supply.

NOTICE

If it is necessary to transport the machine, carefully observe the information provided in

Chapter Preparing for use !

See also
Preparing for use (Page 27)

9.4.2 Storage
Take the bearing used up to frame size 90 only for special versions, and generally for frame
size 100 and higher from the rating plate.

Bearing lifetime
Prolonged storage periods reduce the useful life of the bearing grease. In the case of
permanently lubricated bearings, this leads to a shorter bearing lifetime.
Bearing or grease replacement is recommended after a storage time of 12 months, for
longer than 4 years, replace the bearings or grease.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

92 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Maintenance
9.4 Corrective maintenance

Replacing bearings
Recommended interval after which bearings are to be replaced under normal operating
conditions:

Table 9- 3 Bearing replacement intervals

Coolant temperature Principle of operation Bearing replacement intervals

40° C Horizontal coupling operation 40 000 h
40° C With axial and radial forces 20 000 h

Note
Special operating conditions
Examples of factors that can reduce operating hours are vertical machine installation, high
vibrational and impact loads, frequent reversing, higher coolant temperature, higher speeds,
etc.

NOTICE

Do not reuse bearings that have been removed.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 93
Maintenance
9.4 Corrective maintenance

9.4.2.1 Changing bearings

Replacing bearings

9.4.2.2 Replacing bearings in explosion-proof machines

● When changing the bearings, renew the sealing rings and only use original Siemens
spare parts.
● When installing the sealing rings, the space in the middle of the sealing ring and in the
end shield hub should be completely filled with a suitable type of grease.

9.4.3 Dismantling

NOTICE

Before commencing disassembly, you should mark how each of the fastening elements has
been assigned, as well as how internal connections are arranged, for re-assembly
purposes.

Fan
Take care not to damage the snapping mechanisms on fans that are equipped with these.
To ensure this, the fans should be heated to a temperature of approximately 50 °C around
the area of the hub. If any damage is caused, request new parts.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

94 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Maintenance
9.4 Corrective maintenance

Fan cover
● Carefully lever the snap openings on the cover out of the snap-in lugs one after the other;
do not apply the lever directly under the web (risk of breakage).
● Do not damage the snap mechanisms. If any damage is caused, request new parts.

Canopy; incremental encoder under the canopy

Loosen the fixing screws on the external surface of the protective cover.
Under no circumstances should the spacing bolts be disassembled or forcibly separated
from each other or the cover. Forcibly removing or separating the spacing bolts or fan cover
can result in damage to them.

9.4.3.1 Bearing bushes

Note
Protect the bearings against the ingress of dirt and moisture!

9.4.3.2 Links

Links
● Replace any corroded screws.
● Take care not to damage the insulation of live parts.
● Document the position of any rating and supplementary plates that have been removed.
● Avoid damaging the centering edges.

9.4.4 Assembly

Notes on assembly
If possible, assemble the machine on and alignment plate. This ensures that the mounting
feet surfaces are all on the same plane.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 95
Maintenance
9.4 Corrective maintenance

9.4.4.1 Assemly

NOTICE

Avoid damaging the windings protruding out of the stator enclosure when fitting the end
shield.

9.4.4.2 Assemly
● Apply Fluid-D to the centering edge.
● Check the terminal box seals and if required, replace.
● Repair any damage to the paint (also on screws/bolts).
● Take the necessary measures to ensure compliance with the applicable degree of
protection.
● Do not forget the foam cover in the cable entry (seal all holes completely and prevent
cables from touching any sharp edges).
For flameproof machines, apply just a small amount of acid-free, non-resinous grease to the
centering edges. Do not use any sealing agents.

See also
Terminal boxes, end shields, grounding conductors, sheet metal fan covers (Page 99)

9.4.4.3 Installing bearing bushes

Carefully observe the specified screw tightening torques.

9.4.4.4 Reassembling bearings

Sealing the bearings

● V rings on shaft
● Use the prescribed bearings and check that sealing washers are in the correct position
● Do not forget the elements for keeping the bearings in position (correct side).
● Fixed bearings (retaining ring or bearing cover)

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

96 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Maintenance
9.4 Corrective maintenance

Table 9- 4 Mounting dimension "x" of V rings

Frame size X
(BG) mm
100 ... 112 6 ±0,8
132 ... 225 7 ±1
180 ... 225
(1LG, 1MA622.) 11 ±1
225
(1LG, 1LE; 2-pole)
250 ... 315 13,5 ±1,2
(1LG, 1LE; 4 ... 8-pole)
225 11 ±1
(1LG, 1LE; 2-pole)
250 ... 315 13,5 ±1,2
(1LG, 1LE; 2-pole)
250 ... 315 13,5 ±1,2
(1MJ7; 2 ... 8-pole)

9.4.4.5 Reassembling fans

Fans
Take care not to damage the snapping mechanisms on fans that are equipped with these.
To ensure this, the fans should be heated to a temperature of approximately 50 °C around
the area of the hub.
If any damage is caused, request new parts.

9.4.4.6 Refitting the fan cover

Fan cover
● When fitting the cover, do not overstretch it (risk of breakage).
● First engage two snap openings positioned next to one other, then carefully press the
cover into position with the two openings situated opposite these using the snap-in lugs,
and snap it into place.
● Latch all snap openings cleanly into the snap-in lugs.

9.4.4.7 Refitting the canopy; incremental encoder under canopy

Canopy; incremental encoder under the canopy

Guide the fixing screws through the holes on the external surface of the canopy and tighten
to a torque of 3 Nm ±10%.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 97
Maintenance
9.4 Corrective maintenance

9.4.4.8 Reassembly: Miscellaneous information

Miscellaneous
● Number and position of rating plates and additional labels as in original condition
● If necessary, fix cables in place.
● Check the tightening torques of all screws, as well as those of screws which have not
been unscrewed.

The number on the EC-type examination certificate for machines with flameproof enclosure
"d" type of protection is represented by an X, since the flameproof joints deviate from IEC
standard 60079-1, Table 2. Only perform repairs following consultation with the manufacturer
and be sure to use original parts.

9.4.5 Screw-type connections

Screw lock washers

Nuts or bolts that are mounted together with locking, resilient and/or force-distributing
elements (e.g., safety plates, spring-lock washers, etc.) must be refitted together with
identical, fully functional elements.
Always replace locking elements.

9.4.6 Electrical connections - Termincal board connections

Table 9- 5 Tightening torques for electrical connections on the terminal board

Thread ∅ M 3,5 M4 M5 M6 M8 M 10 M 12 M 16

min 0,8 0,8 1,8 2,7 5,5 9 14 27

Nm
Max. 1,2 1,2 2,5 4 8 13 20 40

9.4.7 Cable glands

NOTICE

Take care not to damage the cable jacket.

Tightening torques must be adapted to suit the type of cable jacket material in use.

You should refer to the table in order to find the correct tightening torque for any metal and
plastic cable glands that are to be mounted directly on the machine, as well as for any other
screw-type connections (such as adapters).

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

98 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Maintenance
9.4 Corrective maintenance

Table 9- 6 Tightening torques for cable glands

Metal Plastic Clamping range in mm O ring

± 10% ± 10% Standard Cord ∅
Nm Nm mm
-30 °C ... 100 °C
Ex Ex
-30 °C ... 90 °C -60 °C ... 105 °C
M 12 x 1,5 8 1,5 3,0 ... 7,0 -
M 16 x 1,5 10 2 4,5 ... 10,0 6,0 ... 10,0
M 20 x 1,5 12 4 7,0 ... 13,0 6,0 ... 12,0
M 25 x 1,5 9,0 ... 17,0 10,0 ... 16,0
M 32 x 1,5 18 11,0 ... 21,0 13,0 ... 20,0 2
M 40 x 1,5 6 19,0 ... 28,0 20,0 ... 26,0
M 50 x 1,5 20 26,0 ... 35,0 25,0 ... 31,0
M 63 x 1,5 34,0 ... 45,0 -

The cable glands must have an EC-type examination certificate and be certified for the
respective hazardous zone.
● Any openings that are not being used must be sealed using using the appropriate
certified plugs.
● Please observe the manufacturer's specifications when fitting cable glands.

9.4.8 Terminal boxes, end shields, grounding conductors, sheet metal fan covers

Note
The specified tightening torques are applicable unless other values are indicated.

Table 9- 7 Tightening torques for screws on the terminal box, end shields, screw-type grounding conductor connections

Thread ∅ M4 M5 M6 M8 M 10 M 12 M 16 M20

min 2 3.5 6 16 28 46 110 225

Nm
max 3 5 9 24 42 70 165 340

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 99
Maintenance
9.4 Corrective maintenance

Table 9- 8 Tightening torques for self-tapping screws on the terminal box, end shields, screw-type grounding
conductor connections, sheet metal fan covers

Thread ∅ M4 M5 M6

min 4 7,5 12,5

Nm
Max. 5 9,5 15,5

9.4.9 Optional add-on units

See the list of additional operating instructions: Appendix (Page 111)

Table 9- 9 Assigning standard brakes for 1LE1 machines

Frame size Brake type Size assignment of the Tightening torque of manual
(BG) company INTORQ lifting lever
for PINTSCH BUBENZER Nm
100 2LM8 040–5NA10 12 4,8
112 2LM8 060–6NA10 14 12
132 2LM8 100–7NA10 16 12
160 2LM8 260–8NA10 20 23
180 2LM8 315–0NA10 20 23
200 2LM8 400–0NA10 25 23
225 2LM8 400–0NA10 25 23
250 KFB 63 63 40
280 KFB 100 100 40
315 KFB 160 160 40

Tightening torque applied to the fastening screws used for attaching external fans to the
housing, see Terminal boxes, end shields, grounding conductors, sheet metal fan covers
(Page 57)

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

100 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
Spare parts 10
10.1 Spare parts ordering

General
In addition to the exact part designation, please specify the machine type and the serial
number in all orders for spare parts. The part designation should be identical to the
designation stated in the list of spare parts and specified together with the appropriate part
number.

Table 10- 1 Ordering example

End shield, drive end 1.40 End shield

Machine type * 1LA7163-4AA60
ID no. * E0705/1234567 01 001

* corresponding to the rating plate

Table 10- 2 Ordering example

End shield, drive end 1.40 End shield

Machine type * 1LE1002-1DB43-4AA0
ID no. * E0605/0496382 02 001

* corresponding to the rating plate

Take the type and serial number from the rating plate and the machine documentation.
When replacing rolling-contact bearings, in addition to the bearing identification code, the
replacement code for the bearing version is required. Both of these codes are specified on
the rating plate and in the machine documentation. They are also shown on the installed
bearings.
The graphical representations in this chapter show schematic diagrams of the basic
versions. They are used for spare parts definitions. The supplied version may differ in details
from these representations.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 101
Spare parts
10.2 Spare parts

10.2 Spare parts

Part Description Part Description

1.00 DE bearings Terminal box, complete
1.31 Spring lock washer to SN 60727 5.30 Rubber stopper (1MA618.-20.)
1.40 End shield 5.31 Terminal clamp (1MA618.-20.)
1.43 Shaft sealing ring 5.32 Angle (1MA618.-20.)
1.44 Bearing cover 5.33 Washer (1MA618.-20.)
1.46 Cover ring 5.43 Cable gland
1.47 O ring 5.44 Terminal box top side
1.56 Spacer washer 5.48 Spring lock washer to SN 60727
1.58 Spring washer 5.52 Cable gland
1.60 Roller bearing 5.53 Sealing plug
1.61 Spring band for end shield hub (FS 90 only) 5.54 O ring
1.64 DE bearing cover, inner 5.70 Terminal clamp
5.72 Contact bracket
3.00 Rotor, complete 5.76 Terminal Board
3.88 Featherkey for fan 5.78 Spring lock washer to SN 60727
5.79 Bolt
4.00 Stator, complete 5.82 O ring
4.07 Housing foot 5.83 Seal
4.08 Housing foot, left 5.84 Terminal box cover
4.09 Housing foot, right 5.86 Protection mark
4.10 Spring lock washer to SN 60727 5.88 Spring lock washer to SN 60727
4.12 Nut 5.89 Bolt
4.14 Nut 5.90 The top side of the terminal box can be rotated 4 x 90
degrees, complete
(for subsequent mounting)
4.18 Rating plate 5.92 Terminal box cover
4.19 Self-tapping screw 5.93 Seal
4.20 Cover 5.95 Terminal box top side
4.30 Contact bracket 5.96 Sealing plug
4.31 Grounding bracket 5.97 Nut
4.37 Terminal board 5.98 Metal-sheet nut
4.38 Spring lock washer to SN 60727 5.98 Seal
4.39 Grounding screw (self-tapping screw) 5.99 Adapter plate

5.00 Terminal box, complete 6.00 NDE bearings

5.02 spacer 6.10 Roller bearing
5.03 Seal 6.11 Spring band for end shield hub
5.04 Seal 6.20 End shield
5.08 Spacer sleeve 6.23 Shaft sealing ring
5.10 Complete terminal board 6.24 Bearing cover NDE, outer
5.11 Terminal strip (for 1MJ machines: Bushing) 6.26 Cover
5.12 Ex d terminal box (1MJ6) (star point 6.64 Nut
connection)
5.13 Link rail 6.30 Bearing cover NDE, inner

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

102 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Spare parts
10.2 Spare parts

5.14 Terminal box underside

5.15 Plug (1MJ6) 7.00 Complete ventilation
(not applicable for 1LP6, 1LP7, 1LP9, 1PP6, 1PP7,
1PP9, 1MF6, 1MF7)
5.16 Spring lock washer to SN 60727 7.04 Fan
5.18 7.40 Fan cover
5.20 Cable entry, complete 7.41 bracket
5.22 Connecting terminal 7.47 Sleeve
5.23 Cable entry, complete 7.48 Spring lock washer to SN 60727

Tools for mounting and withdrawing roller bearings; fans and output elements cannot be supplied!

Part Description Part Description

1.00 DE bearings 5.00 Terminal box, complete
1.40 End shield 5.10 Complete terminal board
1.43 Shaft sealing ring 5.11 Terminal strip
1.49 Self-tapping screw (frame size 100/112) 5.19 Self-tapping screw
1.50 Flanged nut 5.44 Terminal box housing, including seal
1.58 Spring washer 5.49 Self-tapping screw
1.60 Roller bearing 5.70 Terminal clamp
1.61 Spring band for end shield hub (not for 5.79 Self-tapping screw
FS160)
5.84 Terminal box cover, including seal
4.00 Stator, complete 5.89 Self-tapping screw
4.07 Housing foot 5.96 Sealing plug
4.08 Housing foot, left 5.97 Nut
4.09 Housing foot, right 5.98 Metal-sheet nut
4.12 Flanged nut
4.18 Rating plate 6.00 NDE bearings
4.19 Self-tapping screw 6.10 Roller bearing
4.20 Cover 6.11 Spring band for end shield hub (not for
FS160)
4.30 Contact bracket 6.20 End shield
4.31 Grounding bracket 6.23 Shaft sealing ring
4.39 Grounding screw (self-tapping screw) 6.29 Self-tapping screw (frame size 100/112)

7.00 Complete ventilation

7.04 Fan
7.40 Fan cover

Tools for mounting and withdrawing roller bearings; fans and output elements cannot be supplied!

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 103
Spare parts
10.2 Spare parts

Frame sizes 80 ... 90

Part Description Part Description
5.00 Terminal box 7.00 Complete ventilation
5.25 Combination screws M3.5 7.40 Fan cover
5.26 Set: Jumper plug Y, jumper plug Δ
5.84 Terminal box cover including seal, screw
5.96 Sealing plug

10.2.1 Spare parts frame size 100 ... 315 cast iron

Table 10- 3 Cast iron version frame size 100 ... 315

Part Description Part Description

1.00 DE bearings 5.21 Screw (drilled)
1.40 End shield 5.44 Terminal box housing
1.43 Shaft sealing ring 5.49 Self-tapping screw
1.44 DE bearing cover 5.70 Terminal clamp
1.46 Cover ring 5.79 Self-tapping screw
1.49 Self-tapping screw 5.83 Seal
1.58 Spring washer 5.84 Terminal box cover
1.60 Roller bearing 5.89 Self-tapping screw
1.61 T plugs 5.96 Sealing plug

4.00 Stator, complete 6.00 NDE bearings

4.08 Housing foot, left 6.10 Roller bearing
4.09 Housing foot, right 6.11 Spring band for end shield hub (not for FS160)
4.18 Rating plate 6.20 End shield
4.19 Self-tapping screw 6.23 Shaft sealing ring
4.20 Cover 6.24 Bearing cover NDE
4.31 Grounding bracket 6.25 Lubrication sleeve
4.37 Terminal board 6.29 Self-tapping screw
4.35 Spacer ring 6.65 Grease nipple
4.39 Grounding screw (self-tapping screw)

5.00 Terminal box, complete 7.00 Complete ventilation

5.03 Seal 7.04 Fan
5.10 Complete terminal board 7.40 Fan cover
5.19 Self-tapping screw

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

104 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Spare parts
10.2 Spare parts

10.2.2 Spare parts 1LG

Part Description Part Description

1.00 DE bearings 6.00 NDE bearings
1.40 End shield 6.10 Roller bearing
1.43 Shaft sealing ring 6.20 End shield
1.58 Spacer washer 6.23 Shaft sealing ring
1.60 Roller bearing 6.24 Bearing cover NDE, outer
1.61 Sealing plug 6.25 Grease tube
1.65 DE bearing cover, inner 6.26 Outer bearing cover
1.67 Outer bearing cover 6.65 Grease nipple
1.68 Grease slinger (optional) 6.67 Rubber bush
1.69 Compression spring 6.72 Grease slinger

3.00 Rotor, complete 7.00 Complete ventilation

7.04 Fan
4.00 Stator, complete 7.40 Fan cover
4.07 Housing foot 7.41 Bracket
4.18 Rating plate 7.49 Bolt
4.35 Disk
4.41 Grounding lug

5.00 Terminal box, complete

5.03 Seal
5.10 Complete terminal board
5.12 Clamp for PE conductor
5.19 High saddle terminal
5.22 Clamp
5.23 Lower saddle terminal
5.44 Terminal box top side
5.45 Housing
5.47 Entry plate
5.51 Nut
5.52 Link
5.70 Terminal clamp
5.83 Seal
5.84 Terminal box cover
5.95 Terminal
5.96 Mounting rail
5.97 Strut, complete
5.99 Contact plate

Tools for mounting and withdrawing roller bearings; fans and output elements cannot be supplied!

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 105
Spare parts
10.3 Standardized parts

10.3 Standardized parts

Table 10- 4 Standardized parts are to be obtained from free trade outlets in accordance with their necessary dimensions,
materials and surface finish.

No Standard Picture No Standard Picture

DIN 471 DIN 939

3.02
6.02 DIN 6912
7.12
DIN 472
DIN 7964
1.30
1.32
1.45
DIN 580 1.49 EN ISO 4014
4.11
5.09
5.17
4.04 5.19
5.24
5.42
DIN 582 5.49 EN ISO 4017
5.79
5.87
5.89
5.91
5.94
1.60 6.29
DIN 625 6.45 EN ISO 4762
6.10
7.49

3.38 DIN 6885 EN ISO 7045

EN ISO 7049
1.33
EN ISO 4032
6.30 4.05 EN ISO 7089
7.48 EN ISO 7090

Note
1MJ spare parts
Use screws of property class ≥ 8.8 and in the case of nuts, ≥ 8.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

106 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Spare parts
10.3 Standardized parts

Table 10- 5 Standardized parts are to be obtained from free trade outlets in accordance with their necessary dimensions,
materials and surface finish.

No Standard Picture No Standard Picture

EN ISO 4014
DIN 472 1.49
6.02
(frame size 160) (frame size EN ISO 4017
132/160)
4.11
6.29
4.04 DIN 580 (frame size EN ISO 4762
132/160)

EN ISO 7089
3.38 DIN 6885 4.05
EN ISO 7090

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 107
Spare parts
10.3 Standardized parts

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

108 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
Disposal 11
11.1 Introduction
Protecting the environment and preserving its resources are corporate goals of the highest
priority for us. Our worldwide environmental management system to ISO 14001 ensures
compliance with legislation and sets high standards in this regard. Environmentally friendly
design, technical safety and health protection are always firm goals even at the product
development stage.
Recommendations for the environmentally friendly disposal of the machine and its
components are given in the following section. Be sure to comply with local disposal
regulations.

11.2 Preparing for disassembly

Disassembly of the machine must be carried out and/or supervised by qualied personnel
with appropriate expert knowledge.
1. Contact a certified waste disposal organization in your vicinity. Clarify what is expected in
terms of the quality of dismantling the machine and provision of the components.
2. Follow the five safety rules (Page 11).
3. Disconnect all electrical connections.
4. Remove all liquids such as oil, cooling liquids, …
5. Remove all cables.
6. Detach the machine fixings.
7. Transport the machine to a suitable location for disassembly.
Refer also to the information in the section headed "Maintenance" (Page 92).

11.3 Dismantling the machine

Dismantle the machine using the general procedures commonly used in mechanical
engineering.

WARNING
Machine parts can fall
The machine is made up of heavy parts. These parts are liable to fall during dismantling.
This can result in death, serious injury, or material damage.
Secure the machine parts being dismantled to prevent them falling.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 109
Disposal
11.4 Disposal of components

11.4 Disposal of components

Components
The machines consist for the most part of steel and various proportions of copper and
aluminum. Metals are generally considered to be unlimitedly recyclable.
Sort the components for recycling according to whether they are:
● Iron and steel
● Aluminum
● Non-ferrous metal, e.g. windings
The winding insulation is incinerated during copper recycling.
● Insulating materials
● Cables and wires
● Electronic waste

Process materials and chemicals

Sort the process materials and chemicals for recycling according to whether they are for
example:
● Oil
● Grease
● Cleaning substances and solvents
● Paint residues
● Anti-corrosion agent
Dispose of the separated components according to local regulations or via a specialist
disposal company. The same goes for cloths and cleaning substances which have been
used while working on the machine.

Packaging material
● If necessary, contact a suitable specialist disposal company.
● Wooden packaging for sea transport consists of impregnated wood. Observe the local
regulations.
● The foil used for water-proof packaging is an aluminum composite foil. It can be recycled
thermically. Dirty foil must be disposed of via waste incineration.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

110 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
Appendix A
A.1 SIEMENS Service Center
Details regarding the design of this electrical machine and the permissible operating
conditions are described in these instructions.

Field service visits and spare parts

If you wish to request a field service call or order spare parts, please contact your local
Siemens sales office. This office will contact the responsible service center on your behalf.
You can find your local contact partner here.

Technical queries or additional information

If you have any technical queries or you require additional information, please contact the
Siemens Service Center.
Please have the following machine data ready:
● Machine type
● Serial number
You can find this data on the rating plate of the machine.

Service numbers

Table A- 1 Siemens Service Center contact details

Time zone Telephone Fax Internet

Europe / Africa +49 911 895 7222 +49 911 895 7223 http://www.siemens.com/automation/support-request
(http://www.siemens.de/automation/support-request)
Americas +1 423 262 2522 +1 423 262 2200 mailto:techsupport.sea@siemens.com
Asia / Pacific +86 1064 757 575 +86 1064 747 474 mailto:support.asia.automation@siemens.com

A.2 Language versions on the Internet

Language versions can be found on the Internet

Internet page: http://www.siemens.com/motors (http://www.siemens.com/motors)
If you require additional language versions, please contact the Siemens Service Center.

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 111
Appendix
A.3 Further documents

A.3 Further documents

These operating instructions can also be obtained at the following Internet site:
http://www.siemens.com/motors

General Documentation

1.517.30777.30.000 1XP8001 encoder

5.610.70000.02.015 External fan
5.610.70000.10.020 Spring-loaded brake
5 610 00002 09 000 Incremental encoder 1XP8012-1x
5 610 00002 09 001 Incremental encoder 1XP8012-2x

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

112 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 B.1
B.1.1








 

  
 



[
 


Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000


Exploded drawings

  

 
  
Technical data and drawings

 


 
 



1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

,0%
,0%
1LA,1LP,1MA,1MF,1PP6/7/9 FS 56 ... 90L



 


 
  
  


B

113
114


B.1.2
 




B.1 Exploded drawings

   

 
Technical data and drawings



  
  

   

 
  

  


  

,0% ,0%





1LA,1LP,1MA,1MF,1PP6/7/9 FS 100 ... 160




  
  

 
 


Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9
 B.1.3







1LA5180 ... 225




 

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000


 
  

 

 


 
 
%*




1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

 
 











 
 ,0%

,0% 
%*  




   

B.1 Exploded drawings

115
Technical data and drawings
Technical data and drawings
B.1 Exploded drawings

B.1.4 1MA6180 ... 200












































,0%


,0%

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

116 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Technical data and drawings
B.1 Exploded drawings

B.1.5 Terminal boxes 1MA6180 ... 200

%*








 



 

%*





  
 








1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 117
118
B.1.6
B.1 Exploded drawings

%*6/


Technical data and drawings





1MJ6070 ... 200

%*6/  

  

 

  



,0% 

 

 
,0% 



  
 
%*0/
%*6/



 %*





%*0/ 



Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9



 B.1.7

%*0([H %*/([H %*([G

 

 

     


Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000


 
CHANGE FS 71...160 Ex d



  

Terminal boxes 1MJ6070 ... 160



 
 

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9


   

 
 
 

  

 
  

  
 
 


 

 

B.1 Exploded drawings

119
Technical data and drawings
Technical data and drawings
B.1 Exploded drawings

B.1.8 Terminal boxes 1MJ6180 ... 200 (Ex e)

%*0/([H %*0/([H
 
 
 
 

 

  
 
 
 


 


 

   
 










 









šPP

šPP

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

120 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Technical data and drawings
B.1 Exploded drawings

B.1.9 Terminal boxes 1MJ6180 ... 200 (Ex d)

%*([G












%* %*
 
 
 

 








šPP

šPP

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 121
122
%*

B.1.10





B.1 Exploded drawings



Technical data and drawings

 

  
  



 

 

1LE1 FS 80 ... 160 aluminum

 
 
 
 




,0%
,0%

 

  

  
 
 



 


Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9
 Technical data and drawings
B.1 Exploded drawings

B.1.11 1LE1 FS 100 ... 200 cast iron

















































,0%





,0%

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 123
Technical data and drawings
B.1 Exploded drawings

B.1.12 1LE1 FS 225 ... 315 cast iron




















%*


%*





























 
,0%

,0%







1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

124 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Technical data and drawings
B.1 Exploded drawings

B.1.13 1LG4/6 FS 180 ... 315

%*

%*
%*

%*

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 125
Technical data and drawings
B.1 Exploded drawings

B.1.14 1LG4/6 gk330, gt320, gk430, gt420

gk 330 gt 320

gk 430 gt 420

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

126 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Technical data and drawings
B.1 Exploded drawings

B.1.15 1LG4/6 gk431, gt421, gt520, gt540

gt 431 gt 421

5.16

gt 520 gt 540

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 127
Technical data and drawings
B.1 Exploded drawings

B.1.16 1LG4/6 gt620, gt640, gt791

gt 620 gt 640

gt 791

gt 791

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

128 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
Notes 12

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 129
Notes

Glossary

AS DE
Drive end (DE) Drive end (D end of shaft)

BA EC type-examination certificate
Operating instructions Evidence of a machine certified by
an inspection body

BG
EMC
Frame size
Electromagnetic compatibility

CE
Ex
CE marking
Codes for explosion-protected
equipment
Code F
Balanced with whole featherkey
IC
(full)
International Cooling (standard)

Code H
IM
Balanced with half featherkey (half)
International mounting standard
design
CSA
Canadian Standard Association
Internet
www.siemens.com/motors
CSA E
Canadian Standard Association
IP
Energie Efficiency Verification
Degree of protection

CT
ISPM
Coolant temperature
International Standards for
Phytosanitary Measures

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

130 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000
 Index

N code Zone 22
Balanced without featherkey (non) Atmosphere: Dust; Danger level:
Infrequent and short-term danger;
Type of protection: Protection by
NDE enclosure "tD"
Non-drive end

NE/NDE
Non-drive end

SH
Shaft height

UL
Underwriters Laboratories

VIK
Verband der industriellen Energie-
und Kraftwirtschaft e.V. (German
Association of Industrial Energy
Users and Self-Generators)

Zone 1
Atmosphere: Gas; Danger level:
Occasional danger; Type of
protection: Increased Safety "e" +
Flameproof Enclosure "d"

Zone 2
Atmosphere: Gas; Danger level:
Infrequent and short-term danger;
Type of protection: Non-sparking
"n"

Zone 21
Atmosphere: Dust; Danger level:
Occasional danger; Type of
protection: Protection by enclosure
"tD"

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000 131
Index

1LA5/6/7/9, 1LE1, 1LG4/6, 1LP7/9, 1MA6/7, 1MF6/7, 1MJ6/7, 1PC1/3, 1PP6/7/9

132 Operating Instructions, 06/2011, 5 610 00000 02 000

Italiano
Pompe autoadescanti con condensatore collegato ai morsetti e (per
220-240 - 50 Hz) con termoprotettore inserito.
con prefiltro incorporato
NMP
ISTRUZIONI PER L’USO
1. Condizioni d'impiego
Esecuzione standard
- Per acqua pulita o leggermente sporca negli
impianti di filtrazione per piscine con tempera-
tura massima di 60 °C.
- Pressione finale massima ammessa nel corpo
pompa: 6 bar.
- Elettropompe previste per luoghi aerati e pro-
tetti dalle intemperie, con temperatura massima
ambiente di 40 °C.
Pressione sonora,
fino a 2,2 kW: ≤ 70 dB (A);
da 3 a 11 kW: ≤ 85 dB (A).
2. Installazione
Sollevare e trasportare la pompa come indicato
in fig. 1.
Le pompe NMP sono previste per l’installazione
con l’asse del rotore orizzontale e bocca di man-
data in alto.
Installare la pompa il più vicino possibile alla fon-
te di aspirazione.
Prevedere attorno all’elettropompa
spazio per la ventilazione del
motore, per ispezioni e manuten-
zioni.
3. Tubazioni
Ancorare le tubazioni su propri appoggi e colle-
garle in modo che non trasmettano forze, tensio-
ni e vibrazioni alla pompa.
Il diametro interno delle tubazioni dipende dalla
portata desiderata.
Prevedere il diametro in modo che la velocità del
liquido non superi 1,5 m/s nell’aspirazione ed i 3
m/s nella mandata. In ogni caso il diametro delle
tubazioni non deve essere inferiore al diametro
delle bocche della pompa.
3.1. Tubazione aspirante
La tubazione aspirante deve essere a perfetta
tenuta e deve avere un andamento ascendente
per evitare sacche d’aria.
Negli impieghi con tubi flessibili montare in
aspirazione un tubo flessibile con spirale di
rinforzo per evitare restringimenti dovuti alla de-
pressione in aspirazione.
Con la pompa sopra il livello dell’acqua
(funzionamento in aspirazione) inserire una val-
vola di fondo oppure una valvola di non ritorno
sulla bocca di aspirazione.
Con la pompa sotto il livello d’acqua (funzio-
namento sotto battente) inserire una saracinesca.
3.2. Tubazione di mandata
Nella tubazione di mandata installare
una saracinesca per regolare porta-
ta, prevalenza e potenza assorbita.
Installare un indicatore di pressione
(manometro).
Quando il dislivello geodetico in mandata è mag-
giore di 15 m, tra pompa e saracinesca inserire
una valvola di ritegno per proteggere la pompa
da “colpi d’ariete”.
4. Collegamento elettrico
Il collegamento elettrico deve essere
eseguito da un elettricista qualificato
nel rispetto delle prescrizioni locali.
Seguire le norme di sicurezza.
Eseguire il collegamento a terra.
Collegare il conduttore di protezione al morsetto
contrassegnato con il simbolo . Togliendo i dadi (14.28) si estrae il motore com-
Confrontare la tensione di rete con i dati di targa
e collegare i conduttori di alimentazione ai mor-
setti secondo il corrispondente schema riportato
all’interno del coperchio della scatola morsetti.
Con motori di potenza ≥ 5,5 kW evitare
l’avviamento diretto. Prevedere un qua-
dro con avviamento stella/triangolo o
altro dispositivo di avviamento.
ATTENZIONE: non fare mai cadere
una rondella o altre parti metalliche
nel passaggio cavi interno tra scatola
morsetti e statore.
Se accade, smontare il motore e recuperare la
parte caduta.
Per l’uso in una piscina, vasche da
giardino o posti similari, nel circuito di
alimentazione deve essere installato
un interruttore differenziale con
una corrente residua (I∆N) ≤ 30 mA.
Installare un dispositivo per la onnipolare
disinserzione dalla rete (interruttore per
scollegare la pompa dall’alimentazione) con una
distanza di apertura dei contatti di almeno 3 mm.
Con alimentazione trifase installare un adeguato
salvamotore come da corrente di targa.
Le elettropompe monofasi NMPM sono fornite
Calpeda s.p.a. Via Roggia di Mezzo, 39
36050 Montorso Vicentino - Vicenza - Italia
Tel. +39 - 0444 476 476 Fax +39 - 0444 476 477
5. Avviamento
ATTENZIONE: evitare assolutamente
il funzionamento a secco.
Avviare la pompa solo dopo averla riempita di
liquido.
Con la pompa sopra il livello dell’acqua
da sollevare (funzionamento in aspirazione)
riempire la pompa con acqua fino al livello della
bocca aspirante, attraverso l’apertura sul filtro to-
gliendo il coperchio (fig. 2).
ATTENZIONE: per la spedizione il co-
perchio è chiuso provvisoriamente
con dadi esagonali. Sostituirli con i
volantini (15.12) che si trovano all’in-
terno del prefiltro.
Con la pompa sotto il livello d’acqua nella
vasca (funzionamento sotto battente), riempire la
pompa aprendo lentamente e completamente la
saracinesca nella condotta di arrivo, tenendo
aperta la saracinesca in mandata per far uscire
l’aria.
Con alimentazione trifase verificare
che il senso di rotazione corrisponda a
quello indicato dalla freccia sul corpo pompa; in
caso contrario togliere l’alimentazione elettrica e
invertire fra loro i collegamenti di due fasi.
Con il funzionamento in aspirazione può essere
necessario attendere qualche minuto per ottene-
re l’uscita dell’acqua dalla bocca di mandata.
Controllare che l’elettropompa lavori nel suo
campo di prestazioni e che non venga superata
la corrente assorbita indicata in targa. In caso
contrario regolare la saracinesca in mandata.
6. Manutenzione
Ispezionare e pulire periodicamente il
cestello prefiltro.
Il prefiltro è facilmente estraibile togliendo il co-
perchio sul corpo pompa.
Con la pompa sotto il livello dell’acqua, prima
dello smontaggio del coperchio filtro chiudere le
saracinesche in aspirazione e mandata.
I prodotti disinfettanti o chimi-
ci per il trattamento dell’acqua
non devono venire aggiunti di-
rettamente nella pompa.
Pericolo di reazioni ed esalazioni dannose per la
salute. Rischio di corrosione nelle condizioni di
acqua stagnante (e con l’aumento della tempera-
tura e la diminuzione del valore pH).
Se la pompa rimane inattiva per lunghi
periodi o se esiste il pericolo di gelo,
deve essere svuotata completamente
(fig. 3).
Prima di rimettere in marcia il motore controllare
che l’albero non sia bloccato da incrostazioni o
altre cause e riempire di liquido il corpo pompa.
Prima di ogni intervento di
manutenzione togliere l’ali-
mentazione elettrica e assicu-
rarsi che la pompa non rischi
di essere messa sotto tensione per
inavvertenza.
7. Smontaggio
Prima dello smontaggio chiudere le saracine-
sche in aspirazione e mandata e svuotare il cor-
po pompa.
Per lo smontaggio ed il rimontaggio osservare la
costruzione sul disegno in sezione.
Lo smontaggio del motore e l’ispezione di tutte le
parti interne possono essere eseguiti senza ri-
muovere il corpo pompa dalla tubazione.
pleto con la girante.
8. Ricambi
Nelle eventuali richieste di parti di ricambio preci-
sare la denominazione, il numero di posizione
nel disegno in sezione ed i dati di targa (tipo, da-
ta e numero di matricola).
Impiegare cuscinetti con gioco C3 e grasso per
elevate temperature
Eventuali pompe da ispezio-
nare o riparare prima della
spedizione o messa a disposi-
zione devono essere svuotate
e accuratamente pulite internamente
ed esternamente.
Con riserva di modifiche.
English
Self-priming pumps with
built-in strainer basket
NMP
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
1. Operating conditions
Standard construction
- For clean or slightly dirty water circulation in
swimming pool filtration systems, with a
maximum temperature of 60 °C.
- Maximum permissible working pressure up to 6
bar.
- Installation in well ventilated location protected
from the weather, with a maximum ambient
temperature of 40 °C.
Sound pressure,
up to 2,2 kW: ≤ 70 dB (A);
from 3 to 11 kW: ≤ 85 dB (A).
2. Installation
Lift and transport the pump as indicated in fig. 1.
The NMP pumps must be installed with the rotor
axis horizontal and delivery port upwards.
Place the pump as close as possible to the suc-
tion source.
Provide clearance around the unit for motor
ventilation, for easier inspection and mainte-
nance.
3. Pipes
Secure all pipes to supports and connect them
so that they do not transmit stress, strain or
vibration to the pump.
The inside diameter of the pipe-work depends
on the desired flow.
Provide a diameter assuring a liquid flow not
greater than 1.5 m/s for suction and 3 m/s for
delivery.
The pipe diameters must never be smaller than
the pump connection ports.
3.1. Suction pipe
The suction pipe must be perfectly airtight and
be led upwards in order to avoid air pockets.
If operating with flexible hoses, use a rein-
forced spiral suction hose in order to avoid hose
narrowing due to a suction vacuum.
With a pump located above the water
level (suction lift operation), fit a foot valve or
a check valve on the suction connection.
With a pump located below water level
(inflow under positive suction head) install a gate
valve.
3.2. Delivery pipe
Fit a gate valve in the delivery pipe to adjust de-
livery, head, and absorbed power.
Install a pressure gauge.
With a geodetic head of over 15 m fit a check
valve between the pump and the gate valve in
order to protect the pump from water hammer-
ing.
4. Electrical connection
Electrical connection must be car-
ried out only by a qualified electrician
in accordance with local regulations.
Follow all safety standards.
The unit must be properly earthed
(grounded).
Connect the earthing (grounding) conductor to
the terminal with the marking.
Compare the mains voltage with the name-plate
data and connect the supply conductors to the
terminals in accordance with the appropriate dia-
gram inside the terminal box cover.
With motor power rating ≥ 5,5 kW,
avoid direct starting.
Provide a control panel with star-delta
starting or an other starting.
ATTENTION: never allow washers or
other metal parts to fall into the in-
ternal cable opening between the ter-
minal box and stator.
If this occurs, dismantle the motor to recover
the object which has fallen inside.
For use in swimming pools, garden ponds and
similar places, a residual current device
with I∆N not exceeding 30 mA must be installed
in the supply circuit.
Install a device for disconnection from
the mains (switch) with a contact separation of
at least 3 mm on all poles.
With a three-phase motor install an overload
protection device appropriate for the rated cur-
rent of the pump.
Single-phase NMPM pumps are supplied with a
capacitor connected to the terminals and (for
220-240 V - 50 Hz) with an incorporated thermal
protector.
5. Starting
ATTENTION: never run the
pump dry.
Start the pump after filling it with
liquid.
When the pump is located above the
water level (suction lift operation) fill the pump
with water up to suction pipe level through the
opening on the strainer after removing the cover
(fig. 2).
ATTENTION: for transportation the
cover is temporarily closed with hexa-
gon nuts.
Replace them with the hand knobs
(15.12) located inside the filter.
When operating with the pump below water
level (inflow under positive suction head), fill
the pump by opening the suction gate valve
slowly and completely, keeping the delivery gate
valve open to release the air.
With a three-phase motor check that
the direction of rotation is as shown by the
arrow on the pump casing, otherwise, disconnect
electrical power and reverse the connections of
two phases.
With a suction lift operation it may be necessary
to wait a few minutes for the pump to prime.
Check that the pump works within its field of
performance, and that the absorbed
current shown on the name-plate is
not exceeded.
Otherwise adjust the delivery gate
valve.
6. Maintenance
Inspect and clean the strainer basket
periodically.
The strainer can be easily accessed by removing
the strainer cover. With the pump located below
water level, close the suction and delivery gate
valves before removing the cover.
Disinfectant or chemical
products for water treatment
must not be poured directly
into the pump.
Risk of reactions and emission of harmful fumes.
Risk of corrosion in stagnant water conditions
(also with an increase in temperature and de-
crease of pH value).
In the event of prolonged standstill pe-
riods or if freezing may be expected,
drain the pump completely (fig. 3).
Before restarting the unit, check that the shaft is
not jammed and fill the pump casing with water.
Disconnect electrical power
before any servicing opera-
tion and make sure the pump
cannot be accidentally
switched on.
7. Dismantling
Close the suction and delivery gate
valves and drain the pump casing before dis-
mantling the pump.
For dismantling and reassembly see construc-
tion in the cross section drawing.
The motor and all internal parts can be disman-
tled without removing the pump casing and
pipes.
By removing the nuts (14.28) the motor can be
taken out complete with the impeller.
8. Spare parts
When ordering spare parts, please quote their
designation, position number in the cross
section drawing and rated data from the pump
name plate (type, date and serial number).
Use bearings with C3 clearance and grease for
high temperatures.
Any pumps that require in-
spection/repair must be
drained and carefully cleaned
inside and outside before dis-
patch/submission.
Changes reserved.
 Deutsch
Selbstansaugende
Kreiselpumpen mit
eingebautem Vorfilter
NMP
BETRIEBSANLEITUNG
1. Anwendungsbereich
Standardausführung
- Für reines oder leichtverschmutztes Wasser in
Schwimmbad-Filteranlagen.
- Mediumstemperatur bis 60 °C.
- Höchstzulässiger Pumpenenddruck: 6 bar.
- Einsatz nur in gut belüfteten und gegen Witte-
rungseinflüsse geschützten Räumen. Raum-
temperatur bis 40 °C.
Schalldruck,
bis 2,2 kW: ≤ 70 dB (A);
von 3 bis 11 kW: ≤ 85 dB (A).
2. Einbau
Die Pumpe wird, wie in Abb. 1 dargestellt, ange-
hoben und transportiert.
Die Pumpen NMP sind mit waagerechter Wel-
lenlage und Druckstutzen nach oben aufzustel-
len. Die Pumpe soll so nah wie möglich an der
Saugquelle aufgestellt werden.
Um das Aggregat soll ausreichender
Raum für Motorlüftung, für In-
spektion und Wartung bleiben.
3. Rohrleitungen
Die Rohrleitungen sind mit Rohrschellen abzu-
fangen und spannungsfrei an die Pumpe anzu-
schließen.
Der Innendurchmesser (Nennweite) der Rohrlei-
tungen ist vom Förderstrom abhängig.
Die Strömungsgeschwindigkeit soll in der
Saugleitung 1,5 m/s und in der Druckleitung 3 m/s
nicht übersteigen. Keinesfalls Rohrweiten kleiner
als die der Pumpenstutzen wählen.
3.1. Saugleitung
Die Saugleitung muß unbedingt dicht sein.
Sie soll aufsteigend verlegt werden, um Luft-
sackbildung zu vermeiden.
Bei Anwedung von Schlauchleitungen sind
verstärkte Spiralsaugschläuche zu verwenden,
die sich durch den beim Saugen entstehenden
Unterdruck nicht zusammenziehen.
Mit der Pumpe über dem Wasserspiegel
(Saugbetrieb) ist ein Fußventil oder ein Rück-
schlagventil in der Saugleitung zu montieren.
Mit der Pumpe unter dem Wasserspiegel
(Zulaufbetrieb) ist ein Absperrschieber in der Zu-
laufleitung zu montieren.
3.2. Druckleitung
Zum Einstellen des gewünschten
Förderstroms bzw. der Leistungsauf-
nahme ist in der Druckleitung ein
Schieber einzubauen. Druckmeß-
gerät (Manometer) einbauen.
Bei Druckhöhen über 15 m ist zwischen Pumpe
und Schieber eine Rückschlagklappe einzu-
bauen, um die Pumpe vor möglichen Wasser-
schlägen zu schützen.
4. Elektrischer Anschluß
Der elektrische Anschluß ist von
Fachpersonal unter Beachtung der
örtlichen Vorschriften auszuführen.
Sicherheitsvorschriften befolgen.
Schutzleiter an die Erdungsklemme
anschließen.
Netzspannung mit den Angaben auf dem Typen-
schild vergleichen und Speiseleiter gemäß dem
Schaltbild im Klemmenkastendeckel ansch-
ließen.
Mit Motorleistung ≥ 5,5 kW, Direktan-
lauf vermeiden. Schaltkasten mit Stern-
Dreieck-Anlauf oder eine andere An-
laßeinrichtung vorsehen.
ACHTUNG! Keine Scheibe oder andere
metallische Gegenstände in den internen
Leitungsdurchgang zwischen Klem-
menkasten und Stator fallen lassen.
Andernfalls Motor demontieren und Gegen-
stand beseitigen.
Die Benutzung in Schwimmbecken, Gartentei-
chen und ähnlichen Orten ist nur zulässig, wenn
die Pumpe an einem Schaltkreis angeschlossen
ist, der durch eine Fehlerstrom-
Schutzeinrichtung mit einem
Nennfehlerstrom (I∆N) ≤ 30 mA ge-
schützt ist.
DIN 57100/VDE 0100 Teil 702 beachten.
Es ist eine Vorrichtung zur Abschaltung
jeder Phase vom Netz (Schalter) mit einem
Öffnungsabstand der Kontakte von mindestens
3 mm zu installieren.
Bei Dreiphasen-Drehstrommotoren ist ein Motor-
schutzschalter gemäß der Stromaufnahme laut
Typenschild vorzusehen.
Die Einphasen-Wechselstrommotoren NMPM
werden mit angeschlossenem Anlaufkondensa-
tor und (bei 220-240 V - 50 Hz) mit eingebautem
Thermoschalter geliefert.
5. Inbetriebnahme
ACHTUNG! Die Pumpe darf nicht oh-
ne Flüssigkeitsfüllung betrieben wer-
den.
Vor der Inbetriebnahme muß die Pumpe mit
dem Fördermedium aufgefüllt werden.
Bei Installation der Pumpe über dem Was-
serspiegel (Saugbetrieb) ist die Pumpe durch
die Öffnung an dem Vorfilter bis zur Höhe des
Ansaugstutzen zu füllen (Abb. 2).
VORSICHT! Der Filterdeckel ist für
den Transport mit Sechskantmuttern
geschlossen. Sie sind gegen die
mitgelieferten Flügelmuttern (15.12)
auszutauschen, die sich im Vorfilter
befinden.
Bei Installation der Pumpe unter dem Was-
serspiegel (Zulaufbetrieb) ist der Absperr-
schieber in der Zulaufleitung langsam vollständig
zu öffnen, um die Pumpe zu füllen. Dabei den
Schieber in der Druckleitung öffnen, damit die
Luft entweichen kann.
Bei Dreiphasen-Drehstrommotoren die
Drehrichtung prüfen, die durch einen Pfeil
auf dem Pumpengehäuse gekennzeichnet ist.
Bei falscher Drehrichtung, Motor abschalten und
zwei beliebige Phasen-Anschlüsse im Motor-
klemmenkasten vertauschen.
Bei Saugbetrieb können bis zum Erreichen der
Förderleistung einige Minuten vergehen.
Die Pumpe soll mit den auf dem Typenschild an-
gegebenen Betriebsdaten eingesetzt werden.
Pumpenenddruck und Stromaufnahme mit den
Werten laut Typenschild vergleichen, ggf. den
Absperrschieber in der Druckleitung verstellen.
6. Wartung
Vorfilter regelmäßig kontrollieren und
reinigen.
Nach Abschrauben der Flügelschrauben und Ab-
nehmen des Filterdeckels kann das Saugsieb
problemlos entnommen werden. Mit der Pumpe
unter dem Wasserspiegel, vor Demontage des
Filterdeckels Absperrorgane vor und hinter dem
Aggregat schließen.
Desinfektionsmittel und Chemika-
lien zur Wasseraufbereitung dür-
fen auf keinen Fall direkt in die
Pumpe eingefüllt werden.
Reaktions- und gesundheitsgefährdende Aus-
strömungsgefahr. Korrosionsgefahr bei stehen-
dem Wasser (sowie bei Temperaturerhöhung
oder pH-Wert-Minderung).
Bei längeren Stillstandsperioden oder
bei Frostgefahr ist die Pumpe vollstän-
dig zu entleeren (Abb. 3).
Vor Wiederinbetriebnahme ist zu kontrollieren,
ob die Pumpe durch Verunreinigungen blockiert
worden ist. Pumpe mit dem Fördermedium fül-
len.
Alle Arbeiten am Aggregat
nur bei abgeschalteter Strom-
zufuhr durchführen und sich
versichen, daß die Pumpe ni-
cht aus Unachtsamkeit unter Spannung
gesetzt werden kann.
7. Demontage
Vor Demontage Absperrorgane vor und hinter
dem Aggregat schließen und Pumpe entleeren.
Demontage und Montage unter Zuhilfenahme
des Schnittbildes durchführen.
Bei Ausbau des Motors mit den Laufteilen kann
das Pumpengehäuse in der Rohrleitung verblei-
ben.
Nach Lösen der Sechskantmuttern (14.28) kann
der Motor mit dem Laufrad abgebaut werden.
8. Ersatzteile
Bei eventueller Ersatzteil-Bestellung bitte Teile-
Benennung, Teile-Nummer nach Schnittzeich-
nung und Typenschild-Daten (Typ, Datum und
Fabriknummer) angeben.
Lager mit Spiel C3 und Fett für hohe Betrieb-
stemperaturen verwenden.
Wenn Pumpen zu inspektionieren
oder reparieren sind, müssen die-
se vor Versand/Bereitstellung en-
tleert sowie außen und innen
sorgfältig gereinigt werden.
Änderungen vorbehalten.
Français
Pompes autoamorçantes
avec préfiltre incorporé
NMP
INSTRUCTIONS POUR L’UTILISATION
1. Conditions d’utilisation
Exécution normale
-- Pour eau propre ou légèrement sale dans les
installations de filtrage pour piscines avec
température maximale de 60 °C.
- Pression finale maximum admise dans le corps
de la pompe: 6 bar.
- Installation dans des lieux aérés et protégés
contre les intempéries, avec température am-
biante maximum de 40 °C.
Pression acoustique,
jusqu’à 2,2 kW: ≤ 70 dB (A);
de 3 à 11 kW: ≤ 85 dB (A).
2. Installation
Soulever et transporter la pompe ainsi que
l’indique la fig. 1.
Les pompes NMP doivent être installées avec
l’axe du rotor horizontal et orifice de refoulement
en haut.
La pompe doit être installée le plus près possible
à la source d’aspiration.
Prévoir autour de l’électropompe un espace suf-
fisant pour la ventilation du moteur, pour les ins-
pections et l’entretien.
3. Tuyaux
Fixer les tuyaux sur leurs appuis et les joindre de
façon qu’ils ne transmettent pas des forces, ten-
sions et vibrations à la pompe.
Le diamètre intérieur des tuyaux dépend du débit
désiré.
Prévoir le diamètre de manière que la vitesse du
liquide ne soit pas supérieure à 1,5 m/s pour
l’aspiration et 3 m/s pour le refoulement. Le dia-
mètre des tuyaux ne doit jamais être inférieur au
diamètre des orifices de la pompe.
3.1. Tuyau d’aspiration
Le tuyau d’aspiration doit être parfaitement
étanche et il doit avoir une forme ascendante
pour éviter des poches d’air.
Dans les emplois avec tuyaux flexibles mon-
ter en aspiration un tuyaux flexible avec spirale
de renforcement afin d’éviter le rétrécissement
par effet du vide d’aspiration.
Avec la pompe au dessus du niveau de
l’eau (fonctionnement en aspiration), insérer un
clapet de pied ou un clapet de non-re-
tour sur l’orifice d’aspiration.
Avec le niveau de l’eau côte aspiration au
dessus de la pompe (fonctionnement en
charge), insérer une vanne.
3.2. Tuyau de refoulement
Insérer une vanne dans le tuyau de refoulement
pour régler le débit, la hauteur d’élévation et la
puissance absorbée. Monter un indicateur de
pression (manomètre).
Lorsque la hauteur géodésique de refoulement est
supérieure à 15 m, insérer entre pompe et vanne
un clapet de retenue pour protéger la pompe des
“coups de bélier”.
4. Connexion électrique
La connexion électrique doit être
exécutée par un spécialiste suivant
les prescriptions locales.
Suivre les normes de sécurité.
Exécuter la mise à la terre.
Raccorder le conducteur de protection à la bor-
ne .
Comparer la tension du réseau avec les don-
nées de la plaque signalétique et réaliser le
branchement conformément au schéma à l’inté-
rieur du couvercle de la boîte à bornes.
Avec moteurs de puissance ≥ 5,5 kW
éviter le démarrage direct. Prévoir un
tableau de démarrage étoile-triangle ou
une autre installation de démarrage.
ATTENTION: lors du branchement
électrique, prenez garde de ne pas
faire tomber rondelle, écrou etc.
entre la boite à borne et le stator.
Le démontage du moteur est impératif pour ré-
cupérer la pièce tombée.
Pour l’usage dans une piscine, bassins de jardin
ou endroits analogues, installer un disjoncteur
différentiel de courant de déclenchement no-
minal (I∆N) ne dépassant pas 30 mA.
Installer un dispositif pour débrancher
chaque phase du réseau (interrupteur pour
déconnecter la pompe de l’alimentation) avec
une distance d’ouverture des contacts d’au
moins 3 mm.
Pour l’alimentation triphasée installer une protec-
tion moteur appropriée selon le courant indiqué
sur la plaque signalétique.
Les pompes monophasées NMPM sont fournies
avec condensateur connecté aux bornes et (pour
220-240 V - 50 Hz) avec protection
thermique incorporée.
5. Démarrage
ATTENTION: éviter à tout prix le fonc-
tionnement à sec.
Démarrer la pompe seulement après l’avoir
remplie complètement de liquide.
Avec la pompe au dessus du niveau de
l’eau (fonctionnement en aspiration) remplir la
pompe avec de l’eau jusqu’au niveau de l’orifice
d’aspiration, à travers l’orifice du filtre en enle-
vant le couvercle (fig. 2).
ATTENTION: pour le transport, le cou-
vercle est fermé temporairement par
des écrous hexagonaux. Les rempla-
cer avec les volants (15.12) qui se
trouvent à l’intérieur du filtre.
Avec le niveau de l’eau côte aspiration au
dessus de la pompe (fonctionnement en
charge), remplir la pompe en ouvrant lentement
et complètement la vanne sur la conduite
d’aspiration en tenant ouverte la vanne de re-
foulement pour faire sortir l’air.
Avec alimentation triphasée vérifier
que le sens de rotation correspond à celui
qui est indiqué par la flèche sur le corps de la
pompe, dans le cas contraire, débrancher l’ali-
mentation électrique et inverser les connexions
des deux phases.
Avec le fonctionnement en aspiration
il peut être nécessaire d’attendre
quelques minutes pour obtenir la
sortie de l’eau de l’orifice de refou-
lement.
Contrôler que la pompe travaille dans son
champ de performance et que le courant absor-
bé indiqué sur la plaque signalétique ne soit pas
dépassé. Dans le cas contraire régler la vanne
dans le tuyau de refoulement.
6. Entretien
Contrôler et nettoyer périodiquement le
panier du filtre.
Le panier filtrant peut être extrait avec facilité en
enlevant le couvercle sur le corps de la pompe.
Avec la pompe sous le niveau de l’eau, avant le
démontage du couvercle du filtre fermer les
vannes d’aspiration et de refoulement.
Les produits désinfectants ou
chimiques pour le traitement
d’eau ne doivent pas être ajoutés
directement dans la pompe.
Risque d’émanations dangereuses pour la san-
té. Risque de corrosion dans les conditions
d’eau stagnante (et avec l’augmentation de la
température et la diminution du pH).
En cas d’arrêts prolongés ou risque de
gel, vidanger la pompe complètement
(fig. 3).
Avant de remettre en marche l’ensemble, contrô-
ler que l’arbre ne soit pas bloqué par des incro-
stations ou par d’autres causes et
remplir d’eau le corps de la pompe.
Avant toute opération
d’entretien, débran-
cher l’alimentation
électrique et s’assurer
que la pompe ne risque pas d’être mise
sous tension par inadvertance.
7. Démontage
Avant le désassemblage, fermer les vannes
d’aspiration et de refoulement et vider le corps
de pompe.
Pour le démontage et le remontage observer la
construction sur le dessin en coupe.
Dans le cas du démontage du moteur avec les
pièces rotoriques, le corps de la pompe peut res-
ter bridé à la tuyauterie.
Après avoir desserré les écrous à six pans
(14.28) on peut démonter le moteur avec la
roue.
8. Pièces de rechange
En cas de demande de pièces de rechange, pré-
ciser la description des pièces, le numéro de po-
sition dans le dessin en coupe et les données de
la plaque signalétique (type, date et numéro de
série).
Utiliser roulements avec jeu C3 et graisse pour
températures élevées.
En cas d’inspection ou de répara-
tion, avant son expédition ou sa
mise en disponibilité, la pompe doit
être soigneusement
vidangée et nettoyée intérieure-
ment et extérieurement.
Modifications réservées.
 Español
Bombas autoaspirantes equipadas con condensadores unidos a los bor-
nes, y (para 220-240-50Hz.), con termoprotector
con prefiltro incorporado incorporado.
NMP
INSTRUCCIONES DE USO
1. Condiciones de empleo
Ejecución normal
- Para agua limpia o ligeramente sucia en las
instalaciones de filtrado para piscinas con
temperatura máxima de 60ºC..
- Presión final máxima admitida en el cuerpo
bomba: 6 bar.
- Electrobombas previstas para lugares aireados
y protegidos de la intemperie, con temperatura
máxima ambiental de 40ºC.
Presión acústica;
hasta 2.2 kW: ≤ 70 dB.(A).
de 3 a 11 kW: ≤ 85 dB.(A).
2. Instalación
Elevar y transportar la bomba como se indica en
la fig.1.
Las bombas NMP están proyectadas para su
instalación con el eje del rotor horizontal, y con
la boca de impulsión en alto.
Instalar la bomba lo más cerca posible de la
fuente de aspiración.
Prever alrededor de la electrobomba
un espacio suficiente para la venti-
lación del motor, y para sus
inspecciones y mantenimiento.
3. Instalación de tubos
Fijar las tuberías sobre sus propios apoyos, y
unirlas de manera que no transmitan fuerzas,
tensiones, o vibraciones a la bomba.
El diámetro interior de los tubos depende del
caudal de impulsión deseado.
Prever el diámetro de modo que la velocidad del
líquido no supere los 1.5 m./s. en las aspiracio-
nes, y los 3 m./s. en la impulsión. En ningún ca-
so el diámetro de las tuberías no debe ser infe-
rior al diámetro de la boca de la bomba.
3.1. Tuberías de aspiración
La tubería de aspiración debe poseer una perfecta
estanqueidad, y debe tener un sentido de marcha
ascendente para evitar bolsas de aire.
Con el empleo de tuberías flexibles, montar
en aspiración un tubo flexible con espiral de re-
fuerzo para evitar estreñimientos debidos a las
depresiones de la aspiración.
Con la bomba por encima del nivel del
agua, (funcionamiento en aspiración), instalar
una válvula de pie o una válvula de retención en
la boca de aspiración.
Con la bomba por debajo del nivel del agua,
(funcionamiento bajo carga), instalar una válvula
de compuerta.
3.2. Tuberías de impulsión
En las tuberías de impulsión instalar
una válvula de compuerta para regu-
lar el caudal, la presión, y la potencia
absorbida. Instalar un indicador de
presión. (Manómetro).
Cuando el desnivel geodésico, en la impulsión,
es mayor de 15 m., intercalar una válvula de re-
tención para proteger la bomba de los “golpes
de ariete”.
4. Conexionado eléctrico
El conexionado eléctrico tiene que
ser realizado por un electricista cuali-
ficado y cumpliendo las prescripcio-
nes locales.
Seguir las normas de seguridad.
Realizar la toma a tierra.
Conectar el conductor de protección al borne
señalizado con el símbolo . das las partes internas, pueden ser seguidas sin
Comprobar la frecuencia y la tensión de la red
con los datos de la placa de características, y
conectar los conductores de alimentación a los
bornes según el correspondiente esquema incor-
porado en el interior de la tapa de la caja de bor-
nes.
Con motores de potencia ≥ 5.5 kW evi-
tar el arranque directo. Prever un cua-
dro con arranque estrella/triángulo, u
otro dispositivo de puesta en marcha.
ATENCIÓN: Evitar la caída de arandelas
y otras partes metálicas en el pasaje in-
terno entre la caja de bornes y el esta-
tor. Si ello ocurre es necesario desmontar el
motor y recuperar el elemento caído.
Para uso en piscinas, estanques de
jardín o espacios similares, en el cir-
cuito de alimentación se debe insta-
lar un interruptor diferencial con
una corriente residual (I∆N) ≤ 30mA.
Instalar un dispositivo para la desconexión
total de la red, (interruptor para desconectar
la bomba de la alimentación), con una apertura
de contactos mínima de al menos 3 mm.
Con la alimentación trifásica instalar en el cua-
dro de control un adecuado salva motor para la
corriente indicada en la placa de características.
Las electrobombas monofásicas NMPM están
5. Puesta en marcha
ATENCIÓN: Evitar absolutamente el
funcionamiento en seco.
Poner la bomba en marcha únicamente
después de haberla llenado completamente
de líquido.
Con la bomba por encima del nivel del
agua para elevar, (funcionamiento en aspira-
ción), llenar la bomba con agua hasta el nivel de
la boca de aspiración a través de la apertura so-
bre el filtro extrayendo la tapa. (Fig.2).
ATENCIÓN: Para la expedición la tapa
esta cerrada provisionalmente con tor-
nillos hexagonales. Sustituir con los
pomos (15.12) que se encuentran en el
interior del prefiltro.
Con el nivel de agua en aspiración por
encima de la bomba, (Funcionamiento bajo
carga), rellenar la bomba abriendo lentamente y
completamente la compuerta del tubo de aspira-
ción, teniendo abierta la compuerta de la impul-
sión para hacer salir el aire.
Con alimentación trifásica verificar que
el sentido de rotación corresponde al que
indica la flecha marcada sobre el cuerpo de la
bomba. En caso contrario cortar la alimentación
eléctrica, e invertir entre ellos el conexionado de
dos fases.
Controlar que la bomba trabaja en su campo de
prestaciones, y que no venga superada la co-
rriente absorbida por la indicada en la placa de
características. En caso contrario regular la
compuerta de impulsión.
6. Mantenimiento
Inspeccionar y limpiar periódicamente
la cesta del prefiltro.
El prefiltro es fácilmente extraible sacando la ta-
pa sobre el cuerpo de la bomba.
Con la bomba trabajando bajo carga, antes del
desmontaje de la tapa del filtro, cerrar la com-
puerta de aspiración y de impulsión.
Los productos desinfectantes
o químicos para los tratamien-
tos del agua, no deben añadir-
se directamente en la bomba.
Peligro de reacciones y emanaciones de gases
dañinos para la salud. Riesgo de corrosión en
las condiciones de agua estancada (y con el au-
mento de la temperatura y la disminución del va-
lor pH).
Si la bomba permanece inactiva por
largo período de tiempo, o si existe pe-
ligro de heladas, esta debe de ser va-
ciada completamente. (Fig. 3).
Antes de poner en marcha el motor, controlar que
el eje no esta bloqueado por incrustaciones, o por
otras causas, y rellenar de líquido la bomba.
Antes de cada intervención
de mantenimiento cortar la
alimentación eléctrica, y ase-
gurase que la bomba no tiene
ninguna posibilidad de ser puesta en
marcha por baja tensión o por descui-
do.
7. Desmontaje
Antes del desmontaje cerrar las compuertas de
aspiración y de impulsión, y vaciar el cuerpo
bomba.
Para el desmontaje y montaje observar la
construcción sobre el diseño en sección.
El desmontaje del motor y la inspección de to-
necesidad de desmontar el cuerpo bomba de las
tuberías.
Sacando las tuercas, (14.28), se extrae el motor
completo con el rodete.
8. Recambios
En los posibles pedidos para recambios, se de-
be indicar la denominación, el número de posi-
ción en el dibujo en sección, y los datos marca-
dos en la placa de características, (tipo, fecha y
número de matrícula).
Emplear rodamientos con juego C3 y grasa para
temperaturas elevadas.
Las posibles bombas para
inspeccionar o reparar, antes
del traslado o de la entrega,
deben ser vaciadas y cuidado-
samente limpiadas tanto interna y
externamente.
Se reserva el derecho de modificación.
Svenska
Själv-evakuerande pumpar 5. Uppstart
med inbyggt filter VARNING: torrkör
NMP
DRIFT/INSTALLATIONSANVISNINGAR
1. Förutsättningar
Standardutförande
- För rent eller lätt förorenat vatten i cirkulation i
badpooler filtersystem, med en maximal
temperatur av 60 °C.
- Maximalt tillåtna arbetstryck upp till 6 bar.
- Installation i väl ventilerat utrymme, skyddat
från väder med en maximal omgivnings-tempe-
ratur av 40 °C.
Ljudnivå,
upp till 2,2 kW ≤ 70 dB(A)
från 3 till 11kW ≤ 85 dB(A).
2. Installation
Lyft och transportera pumpen enligt fig.1.
NMP - pumparna måste installeras med roto-
raxeln i horisontalt läge samt fastsättningarna
(fötterna) under pumpen.
Placera pumpen så nära vätskekällan som möj-
ligt.
Tillse att fritt utrymme finnes runt pumpen för
motor ventilation, enklare inspektion samt
underhåll.
3. Rörledningar
Rör som är anslutna till pumpen skall fastsättas
med klämmor så att det ej spänner eller överför
vibrationer till pumphuset.
Rörets innerdiameter är beroende av kapacite-
ten och skall ej överstiga 1,5m/s på sugsidan
samt 3 m/s på trycksidan.
Rördiametrarna får aldrig understiga pumpens
anslutningsdimensioner.
3.1. Sugledning
Sugledningen måste vara lufttät och stigande för
att undvika luftansamlingar.
Om slang användes måste denna vara för-
stärkt för att undvika ihopsugning.
Med en pump placerad över vätskenivån
(sugande funktion), montera en bottenventil eller
en backventil på sugledningen.
Med en pump placerad under vätske-
nivån (tillrinning), skall en avstängningsventil
monteras på sugledningen.
3.2. Tryckledning
Montera en manometer samt ventil på ledningen
för att justera tryck,effektförbrukning.
Vid en nivåskillnad över 15 meter skall en klaff-
ventil monteras för att skydda pumpen mot
tryckstötar.
4. Elanslutning
Elinstallationen måste utföras av
en behörig elektriker och i enhet
med lokala bestämmelser.
Följ säkerhetsföreskrifterna.
Utrustningen måste skyddsjordas.
Anslutning av skyddsjorden skall ske vid plinten
märkt . samt positionsnummer, beskrivning på reserv-
Jämför frekvens samt huvudspänning enligt upp-
givna data på namnplåten och anslut ledningar-
na enligt schemat på insidan kopplingsboxens
lock.
Vid motoreffekt ≥ 5,5 kW, undvik direkt-
start.
Förse elmotorn med en Y/D startutrust-
ning eller liknande.
VARNING: tillåt aldrig brickor eller
andra metalldelar att falla ner i elmo-
torns öppning i kopplingsboxen.
Om detta förekommit, måste elmotorn demon-
teras för att avlägsna delarna som fallit ner i
öppningen.
Vid installation i badpooler, trädgårdsdammar eller
liknande ställen skall en jordfelsbrytare ej över-
stigande I∆N 30 mA installeras i strömkretsen.
Installera en arbetsbrytare med minimum 3
mm luftspalt för brytning av alla tre faserna.
Vid en trefasinstallation skall ett motorskydd in-
stalleras avsett för strömstyrkan som är angiven
på namnplåten.
Enfas NMPM pumpar är försedda med en kon-
densator ansluten till kopplingsplinten samt för
220-240 V - 50Hz ett inbyggt temperatur- skydd.
aldrig
pumpen.
Starta pumpen först efter det att
den blivit fylld med vätska.
När pumpen är placerad ovanför vät-
skenivån (sugande funktion) fyll pumpen med
vätska upp till sugledningen öppning genom att
öppna filterkorgens lock (fig.2).
VARNING: vid leverans är pumpen
försedd med muttrar till locket över
silkorgen, plastmuttrarna (15.12) som
skall användas ligger i silkorgen.
När pumpen är placerad under vätskenivån
(tillrinning av vätskan) skall pumpen samt su-
gledning fyllas genom att ventilen på sugsidan
öppnas, ventilen på trycksidan skall vara öppen
så att luft kan komma ur pumpen.
Vid en trefasinstallation, kontrollera
att rotationsriktningen stämmer med pilen
på pumphuset, om inte bryt all elström och skifta
två av elfaserna till elmotorn.
Vid sugande funktion kan det bli möjligt att få
vänta några minuter på att vätskan skall kunna
evakuera sugledningen.
Kontrollera att pumpen arbetar inom dess områ-
de, om nödvändigt justera med ventilen på tryck-
sidan.
Data för justering finns på namnplåten.
6. Underhåll
Inspektera samt rengör silkorgen
med jämna intervaller.
Korgen kan rengöras enkelt genom att locket
som sitter över den skruvas bort.
Om pumpen befinner sig under vätskenivån må-
ste ventilen på sugsidan stängas, glöm ej heller
att stänga ventilen på trycksidan.
Desinfektions eller andra ke-
mikalier får inte lov att hällas
direkt in i pumpen.
Risken för korrosion ökar i stillaståen-
de vätska (även med ökad temperatur samt lågt
pH värde).
Om pumpen ej skall användas under
en längre tid eller om frysrisk förelig-
ger, skall pumpen tömmas på vätska.
(Fig. 3).
Före återstart skall det kontrolleras att pump-
axeln roterar för hand.
VARNING: Bryt strömmen till
pumpen så att den inte kan
tillkopplas oavsiktligt innan
service eller annat underhåll
utföres.
7. Demontering
Stäng ventilerna på sug- och trycksi-
dan. Dränera pumpen från vätskan.
För demontering hänvisar vi till snittritningen.
Motorn samt alla innandelar kan demonteras
utan att pumphuset samt ledningarna behöver
lossas, detta göres genom att muttrarna (14.28)
avlägsnas, motorn komplett med pumphjul kan
då tas ut bakåt.
8. Reservdelar
Vid beställning av reservdelar var god uppge
data på namnplåten (typ, data, serienummer)
delen.
Använd kullager med C3 tolerans samt högtem-
peraturfett.
Pumpar för reparation eller
service skall vara ursköljda
samt rengjorda innan avsänd-
ning sker.
Rätt till ändringar förbehålles
 Calpeda s.p.a. Via Roggia di Mezzo, 39
36050 Montorso Vicentino - Vicenza - Italia
Tel. +39 - 0444 476 476 Fax +39 - 0444 476 477

Nederlands = !
Zelfaanzuigende pompen 5. Opstarten

    .
 < 
met ingebouwd voorfilter   NMPM   
LET OP: laat de pomp nooit drooglopen.
Start de pomp nadat het pomphuis met   ,    , 
(  & 220-240 #   50 ?) 

NMP vloeistof gevuld is.

Wanneer de pomp boven vloeistofniveau

geplaatst is (zuigbedrijf), vul de pomp met water
NMP
 
 .

5. %

tot aan de zuigaansluiting door de opening op *
+/*
0! 6  $

BEDIENINGSVOORSCHRIFTEN het pomphuis nadat de deksel is verwijderd

 
 $
&  # ,    &
(fig. 2).
 .
@ ,    
1. Toepassingsgebied ATTENTIE: voor het transport is het
1.    
  & .
Standaard uitvoering     
deksel tijdelijk gemonteerd met moe- ! &  + 
- Voor schoon of licht vervuild water in −        
ren. Vervang deze door de handmoe-  & (&  )
zwembadfiltratiesystemen met een maximale     
ren (15.12) te vinden in het filter.      

mediumtemperatuur van 60 °C   60°C.
    ,  
- Maximum toegestane werkdruk is 6 bar −    
Als men werkt bij een positieve voordruk, + (. 2).
- Installatie in een goed geventileerde ruimte    - 6 .
die beschermd wordt tegen weersinvloeden vult men de pomp door de zuigklep langzaam − !   
met een maximale omgevingstemperatuur volledig te openen en houdt men de persklep   

 
  *
+/*
0! 7  
  
van 40 °C open om lucht te laten ontsnappen.     40°C; $  
 
&
Geluidsniveau tot 2,2 kW: ≤ 70 dB(A) " :   &# . %  # 
Bij 3-fase motoren, controleer de draai- #  (15.12),  #
vanaf 3 tot 11 kW: ≤ 85 dB(A).  2,2 # -   70 $ (")
richting zoals afgebeeld door de pijl op het 
  &  &.
 3  11 # -   85 $ (")
pomphuis, anders, sluit de stroomtoevoer en
verwissel de aansluiting van 2-fasen. ! &  & 
2. Installatie 2.   & (&  
Bij zuigbedrijf kan het noodzakelijk zijn om enke- !  
      )   ,
Hijs en verplaats de pomp zoals aangegeven in
le minuten te wachten totdat de pomp aanzuigt. . 1.   &  

figuur 1.
%  NMP       ;  < & 
De NMP pompen dienen geïnstalleerd te wor- Controleer of de pomp functioneert binnen de  &    
  &   
den met de rotoras horizontaal en de persaan- prestatiecurve en dat de nominale stroom ver- 
  .  .
sluiting naar boven gericht. Plaats de pomp zo meld op het typeplaatje niet wordt overschreden. '   & &  !   
dicht mogelijk bij de zuigbron, zorg Stel anders de afsluiter in de pers bij.   .   , 
voor voldoen de ruimte rond de
#     
 
pomp voor motorventilatie, in-
        
spectie en onderhoud.
  ,  &    ;   ,  
6. Onderhoud . & .       .
3. Leidingen Inspecteer en reinig de filterkorf !   &  & 
periodiek.  &   &,
Bevestig alle leidingen middels steunpunten en 3.        
 .
verbind ze zo dat er gaan mechanische krachten De filterkorf is eenvoudig toegankelijk nadat het '   
  
op het pomphuis worden uitgeoefend. deksel op het pomphuis is verwijderd. Wanneer !,     
   ,    ,   .   
De binnendiameter is afhankelijk van de gewen- de pomp beneden vloeistofniveau is geplaatst,   ,  &  
sluit de zuig- en persafsluiter voor het verwijde-   
 +,   
ste opbrengst. Zorg voor een leidingdiameter,  . . #  , 
die resulteert in een stroomsnelheid niet hoger ren van het pomphuisdeksel. #      &  .
dan 1,5 m/s voor zuigleiding en 3 m/s voor per-    .
sleiding. De leidingdiameters mogen nooit klei- Desinfecterende middelen of *   ,  6. ;#  ! #
ner zijn dan de pompaansluitingen. chemische producten voor  &  + 1,5 /  *     
waterbehandeling niet direct   3 /  . #    .
in de pomp gieten. Risico op ,    &  +
  +   , # & 
3.1. Zuigleiding reacties en emissie van schadelijke gassen.   .    .

De zuigleiding moet luchtdicht en oplopend rich- Risico van corrosie in stagnerende watercon- 3.1   !     
ting pomp zijn om luchtzakken te voorkomen. dities (tevens bij toename van temperatuur en #
  &      +  
Bij gebruik van flexibele slang, gebruik spi- verlaging van de PH waarde).       &    .
raalslang om vernauwing als gevolg van vacuüm &  + +. 7$    
te voorkomen. In geval van verwachte stilstand voor #      
!         
langere periode of vorst, pomp volledig     
Bij plaatsing van de pomp boven vloeistof-  +   & 
aftappen (fig. 3).  & 
 
niveau (zuigbedrijf), plaats een voetklep of te- & & -  
rugslagklep in de zuigleiding. Voor het opstarten, controleer of de as niet ge-  . .
Bij plaatsing van de pomp onder toeloop, blokkeerd is en vul het pomphuis met water. !
    

    
monteer een terugslagklep.
 !  (&  ) ,    ,  & 
           (&  +
Voor elke vorm van onderhoud,  
 .   &  pH).
3.2. Persleiding dient men de elektrische aan- !
      #  &   
Plaats een schuifafsluiter in de persleiding om sluitingen los te nemen en
 !   (&     & ,
de pompopbrengst, druk en vermo- zorg dat de stroom niet per on-  )  &.    &
gen te regelen. geluk ingeschakeld kan worden.   (. 3).
Installeer een manometer. 3.2 "  !   
Bij een geodatische opvoerhoogte % 
   &  ,    
van meer dan 15 meter monteer een  ,          
terugslagklep tussen pomp en afsluiter. Dit ter 7. Demontage 
. ' &       
bescherming van de pomp tegen waterslag.  ().   .
Sluit de zuig- en perskleppen en tap het !    15  &   *
+/*
0! "
 
pomphuis af voordat men de pomp demonteert. &     
 !
 #.    
De motor en alle inwendige delen kunnen 
    .       
4. Elektrische aansluiting gedemonteerd worden zonder dat het pomphuis
&,   

De elektrische aansluiting moet uit- en de leidingen verwijderd hoeven te worden. 4. "      # !  !    .
gevoerd worden door een gekwalifi- Door de moeren (14.28) te verwijderen, kan men 9  &
ceerd elektricien overeenkomstig de de motor met waaier volledig terugschuiven.   <, 7. =$
plaatselijke verordeningen.    !   &   
   .    &   .
Volg alle veiligheidsinstructies.
 !
  #  $
 . !    
 
De pompset dient op een juiste wijze 8. Onderdelen  &  , 
%$  .
geaard te zijn. &.
Bij onderdelen bestellingen dienen de gegevens !  
   
Verbind de aarde in de aansluitdoos met een ge- *     
die op het typeplaatje (type, data en serienummer)    .
merkte teken .   
  ,   
staan alsmede het positienummer van elk ',     &  
Vergelijk de frequentie en voltage met de waar-   .
gewenst deel overeenkomstig de onderdelen-    ,   , 
den op het typeplaatje en sluit de fasen aan ove- A  (14.28) & 
tekening te worden vermeld.     
reenkomstig het schema in de aansluitdoos.    .
Lagers C3 en vet voor hoge temperaturen toe-   ,   
Bij motorvermogens boven 5,5 kW  +  .
passen.
voorkom directe inschakeling. Plaats " 
 &$   ! & ≥ 5,5 8. %
 
een schakelkast met ster-driehoek-  $&

. "& !  .  
schakelaar of andere startvoorziening.
 & 
   
 “$$- ,  .  & 
Iedere pomp welke inspectie  & ” 
 !.      .
LET OP: geen metalen voorwerpen in en/of reparatie behoeft, moet B +  
3 
de kabelopening tussen aansluitdoos afgetapt en zorgvuldig worden   ! )!      
en stator laten vallen, anders motor de- gereinigd zowel uit- als inwen-           .
monteren en voorwerp verwijderen. dig, alvorens deze te transporteren.  

& 
#  
 *,  # 
 $ ! ! .
 &
  &,

Bij gebruik in zwembaden, vijvers en soortgelijke = < ,    
! !  
situaties, is het noodzakelijk dat een aardlek-  + . & 

schakelaar van maximaal I∆N 30  &
 
mA in de voeding wordt opgenomen. !   , 
  .
Installeer een schakelaar waar-      
bij elke fase van de toevoer uitge-   &  
schakeld kan worden. De opening     
tussen de contacten dient minimaal  (I∆N)   30 ".
3 mm te zijn. '       
Bij een 3-fase motor dient men een motorbeveili-       
ging, overeenkomstig de nominale motorstroom, &     
te gebruiken. & 3 .
Een fase NMPM pompen zijn voorzien van een !    
condensator en (voor 220 en 240 V, 50 Hz) met      ,
een ingebouwde thermische beveiliging. Wijzigingen voorbehouden.    ,  #       .
 Disegni in sezione Italiano Deutsch
Cross section drawings
Schnittzeichnungen Nr. Denominazione Nr. Teile-Benennung
Dessins en coupe 14.00 Corpo pompa 14.00 Pumpengehäuse
Planos de sección 14.12 Tappo (scarico) 14.12 Verschlußschraube (Entleerung)
Sprängskiss 14.20 Guarnizione 14.20 Gehäusedichtung
Onderdelentekening 14.24 Vite 14.24 Schraube
?  $$ 14.28 Dado 14.28 Mutter
14.46 Tappo 14.46 Verschlußschraube
15.00 Coperchio filtro 15.00 Filterdeckel
15.50 15.12 14.46 32.30 98.04 76.54 98.08 82.00 88.00 15.04 O-ring 15.04 Runddichtring
15.04 15.00 15.08 14.00 32.00 32.32 76.04 98.00 82.08 90.00 15.08 Vite 15.08 Schraube
32.31 15.12 Dado a manopola 15.12 Flügelmutter
15.50 Filtro a cesto 15.50 Saugsieb
28.00 Girante 28.00 Laufrad
28.04 Dado bloccaggio girante 28.04 Laufradmutter
28.20 Linguetta 28.20 Paßfeder
32.00 Lanterna di raccordo 32.00 Antriebslaterne
32.30 Protezione 32.30 Verkleidung
32.32 Vite 32.32 Schraube
32.33 Dado in gabbia 32.33 Käfigmutter
36.00 Tenuta meccanica 36.00 Gleitringdichtung
36.50 Anello di sicurezza 36.50 Sicherungsring
46.00 Anello paraspruzzi 46.00 Spritzring
70.20 Vite 70.20 Schraube
70.21 Rosetta 70.21 Scheibe
73.00 Cuscinetto lato pompa 73.00 Wälzlager, pumpenseitig
76.00 Carcassa motore con avvolg. 76.00 Motorgehäuse mit Wicklung
76.04 Passacavo 76.04 Kabelführung
76.16 Appoggio 76.16 Stütze
3.94.082
76.20 Spina 76.20 Paßstift
76.54 Morsettiera completa 76.54 Klemmenbrett, komplett
78.00 Albero con pacco rotore 78.00 Welle mit Rotorpaket
14.24 81.00 Cuscinetto lato ventola 81.00 Wälzlager, lüfterradseitig
28.04 36.00 14.20 14.28 73.00 70.20 78.00 76.20 90.04 82.04 82.00 Coperchio motore lato vent. 82.00 Motorlagergehäuse, lüfterradseitig
82.04 Molla di compensazione 82.04 Federscheibe
28.00 28.20 14.12 46.00 70.21 (1) 76.00 76.16 81.00 88.04 (2
82.08 Vite 82.08 Schraube
88.00 Ventola 88.00 Lüfterrad
88.04 Anello di sicurezza 88.04 Sicherungsring
90.00 Calotta 90.00 Haube
90.04 Vite 90.04 Schraube
94.00 Condensatore 94.00 Kondensator
94.00 94.02 98.00 Coperchio scatola morsetti 98.00 Klemmenkastendeckel
98.04 Vite 98.04 Schraube
98.08 Guarnizione 98.08 Flachdichtung

3.94.082/1 English Français

3.94.082/2 Nr. Designation Nr. Description
36.50
14.00 Pump casing 14.00 Corps de pompe
NMP 32/12SE-AE-DE-FE 14.12 Plug (draining) 14.12 Bouchon (vidange)
NMP 52/12FE-GE-HE 14.20 Gasket 14.20 Joint plat
14.24 Screw 14.24 Vis
14.28 Nut 14.28 Ecrou
14.46 Plug 14.46 Bouchon
15.00 Strainer cover 15.00 Couvercle du filtre
15.04 O-ring 15.04 Joint torique
15.08 Screw 15.08 Vis
15.12 Hand wheel 15.12 Ecrou papillon
15.50 Strainer basket 15.50 Panier filtre
28.00 Impeller 28.00 Roue
28.04 Impeller nut 28.04 Ecrou de blocage de roue
(1) (2) 28.20 Key 28.20 Clavette
Solo nei tipi Solo nei tipi
32.00 Lantern bracket 32.00 Lanterne de raccordement
Only for types Only for types
Nur für Baugrößen Nur für Baugrößen 32.30 Guard 32.30 Protecteur
Seulement pour les types Seulement pour les types 32.32 Screw 32.32 Vis
Solo en los tipos Solo en los tipos 32.33 Caged Nut 32.33 Êcron encagê
Endast typ Endast typ 36.00 Mechanical seal 36.00 Garniture mécanique
Uitsluitend voor typen Uitsluitend voor typen 36.50 Circlip 36.50 Circlips
46.00 Deflector 46.00 Déflecteur
NMP 50/12DE NMP 50/12DE 70.20 Screw 70.20 Vis
NMP 65/16DE-EE-FE NMP 65/16AE-CE-DE-EE-FE 70.21 Washer 70.21 Rondelle
73.00 Pump-side bearing 73.00 Roulement à billes, côté pompe
76.00 Motor casing with winding 76.00 Carcasse moteur avec bobinage
76.04 Cable gland 76.04 Bague de serrage de câble
76.16 Support 76.16 Appui
76.20 Pin 76.20 Goupille
76.54 Terminal box, set 76.54 Plaque à bornes, complète
78.00 Shaft with rotor packet 78.00 Arbre-rotor
81.00 Fan-side bearing 81.00 Roulement à billes, côté ventilateur
82.00 Motor end shield, fan side 82.00 Fond de moteur, côté ventilateur
82.04 Compensating spring 82.04 Rondelle de compensation
82.08 Screw 82.08 Vis
88.00 Motor fan 88.00 Ventilateur
88.04 Circlip 88.04 Circlips
90.00 Fan cover 90.00 Capot
90.04 Screw 90.04 Vis
94.00 Capacitor 94.00 Condensateur
98.00 Terminal box cover 98.00 Couvercle de boîte à bornes
98.04 Screw 98.04 Vis
98.08 Gasket 98.08 Joint plat
FIG. 1 Sollevamento pompa
Raising the pump I DICHIARAZIONE DI CONFORMITÀ
Anhebung Pumpe Noi CALPEDA S.p.A. dichiariamo sotto la nostra esclusiva responsabilità che le Pompe
Suolèvement de la pompe NMP, NMPM, B-NMP, B-NMPM, tipo e numero di serie riportati in targa, sono conformi
Elevación de la bomba a quanto prescritto dalle Direttive 89/336/CEE, 92/31/CEE, 73/23/CEE, 98/37/CE e
Lyft dalle relative norme armonizzate.
Heffen van de pomp
!   GB DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY
We CALPEDA S.p.A. declare that our Pumps NMP, NMPM, B-NMP, B-NMPM, with
pump type and serial number as shown on the name plate, are constructed in accor-
dance with Directives 89/336/EEC, 92/31/EEC, 73/23/EEC, 98/37/EC and assume full
responsability for conformity with the standards laid down therein.

D KONFORMITÄTSERKLÄRUNG
Wir, das Unternehmen CALPEDA S.p.A., erklären hiermit verbindlich, daß die Pumpen
NMP, NMPM, B-NMP, B-NMPM, Typbezeichnung und Fabrik-Nr. nach Leistungsschild
den EG-Vorschriften 89/336/EG, 92/31/EG, 73/23/EG, 98/37/EG entsprechen.

4.93.O47
F DECLARATION DE CONFORMITE
Nous, CALPEDA S.p.A., déclarons que les Pompes NMP, NMPM, B-NMP, B-NMPM,
modèle et numero de série marqués sur la plaque signalétique sont conformes aux
max 132 Kg Directives 89/336/CEE, 92/31/CEE, 73/23/CEE, 98/37/CE.

E DECLARACION DE CONFORMIDAD
FIG. 2 Riempimento En CALPEDA S.p.A. declaramos bajo nuestra exclusiva responsabilidad
Filling que las Bombas NMP, NMPM, B-NMP, B-NMPM, modelo y numero de serie
Auffüllung marcados en la placa de caracteristicas son conformes a las disposiciones de las
Directivas 89/336/CEE, 92/31/CEE, 73/23/CEE, 98/37/CE.
Remplissage 15.12
Llenado
Fyllning DK OVERENSSTEMMELSESERKLÆRING
Vullen
@ Vi CALPEDA S.p.A. erklærer hermed at vore pumper NMP, NMPM, B-NMP, B-NMPM,
pumpe type og serie nummer vist på typeskiltet er fremstillet i overensstemmelse med
bestemmelserne i Direktiv 89/336/EEC, 92/31/EEC, 73/23/EEC, 98/37/EC og er i
overensstemmelse med de heri indeholdte standarder.

P DECLARAÇÃO DE CONFORMIDADE
Nós, CALPEDA S.p.A., declaramos que as nossas Bombas NMP, NMPM, B-NMP, B-
NMPM, modelo e número de série indicado na placa identificadora são construìdas de
acordo com as Directivas 89/336/CEE, 92/31/CEE, 73/23/CEE, 98/37/CE e somos
inteiramente responsáveis pela conformidade das respectivas normas.

NL CONFORMITEITSVERKLARING
Wij CALPEDA S.p.A. verklaren hiermede dat onze pompen NMP, NMPM, B-NMP,
B-NMPM, pomptype en serienummer zoals vermeld op de typeplaat aan de EG-voor-
schriften 89/336/EU, 92/31/EU, 73/23/EU, 98/37/EU voldoen.

15.12 4.93.O48 SF VAKUUTUS

Me CALPEDA S.p.A. vakuutamme että pumppumme NMP, NMPM, B-
NMP, B-NMPM, malli ja valmistusnumero tyyppikilvcstä, ovat valmistettu
89/336/EU, 92/31/EU, 73/23/EU, 98/37/EU direktiivien mukaisesti ja CALPEDA ottaa
täyden vastuun siitä, että tuotteet vastaavat näitä standardeja.

S EU NORM CERTIFIKAT
FIG. 3 Scarico Entrata aria CALPEDA S.p.A. intygar att pumpar NMP, NMPM, B-NMP, B-NMPM, pumptyp och
Draining Air inlet serienummer, visade på namnplåten är konstruerade enligt direktiv 89/336/EEC,
Entleerung Lufteintritt 92/31/EEC, 73/23/EEC, 98/37/EC. Calpeda åtar sig fullt ansvar för överensstämmelse
Entrée d'air
Vidange med standard som fastställts i dessa avtal.
Entrada aire
Vaciado Luftinsläpp
Dränering Luchtinlaat GR ÄÇËÙÓÇ ÓÕÌÖÙÍÉÁÓ
Aftappen    
Åìåßò ùò CALPEDA S.p.A. äçëþíïõìå üôé ïé áíôëßåò ìáò áõôÝò NMP, NMPM, B-NMP, B-

 
NMPM, ìå ôýðï êáé áñéèìü óåéñÜò êáôáóêåõÞò üðïõ áíáãñÜöåôå óôçí ðéíáêßäá ôçò
áíôëßáò, êáôáóêåõÜæïíôáé óýìöùíá ìå ôéò ïäçãßåò 89/336/ÅÏK, 92/31/ÅÏK, 73/23/ÅÏK,
98/37/EOK, êáé áíáëáìâÜíïõìå ðëÞñç õðåõèõíüôçôá ãéá óõìöùíßá (óõììüñöùóç), ìå ôá
óôÜíôáñò ôùí ðñïäéáãñáöþí áõôþí.

TR UYGUNLUK BEYANI
Bizler CALPEDA S.p.A. firması olarak NMP, NMPM, B-NMP, B-NMPM,
Pompalarımızın, 89/336/EEC, 92/31/EEC, 73/23/EEC, 98/37/EC, direktiflerine uygun
olarak imal edildiklerini beyan eder ve bu standartlara uygunluğuna dair tüm
sorumluluğu üstleniriz.

RU 7    

D “Calpeda S.p.A.”       , 
  NMP, NMPM, B-NMP, B-NMPM,    
4.93.O49         
 89/336/
==, 92/31/
==, 73/23/
==, 98/37/CE.

Montorso Vicentino, 12.2006 L’Amministratore Unico

Licia Mettifogo
 Flume ride
Use and maintenance manual
Rev. 01
April 19 , 2021
All rights reserved
Any reproduction or unauthorized use
without the written permission of
A. Zamperla S.p.A.
is expressly prohibited.
LDF2021